1 NVINOSHIMS S3 i ava a n LI B RAR i ESSMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Nouniu SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinJLIJLSNI NVINOSHilWS S3ldVyan ~ CO — O ^^2* ocj Noiiniu SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIifULllSNI NVINOSHilWS S3IUVHan LIBRAR z * v> z w O X£Vosv£X — O -J Z -I Z -I SMITHSONIANJNSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3 f HVH 3 I1_LI B R AR ffl f/\ Jk ^"" CO NVINOSH1IWS S3IMV«an LIBRARIES SMITHSONlAN""lNSTITUTION NOIinilJ > Z CO Z SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfUliSNI NVINOSHIIWS _ Vcy»*»'r. O N^NDO H \$MMK/ a, o X>os*iX IMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 8 nILI B R AR ' E i y vy a nii B RAR i ESSMITHSONIAN'INSTITUTION NOIinillsl fn MITHSONIANINSTITUTION ESSMITHSOmANlNSTITUTION MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNINVINOSHillNS LIBRARIE '^ MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNINVINOSHUWSSB I H VM 8 llLI B R AR I E z o CO z S3iavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN "INSTITUTION Noiininsi V ^ 4^^i _ in ». z MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSHHWS CO — Ul ^rt^ev7>v m JANUARY 1974 ESTDMOLOfilCAL NEW CONTENTS NEW EXOTIC CRANE FLIES (TIPULIDAErDIPTERA) PART XXIV C. P. Alexander, P. 1 NOTES ON A COLLECTING TRIP TO MASON STATE FOREST, MASON COUNTY, ILLINOIS WITH COMMENTS ON SOME STAPHYLINIDAE 131. CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF STENINAE V. Puthz, P. 9 THE GENERA OF THE SUBFAMILIES PSEUDOPSINAE & PROTEININAE OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO (COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) I. Moore & E. F. Legner, P. 13 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MEALBUG PARASITE FROM PARAGUAY (HYMENOPTERA: ENCYRTIDAE) J. C. Hall, P. 19 PSEUDOSCORPIONS PHORETIC ON A SPIDER C. C. Hoff and D. T. Jennings, P. 21 NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF TETRASTICHUS HAGENOWII (HYMENOPTERA: EULOPHIDAE) A PARASITE OF COCKROACH OOTHECAE M. Vargas V. & F. Pallas B., P. 23 POPULATION AND SUBSPECIFIC VARIATION IN GERRIS REMIGIS SAY D. Calabrese, P. 27 MORE ABOUT THE BUFFALO TREEHOPPER ON A MISSISSIPPI RIVER ISLAND (HOMOPTERA: MEMBRACIDAE) C. J. Dennis, P. 29 DISTRIBUTION RECORDS OF SPONGILLA FLIES (NEUROPTERA: SISYRIDAE) H. P. Brown, P. 31 Publication Date: July 22, 1974 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Amett, Jr. Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback & R. W. Lake (Editor). SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign $12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.S^A. POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253 Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent to the editor. PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub- lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu- tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size, $4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4'/2 x 6]/2 inches. SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be supplied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required. Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices, short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual". SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE & ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES NEW EXOTIC CRANE-FLIES (TIPULIDAE: DIPTERA) PART XXIV1 Charles P. Alexander2 The preceding part under this general title was published in Entomological News, vol. 84:23-31. The new species here described are from Thailand and South India, collected by the late Deed C. Thurman and by Dr. Fernand Schmid, to both of whom I express my deep thanks for their cooperation in making known the Oriental crane-fly fauna. I am providing figures of venation and the male hypopygium for various species of Oriental Limnophila that had not previously been illustrated, all materials being based on type specimens preserved in the Alexander Collection. Dolichopeza (Mitopeza) trichochora, NEW SPECIES General coloration of thorax orange and yellow; head chiefly brownish black, more or less pruinose; antennae of male elongate, about one-half the wing, flagellar segments long-cylindrical, with short erect setulae, major setae very sparse except on first segment; wings weakly suffused, prearcular and costal fields, together with the stigma, slightly darker; outer wing cells with strong black tnchia;Rs short, transverse; cell M, sessile, cell 2nd A relatively broad; male hypopygium with outer dististyle slightly expanded at near midlength, inner style with beak obtuse, simple; tergite produced into narrow lateral lobes, their mesal parts with short black spinoid setae. MALE-Length about 7 mm.; wing 9 mm.; antenna about 4.3 mm. Frontal prolongation of head short, medium brown; palpi brownish black. Antennae of male 12-segmented, elongate, nearly one-half the wing; scape and pedicel yellow, first flagellar segment obscure yellow basally, passing into brown, remaining segments brownish black; long-cylindrical, without basal enlargements, the segments progressively shorter outwardly, outer two subequal; all segments with abundant short erect setulae, 'Accepted for publication: March 21, 1973 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, MA 01002. Ent News, 85:1-8. 1974 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 first flagellar with sparse longer black verticils on upper surface, the remaining segments with a single such bristle beyond midlength. Front brownish yellow, anterior vertex obscure yellow, remainder of head brownish black, orbits more pruinose; anterior vertex broad, nearly equal to the exposed diameter of the eye. Pronotum light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum with ground brownish orange, with four inconspicuous more yellowed stripes, centers of scutal lobes similarly yellowed; scutellum brownish yellow, parascutella and postnotum clearer yellow; mesonotum and pleura glabrous, the latter clear light yellow. Halteres long, black, base of stem yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters light yellow; remainder of legs broken. Wings (Fig. 1) weakly suffused with brown, prearcular and costal regions, with the stigma, slightly darker; veins brown. Longitudinal veins beyond general level of cord with long trichia, with sparse scattered trichia on Cu and 1st A, virtually lacking on Af and 2nd A. Strong black trichia in outer ends of cells ^?3 to M3, most numerous in cell.R5, sparse in medial cells (position indicated in figure by stippling). Venation: Rs short, transverse, nearly in alignment with other elements of the anterior cord; /?1+2 preserved as a short spur, as shown; cell Af, sessile; m-cu about one-half its length before fork of M; cell 2nd A relatively broad. Proximal abdominal tergites brownish yellow, posterior borders broadly darker brown, outer segments darker, sternites more uniformly pale. Male hypopygium (Fig. 7) with tergite, t, relatively small, including a narrow lateral lobe on either side, apex obtusely rounded, mesal portion with short black spinoid setae, more cephalad at base of lateral lobe with a small fingerlike lobule, directed slightly mesad and caudad. Outer dististyle, d, slightly expanded on outer margin at near midlength, style with abundant long black setae; inner style yellow, bilobed, the outer major lobe with the beak simple, obtuse, with sparse short setae, outer posterior portion or crest produced slightly into a point, the region with long yellow setae; inner lobe, representing the lower beak, somewhat smaller, pale yellow throughout, without major setae, at base with a microscopic lobule tipped with two strong setae. HABITAT-India. Holotype: d, Perumalmalai, Madras, 5,500 feet, December 9, 1961 (Fernand Schmid). The most similar species is Dolichopeza (Mitopeza) amisca Alexander, likewise from South India. This differs in the colora- tion and venation of the wings, including the very narrow cell 2nd A, and in the much more restricted trichia in the wing cells. The hypopygium of the two species is generally similar, differing in the structure of the tergite and both dististyles. The venation and hypopygium of amisca have been described and illustrated in another paper by the writer (Philippine Jour. Sci., 90:166—167, fig. 2 (venation), fig. 40 (hypopygium); 1961). Tipula (Tipulodina) thaiensis, NEW SPECIES MALE-Length about 15 mm.; wing 15.5 mm.; antenna about 3.5 mm. Generally similar to gracillima, differing expecially in all details of structure of the male hypopygium. Coloration of body, legs and wings virtually the same in both species. Venation (Fig. 2) as compared with gracillima much the same, free tip of Sc2 more basad, shorter than the section of vein ./?, beyond; no indication of vein /?,+2; in gracillima, as was indicated by Edwards, the condition is somewhat variable, the vein extremely short and sometimes absent. Male hypopygium (Fig. 8) with tergite, t, small, narrowed outwardly, posterior border with a U-shaped emargination, the smaller lateral lobes with about 15 very small apical setae, those of remainder of tergite much longer, Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 especially those near median area. Outer dististyle, d, clavate, outer end with very long pale setae; inner style as shown, the region of the beak dilated into an irregular blackened head, with relatively few setae; outer basal lobe a long-oval pale blade, subequal in length to the outer style. Eighth sternite, s, truncate, with a fringe of long pale setae, those of remainder of disk very short and dense; sternite dark brown, apical fourth conspicuously light yellow. HABITAT-Thailand. Holotype: d, mounted on slide; Chiengmai, near Dr. Buker's Cabin, February 4, 1953 (Deed C. Thurman). In the comparison with gracillima Brunetti, as above, attention is called to the venation especially of the radial field, with/?3 very long in both species, deflected caudad and ending just before the wing tip and lying very close to the margin. T. (T.) amabilis Alexander, of Java is intermediate between the two species above discussed and the numerous other members of the subgenus. Pseudolimnophila (Pseudolimnophila) dravidica, NEW SPECIES Mesonotum chestnut brown, mediotergite brownish black, pleura and pleurotergite brownish yellow; legs brown, claws of female very small, stout; wings light brown, stigma slightly darker, small; Sc^ ending beyond midlength of the nearly straight ^2+ 3 + 4 ; vems beyond cord very long, cell Rz at margin about two and one-half times cell R3; cell 1st M2 small, inner end strongly pointed, cell A/, very deep, about five times as long as its petiole; abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites light yellow. FEMALE-Length about 8.5 mm.; wing 8 mm. Head broken. Prothorax small, dark brown, especially anteriorly, pretergites light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum, scutum and scutelium chestnut brown, the first with indications of a narrow darker central stripe; pseudosutural foveae pale; mediotergite brownish black, sparsely pruinose; pleurotergite and pleura almost uniformly brownish yellow. Halteres brown, base of stem narrowly yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder of legs light brown, outer tarsal segments slightly darker brown; legs without interpolated linear scales as in zelanica and others; claw very small, with more than the basal half stout, apex a slender spine. Wings (Fig. 3) almost uniformly light brown, stigma small, slightly darker brown; veins dark brown. Longitudinal veins beyond general level of origin of Rs with conspicuous black trichia. Venation: Sc long, Sc, ending shortly beyond midlength of R 2+3+4, Scz slightly removed, R2+3+a 'ong> nearly straight, about two-thirds Rs; longitudinal veins beyond cord very long, generally parallel to one another; outer end of vein R3 deflected caudad so cell R2 is about two and one-half times as extensive as cell R3; cell 1st M2 small, its inner end strongly pointed; cell A/, very deep, about five times its petiole; m-cu at or just before midlength of A/3+4. Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites light yellow. Ovipositor with both cerci and hypovalvae long and slender, the former slightly upcurved on outer third. HABITAT-India. Holotype: 9, Perumalmalai, Madras, 5,500 feet, December 9, 1961 (Fernand Schmid). The most similar regional species is Pseudolimnophila Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 (Pseudolimnophila) productivena Alexander (Rec. Indian Mus., 50:354, fig. (venation); 1952) which differs evidently in the details of venation. The fly described as Pseudolimnophila zelanica Alexander, has the venation somewhat as in the present fly but is told readily by the leg vestiture, there being abundant interpolated linear scales between the normal setae. This species belongs in the genus Limnophilaspis Alexander (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (12) 3:682; 1950) but the male sex still is unavailable. The venation of P. zelanica has been figured elsewhere (Philippine Jour. Sci 86'427 fig. 16; 1957). Pseudolimnophila (Pseudolimnophila) subhonesta, NEW SPECIES General coloration of praescutum light brown, lateral margins paler; pleura more yellowish brown, darker dorsally and beneath; legs brown, claws very small; wings light brown, including the base, stigma darker brown; vein R2 shortly beyond fork of R2 + 3 + A leaving a very short element R2 + 3, cell R3 at margin about two and one-half times as extensive as cell R2; m-cu more than one-third its length beyond the fork of M. FEMALE-Length about 9 mm.; wing 7 mm. Head with rostrum and palpi brown, terminal segment of latter relatively slender, about one-half longer than the penultimate. Antennae with scape and pedicel dark brown, remainder broken. Head brownish gray behind. Pronotum brown, cervical region slightly more yellowed. Mesonotal praescutum with disk virtually covered by three confluent light brown stripes, lateral borders paler, pseudosutural foveae brownish black; posterior sclerites of notum dark brown, vaguely pollinose; parascutella and pleurotergite more yellowed, sparsely pruinose. Pleura yellowish brown, sparsely pruinose, dorsopleural region and ventral sternopleurite darker. Halteres with stem obscure yellow, clearer basally, knob brown. Legs with coxae light yellow, trochanters darker yellow; remainder of legs brown, outer tarsal segments slightly darker; tibial spurs small; claws very small, curved into needlelike points. Wings (Fig. 4) light brown, including the base, stigma long-oval, darker brown; veins dark brown, trichia black. Trichia on longitudinal veins beyond general level of origin of Rs, lacking on 2nd A. Venation: R2 shortly beyond fork of /?2+3+4, leaving a very short element R2+3; ^1+2 about one-half longer than R2; cell R3 at margin about two and one-half times as extensive as cell R2; cell M, lacking; m-cu more than one-third its length beyond the fork of M. Abdomen broken beyond the third segment; basal tergites dark brown, sternites light yellow. HABITAT-India. Holotype: a broken 9, Velor, Madras, 1,500 feet, December 4, 1961 (Fernand Schmid). The most similar species is Pseudolimnophila (Pseudolimnophila) honesta (Brunetti), distributed in India from Kumaon southward to South Coorg. This differs evidently in the venation of the radial field, especially the position of vein R2 (Fig. 5). Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 Hexatoma (Eriocera) arcuaria, NEW SPECIES Size small (wing of male to 7.5 mm); general coloration brownish black, mesonotum in cases with greenish reflections; antennae short, in male 6-segmented; halteres and legs black; wings strongly infuscated, without trichia in the cells; vein Sc ending before level of fork of Rs, R^+2 slightly longer than ^2 + 3 + 4; inner end of cell 1st Mz strongly arcuated. MALE-Length about 7-8 mm; wing 7-7.5 mm; antenna about 1-1.1 mm. Rostrum very small, brownish black; palpi elongate, black, slightly more than one-half the antennae. Antennae of male short, 6-segmented, black throughout; first flagellar segment more enlarged basally, nearly as long as the combined segments two and three, terminal segment long, about one-third longer than the penultimate; verticils of segments long and conspicuous, especially on outer ones where some slightly exceed the segments in length. Head dull brownish black; vertical tubercle low, rounded; anterior vertex with conspicuous porrect black setae. Thoracic dorsum brownish black, mesonotum with greenish reflections, more evident in the holotype; surface of notum moderately nitidous. Halteres black. Legs with coxae brownish black, trochanters brownish yellow; femora light brown basally, the outer two- thirds and remainder of legs brownish black to black; claws of male very small Wings (Fig. 6) strongly infuscated, somewhat more intense along costal border, stigma not differentiated; a paler streak in basal half of cell 1st A adjoining the vein; veins dark brown. No trichia in wing cells, as in rama. Longitudinal veins with trichia basad to level of the arculus, on 2nd A with a very few longer trichia at near midlength of vein. Venation: Sc ending a short distance before level of fork of Rs; /?,+2 l°ng> slightly exceeding /?2+3+4> ^2+3 commonly longer than R2; Rs about one-half longer than R; inner end of cell 1st M2 strongly arcuated, basad of fork of Rs; m-cu at near two-thirds the length of M3+A. Abdomen uniformly dull black. HABITAT-India. Holotype: d, Balamore, Madras, 1,500 feet, January 4, 1962 (Fernand Schmid). Paratypes, 3 66 (on two pins), Munnar, Kerala, 3,500 feet, December 15, 1961 (Fernand Schmid). Among the numerous regional species in the genus the present fly in general appearance most resembles Hexatoma (Eriocera) purpurata Alexander and H. (E.) rama Alexander. The latter fly is quite distinct in the presence of macrotrichia in the outer wing cells while the somewhat larger purpurata has the male antennae 7-segmented and with the details of coloration and venation distinct. Limnophila asura Alexander Limnophila asura Alexander; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (12)9:46; 1956. Type from Cherrapunji, Khasi Hills, Assam, India. Fig. 9 (venation). The subgenus of this fly is uncertain, perhaps in Afrolimnophila. Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 Explanation of Figures: Figures 1-8 - Fig. 1, Dolichopeza (Mitopeza) trichochora, new species; venation. Fig. 2, Tipula (Tipulodina) tfwiensis, new species; venation. Fig. 3, Pseudolimnophila (Pseudolimnophila) dravidica, new species; venation. Fig. 4, Pseudolimnophila (Pseudolimnophila) subhonesta, new species; venation. Fig. 5, Pseudolimnophila (Pseudolimnophila) honesta (Brunetti); venation. Fig. 6, Hexatoma (Eriocera) arcuaria, new species; venation. Fig. 7, Dolichopeza (Mitopeza) trichochora, new species; male hypopygium. Fig. 8, Tipula (Tipulodina) thaiensis, new species; male hypopygium. (Symbols: b, basistyle; d, dististyles; s, 8th sternite; t, 9th tergite.) Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 17 Figures 9-19 - Fig. 9, Limnophila asura Alexander; venation. Fig. 10, Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) bicoloripes Alexander; venation. Fig. 1 1, Limnophila (Dicranophragma) analosuffusa Alexander; venation. Fig. 12, Limnophila (Dicranophragma) brachyclada Alexander; venation. Fig. 13, Limnophila (Dicranophragma) karma Alexander; venation. Fig. 14, Limnophila (Dicranophragma) kashongensis Alexander; venation. Fig. 15, Limnophila (Dicranophragma) palassoptera Alexander; venation. Fig. 16, Limnophila (Elaeophila) fumigata Alexander; venation. Fig. 17, Limnophila (Dicranophragma) karma Alexander; male hypopygium. Fig. 18, Limnophila (Dicranophragma) kashongensis Alexander; male hypopygium. Fig. 19, Limnophila (Elaeophila) fumigata Alexander; male hypopygium. (Symbols: b, basistyle; d, dististyles;;, interbase;p, phallosome. 8 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) bicoloripes Alexander Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) bicoloripes" Alexander; Ent. News, 75:63; 1964. Type from Mapum, Manipur, Assam, India. Fig. 10 (venation). Limnophila (Dicranophragma) analosuffusa Alexander Limnophila (Dicranophragma) analosuffusa Alexander; Ent. News, 77:217; 1966. Type from Sirhoi Kashong, Manipur, Assam, India, Fig. 11 (venation). Limnophila (Dicranophragma) brachyclada Alexander Limnophila (Dicranophragma) brachyclada Alexander; Ent. News, 79:245; 1968. Type from Serrarim, Khasi-Jaintia Hills, Assam, India. Fig. 12 (venation). Limnophila (Dicranophragma) karma Alexander Limnophila (Dicranophragma) karma Alexander; Ent. News, 77:218; 1966. Type from Tarak Tal, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, Uttar Pradesh, India. Fig. 13 (venation); Fig. 17 (male hypopygium). Limnophila (Dicranophragma) kashongensis Alexander Limnophila (Dicranophragma) kashongensis Alexander; Ent. News, 77:220; 1966. Type from Sirhoi Kashong, Manipur, Assam, India, Fig. 14 (venation); Fig. 18 (male hypopygium). Limnophila (Elaeophila) fumigata Alexander Limnophila (Elaeophila) fumigata Alexander; Ent. News, 77:223- 1966. Type from Sirhoi Kashong, Manipur, Assam, India. Fig. 16 (venation); Fig. 19 (male hypopygium). ABSTRACT-Five new species of Oriental Tipulidae are described, these being Dolichopeza (Mitopeza) trichochora, Pseudolimnophila (Pseudolimnophila) dravidica, P. (P.) subhonesta, and Hexatoma (Eriocera) arcuaria, of South India, and Tipula (Tipulodina) thaiemis, of Thailand. In addition figures are provided for seven species of the Hexatomine genus Limnophila that had not been illustrated previously. NOTES ON A COLLECTING TRIP TO MASON STATE FOREST, MASON COUNTY, ILLINOIS WITH COMMENTS ON SOME STAPHYLINIDAE 131. CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF STENINAE1 Volker Puthz2 On August 13th 1970 my dear colleague, Dr. Milton W. Sanderson and I collected for several hours in Mason State Forest, Mason Co., Illinois. The State Forest includes about 5,500 acres of land; half of the area is in native timber consisting of Black Oak, Blackjack Oak and Hickory. The remainder has been planted to pine species and hardwoods. There are some small ponds in the forest with duckweed (Lemnaceae) and other aquatic vegetation. At the muddy edge of one pond closest to the Forest Headquarters I collected about 65 species of beetles belonging to 12 families. Next to the carabids, the Staphylinidae were the most numerous beetles present. Species of the following genera were found: Carpelimus, Stenus, Euaesthetus, cf. Lathrobium, Lathrobium, Scopaeus, Medon, Philonthus, Gabrius, Erichsonius, Philonthini gen. sp.Acylophorus, Myllaena, and Aleocharinae gen. sp. I could identify only the Stenus, Euaesthetus, andAcylophorus. The following species were found: Stenus femoratus Say 3 males Widespread over the eastern half of the U.S.; known to me from the following states (numerous new state records!): Me., Mass., N.Y., N.J., Ind., 111., Mich., Minn., Iowa, Kans., Md., D.C., Va., Miss., La., Tex., Man., Ont. Stenus virginiae Casey 1 female A southeastern species; known to me from the following states (numerous new state records!): Ind., 111., Mo., Iowa, Md., Va., N.C., Tenn., Tex. The Mason State Forest specimen is the first state record for Illinois. Stenus colonus Erichson 29 males, 17 females Widespread over the eastern half of the U.S.; known to me from the following states: N.H., Vt., Mass., N.Y., N.J., Pa., Ind., 111., Mich., Wis., Iowa, S.D., Nebr., Kans., Del., Md., D.C., Va.; Que., Ont. Stenus alacer Casey 2 males, 1 female This species has been recorded from Southern Illinois (CASEY, 1884). Mason Co. presently is the northern-most record for the U.S. Stenus flavicornis Erichson 3 females Very widespread and very common in North America. I have seen this species from the following states (including numerous new state records!): Me., N.H., Vt., Mass., Conn., N.Y., Pa., Ohio, Ind., 111., Mich., Wise., Minn., Iowa, Mo., Kans., Md., D.C., Va., N.C., Tex., Wyo., Calif.; Que., Ont., Man., B.C. 'Accepted t or publication: September 12, 1972. 2Limnologische Fluss-Station des Max-Planck-Instituts fur Limnologie, 6407 Schlitz, Western Germany. Ent News, 85:9-12, 1974 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 LEGEND OF FIGURES: Fig. 1. Distribution of Stenus cubensis Bernhauer (•) and Euaesthetus similis Casey (A ,A : female, Det.?). Large circle shows Mason State Forest, Illinois. Fig. 2. Euaesthetus similis Casey, Aedeagus (holotype of E. neomexicanus Fall) Sacle = 0.1 mm. Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 Stenus annularis Erichson 1 female This species is also very widespread in North America but it is less common, than flavicornis.lt is known to me from the following states (numerous new state records!): N.H., Vt., Mass., N.Y., N.J., Pa., 111., Mich., Wis., Iowa, Mo., Nebr., Kans., Md., D.C., Va., Ky., Tex., Mont., Colo., Ariz., Wash.; Ont., B.C. Stenus punctatus Erichson 8 males, 1 female One of the most common species of the genus in North American and known to me from: Me., H.H., Mass., R.I., Conn., N.Y., N.J., Pa., Ohio, 111., Mich., Wis., Iowa, Mo., Mebr., Kans., D.C., Va., N.C., S.C., Ga., Ky., Ala., Miss., Arl., La., Tex., Mont., Utah; Ont. (including numerous new state records!). Stenus cubensis Bernhauer Stenus cubensis Bernhauer 1910, Verh. zoo.-bot. Ges. Wien 60:364f. Stenus cubensis. -Puthz, in press. Fieldiana Zool. figs. 1 female NEW FOR NORTH AMERICA! One female of this remarkable species was found at the edge of a pond in Mason State Forest. Until now Stenus cubensis was known only from Cuba, but it is widely distributed in Eastern North America (see map, Fig. 1). The following records are known to me: 2 females: New York: N.Y. & vicinity, coll. Bowditch (MCZ, coll. m.). 1 female: New Jersey: Anglesea, coll. Hubbard & Schwarz (USNMV 1 female: Illinois: Mason Co., Mason State Forest, 13.8. 1970, Puthz (coll. m.): Florida: 1 female: Enterprise (cotype of meridionalis Casey)(coll. Casey, USNM): 1 female: Crescent City, 4.1908, Van Duzee (USNM); 1 male, 1 female: Paradise Key, Barber (USNM); 1 female: Biscayne, coll. Hubbard & Schwarz (USNM); 1 male, 2 females: Homestead, 6.1929, Darlington (MCZ); 1 male, 1 female: ibidem, 28.1.1968, Smetana (CNC); 1 female: Okeechobee Co., Brighton, 16.6.1929, Darlington (MCZ); 2 females: 1 mi. W. Brighton, 4.3.1968, Smetana (CNC); 1 male: Miami Beach, 3.1937, Bierig (FMNH). 1 male, 1 female: -North America (coll. Benick, FMch). In addition, I have seen the male holotype (FMNH) and 1 male, 5 females from various localities in Cuba (FMNH, coll. m.). Stenus cubensis may be easily identified by its peculiar 10th tergum; seen from above it has the usual shape of those found in S, punctatus (Puthz, 1967, Fig. 41), lugens Casey, and pueblanus Bernhauer (Puthz, in press), but the apicomedial spine shows a toothlike ventral carina which is lacking in the other two species. Furthermore, S. cubensis may be distinguished from 5. punctatus by its blackish lustre (punctatus mostly has an aeneous tint), less dense punctation of frons, sparser abdominal punctation, darker legs, and the genitalia (Puthz, 1967, Fig. 43), and from 5. lugens Cas. at first glance by the larger elytra, which are much broader than head. Euaesthetus similis Casey Euaesthetus similis Casey 1884, Contr. I:2e f. Euaesthetus texanus Casey 1884, I.e.: 26 f. nov. syn. Euaesthetus neomexicanus Fall 1907, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 33:219 f. nov. syn. 1 male, 3 females: new state record! The following specimens of this species have been studied (see map, Fig. 1): 12 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 Female holotype and female paratype: Florida: Tallahassee (USNM); female holotype and 1 male, 1 female paratypes (of texanus Cas.): Texas: Columbus (USNM); male holotype (of neomexicanus Fall): New Mexico: Las Vegas (MCZ); 1 male: Texas: San Antonio, 22.12.1879, through C. V. Riley (USNM); 2 females: Louisiana: Tallulah, 21.3.1934, Folson (MCZ); 1 male, 4 females: Maryland: Plummers Island, Schwarz & Barber (USNM, coll. m.); 2 females: Florida: Collier Co., 2.5 mi. E. of Monroe Stn., hardwood hammock along Tariami Trail, 7.4.1966, Wagner (FMNH, coll. M.); 2 females: Highlands Co., Highlands Hammock State Park, debris along cypress swamp & hammock. 27.3.67, W. suter (FMNH); 1 female (cf. det.): Illinois: Johnson Co., Feme Clyffe State Park near Goreville, Berlese (B-65), leaf litter in Canyon, 23.6.1958. H. S. Dybas (FMNH): North Carolina: Hot Spring, French Broad River (USNM); 2 males, 2 females. My revision proved the synonym of the taxa cited above. Eu. similis may be identified by its relatively slender appearance, well separated punctation of pronotum, irridescent elytra, and the sexual characters (aedaegus: Fig. 2: most characteristic is the bifid apex of paramere, which is only found in this species). Additional distinguishing characters will be given in a revision of all nearctic Euaesthetus (Puthz, in preparation). Acylophorys filius Smetana This species recently described by Smetana (1971) and already known from Illinois (from 7 specimens) is very common in Mason State Forest. I captured 21 specimens in less than 3 hours collecting. From the Stenus and Euaesthetus found, it is evident that Mason State Forest is inhabited by numerous southern species. I am sure that careful collecting will uncover more new state records from this interesting habitat. REFERENCES CITED Casey, Th. L. 1884. Revision of the Stenini of America North of Mexico, Insects of the Family Staphylinidae, Order Coleoptera. Philadelphia, Collins Printing House, 206 pp., 1 plate. Casey, Th. L. 1884. Contributions to the Descriptive and Systematic Coleopterology of North America. Part I. ibidem, 60 pp., 1 plate. Fall, H. C. 1907. Descriptions of new species. Trans Amer. Ent. Soc. 33:218-272. Puthz, V. 1967. Revision der amerikanischen Stenus-Typen, W. F. ERICHSONS der Sammlung des Zoologischen Museums Berlin (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) 36. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Steninen. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 43:31 1-331. Puthz, V. in press. Studies on the neotropic Stenus-species of BERNH AUER (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) 78th contribution to the knowledge of Steninae. Fieldiana Zoology. Smetana, AI. 1971. Revision of the Tribe Quediini of America North of Mexico (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Mems. Ent. Soc. Canada, No. 79, 303 pp. ABSTRACT-Report on Staphylinid beetles captured in Mason State Forest, Mason Co., 111., with comments: new State records for Stenus yirginiae and Euaesthetus similis. (E. texanus Cas. & E. neomexicanus Fall new synonyms). Stenus cubensis is new for North America. THE GENERA OF THE SUBFAMILIES PSEUDOPSINAE AND PROTEININAE OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO (COLEOPTERA:STAPHYLINIDAE) ' Ian Moore and E. F. Legner2 This is one of a series of papers giving keys to the genera of the Staphylinidae of America north of Mexico, a full description of each genus with remarks on distribution and ecology, as well as an illustration of a member of each genus. Pseudopsinae This subfamily contains the single genus Pseudopsis. It is a very generalized form, having few outstanding morphological characters to distinguish it. However, the combination of the strong diagonal impressions on the abdominal tergites and the longitudinally carinate pronotum and elytra will readily separate its members from other Nearctic staphylinids. Only four other genera of the Nearctic Staphylinidae have carinate pronota and elytra (Micropeplus, Zalobuis, Asemobius and Thoracophorus) . None of these has the abdomen impressed in the manner of Pseudopsis. Pseudopsis Newman Form. -Small, linear, subfusiform. Elytra and pronotum longitudinally costate. Head. -Head a little smaller than pronotum, oval, slightly narrowed behind the eyes, with a distinct neck and a nuchal constriction above. Eyes small, not very prominent. Antennae somewhat incrassate, their fossae located anterior to the eys under a slight ridge. Labrum widest apically, the angles rounded, the apex gently arcuate, with several large setae laterally. Mandibles slender, pointed, each with two large pointed teeth internally. Labial palpi four-segmented; first segment short; second elongate, curved, much widened apically; third as long as second, oval, a little wider than second, almost as wide as long; fourth almost as long as second, very slender, very slightly narrowed from base to apex. Inner lobe of maxilla long, slender, hooked at apex, with a row of long spines internally. Outer lobe wider than inner, widest near apex, with a dense brush of curved cilia at tip. Ligula of two diverging rounded lobes. Labial palpi three-segmented; first segment longest and widest, three times as long as wide; second about half as long and a little narrower than first; third a little narrower but somewhat longer than second, almost the same size and shape as the fourth segment of the maxillary palpi. Gular sutures most approximate anteriorly, thence widely diverging to base. Infraorbital carina very faint. Thorax. -Pronotum transverse, the disc longitudinally carinate. Prosternum well-developed, its process short and acute. Lateral prosternal sutures distinct. Prosternal epimera very narrow, delimited from the hypomera by a suture at which point the hypomera are much enlarged mesally. Trochantin narrow. Mesosternum short, its process short and acute. Metasternum moderate, its process short, acute, delimited by a carina. Elytra quadrate, longitudinally costate; epipleura delimited by a carina. Scutellum 1 Accepted for publication: March 26, 1974. 2 Staff Research Associate and Professor of Biological Control, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside. Ent News, 85:13-18, 1974 13 14 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 minute. Anterior and middle coxae large, exserted, contiguous. Posterior coxae moderate, transverse, Tibiae ciliate. Tarsi five-segmented, the first four segments short and subequal, the last about as long as the first four together. Abdomen.- Narrowed to apex. Paratergites present on first five visible segments. First four or five visible tergites with a deep impression on each side from the center of the base to the outer apical angle. Apical margin of each tergite with a series of large spatulate setae. First visible sternite without a keel between the coxae. First two or three visible sternites vaguely constricted at base. External sexual characters weak. Distribution. -of our four species, three are confined to the Pacific Coast. The fourth species, P. sulcata Newman, is also found in Europe, India and South America. Two other species are known, one from Chile and one from New Zealand. The California species are usually found in leaf litter. In speaking of sulcata, Cameron (1930) said, "I have only found this species in loose sandy soil beneath the dejecta of cattle." Proteininae The two Nearctic genera associated in this small subfamily have relatively long elytra and the base of the sixth visible sternite has a median projection (covered by the apex of the fifth visible sternite) which resembles a similar structure found in members of the Omaliinae. They, however, have no ocelli and the anterior coxae are small and transverse extending to the hypomera. Blackwelder (1952) proposed the name Pteronius to replace Proteinus Latreille with the statement "this name must be moved to the Nitidulidae because of its genotype." Arnett (1961) and Moore (1964) proposed the name Pteroniinae for this subfamily based on Pteronius Blackwelder. According to Hatch (1971) Proteinus Latreille with its type species brachypterus Fabricius was placed on the official list of scientific names in opinion number 876. This action conserves the generic name Proteinus and the subfamily name Porteininae. Members of this subfamily are found in leaf litter. A single species of another genus is recorded from Australia. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE PROTEININAE OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO 1 . Pronotum with a central longitudinal groove Megarthrus Curtis V Disc of pronotum evenly convex. Proteinus Latreille Proteinus Latreille Form. -Small, robust, ovoid. Integuments finely sculptured. Head. -Small, transverse, constricted behind to' form a distinct neck but inserted somewhat into the thorax so that the neck is sometimes not visible from above. Eyes moderate, prominent. Antennae with first two segments large, the next few slender, the outer ones thickened to form a club; their fossae located in front of the eyes under a ridge. Mandibles stout, pointed, simple. Labrum with the apex truncate, the angles rounded. Maxillary palpi four-segmented; first segment small; second large, curved, widest at apex, about as long as wide; third narrower, transverse; fourth narrower, elongate, a little narrowed at apex. Inner lobe of maxilla narrow, strongly hooked at apex, ciliate within; outer lobe broad, ciliate at apex. Labial palpi three-segmented, segments decreasing in width; first two about as long as wide; last about as long as first two together, pointed. Ligula triangularly emarginate almost to its base. Gular sutures approximate in the middle, widely diverging ahead and behind. Infraorbital carina absent. Thorax. -Pronotum transverse, the lateral margin entire, not explanate, disc not sulcate. Prosternum short, its process short and pointed. Lateral prosternal sutures distinct, hypomera delimited by a carina. Trochantin very narrow. Epimera delimited by a suture. Mesosternum short, its process short, pointed, meeting the mesosternal process. Elytra long, covering part of the abdomen, epipleura delimited by a carina. Scutellum moderate. Anterior coxae transverse, extending to the hypomera, contiguous. Middle Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 15 3 - 3 Fig. 1 . Pseudopsis obliterata LeConte 3 3 Fig. 2. Megarthrus pictus Motschulsky. 16 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 3 3 Fig. 3. Proteinus limbatus Maklin. coxae oval, not exserted, narrowly separated. Posterior coxae somewhat triangular, transverse, contiguous. Tibiae without spines. Tarsi five-segmented; first four segments short; last as long as the preceding three together. Abdomen. -Abdomen pointed. First five visible segments with paratergites. First visible sternite slightly tumid centrally at base but not actually keeled. Distribution. -Twenty-three species have been described in this genus. Most of the species are Holarctic in distribution, however, three species are known from India, one from Chile and one from Costa Rica. Megarthrus Curtis Form-Small, robust. Integuments not coarsely sculptured. Head. -Transverse, abruptly narrowed behind the eyes to a distinct neck. Eyes moderate, prominent. Antenna with the first two segments large, middle segments slender, outer segments enlarged to form a club; their fossae located in front of the eyes under a distinct ridge. Manidbles stout at base, abruptly narrowed before the apex and thence sharply hooked to the pointed apex. Labrum transverse, the apex truncate, the angles narrowly rounded. Maxillary palpi four-segmented; first segment short; second longer than wide, curved, much widened at apex; third narrower than second, about as long as wide; fourth narrower than third, longer than second, gradually narrowed to the pointed apex. Inner lobe of maxilla very slender, hooked at tip; outer lobe broad, ciliate at apex. Labial palpi three-segmented, segments decreasing in width and length, third segment pointed. Ligula transverse, narrowly emarginate at middle of apex. Gular sutures most approximate at middle, widely divergent ahead and behind. Infraorbital carina absent. Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 17 Pronotum transverse, with a strong longitudinal central sulcus, the sides explanate, the side margins usually provided with various teeth, notches, etc. Posternum short, its process short, pointed. Lateral prosternal sutures faint. Hypomera horizontal, separated from the pronotum by the fine outer edge of the latter. Trochantin small, triangular. Epimera delimited by a suture. Mesosternum short, its process long, narrow, carinate, extending nearly the entire distance between the coxae. Metasternum long, its process short, truncate, meeting the mesosternal process. Elytra long, covering part of abdomen, epipleura delimited by a carina. Scutellum moderate. Anterior coxae large, exserted, extending to the hypomera, contiguous. Middle coxae oval, narrowly separated. Posterior coxae transverse, triangular. Tibiae without spines. Tarsi five-segmented, the first four segments short, the last about as long as the preceding three together. Abdomen. -Abdomen pointed. First five visible segments with paratergites. First visible sternite with a small keel between the coxae. Distribution.- Sixty-four species have been described in this genus from all parts of the world except Australia. Some of our species are also found in Europe. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank Jacques Heifer and Hugh B. Leach for loan and gift of specimens and other favors. LITERATURE CITED ARNETT, ROSS. 1961. The beetles of the United States (a manual for identification) Part II, Fasc. 15, pp. 233-310, Figs. 1.15-31.5. The Catholic University of America Press, Washington. BLACKWELDER, RICHARD E. 1952. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae with an essay on genotypy, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 200, pp. i-iv, 1-483. CAMERON, MALCOLM. 1930. The fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Coleoptera, Staphylinidae, Vol. 2, pp. i-vii, 1-257, 94 Figs., 4 Pis., London. HATCH, MELVILLE H. 1971. Nomenclatorial notes. Coleopt. Bull. 25: 40. • MOORE, IAN. 1964. A new key to the subfamilies of the Nearctic Staphylinidae and notes on their classification. Coleopt. Bull. 18:83-91. ABSTRACT:-The subfamily Pseudopsinae contains one genus and six species of which four are found in North America. Its members are largely distinguished by their general appearance which is illustrated. The small subfamily Proteininae contains two genera which are keyed. A member of each genus is illustrated. Ian Moore and E. F. Legner, University of California, Riverside, CA 92502. Descriptors: Staphylinidae: Pseudopsinae: Proteininae: Key to genera of North America. 18 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 Figures. -Paraplatycerus citriculm n. sp. 1. Female wing, 2. Female antenna, 3. Male antenna. A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF MEALYBUG PARASITE FROM PARAGUAY (HYMENOPTERAiENCYRTIDAE)1 Jack C. Hall2 The following descriptions are given at this time in order to make the names available for other publications. Paraplatycerus NEW GENUS Closely related to Chrysoplatycerus Ashmead and Zaplatycerus Timberlake. From both genera Paraplatycerus may be rather easily recognized by the raised and sharply ridged scutellum without a posterior tuft of hair and by the tridentate mandibles. The abdomen, antennae and wing venation are like that found in Chrysoplatycerus. Female. -Head from above broadly meniscuform, wider than thorax; face with a deep, semicircular scrobal impression which is sharply margined above. Head when viewed anteriorly much broader than high, laterally much higher than long. Occipital margin acutely margined above, rounded on lower two-thirds. Eyes hemispherical not reaching occipital or scrobal margins, inner orbits only slightly diverging anteriorly; fronto-vertex nearly three times longer than wide as measured from occipital margin to scrobal margin; width at anterior ocellus one-fourth width of head. Ocelli arranged in an equilateral triangle, posterior pair of ocelli nearly touching eye margin but nearly twice their diameter from occipital margin. Gena at its widest point as wide as eye, genal suture weak but distinct. Face convex; oral margin arched; carina surrounding scrobal depression extends downward to just below opposite antennal sockets. Antennae widely separated, distance less than width of scape. Mandible long and narrow, tridentate, middle tooth longest. Antennae strongly laterally compressed, scape swollen, as long as flagellum and club combined, two-thirds longer than wide, apex rounded, base to antennal socket subtruncate, upper margin folded over and flattened; pedicel as wide as long, longer than any of following flagellar segments, flattened dorsally as in scape; funicle six segmented, all segments wider than long, first three saucer shaped, last three more rectangular, flagellum enlarged from base to apex; club solid, at most a single annulus visible, nearly equal in length to flagellum, wider than last flagellar segment. Pronotum narrow, nearly concealed, Msonotum flat, carinate anteriorly and laterally, side vertically depressed then sloping outward to form a triangular flange-like plate; axillae not medially separated, tips touching, elevated but not above scutellum. Scutellum broadly diamond-shaped, strongly convex and sharply ridged along mid-line, 1 Accepted for publication: April 3, 1973. Senior Museum Scientist, University of California, Division of Biological Control, Riverside , CA 92502. Ent News, 85:19-20, 1974 20 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 at most two strong setae at apex; metanotum depressed, reduced to a narrow plate three times longer than wide; propodeal spiracle large, circular. Abdomen short, narrower than thorax, tapering to truncate apex; ovipositor not exerted. Legs comparatively thick and short. Wing as in Chrysoplatycerus, stigmal vein at most only slightly longer than postmarginal vein, gently curved; a patch of coarse setae below apex of marginal vein. Male. -Unlike the female. Face convexly swollen. Eyes pilose. Antennae nine segmented, uniformly thickened throughout with at most only a few short, inconspicuous setae; scape but little swollen. Mesonotum convex, not margined; axillae rounded but not elevated; scutellum convex, not as strong as in female, without a median ridge. Wing hyaline, stigmal vein much longer than post marginal vein. Abdomen much shorter than thorax. Type species. -Paraplatycerus citriculus n. sp., present designation. Paraplatycerus citriculus NEW SPECIES Female. -General color dull flavotestacous. Antennae fuscous, flattened dorsal portion of scape shining; genae black on upper half; anterior margin of mesonotum dusky, depressed sides shining metallic blue-green; scutellum shining metallic greenish-blue; abdomen fuscous; coxae and femora dusky flavotestacous more or less margined with black, fore and mid tibiae dusky on basal half or more, hind tibia completely dusky, nearly as dark as abdomen; fore and mid tarsi dusky flavotestaceous, hind tarsi white except for black basal half of first segment and all of terminal segment; side of propodeum shiny metallic green, in some lights. Setae where present black. Front with coarse, close-set, circular punctures extending to margin of scrobe; face and genae smooth. Mesonotum granular, without distinct punctures. Scutellum smooth; anterior declivity of axillae minutely punctiform. Antennae as figured. Costal cell wide, tapering to narrow apex, margin excised at apex of marginal vein; apex of wing broadly rounded; marginal vein with eight to ten bristles, short row of heavy bristles below apex of marginal vein. Wing brown, base hyaline, uniformly ciliated, cilia shorter on apical one-third, see figure. Male. -Black, lower half or less of front, genae, face subshining bluish-green in some lights. Scape testaceous. Legs fuscous, trochanters, tips of femora, base of tibiae, all of tarsi except last segment white to pale testaceous. Antennae as figured. Setae black more numerous on mesonotum and scutellum than in female. Wing hyaline, cilia confined to margins and along veins; stigmal and postmarginal veins short. Holotype reared from mummies of Pseudococcus citriculus Green collected from citrus at Asuncion, Paraguay, II-9-72 (M. Rose). In collection of University of California at Riverside. Described from four females and five males all from the same collection. Paraplatycerus citriculus is currently being mass produced at the California State Department of Agriculture temporary insectary facilities at Porterville, California for release against the comstock mealybug, Pseudococcus comstocki (Kuwana) in that area. ABSTRACT: -One new genus Paraplatycerus and a new species citriculus are described from Paraguay. Specimens were reared from Pseudococcus citriculus. Paraplatycerus is compared with and separate from Chrysoplatycerus and Zaplatycerus..-Jack C. Hall, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, CA 92502. Descriptors: Hymenoptera: Cencyrtidae: Paraplatycerus, new genus: citriculus, new species; Paraguay. Host, Pseudococcus citriculus. PSEUDOSCORPIONS PHORETIC ON A SPIDER1 o "a C. Clayton Hoff and Daniel T. Jennings On 2 June 1969 Thomas R. Chacon, a U. S. Forest Service employee, found two female pseudoscorpions of the species Lustrochernes grossus (Banks) (Chernetidae) clinging to dorsal abdominal setae of a male giant crab spider, Olios fasciculatus Simon (Heteropodidae). The spider was collected from rnesquite litter in an area predominately of pinyon and juniper near Arizona State Highway 160, 2 miles northeast of Payson, Gila County, Arizona, elevation about 5000 feet. The species of spider is widely distributed in southwestern U.S. and has been reported from several localities in Arizona; the species of pseudoscorpion is common in Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona. Except for being found beneath the elytra of cerambycid beetles taken in stands of ponderosa pine (Banks, 1902; Hoff, Jennings, and Pase, unpublished data), L. grossus has been reported (Hoff, 1956, 1959) as occurring invariably beneath the bark of ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa Laws.) logs, stumps, and snags. Spider and pseudoscorpions are deposited in the collections of the American Museum of Natural History. Phoresy involving pseudoscorpions on insects of several orders and on phalangids, birds, and mammals is common. Early records have been compiled by Vachon (1940) and Beier (1948). Strangely absent, however, are records of pseudoscorpions being found attached to spiders, and indeed a very careful search of the literature has failed to uncover a single record of pseudoscorpion-spider phoresy. This is in strong contrast to the many records of pseudoscorpions reported from phalangids (Vachon, 1947; Beier, 1948; Savory, 1966). We are inclined to follow Savory in thinking that the relationship of pseduoscorpion and phalangid is largely by chance. This does not aid in explaining, however, the occurrence of pseudoscorpions on phalangids and the apparent absence or rarity of pseudoscorpions from spiders. Habitatwise there should be as much opportunity for pseudoscorpions to contact spiders as there is for the animals to contact phalangids. We have considered possible explanations for the difference between phalangids and spiders with respect to pseudoscorpion phoresy. It seems feasible that the pseudoscorpion can cling very tenaciously to the slender leg of the phalangid by means of either one or both pedipalps, while the leg of the spider is too stout to allow the chelae to maintain a strong grip, although pseudoscorpions could certainly cling to the legs of small spiders and to the stout spines often present on the legs of some spiders. While phalangids frequently clean their legs (Cloudsley-Thompson, 1968), they must be unable or have no instinct to dislodge the pseudoscorpions. We considered the possibility that the phalangid does not eat pseudoscorpions and hence gives no attention to those attached to the legs, but Cloudsley-Thompson (1956) observed that while phalangids do not remove and eat pseudoscorpions from the legs, they do eat pseudoscorpions that by their own initiative drop from the legs. 'Accepted for publication: May 13, 1973. 2Department of Biology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, NM 87131. 3Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station, USDA Forest Service, Albuquerque, NM 87101. Ent News, 85:21-22, 1974 21 22 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 We believe that the aggressive nature of the spider, in contrast to the behavior of the phalangid, at least partly may explain the absence of pseudoscorpions from the legs of spiders. Because phalangids remain in a resting position for long periods of time and are not disturbed easily, it is probably less difficult for a pseudoscorpion to climb a leg and become attached to a phalangid than to a spider. Phalangids move slowly, are not especially aggressive, do not respond quickly to the presence of prey, and apparently do not react adversely to the presence of a few to several attached pseudoscorpions. In contrast the more agressive and more quickly reacting spider may well capture and eat psuedoscorpions before the pseudoscorpions have an opportunity to attach to the leg or to the body of the spider. The agressive spider may also remove pseudoscorpions from body parts that can be reached by the legs and pedipalps, but that once firmly attached, as in the present instance to the anterior part of the dorsum of the abdomen, the pseudoscorpions cannot be plucked off and eaten by the spider. Abstract. -Two female pseudoscorpions, Lustrochernes grossus (Banks) (Chernetidae), were found attached to the dorsum of the abdomen of a male giant crab spider, Olios fasciculatus Simon (Heteropodidae), collected in Gila County, Arizona. This is the first report of pseudoscorpions phoretic on a spider. -C. Clayton Hoff, Department of Biology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, NM 87131 and Daniel T. Jennings, Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station, Albuquerque, NM 87101. Descriptors: Pseudoscorpionida; Chernetidae; Lustrochernes; Araneae; Heteropodidae; Olios; phoresy; Arizona. LITERATURE CITED Banks, Nathan. 1902. A list of spiders collected in Arizona by Messrs. Schwarz and Barber during the summer of 1901. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 25(1903);21 1-221, pi. vii. Beier, M. 1948. Phoresie und Phagophilie bei Pseudoscorpionen. Osterreich. Zool. Z. 1:441-497. Cloudsley-Thompson, J. L. 1956. Notes on Arachnida, 25. Entomol. Mon. Mag. 92:71. Cloudsley-Thompson, J. L. 1968. Spiders, scorpions, centipedes and mites. Reprinted. Pergamon Press, New York, xv+278 p. Hoff, C. Clayton. 1956. Pseudoscorpions of the family Chernetidae from New Mexico. Amer. Mus. Novitates 1800. 66 p. Hoff, C. Clayton. 1959. The ecology and distribution of the pseudoscorpions of north- central New Mexico. Univ. New Mexico Pub. Biol. 8. 68 p. Savory, Theodore H. 1966. False scorpions. Sci. Amer. 21 14(3): 95-100. Vachon, Max. 1940. Remarques sur la phoresie de pseudoscorpions. Ann. Soc. Entomol. France 109:1-18. Vachon, Max. 1947. Nouvelles remarques a propos de la phoresie des pseudoscorpions. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, s6r. 2, 19:84-87. NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF TETRAST1CHUS HAGENOWII (HYMENOPTERA, EULOPHIDAE) A PARASITE OF COCKROACH OOTHECAE1 Mario Vargas V. and Francisco Fallas B.' Oothecae of Periplaneta australasiae were found parasitized by Tetrastichus hagenowii in the building of the Department of Parasitology, of the University of Costa Rica, San Jose. This is the first record of this eulophid in this country. On 5 October 1971, 33.3% of 24 oothecae collected from the edges of mop boards in our laboratory were found with mature larvae of these parasitic wasps. In a second group of egg cases dissected the same date, and collected mostly from window frames in the same place, 5 1.9% of 52 were found to be parasitized. A culture of these microhymenopterons was established to study the biology of the species and to compare our observations with those made in other countries. In addition observations were continued for a year on the naturally occurring population of the wasps in the laboratory. Individual exposures (Table 2) with mated wasps on nine oothecae of P. australasiae yielded from 34 to 90 wasps with an average of 63.3; and from seven oothecae of Eurycotis biolleyi 12 to 88 with an average of 52.3. The wasps were not at all attracted to oothecae removed from Blatclla germanica. In the oothecae of P. australasiae and E. biolleyi there were pupae of the wasps that failed to complete their development. The number of wasps observed by us per egg capsule was very similar to those reported by other workers for P. australasiae; 40 to 50 (Cameron, 1955) and 50 (Roth & Willis, 1954) (Table 1). The average number of wasps emerged from P. australasiae was a little higher than for E. biolleyi. The average sex ratios of the wasps from isolated oothecae (Table 2) were from P. australasiae 38% males and 62%. females; and from E. biolleyi 32% males and 68% females. In both cockroach species of isolated oothecae the number of wasp males was about half that of the females the number of males from E. biolleyi was slightly lower than from P. australasiae. Longevity of adults was also studied (Table 3). The average longevity of males was 6.33 days, varying from 4 to 1 1 days. Females lived from 12 to 37 days, averaging 14.5 1 Accepted for publication: March 13, 1973. 2 Departamento de Parasitologia, Facultad de Microbiologia, Universidad de Costa Rica. Ent News, 85:23-26, 1974 2 24 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 Table 1. Number of Tetrastichus hagenowii emerged per oothecae in several species of Blattaria No. of No. of Mean no. Range Species exposed females of wasps Author oothecae ovip. emerged Eurycotis floridana 3 20 648 606-685 Roth & Willis, 1954 Nauphoeta rhombifolia 1 73 Roth & Willis, 1960 Parcoblatta sp 2 100 Edmunds, 1955 Periplaneta americana 100 Roth & Willis, 1960 Periplaneta americana 140 Roth & Willis, 1960 Periplaneta americana 25 Roth & Willis, 1960 Periplaneta americana 33 7-38 Usman, 1949 Periplaneta americana 71 Roth& Willis, 1960 Periplaneta americana 4 20 204 164-261 Roth& Willis, 1954 Periplaneta americana 30-40 Cameron, 1955 Periplaneta americana 39 93 12-187 Edmunds, 1955 Periplaneta australasiae 40-50 Cameron, 1955 Periplaneta australasiae +50 Roth & Willis, 1960 No. and % of emerging wasps Males: No. % Females: No. Total adults Males: No. Females: No. Total adults Table 2. Number and percent of adult Tetrastichus that emerged from indicated oothecae of P. australasiae and E. biolleyi. 14 33.3 2 16.7 10 83.3 12 46 35 60.5 53.8 28 30 66.7 39.5 42 76 23 26.1 65 73.9 88 456 P. australasiae 16 34 16 17.6 56.7 24.2 30 46.2 65 40 58.8 68 42 72.4 58 26 43.3 60 E. biolleyi 28 10 8 41.2 23.8 27.6 50 75.8 66 18 32.1 32 76.2 42 21 72.4 29 8 22 19 64.7 24.1 12 35.3 34 27 38.0 38 44 67.9 62.0 56 71 60 76.0 79 mean 15 24.1 16.7 (38%) 75 39.2 83.3 (62%) 90 63.3 16.6 (32%) 35.7 (68%) 52.3 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 25 days. Males generally died in 3 to 4 days. It is interesting to note that the feeding of the wasps on sugar, honey or substances from the oothecae did not extend the lifespan of them, in comparison with unfed adults. Sexual behavior of males was characterized by visual and antennal stimulation first, and vibrating of wing before and after copulation took place. Mating was done rapidly, the male when mounting the female had to lean backwards in order to copulate. The female bent her abdomen upward when receptive and so helped the rather small male accomplish mating. Often, several males tried to copulate at the same time with the same female or even with one another. Oviposition probably occurred on the second day after emergence of the adults. No special selection of the oothecae exposed to the wasps was noticed, they even oviposited in empty egg capsules. The females touched the oothecae with their antennae and valvae, this lasted for approximately half an hour, then actual oviposition occurred in a short time; from a few seconds to a few minutes. Adults emerged in 39 days from an egg case that had been exposed to the wasps for 6 days. Two of 3 oothecae kept with the hymenoptera yielded adults in 27 days, the third one in 33 days. We observed the pupation and development of mature larvae by removing them from parasitized egg cases and placing them in petri dishes with moistened cotton. By this method ninety larvae were followed through the process of getting rid of fecal materials which happened in 1 to 2 days and pupation that took 5 days. The pupal stage lasted from 17 to 22 days. Table 3. Longevity of adults of Tetrastichus hagenowii emerged from oothecae of Periplaneta australasiae (male/ female) Ootheca No. No. wasps No. of male and female wasps that died at the indicated days: emerged 123456789 1 65 0/0 1/2 0/20 10/3 4/0 0/8 0/3 0/2 0/3 2 58 0/0 o/i 0/0 16/9 0/4 0/10 0/6 0/5 0/6 3 34 0/0 o/i 0/0 7/0 8/6 0/1 0/5 4 66 0/0 14/6 1/5 0/14 0/17 1/7 o/i 5 60 0/0 0/0 2/1 2/2 4/1 17/1 6/1 1/2 0/1 Ootheca No. No. wasps emerged Table 3. (Continued) No. of male and female wasps that died at the indicated days: 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 60 0/0 0/2 0/7 2 58 0/1 3 34 4 66 5 60 1/3 1/1 0/2 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/1 0/2 0/1 Ootheca No. No. wasps emerged Table 3. (Continued) No. of male and female wasps that died at the indicated days: 19 20 21 22 23 24 25(*) 34 60 0/2 0/2 0/1 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/1 0/1 Note (*)=no deaths occurred during the indicated period. 26 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 It is interesting to note the similarity in our observations and those made by other authors, specially concerning sexual behavior (Edmunds, 1955; and Roth & Willis, 1960). However important variations were found relating sex proportions, the number of males was lower in both species than the number reported by other authors (Usman, 1949; Cameron, 1955; Edmunds, 1955; and Roth & Willis, 1954). Arrhenotokia was not observed in our wasp cultures. Oothecae of P. australasiae were exposed to several unmated wasps but none was ever parasitized. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS To Dr. B. D. Burks of the Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U. S. Department of Agriculture, for confirming the identification of the species of Tetrastichus. :— Tetrastichus hagenowii is reported from Costa Rica naturally parasitizing oothecae of Periplaneta australasiae. Laboratory tests show that this hymenopteron is also well adapted to oothecae of Eurycotis biolleyi. An average of 63.3 Tetrastichus adults emerged from P. australasiae oothecae and 52.3 from Eurycotis biolleyi. The sex ratios of the wasps emerged from isolated oothecae of P. australasiae was 38% males and 62% females and from E. biolleyi 32% males and 68% females. The average longevity of Tetrastichus males is 6.3 days and for females 14.5 days. The pupal stage lasted from 17 to 22 days.-Mario Vargas V. & Francisco Pallas B., Departamento de Parasitologia, Facultad de Microbiologia, Universidad de Costa Rica. Descriptors: Hymenoptera; Eulophidae; Tetrastichus hagenowii; San Jose, Costa Rica. Biology, sex ratios; parasitic on Blattaria: Periplaneta australasiae, Eurycotis biolleyi. REFERENCES Cameron, E. 1955. On the parasites and predators of the cockroach I. Tetrastichus hagenowii (Ratz). Bull. Ent. Res. 46:137-147. Edmunds, L. R. 1955. Biological notes on Tetrastichus hagenowii (Ratzeburg) a chalcid- oid parasite of cockroach eggs. (Hymenoptera: Eulophidae; Orthoptera: Blattidae). Am. Ent. Soc. Amer. 48:210-213. Roth, L. M. & E. R. Willis. 1954. The biology of the cockroach egg parasite, Tetrastichus hagenowii (Hymenoptera:Eulophidae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 80:53-72. 3 pis. 1960. The Biotic Associations of cockroaches. Smithsonian. Misc. Coll. Vol. "141-470 pp. 36 pis. Usman, S. 1949. Some observations on the biology of Tetrastichus hagenowii, Ratz. An egg parasite of the house cockroach (Periplaneta americana). Current Sci., Bangalore 407-408. POPULATION AND SUBSPECIFIC VARIATION IN GERRISREMIGIS SAY1 Diane Calabrese2 Thomas Say (1832) first distinguished Gerris remigis Say from G. paludum F., a European congener. He described the species from New York State. Drake and Harris (1934) examined G. remigis from every state in the U.S. and from Canada and Mexico and found that the species varies greatly from population to population in size, color and wing form. Noteworthy populations in this respect are that of southeastern Ohio-northwestern West Virginia, with sandy-red, slender-bodied members; and those of Utah, Arizona and New Mexico with sandy-red members (and distinct from the similarly colored G. ampla arizonensis Kuitert). On the bases of variation in these populations and the notable absence of macropterous forms one might consider them as geographically isolated. However, considering the work of Riley (1920) on migration by legs in this species in times of drought and the nearness of populations fitting more closely the description of G. remigis, more data are needed before a determination concerning the geographical isolation of these populations can be made. One population which cannot be rejected as a subspecies on this basis is that from California and Oregon. Considering the geographical isolation, morphological characters, percentage of macropterous forms in this population and a suggestion by Michel (1961) that on the basis of internal male genital characters what is termed G. remigis in the East is not what is termed G. remigis in the West, this western population is designated a new sub-species, G. remigis caloregon, in recognition of its geographical location. The subspecies is separated from G. remigis remigis by the following key: 'Accepted for publication: August 23, 1973. 2Biological Sciences Group, The University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06268. Ent News, 85:27-28, 1974 27 28 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 Males Emargination of last abdominal sternite with sides subparallel; posterior margin of emargination fitting closely against first genital segment and not clothed with short dense pubescence G. remigis remigis Emargination of last abdominal sternite broadly rounded, sides not sub-parallel; posterior margin of emargination raised and clothed with short, dense pubescence G. remigis caloregon G. remigis caloregon (all measurements given in mm. for holotype male, with range for paiatypes in parentheses): length 16 (15-17.5), width 3 (3-3.5), antennal segments - 1,2.2 (2.2-3), 11,1.1 (1.1-1.5), 111,1 (1-1.2) and IV,1. 2 (1.1-1.5). Male: impressions on either side of median keel of ventral first genital segment deep; convex posterior projection of median keel of first genital segment and last abdominal sternite distinctly raised and covered by short dense hairs; abdominal sternites much lighter than venter of thorax; venter broad and not narrowing posteriorly. Female: venter broad and not narrowing posteriorly; abdominal sternites much lighter than venter of thorax. In G. remigis remigis the antennal segments are in the same proportion with respect to one another as in G. remigis caloregon, but they are proportionally shorter. In G. remigis remigis the venter is consistent in color and in both the male and the female it narrows posteriorly. The male of G. remigis remigis does not show the pubescence or raised characters as are present in the genital segments of G. remigis caloregon. Of the type series of G. remigis caloregon just less than 67% are macropters. This is in distinct contrast to the 3% macropter figure obtained for the greatest number of macropters in any population of G. remigis remigis (Calabrese, unpublished data). Froeschner (1962) reports a full 33% macropters of G. remigis in Missouri, a statement I have not been able to verify. The problem of wing polymorphism will be discussed at greater length in a future publication. In 1871 Uhler described the species Hydrotrechus robustus from Clear Lake, California. Drake and Harris (1934) synonymized the species with G. remigis. Because Uhler 's description had as its type specimen a damaged, apparently teneral, female, the relationship to G. remigis caloregon cannot be ascertained. Holotype: d, macropter, California: Alpine Co., Hope Valley, VII-1 2-1966 (P. B. Schultz). Paratypes: 19 macropter, 3? apters, 16 apters, California: S. Barb. Co., Canada del Medio, Sta. Cruz Isl. VI(16-23)1967 (R. C. Schuster); 4d macropters, 29 macropters, California: Eldorado Co., Pollock Pines VII-4-1967 (R. F. Denno); 19 macropter, California: Napa Co. VII-15-1967 (R. F. Denno); 29 apters, California: Solano Co., Mix Cyn. IV-19-1970 (L. Johnson); id macropter, California: Solano Co., Mix Cyn. 1955 (J. A. Riegel); 9 macropter, California: Napa Co., Gerryassa L. IV-2-1970 (L. Johnson); 9 macropter, California, Sequoia N. P., Giant Forest IX-1-1970 (A. S. Menke); 9 macropter, California: Alpine Co., Winnemucca L. VII-14-1964 (C. R. Kovacic); 56 macropters, 19 macropter, California: Sky Ranch, Madera Co. 11-30-2968 (E. A. Kane); 59 macropters, 39 apters, Oregon: Lane Co., 10 mi. NE Oakridge VII-16-1959 (G. C. Kettunen); 26 apters, 39 apters, \6 macropter, 19 macropter, Oregon: Curry Co., Humbug St. Pk. VIII-25-1962 (G. C. Eickwort). The holotype is in the collection of The University of California at Davis. Paratypes are in the collections of The University of California at Davis, Michigan State University, and the author. Abstract. -Population variation is widespread in G err is remigis Say. A west coast population is here designated Gerris remigis caloregon sub. sp. n.-D. Calabrese, Biological Sciences Group, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Conn. 06268. MORE ABOUT THE BUFFALO TREEHOPPER ON A MISSISSIPPI RIVER ISLAND (HOMOPTERA:MEMBRACIDAE) Clifford J. Dennis1 I have previously reported (1969a, 1969b) on treehoppers col- lected on certain Mississippi River islands during 1967, 1968, and 1969. In the intervening years nothing new was discovered until July 14, 1973, when a single adult male of the buffalo treehopper, Stictocephala bubalus (Fabricius), was seen on cottonwood (Popu- lus deltoides} on Hovie Island at about mile 623 on the Corps of Engineers navigation chart. I had never found this species on cottonwood, and I am aware of few past records. Marlatt (1894) mentioned egg-laying scars on cottonwood (Populus monilifera). Funkhouser (1917) reported cottonwood (Populus deltoides) as a host. I have no idea what the insect was doing on the cottonwood. I could only speculate. It hopped from a small tree onto my arm. After I released him, he flew off into the trees. No other specimens were found. 'Professor of Biology, University of Wisconsin-Whitewater, Whitewater, Wisconsin 53190. Ent News, 85:29-30, 1974 29 30 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 LITERATURE CITED Dennis, Clifford J. 1969a. Treehoppers of certain Mississippi River islands (Homoptera, Membracidae). Entomol. News 80(2):32:33. . 1969b. The buffalo treehopper on a Mississippi River island (Homoptera, Membracidae). Entomol. News 80(12):328. Funkhouser, W. D. 1917. Biology of the Membracidae of the Cayuga Lake basin. Mem. Cornell University Agr. Exp. Sta. 2:177-445. Marlatt, C. L. 1894. The buffalo treehopper (Ceresa bubalus Fab.). Insect Life 7:8-14. ABSTRACT.-MORE ABOUT THE BUFFALO TREEHOPPER ON A MISSISSIPPI RIVER ISLAND (HOMOPTERA:MEMBRACIDAE).-This paper reports the finding of the buffalo treehopper on an unusual plant on a new island. Clifford J. Dennis, University of Wisconsin-Whitewater, Whitewater, WI 53190. Descriptors: Homoptera; Membracidae; buffalo treehopper; Stictocephala bubalus (Fabricius); island; host. REFERENCES Drake, C. J. and Harris, H. M. 1934. The Gerrinae of the Western Hemisphere. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 23:179-240. Froeschner, R. 1962. Contribution to a synopsis of the Hemiptera of Missouri, Part V. Am. Midi. Nat. 67:208-240. Michel, Fritz Antoine. 1961. The taxonomic value of the male genitalia of the genus Gerris Fabricius (Hemiptera: Heteroptera: Gerridae). Unpublished M.S. The- sis, Oregon State University. Riley, Curtis. 1920. Migratory responses of water-striders during severe droughts. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. Vol. 15. Say, T. 1832. Say's Heteropterous Hemiptera. Heter. New Harmony:35. Uhler, P. H. \%1 \ . Hydrotrechus robustus n. sp. Amer. J. Sci. Series 3(1): 185. DISTRIBUTION RECORDS OF SPONGILLA FLIES (NEUROPTERArSISYRIDAE)1 Harley P. Brown2 Records of sisyrids are rather tew and scattered. Parfin and Gurney (1956) summarized those of the New World. Of six species of Sisyra S. panarna was known from but two specimens from Panama, S. nocturna from but one partial specimen from British Honduras, and S. mimita from but one male from the lower Amazon near Santarem, Para, Brazil. Of eleven species of Climacia, C. striata was known from a single male from Panama, C. tenebra from a single female from Honduras, C. nota from a lone female from Venezuela, C. chilena from one female from southern Chile, C. carpenteri from two females from Paraguay, C. bimaculata from a female from British Guiana and one from Surinam, C. chapini from seven specimens from Texas and New Mexico, and C. basalts from fourteen females from one locality in British Guiana and one from a ship. C. townesi was known from 41 females taken by one man along the Amazon River between Iquitos, Peru and the vicinity of Santarem, Brazil. To round out the records presented by Parfin and Gurney: Sisyra apicalis was known from Georgia, Florida, Cuba, and Panama; S. fuscata from British Columbia, Alaska, Ontario, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Michigan, New York, Massachusetts, and Maine; S. vicar ia from the Pacific northwest and from most of the eastern half of the United States and southern Canada. Climacia areolaris also occurs in most of the eastern half of the United States and Canada. C. californica occurs in Oregon and northern California. Navas (1928:319) listed C. areolaris from the Lago de Xochimilco in the central valley of Mexico. It is unlikely that this population is actually C. areolaris. If not C. chapini, it probably represents a species yet undescribed. Nava's (1935:38) reported C. basalts from Corumba, Mato Grosso, Brazil. This population is perhaps more likely to represent C. carpenteri, which had not then been described. 'Accepted for publication: September 10, 1973. 2Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval, Norman, Oklahoma 73069. Ent News, 85:31-33, 1974 31 52 Ent. News, Vol. 85, January 1974 Even in the United States, the records of the best known and most widespread species are scant. I have made no special effort to collect sisyrids within the past twenty years, but in the process of seeking riffle beetles, I have turned up the following records that may be of value to someone. BRAZIL: PARA: Riozinho (a tributary of the Rio Fresco which flows into the Xingu ), 68/6/10, sponge with 2 sisyrid larvae not identified to genus; MEXICO: BAJA CALIFORNIA: Rio Chorro near Agua Caliente at the southern end of the peninsula, 73/7/29, sponge with old Climacia cocoon above water near by; MEXICO: DURANGO; east of La Ciudad at an elevation of about 9,000 feet, 64/1 1/30, sponge with Climacia larvae; MEXICO: DURANGO: Rio Chico west of Durango at an elevation somewhat above 7,000 feet, 64/11/30, sponge with Climacia larvae; IOWA: FRANKLIN CO.: east of Hampton, 68/7/8, sponge with 2 sisyrid larvae not identified to genus (there are no records of either Climacia or Sisyra from Iowa); KENTUCKY: BELL CO.: Pineville, 72/8/20, sponge with 5 larvae of Sisyra, presumably S. vicaria; NORTH DAKOTA: FOSTER CO.: Juanita Lake, 68/7/31, 4 Sisyra larvae taken by Ralph Stoaks (new state record); OKLAHOMA: JOHNSTON CO.: Pennington Creek just above Tishomingo, 72/7/25, 25 cocoons of Climacia areolaris (1 adults were reared; other cocoons produced pteromalid wasps). My larvae from Brazil could well be either Climacia townesi or Sisyra minuta, or possibly a new species. My larvae from the Mexican state of Durango may belong to the species occurring in the Valle de Mexico or to a new species. The Climacia cocoon from southern Baja California very likely represents a new species. Whereas neither sponges nor sisyrids were observed in Lake Texoma during the first five or ten years after its impoundment in 1946, both sponges and Climacia areolaris are now common at least around the boathouse of the University of Oklahoma Biological Station in Marshall County. The situation now approximates that in Lake Erie described by Brown (1952). Pteromalid wasps parasitoid upon the pupae are also now comparable in numbers to those described by Brown (195 1). Although Chandler (1956:235) indicated that Sisyra was not known from Australia, the genus is reasonably well represented on that continent. Smithers (1973) summarizes new and old records of five species of Sisyrina, thus extending the known range of that genus from India to Australia. LITERATURE CITED Brown, H. P. 1951. Climacia areolaris (Hagen) parasitized by a new pteromalid (Hymen- optera:Chalcidoidea). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 44:103-110. 1952. The life history of Climacia areolaris (Hagen), a neuropterous "para- site" of fresh water sponges. Amer. Midland Nat. 47:130-160. Chandler, H. P. 1956. Aquatic Neuroptera. In Usinger, R. L., Aquatic Insects of California. University of California Press, Berkeley. 508 p. Navis, L. 1928. Insectos neotropicos. 3a. Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat. 31 (1927):316-328. 1935. Monograffa de la familia de los sisiridos (Insectos neuropteros). Mem. Acad. Cienc. Exact. Ffsicos-Quimicos Nat. Zaragoza 4: 1-86. Parfin, S. I. and A. B. Gurney. 1956. The spongilla-flies, with special reference to those of the Western Hemisphere (Sisyridae, Neuroptera). Proc. U. S. National Mus. 105:421-529, 3 pis. Smithers, C. N. 1973. A new species and new records of Sisyridae (Neuroptera) from Australia. Aust. Ent. Mag. 1 (3): 19-22. ABSTRACT.- Sponges with sisyrid larvae are reported from 2 states of Mexico for the first time: mountain streams in Durango and near Agua Caliente in Southern Baja California. Each of these populations may represent a new species of Climacia. Larvae from a headwater tributary of the Xingu River in Para, Brazil could be those of Climacia townesi of Sisyra minuta, if not of a new species. New state records from the United States: 2 larvae of undetermined genus near Hampton, Franklin Co., Iowa; 4 Sisyra larvae from Juanita Lake, Foster Co., North Dakota. New county records in states with few previous records: Sisyra vicaria (?) larvae at Pineville, Bell Co., Kentucky; S. vicaria adults in Flint Creek, Delaware Co., Oklahoma; Climacia areolaris pupae and associated parasitoid pteromalid wasps near Tichomingo, Johnston Co., Oklahoma. Sponges and Climacia areolaris have become common in parts of Lake Texoma, Marshall Co., Oklahoma; so have the parasitoid pteromalid wasps which attack the sisyrid pupae. Attention is called to a new species of Sisyrina from Australia. - Harley P. Brown, Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval, Norman Oklahoma 73069. Descriptors: Neuroptera, Sisyridae, Climacia, Sisyra, Sisyrina, distribution records , spongilla flies. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Papers on Tipulidae, More than 700 papers and 14,000 pages. For sale to highest bidder. Address all inquiries to Alan Stone, 5308 Wriley Rd., Washington, DC 20016. PHILLIPINE BUTTERFLIES: Northern Luzon, Information: Leonard L. Lengyel, c/o Mrs. Manuela R. Ablan, Rizal St., Laoag City, Ilocos Norte, Republic of the Phillipines. For Sale: Schroder, C., (ed.) Handbuch der Entomologie. 1 col. pi., 2514 textfigs. 3 vols. Bd. l/2 leather, G. Fisher, Jena. 1925-1929. Mrs. Rudolf G. Schmieder, Box 34, Elwyn, PA 19063. Top Prices Paid for Centruroides sculpturatus or any scorpions under 4 cm, either large or small quantities bought. Mr. P. Walmsley, 33 Clarence Ave., Blackpool, FY5 2BG, England. Wanted. North American Rhysodidae: needed for distribution records for North American Beetle Fauna Project. Send loan specimens to Dr. Ross T. Bell, Univ. of Vermont, Zoology Dept., Marsh Life Science Bldg., Burlington, Vt. 05401. For Sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416, Rio de Janeiro, GB, BRAS1L. PSEPHENIDAE (including EUBRIINAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHENINAE): Revising the family in the Western Hemisphere. Request loan of any material from the New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Univ. Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval, Norman, Okla. 73069, USA. For Sale or Trade. Lloyds Natural History. A handbook to the order Lepidoptera by W. F. Kirby, London 1896. 5 vols., 158 color plates. Prof. H. E. Evans, Veterinary College, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY 14850. Exchange: I can offer specimens of Hudsonian Zone butterflies in exchange for species of Southern distribution. Moths also exchanged. Walter V. Krivda, P.O. Box 864, The Pas, Manitoba, Canada. BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by D'Abrera, 352 pp. with approx. 4,000 specimens illust. life size in full cover. Price $31.00 U.S., including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES, by I. Common, 128 pages, 2 colour & 55 black & white plates, pocket book size. Price $3.60 U.S. including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay. N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. STAPHYLINIDAE. If anyone wishes to send us unsorted Staphylinidae in 70% alcohol we will eventually return one or two specimens mounted, labeled and identified to the nearest possible taxon. Ecological data particularly desired. Ian Moore, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, CA 92502. FEBRUARY 1974 CONTENTS A NEW SPECIES OF CHELACHELES (ACARINA: CHEYLETIDAE) FROM MISSOURI WITH A KEY TO THE KNOWN SPECIES S. E. Thewke, P. 33 A SALT-MARSH POPULATION OF LYCAENA HELLOIDES (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) FEEDING ON POTENTILLA (ROSACEAE) A. M. Shapiro, P. 40 NOVOMESSOR MANNI A SYNONYM OF APHAENOGASTER ENSIFERA (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE) W. L. Brown, P. 45 NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON THE AGRILINAE (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE): ll,AGRILUS H. A. Hespenheide, P. 48 CHLOROMYIA FORMOSA ESTABLISHED IN THE UNITED STATES (DIPTERA: STRATIOMYIDAE) L. L. Pechuman, P. 54 OBSERVATIONS ON BLACKLIGHTING IN MISSOURI R. L. Heitzman, P. 56 DISTRIBUTION CARDS FOR THE ENTOMOLOGIST R. L. Heitzman, P. 59 NOTE ON VERTEBRATE ENEMIES OF DRAGONFLIES (ODONATA) T. R. Mitra, P. 61 N.Y. VERSUS W. T. L. L. Pechuman, P. 62 LECTOTYPE DESIGNATION FORNOTIPHILA VARIA JONES (DIPT ERA :EPHYDRIDAE) W. N. Mathis, P. 64 Publication Date: August 9, 1974 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by Hemy Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert (1871-1%1); 1945-1967, by R. G.Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett, fc Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback & R. W. Lake (Editor}. SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign $12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, t/.SU. POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253 Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they wfll be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent to the editor. PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub- lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu- tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors wffl be charged for text-figures and halftones at the following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size, $4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4'/2 x 6'/2 inches. SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods aie appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be supplied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required. Short notes will he promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices, short reviews, and books received wfll be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study notices, want hems, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual" SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE & ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES A NEW SPECIES OF CHELACHELES (ACARINA: CHEYLETIDAE) FROM MISSOURI WITH A KEY TO THE KNOWN SPECIES1 Siegfried E. Thewke 2 An outstanding feature of the family Cheyletidae is its occupation of almost every conceivable habitat. One would not normally expect to find the same species occupying a specific niche at two different times of the year. This seemed to be the case for a new species of Chelacheles Baker 1958 that was extracted from oak material in southern Missouri normally occupied by another species prior to the discovery of the new species. No species of Chelacheles had been collected in the Midwest before, that of Baker (1958) originating in Portugal and that of Summers and Price (1970) in California. A third, C. michalskii Samsinak, occurs in Prague, Czechoslovakia. The genus Chelacheles is characterized by the presence of eyes, dorsal plating weak to absent and the idiosoma rather long, with coxae II and III separated by a distance greater than the width of the body. Key to Species of Chelacheles Females 1. Propodosoma with seven pairs of dorsal setae michalskii Samsinak Propodosoma with six pairs of dorsal setae 2 2. One pair of genital setae present peritremaculatits sp. nov. Two pairs of genital setae present 3 3. With two pairs of anal setae strabismus Baker With three pairs of anal setae bipanus S. & P. Chelacheles peritremaculatus sp. nov. (Figs. 1-2) Chelacheles Baker, 1958. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington 60(5): 234-235. 1 Accepted for publication: June 5, 1973 ! Research Specialist, Department of Entomology, University of Missouri, Columbia, MO 65201 Ent News, 85:33-39, 1974 33 34 Ent- News< v°l- 85' February 1974 Female Palp tarsus with two sickles and two comb-like setae: inner comb with short, very fine teeth; outej comb with ten teeth. Sensory solenidion present ventrally. Tibial claw with two to five teeth basally. Dorsal tibial setae smooth, lanceolate, 48 microns long; internal ventrals smooth, 20 microns; external ventrals similar, 18 microns long. Palp genu with one smooth seta, 20 microns. Palp femur with four setae: dorsocentrals lanceolate, barbed, 42 microns; internal ventrals smooth, whip-like, 64 microns long; ventrocentrals smooth, whip-like, 32 microns, and external ventrolaterals smooth, acicular, 1 8 microns long. Rostrum long, conical. Protegmen striate longitudin- ally. Peritremes with nine chambers: first chamber from point of origin long, unornamented; the remaining chambers expanded inward laterally, each with pepper-spot like maculations. Hypostomal setae smooth, ultralong, 75-80 microns long. Dorsum of idiosoma with 14 pairs of setae plus one pair of ultralong numerals, 87-92 microns long. Eyes present. Dorsal shields absent. Propodosoma with six pairs of spinose dorsals, 18-24 microns long plus one pair of smooth, whip-like humerals. Hysterosoma with six pairs of dorsals, similar in form and length to propodosomals. First marginal setae of hysterosoma lightly barbed, 34 microns long. Propodosoma separated from hysterosoma by a transverse belt of striae. Genitalia terminal: two pairs of fine, acicular paragenitals, four to ten microns long, one pair of genitals similar to paragenitals and three pairs of anals as shown (Fig. 2). Idiosomal venter: one pair of acicular setae between coxae II, 12 microns; two medioventral pairs anterior to coxae III, and one medioventral pair anterior to genital slit. Setae on legs I to IV: coxae 2-1-1-2; trochanters 1-1-2-1; femora 2-2-1-1; genua 2(l)-2-2-2; tibiae 4(l)-4-4-4; tarsi 8(l)-7(l)-7-7. Numbers in parentheses refer to solenidia. Leg I: coxae each with two setae: anterior inner pair smooth, whip-like, 30 microns; ventral pair smooth, whip-like, 100-110 microns long. Trochanters each with one lightly microns; dorsal pair stout, barbed, 36 microns long. Genua each with two setae and a sensory solenidion: internal dorsolaterals short, smooth to lightly barbed, 10 microns; external dorsolaterals smooth acicular, 18 microns long. Sensory solenidion near anterior portion of segment between dorsals, four microns long. Tibiae each with four setae and a sensory solenidion: internal ventrals smooth, acicular, 14 microns; ventrocentrals smooth, 18 microns long, dorsolaterals smooth, ultralong, 68 microns; dorsocentrals smooth, ultralong, 70-80 microns long. Sensory solenidion anterior to dorsolaterals, four microns long. Tarsi each with eight setae plus sensory solenidion Omega I. Guard seta of Omega I minute, 3-4 microns long. Omega I strongly spine-like, 18 microns long. Leg II: coxae each with one smooth whip-like seta, 84 microns long. Trochanters each with one smooth seta, 20 microns long. Femora each with two setae: external ventrals smooth, 30 microns; dorsals lightly spinose, 34 microns long. Genua each with two setae: internal laterals smooth, 14 microns long; dorsocentrals smooth, 14 microns long. Tibiae each with four setae: ventrolaterals smooth, acicular, 18 microns; ventrocentrals long, smooth, 36 microns long; dorsocentrals smooth, acicular, 18 microns and dorsolaterals smooth, ultralong, 64 microns long. Tarsi each with seven setae and a long club-like sensory solenidion, 12 microns long. Leg III: coxae with one smooth seta, 44 microns long. Trochanters each with two setae: ventrocentrals smooth, 24 microns; laterals spinose, stout, 44 microns long. Femora each with one spinose dorsal seta, 44 microns long. Genua each with two setae: dorsal member lightly spinose, 18 microns; lateroventrals spinose, 18 microns long. Tibiae each with four setae: ventrals about equal in length, smooth, 48 microns long; internal dorsals short, spinose, 18-20 microns; external dorsals long, smooth, 60 microns long. Tarsi each with seven setae. Leg IV: coxae each with two smooth setae: inner pair 24 microns; outer pair shorter, 16 microns. Trochanters each with one smooth seta, 26-28 microns long. Femora each with one stout, spinose seta, 48-50 microns long. Genua each with two setae: dorsal pair spinose, 20-22 microns; ventral pair longer, spinose, 28-30 microns long. Tibiae each Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 35 with four setae: ventrals smooth, about equal in length, 58-60 microns long; internal dorsals smooth to lightly spinose, 20-22 microns; dorsosublaterals smooth, ultralong, 80 microns long. Tarsi each with seven setae. Average length of ten females, 920 microns: average width 320 microns. Two gnathosomal forms present themselves on the males of C. peritremaculatus sp. nov., while the remainder of the body is essentially the same for each. Heteromorphic male (Fig.3). - Palp tarsi each with two sickles and two combs: inner comb short, with 5-8 teeth; outer comb robust, with 11 rounded teeth. Sickles normal. Sensory solenidion present ventrally, this structure with a parallel-sided stem portion, 4 microns long, with a bulbous swelling apically. Total length of solenidion 8 microns. Palp tibiae each with a single toothed claw. Three setae present on each palp tibia: ventrocentrals acicular, smooth, 22 microns; ventroexternals similar, 22 microns; and dorsal tibial setae stout, smooth, 42 microns long. Palp genua each with one smooth dorsal seta 32 microns long. Palp femora each with three setae: internal ventrals long, smooth, 70 microns; external ventrals similar, thinner, 57 microns; dorsals stout, spinose, 65 microns long. Rostrum conical, long (fig. 2). Protegmal area extending from in front of peritremes almost halfway to end of beak. Tegmen smooth with lateral cornuae. Peritremes with five to seven chambers, the first from point of origin smooth, the remainder maculate, lateral chambers expanded inward, somewhat lobe-like. Hypostoma with one pair of smooth setae, 90- 1 00 microns long. Idiosoma with 13 pairs of setae plus one pair of humerals, 100-110 microns long. Dorsal setae 18-25 microns long, slender, spinose. Propodosoma with six pairs of spinose dorsals; one pair of humerals; hysterosoma with seven pairs of similar setae except for caudal pair which are spatulate, smooth, 5 microns wide by 10 microns long. Propodosoma separated from hysterosoma by an eliptical band of transverse striae. Idiosoma striate longitudinally. Lateroventral pair of hysterosomals spinose, 30-35 microns long. Genitalia terminal: one pair of paragenital-like setae, 15 microns; one pair of genitals and one pair of anals. Idiosomal venter: one smooth pair between coxae II, 20 microns; one smooth pair of medioventrals, 25 microns, and one smooth pair between coxae III, 11 microns loniz. Setae on legs I to IV: coxae 2-1-1-2; trochanters 1-1-2-1; femora 2-2-1-1- genua 2m-2-2-2; tibiae 4(l)-4-4-4; tarsi 8(l)-7(l)-7( 1 )-7. Leg I: coxae each with two setae: ventrocentrals smooth, 64 microns; anterior pair similar, 30 microns long. Trochanters each with one short, smooth seta, 10 microns long. Femora each with two setae: ventrals smooth, 28 microns; dorsals stout, spinose, 30 microns long. Genua each with two dorsal setae similar in length, 20 microns and a dorsal sensory solenidion 4 microns long. Tibiae each with four setae and a sensory solenidion: internal ventrals thin, smooth, 50 microns; externals similar, 16-20 microns long; internal dorsals thin, smooth, 70 microns; externals similar, 64-68 microns long. Sensory solenidion dorsal, 4 microns long. Tarsi each with eight setae and a stout sensory solenidion, 16 microns long. Guard seta of Omega I very fine, short. Leg II: coxae each with one smooth seta, 80 microns long. Trochanters each with one smooth seta, 14-16 microns long. Femora each with two setae: ventrocentrals smooth, thin, 28 microns; dorsals stout, spinose, 26-28 microns long. Genua each with two dorsal setae similar in length, 10-14 microns long. Tibiae each with four setae: internal ventrals smooth, 16 microns; externals thinner, smooth, 60 microns long; dorsocentrals short, apparently smooth, 8-16 microns; and dorsolatcrals smooth, 50 microns long. Tarsi each with seven setae and a stout sensory solenidion 10 microns long. Leg III: coxae each with one smooth seta. 30-35 microns. Trochanters each \\ith t\\o setae: ventrals smooth, acicular, 12 microns: lak-ials stout, spinose, 36 microns long. Femora each with one stout, spinose dorsal seta, 46 microns long. Genua each with t\\o setae: ventrals stout, spinose, 16 microns; dorsals similar, 16-18 microns long. Tibiae each with four setae: internal ventrals smooth, whip-like, 46 microns; externals similar, shorter, 34 microns long; dorso-internals smooth. 16 microns; and dorso-externals smooth, 64-70 microns long. Tarsi each with seven setae anil a stout ventrolateral sensory solenidion, 8 microns long. 36_ Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 Leg IV: coxae each with two setae: internals smooth, needle-like, 16 microns; externals similar, 12 microns long. Trochanters each with one smooth, whip-like central seta, 18 microns long. Femora each with one stout, spinose dorsal seta, 38-40 microns long. Genua each with two spinose setae: ventrals 22 microns; dorsals 16 microns long. Tibiae each with four setae: internal ventrals smooth, whip-like, 50 microns; externals similar, 40 microns long; dorsolaterals spinose, 20 microns and dorsocentrals smooth, 70 microns long. Tarsi each with seven setae. Claws of all tarsi moderately hooked. Length of male, including rostrum, 368 microns; width 128 microns. Normal male (Fig. 4)-Palptarsi each with two combs and two sickles: inner comb lightly toothed; outer comb with 9-11 teeth. Sensory solenidion present ventrally, club-shaped. Palptibial claws each with one or two teeth basally. Palp tibiae each with three setae: dorsal tibial setae smooth, long, 20-40 microns; internal laterals smooth, 26 microns; ventrals smooth, 16 microns long. Palp genua each with one smooth dorsal seta, 15 microns long. Palp femora each with three setae: internal ventrals long, smooth, 30-35 microns; ventrocentrals similar, 38-40 microns; dorsocentrals stout, spinose, arising from a tubercle, 34 microns long. Rostrum long, conical, setigerous. Protegmen area short, smooth to lightly striate. Tegmen finely striated, with minute pores. Peritremes with eight to nine chambers: first chamber of peritremes long, smooth, remaining chambers maculate, some expanded inward laterally. Hypostomal setae smooth, ultralong, 46-50 microns long. Idiosoma with 13 pairs of dorsals plus one pair of smooth, ultralong humerals. All dorsals except numerals and last pair of caudodorsals spinose, these paddle-shaped, 5 microns wide by 10 microns long. Propodosoma with six pairs of spinose dorsals, 14-16 microns long, and one pair of humerals, 70-75 microns long. Propodosoma separated from hysterosoma by an elliptical band of transverse striae. Hysterosoma with seven pairs of dorsals similar in length to propodosomals except for the last four pairs of dorsals: fourth pair from genital opening eight microns; second and third pair five to six microns long and first pair from genital opening curved, inflated, bolo-shaped, five microns long. Lateroventral pair of hysterosoma barbed, 22 microns long. Genitalia terminal: one pair of paragenital-like setae, 16 microns; two pairs of genitals; anals absent. Aedeagal opening dorsal. Idiosomal venter: one pair of smooth setae between coxae II, 10 microns; one pair of smooth setae in line with lateroyentrals, 14 microns long; and one pair of smooth setae between coxae III, 10 microns long. Setae on legs I to IV: coxae 2-1-1-2; trochanters 1-1-2-1; femora 2-2-1-1; genua 2(l)-2-2-2; tibiae 4(l)-4-4-4; tarsi 8(l)-7(l)-7(l)-7. Leg I: coxae each with two smooth setae: internal anterior pair fine, whip-like, 14 microns; ventrolaterals long, whip-like, 48 microns long. Trochanters each with one seta, 10 microns long. Femora each with two setae: ventrals smooth, 20 microns; dorsals spinose, stout, 28 microns long. Genua each with two setae and a sensory solenidion: internal dorsals smooth, 10 microns; dorsocentrals smooth, 14 microns long. Sensory solenidion situated between and anterior to dorsals, three to four microns long. Tibiae each with four setae and a sensory solenidion: internal ventrolaterals smooth, 34 microns; ventrocentrals smooth, 18 microns long; internal dorsals smooth, lanceolate, ultralong, 64 microns; external dorsals smooth, 52 microns long. Sensory solenidion present dorsally, near anterior portion of segment, five to seven microns long. Tarsi each with eight setae and a strongly annulated sensory solenidion (Omega I), 16 microns long. Omega I appears to arise from a tubercular base, and guard seta of same very fine and short. Leg II: coxae each with one smooth, whip-like seta, 54 microns long. Trochanters each with one smooth seta, 14-16 microns long. Femora each with two setae: ventrals smooth, 20 microns; dorsals stout, spinose, 22 microns long. Genua each with two setae: dorso-internals smooth to lightly barbed, 12-18 microns long. Tibiae each with four setae: internal ventrals smooth to lightly barbed, 18-20 microns; ventrals smooth, whip-like, 20 microns long; internal dorsals spinose, 10 microns and external dorsals Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 jmooth, ultralong, 44 microns. Tarsi each with seven setae and a sensory solenidion, dorsaUy located, strongly annulated, 9 microns long. Leg III: coxae each with one smooth, acicular seta, 32 microns long. Trochanters each with two setae: ventrocentrals smooth, 12 microns; laterals smooth, 30 microns long. Femora each with one stout, barbed seta, 36 microns long. Genua each with two setae: ventro-externals spinose, 12-14 microns; dorsals barbed, 12 microns long. Tibiae each with four setae: internal ventrals smooth to lightly barbed, 36 microns; external ventrals smooth, 18 microns long; internal dorsals spinose, 14 microns and external dorsals smooth, ultralong, 48 microns. Tarsi each with seven setae and a ventro-laterally situated sensory solenidion, 9 microns long. Leg IV: coxae each with two setae: internals smooth, 22 microns; externals smooth, 12 microns long. Trochanters each with one seta, smooth, 14 micronslong. Femora each with one stout, spinose dorsal seta, 30 microns long. Genua each with two setae: ventro-externals spinose, 18 microns long. Tibiae each with four setae: ventrals smooth, about equal in length, 30-34 microns long; internal dorsals spinose, 16 microns and external dorsals smooth, ultralong, 54 microns. Tarsi each with, seven setae. Length of male, 270 microns; width 98 microns. Nymph. - Palp tarsi each with two sickles and two combs: inner comb reduced with three to four teeth; outer comb stout with seven to nine teeth. Club-like sensory solenidion present ventrally. Palptibiae each with three setae: internal ventrals acicular, smooth, 8 microns; ventrals long, smooth, 11 microns; dorsal tibial setae stouter, smooth, 17-19 microns set on a tubercular base. Palp genua each with one smooth seta, 12 microns long. Palp femora each with four setae: dorsocentrals stout, strap-like, barbed, 38-41 microns long; internal ventrals long, whip-like, smooth, 20 microns; external ventrals similar, shorter, 17 microns, and one pair of ventrolaterals near anterolateral portion of segment, these smooth, 6 microns long. Inner basal region of femora adjacent to tegmen-protegmen with discontinuous maculated striae. Palp coxae lightly striate. Rostrum short, somewhat conical Protegmen short with longitudinal striae. Tegmen lightly striate. Peritremes with seven to eight chambers, the first pair of chambers from point of origin long, smooth; the remainder smaller, expanded inward laterally, with dot like maculations. Hypostoma with one pair of smooth setae, 36 microns. Idiosoma with 12 pairs of dorsal setae, 14-16 microns long. One pair of long humerals, 60 microns. Idiosomal venter: one pair of fine, smooth setae, 14 microns long betweem coxae II; one pair of smooth acicular medioventrals, 12 microns; one pair of short, smooth setae between coxae III, 6 microns; one pair between coxae IV, 8 microns and one pair of smooth setae anterior to genital field, 6 microns long. Genitalia terminal: one pair of stout paragenitals, 6 microns; two pair of smooth, stout genitals: anterior pair 6 microns; posterior pair 10 microns; one pair of smooth anals, 4-6 microns long. Legs I to IV: coxae 2(1)4-2-2; trochanters 1-1-2-1; femora 2-2-1-1; genua 2(l)-2-2-2; tibiae 4(l)-4-4-4; tar<=i 7(l)-7(l)-7-7. Leg I: coxae with one pair of smooth setae: inner anterior pair fine, 16 microns; ventrocentral pair long, 50 microns. Trochanters with one seta each, situated on inner, antero-lateral portion of segment, smooth, 12 microns long. Femora with one pair of setae: ventro-centrals smooth, acicular, 16 microns; dorsals stout, spinose, 26 microns long. Genua with one pair of short, smooth setae: inner pair of each segment 12 microns; outer 10 microns long. Sensory solenidion present dorsally, 4 microns long. Tibiae with four setae and a stout, club-shaped sensory solenidion dorsally: internal ventrals short, smooth, 12 microns; vcntrecentrals smooth, 30 microns long; dorsocentrals smooth, long, 50 microns; external dorsals smooth, 40 microns long. Sensory solenidion 4 microns long. Tarsi with seven setae and a stout sensory solenidion dorsally, 10 microns long. Leg II: coxae with one smooth ventro-central seta, 40 microns long. Trochanters with one smooth anterolateral seta, 14 microns long. Femora with one pair of setae: vnntrals smooth, fine, 20 microns; dorsocentrals stout, spinose, 24 microns long. Genua with one IS. Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 pair of smooth setae, equal in length, 10 microns long. Tibiae with four setae: internal ventrals spinose, 10 microns; ventrocentrals smooth, long, 24 microns; internal dorsals short, acicular, 10 microns, and dorsocentrals smooth, 34 microns long. Tarsi with seven setae and a stout, dorsolateral sensory solenidion, 8-10 microns long. Leg III: coxae with one smooth seta, 24 microns long. Trochanters with one pair of setea: laterals stout, minutely spinose, 30 microns; ventrals smooth, fine, 12 microns long. Femora each with one stout spinose seta, 38 microns long. Genua with one pair of spinose setae: ventrals stout, 14 microns; dorsals similar, 12 microns long. Tibiae with four setae: internal ventrals smooth, 30 microns; external ventrals smooth, 24 microns long; internal dorsals spinose, stout, 16 microns; external dorsals long, smooth, 30 microns. Tarsi with seven setae. Leg IV: coxae with one pair of setae: internals smooth, 18 microns; externals similar, shorter, acicular, 12 microns long. Trochanters with one smooth seta, 12 microns long. Femora with one stout, spinose dorsal seta, 32 microns long. Genua with two setae: ventrals spinose, stout, 16 microns; dorsals similar, 14-16 microns long. Tibiae with four setae: ventral pair of each segment smooth, 40 microns; internal dorsals spinose, 18-20 microns long; external dorsals smooth, ultralong, 50 microns. Tarsi with seven setae. Claws of all legs moderately hooked. Body length 278 microns; width 112 microns. Types: holotype female, allotype heteromorphic male collected seven miles south of West Plains, Howell County, Missouri on October 26, 1972 to be deposited in the collection of the Entomology Research Museum, University of Missouri, Columbia. One paratype normal male and one nymph, same data as on holotype, also to be retained in the Entomology Research Museum, University of Missouri, Columbia. Two paratype females, one paratype heteromorphic male and one nymph, same data as on holotype, to be deposited in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. Two paratype females, same data as holotype, to be deposited in the collection of the Snow Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence. Two paratype females, same information as holotype, to be deposited in the collection of the University of California, Davis. Two paratype females, same data as holotype, to be deposited in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Canada. The remaining three specimens, of which one was collected on October 4, 1972, to be retained in the collection of the Entomology Research Museum, University of Missouri, Columbia. All specimens were collected by S. E. Thewke. The specific name of this species is derived from the maculated peritremata which it possesses. These specimens were collected from sections of oak limbs five to thirteen centimeters in diameter. The oak had decayed to such an extent that indentification of these sections to species was not possible. The surrounding oak trees were a mixture of red oak and white oak. The mites were extracted by use of the Berlese funnel method of arthropod extraction. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The assistance of Dr. Wilbur R. Enns, Director of the Entomology Research Museum, UMC, in the preparation of this paper is gratefully acknowledged. LITERATURE CITED Baker, Edward W. 1958. Chelacheles strabismus, a new genus and species of mite from Portugal. (Acarina, Cheyletidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 60(5): 234-235. Summers, F. M. and D. M. Price. 1970. Review of the mite family Cheyletidae. Univ. California Publ. in Entomol. 61:79-80. Volgin, V. I. 1969. Acarina of the family Cheyletidae, world Fauna. Akad. Nauk S.S.S.R., Zool. Inst., Opredel, p. Fauna S.S.S.R. No. 101:302-307. Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 39 ABSTRACT-A new species of cheyletid mite from south-central Missouri, including the nymphal stage and two forms of the male, is described and illustrated. A key to the known species is also presented. Descriptors: Acarina: Cheyletidae; Chelacheles, a new species, Missouri; Key to known species of Chelacheles. — 00 60 ® fc tt, A SALT-MARSH POPULATION OF LYCAENA HELLOIDES (LEPIDOPTERA:LYCAENIDAE) FEEDING ON POTENTILLA (ROSACEAE)1 Arthur M. Shapiro The evolutionary relationships of the populations included under the names Lycaena helloides Boisduval, L. dorcas Kirby, and L. florus Edwards are poorly understood. The status of florus, which resembles dorcas phenotypically but appears to intergrade with helloides (which it replaces altitudinally in the Rockies), is in particular question. Eastern dorcas feed on Potentilla spp. (Rosaceae) while western lowland helloides are everywhere reported from Polygonaceae (Rumex, Polygonum) (Clench, 1961). Oviposition tests on Colorado florus by Chambers (1963) gave ambiguous results, tending toward a preference for Rumex over Potentilla under laboratory conditions. This paper reports a lowland population of "helloides" feeding on a Potentilla, a situation hitherto unrecorded in this taxon. At present data are available only from the tidal marshes on the north edge of Suisun Bay, Solano County, central California. The Suisun Bay tidal marsh complex occupies part of a structural basin nearly surrounded by the Coast Ranges, connected with San Pablo Bay to the west and the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta to the east by narrow straits (fig. 1). It contains extensive tracts of nearly undisturbed marshland and is known to botanists as a major source of endemic taxa (e.g., the showy Composites, Aster chilensis spp. lentus (Greene) Jeps. and Grindelia X paludosa Greene). Potentilla egedei Wormsk. var. grandis (Rydb.) Howell is a common component of the vegetation, occurring in nearly pure stands or mixed with Composites, sedges, and Umbellifers in permanently saturated but not strongly saline mud along and near Suisun, Nurse, and Montezuma Sloughs and in isolated pockets within the marshes. Lycaena helloides adults occur in these stands, often in numbers and up to a mile or more from the nearest stand 'Accepted for publication: June 7, 1973. 2Department of Zoology, University of California, Davis, California 95616. Ent. News, 85:40-44, 1974 40 Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 41 of potential Polygonaceous hosts. Over 60 of these animals have now been collected and compared with lowland, Polygonaceous-feeding helloides from the Central Valley and from elsewhere in the Suisun area. Lycaena helloides occurs in vacant lots in Fairfield and Suisun City and, in association with the introduced weed Rumex crispus L., on landfill and high ground in the extreme northern part of the marsh. Potent ilia-associated helloides show very minor phenotypic differences as compared with other populations examined (Figs. 2,3)- Both sexes average very slightly larger, the females more so than the males; males tend to have the series of orange subterminal lunules on the dorsal hindwing reduced to two or three (occasionally only the one at the anal angle is preserved) and to have the wings more "peaked" or "pointed"; both sexes are more richly colored beneath, the hindwing with a strong orange-brown tint, the black spotting usually reduced and the orange subterminal lunules very pointed and distinct. The most extreme Po/e/2/7//tf-associated phenotypes are very distinctive, but most individual specimens could not be placed with assurance in one population or another without ecological data. As might be expected in this group, there are no IO M/LCf Figure 1. Location map of the Suisun Bay marsh complex. The aiea is shown in detail on USGS 7.5' topographic quadrangles "Cordelia" and "Fairfield South," California. 42 Ent. News, Vol. 8 5, -February 1974 male genitalic differences between samples of Potent ilia- and Rumex (or Polygonum)- associated L. helloides. Oviposition-preference tests were carried out in 1972 using females collected in stands of Potentilla along Suisun Slough, in stands of Rumex on landfill in Suisun City; and in the Central Valley in stands of Rumex (Woodland sewer ponds, Yolo Co.) and Polygonum aviculare L. (Davis, Yolo Co.). They were offered similar-sized cuttings of Potentilla edgedei var. grandis (foliage only) and Rumex crispus (foliage and immature inflorescences), and cuttings of Men t ha as nectar sources, and allowed to oviposit freely until death. The results are reported in Table 1, and can be considered an unequivocal demonstration of a preference for Potentilla by helloides from Suisun Slough and for Rumex by all others tested. Rearing was completed on both hosts for the two Suisun strains and the one from Davis (Table 2). All insects developed directly with no diapause, giving adults within 38 days after oviposition, under continuous illumination at 80° F. This is not surprising since all the strains tested are strongly multivoltine in nature. Apparently all the strains can develop without major difficulty on both Rumex and Potentilla in the laboratory. This suggests that the maintenance of host preference in natural populations is dependent on female oviposition preference. It is tempting to speculate that this preference is behaviorally rather than genetically controlled (cf. "Hopkins host-selection principle," reviewed by Mayr, 1963) and that it is enforced by isolation of Rumex and Potentilla strains from each other's hosts, which occur in different habitats. If the Potentilla strain is very sedentary (females limited by "intrinsic barriers to dispersal," Ehrlich, 1961), its likelihood of encountering Rumex would be sharply reduced. On the other hand, mark-recapture experiments done on L. helloides at Davis suggest a very high vagility, at least in a predominantly Polygonum- feeding population. This would be highly adaptive since stands of Polygonum aviculare (unlike the other hosts discussed) are ephemeral, and a multiple-brooded species like L. helloides would need to colonize new stands repeatedly during the very long flight season in the Central Valley. It is, of course, possible that, despite its weak phenotypic differentiation, the Potentilla strain of helloides has acquired at Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 43 i > • ^. »vA » » ' • &. ; .-. ' '• . • . ' •• %; J^ ^ f?<: A ' ' \ • .-»! ( ^ tl« -v;; *" - ' v ; • ^» JE . Figure 2. Lycaena helloides from Suisun Slough, Solano Co., California showing variation in males (a, b) and females (c-f) of the Potentilla strain; all 6 May 1973. ;''W:^- Uv- ';- "•** ,;-.^. ; *• ••/'-' ^- -^ ^- > . » . • -' ^ -.V Figure 3. Lycaena helloides from Polygonaceous-feeding populations in Yolo Co., California showing variation in males (a, b) and females (c-f). a-c: West Sacramento, 5 May 73; d, Broderick, 18 October 72; e, Davis, 21 September 72; f, Putah Creek, 29 September 72. 44_ Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 least partial reproductive isolation from other strains. In this connection, it is noteworthy that a very small colony of Potentilla remains nearly undisturbed within the general area of landfill in Suisun City and maintains a colony of L. helloides. This one colony is well within the potential range of Rumex -feeding helloides, as most of the others do not seem to be. Potentilla egedei var. grandis is widely distributed along the Pacific coast, from Los Angeles County to Alaska (Munz, 1970). It will be of great interest to determine whether populations of L. helloides associated with it are widespread, or restricted to the Suisun Bay area. There is no reason at this time to associate the Suisun population with either florus or dorcas (which it does not resemble phenotypically, except for the reduced orange in males, or in voltinism), but its existence reinforces the impression that this group switches readily from its ancestral hosts (Polygonaceae) to Potentilla given the ecological opportunity. The supposed subspecies of dorcas, dospassosi McDunnough, from New Brunswick is a salt-marsh endemic and probably feeds on either P. egedei var. groenlandica (Tratt.) Polunin or P. anserina L.; other associations reported for L. dorcas are with shrubby Potentillas of the "fruticosa" group. LITERATURE CITED Chambers, D. S. 1963. A preliminary study of foodplant preferences in the Lycaena helloides complex (Lycaenidae) in Colorado. /. Lepid. Soc. 17:24-26. Clench, H. K. 1961. Tribe Lycaenini 77V P. R. Ehrlich and A. H. Ehrlich. How To Know The Butterflies. W. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. pp. 227-228. Ehrlich, P. R. 1961. Intrinsic barriers to dispersal in checkerspot butterfly. Science 134:108-109. Mayr, E. 1963. Animal Species and Evolution. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass. 797 pp. Munz, P. A. 1970. A California Flora. University of California Press, Berkeley. 1681 pp. ABSTRACT-A population of Lycaena helloides Boisduval (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae) from the vicinity of Suisun Bay, California is associated with and shows a laboratory oviposition preference for the plant Potentilla egedei (Rosaceae). All other lowland populations of this butterfly which have been examined feed on species of Polygonaceae. Arthur M. Shapiro, Department of Zoology, University of California, Davis, California 95616. Descriptors: Lycaena helloides; Potentilla egedei; host race; salt marsh. These two tables were inadvertently excluded from A. M. Shapiros article, Entomological News, February 1974, Vol. 85, No. 2, pp. 4(M4. Table 1. Oviposition preferences of female Lycaena helloides. Ova laid on: Source of female Potentilla egedei Rumex crispus Suisun Slough, marsh 16 July 72 36 4 Suisun Slough, marsh 16 July 72 54 2 Suisun Slough, marsh 16 July 72 16 0 Suisun Slough, marsh 16 July 72 29 13 Suisun City, vacant lot, 16 July 72 5 23 Suisun City, vacant lot, 16 July 72 0 60 Suisun City, vacant lot, 16 July 72 0 18 Suisun City, vacant lot, 16 July 72 2 44 Davis, Yolo Co., 17 July 72 5 51 Davis, Yolo Co., 17 July 72 8 32 Woodland, Yolo Co., 19 July 72 0 69 Woodland, Yolo Co., 19 July 72 4 31 Table 2. Survival of larvae reared on Potentilla and Rumex. No. larvae Source of stock (start) Pupae Adults P 15 Suisun Slough, marsh 16 July 72 R 16 P 7 SuisunCity, vacant lot 16 July 72 R lo P 13 Davis, vacant lot, 19 July 72 R R i° 11 13 4 15 10 14 10 12 3 10 9 10 NOVOMESSOR MANNI A SYNONYM OF APHAENOGASTER ENSIFERA (HYMENOPTERArFORMICIDAE)1 William L. Brown, Jr.2 The genus Novomessor as it stands contains 3 species of rather large-sized but slender myrmicine ants living in arid and subarid parts of the southwestern United States and Mexico. The definitive treatment is the revision of Wheeler and Creighton (1934); later discussions of the taxonomy and distribution of N. cockerelli and N. albisetosus are to be found in Creighton (1950: 155-157; 1955) and of TV. manni in Kannowski (.1954). Novomessor was originally described as Aphaenogaster, and the habitus certainly recalls that genus; in fact, the characters supposed to distinguish the two genera are not very strong when one considers the whole world of fauna of this complex. The worker metanotal groove ("mesoepinotal suture") is obsolete or nearly so in Novomessor, but distinct in most Aphaenogaster; and the forewing venation of Novomessor is of the Formica pattern, with a single closed cubital cell, versus 2 closed cubital cells (or a single closed cubital cell with venation of the Solenopsis pattern) in Aphaenogaster. The distinction is weak in the case of N. albisetosus, which shows a vestigial metanotal "suture", and it should be mentioned that the Japanese A. osimensis is well on the way to the sutureless condition. The group of A. mutica, A. smithi, and A. boulderensis also shows a tendency toward metanotal groove reduction. Wing venation similar to that of Novomessor is found in the Madagascan A. swammerdami, also a large ant, and one with nests having very large, rough, "rat-hole" type entrances like those of Novomessor 1 Accepted for publication: June 11, 1973 2 Department of Entomology, New York State College of Agriculture and Life Sciences at Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850. Publication supported by LI. S. National Science F-'oundation Grant GB-31662X. Ent. News, 85:45-53, 1974 45 46 Ent. News, Vol. 85 February 1974 (from personal observations made in central and western Madagascar in 1969). Wing venation is otherwise more variable among Aphaenogaster species than is generally realized; for example, A. mariae lacks r-m, at least in the queen, and A. sagei and all of the Australian species have only one cubital cell. The venation of less than half of the Aphaenogaster species is known at the present time. The posteriorly drawn-out head of workers and some queens is supposed to characterize Aphaenogaster subgenera Deromyrma and Planimyrma, but all degrees of development of the character occur, from heads that are merely subconical behind, to those that are definitely petiolate. Novomessor manni also belongs to this series. In fact the case of N. manni is a very instructive one, and I should like to make an important point about it. The point is that fuzzy generic and subgeneric distinctions lead to the same species being described more than once under different names in different genera or subgenera. This point is illustrated by the oft-named "Ectomymyrmex" brunoi (Brown, 1963), by Cerapachys jacobsoni Forel = Phyracaces vandermeermohri Menozzi (Brown, ms.), and by many other cases that I shall document in detail in papers to come. Here I shall add the example of Aphaenogaster ensifera Forel (1899: 59) = Novomessor manni Wheeler and Creighton (1934), based upon my comparison of the types of the two species. (New synonymy). There is no more difference between these two samples than one would expect between workers from different nests of any single Aphaenogaster species. We do not know the exact locality in Mexico whence came Forel's type; Kannowski (1954) speculated that, "it is possible that this ant is restricted to the arid scrub forest on the Pacific slope.... Thus, one might expect to find manni from northwestern Jalisco to Guerrero." This prediction has been fulfilled southward, at least, by the collection of a series of A. ensifera along Highway 95 about 50 km north of Acapulco in Guerrero (29 July, W. H. Gotwald, Jr. of the Cornell University Mexico Field Party of 1965), representing a considerable extension of the known range. I have already (Brown, 1973: 178 ff.) indicated the preliminary synonymy of Novomessor with Aphaenogaster s. lat., and the synonymy also of the Aphaenogaster subgenera under the latter Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 47 genus. In the present paper, I am defending only the synonymy, strictly speaking, of Novomessor with Aphaenogaster (Deromyrma) and A. (Attomyrma). I believe that the formal synonymy of these and the subgenera Aphaenogaster s. str. (S. Palearctic), Nystalomyrma Australia-New Guinea) and Planimyrma (Melanesia) can be adequately justified, but this must be done in a broader revisionary frame of reference including consideration of other genera in subfamily Myrmicinae, and is reserved for a more extensive publication. Meanwhile, it seems to me, the example of A. ensifera and N. manni may help to alert myrmecologists to the kinds of changes to be expected of a worldwide reclassification. One of the changes in status resulting from this study is of course the return of cockerelli and albisetosus to their original generic assignment in Aphaenogaster. LITERATURE CITED Brown, W. L., Jr. 1963. Characters and synonymies among the genera of ants. Brev. Mus. Comp. Zool. 190:1-10. 1973. A comparison of the Hylaean and Congo-West African rain forest ant "faunas. In Tropical forest ecosystems in Africa and South America: A com- parative review. Eds. B. J. Meggers, E. S. Ayensu and W. D. Duckworth. Smithsonian Inst. Press, Washington, D. C. viii + 350 pp. Creighton, W. S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. 104:1-585. 57 pi. 1955. Studies on the distribution of the genus Novomessor Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Psyche, Cambridge, Mass. 62:89-97. Forel, A. 1899. Insecta. Hymenoptera (Formicidae). Biologia Centrali-Americana 3'1- 160, 4 pi. Kannowski, P. B. 1954. Notes on the ant Novomessor manni Wheeler and Creighton. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan 556:1-6. Wheeler, W. M. and W. S. Creighton. 1934. A study of the ant genera Novomessor and Veromessor. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts. Sci., Boston, 69:341-387. ABSTRACT: -W. manni and A. ensifera were found to represent the same species upon comparison of their types. This synonymy is presented as evidence that Novomessor must be included in Aphaenogaster, and variation in worker-queen head shape and wing venation of queens and males is cited among species currently placed in Novomessor, Aphaenogaster subgenus Deromyrma and A. subgenus Attomyrma in defense of the proposition that these 3 genus-level taxa cannot be separated taxonomically. -Brown, W. L., Jr. Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, 14850. Descriptors: Myrmicinae, head, metanotal groove, wing venation, Deromyrma, Attomyr- ma. NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON THE AGRILINAE (COLEOPTERA, BUPRESTIDAE): II AGRILUS' Henry A. Hespenheide2 Examination of type of members of the genus Agrilus and several closely related genera has revealed the necessity for making a number of nomenclatural changes, as well as for designating lectotypes for certain species in the Biologia Centrali— Americana collection in the British Museum. A major change is the merging of the genus Paradomorphus Wat. into Agrilus. Waterhouse himself (1889) expressed doubt about the validity of the genus, which is based only on the relative length of the tarsal segments. This character varies between the sexes within certain species in Agrilus (e.g. A. masculinus Lee.— see Fisher 1928:58). There are several distinct species groups within Paradomorphus as presently constituted, each of which has closer relatives (and even synonyms) within Agrilus than with the other groups of Paradomorphus. Agrilus may yet be conveniently split into genera of more manageable size (cf. Obenberger, 1957), but Paradomorphus is clearly not a tenable segregate. In the following treatment species are arranged in alphabetical order and are mentioned only if a nomenclatural change is necessary, or new synonymy is given. A complete revision of the genus in Central America is presently being prepared, and the author solicits material for this end. Unless stated otherwise, all new combinations are transfers of species from Paradomorphus to Agrilus. Accepted for publication: June 20, 1973. 2 Biological Sciences Group, University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT. 06268. Present Address: Department of Biology, University of California, Los Angeles, CA. 90024 Ent News, 85:48-53, 1974 48 Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 49 Agrilus, Curtis, 1825. Paradomorphus, Waterhouse, 1887: 183. (NEW SYNONYMY) Agrilus albicollis (Waterhouse, 1887: 184). New Combination. This Jamaican species is the genotype of the genus Paradomorphus and is very closely related to the Mexican A. (P.) collaris Wat. The British Museum has two specimens bearing the handwritten label "Jamai-ca", but only one bears a red "Type" label. Agrilus angustus Chevrolat, 1835. Synonyms: A. multinotatus L. & G., 1837; A. propinquus Chevrolat, 1837. A. patruelis Kerremans, 1894, Ann. Soc. Ent. France 44:415, New Synonymy. The types of both of Chevrolat's names, and that of Kerreman's A. patruelis have been examined, and all represent the same species. The species varies somewhat in size, but is otherwise rather uniform in morphology. Agrilus aureoviridis Waterhouse, 1889:118. Synonyms: A. clarus Kerremans, 1900, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 44:325, New Synonymy. Two specimens in the British Museum may be considered types of aureoviridis. One bears the labels "Etla, Mexico. Salle Coll." and, handwritten, "Agrilus aureoviridis, (Type) Waterh."; it is here designated the Lectotype. A second specimen bears the label "Chilpancingo, Guerrero, 4600 ft. July, H. H. Smith," and is considered a paiatype. Agrilus biplagiatus (Waterhouse, 1889:55), New Combination. The type is unique. Agrilus carissimus (Waterhouse, 1889:187), New Combination. There are two specimens with similar collection data. The one bearing the additional label "Paradomorphus carissimus (Type) Waterh." is here designated the Lectotype. The other is considered a paiatype. Agrilus cephalotes Waterhouse, 1889:93. Synonyms: A. humeralis Kerremans, 1897, Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. 6:97, New Synonymy. A. piceolus Fisher, 1933, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 82(27): 17, New Synonymy. Comparison of the unique types of cephalotes and humeralis with each other and with material identical to that of the type of piceolus, shows these three names refer to the same species. The genitalia of this species are very unusual. Agrilus collaris (Waterhouse, 1889:52), New Combination. Synonym: A. cinteutli Fisher, 1938, Sbornik Ent. Odd. Mus., Prague, 16:139, New Synonymy. A specimen from the American Museum of Natural History is identical to the types of both names. (The transfer of Paradomorphus collaris to Agrilus requires a new name for Agrilus collaris Kerremans [1898, Bull. Soc. Ent. France 1898:83] from Africa and Madagascar, for which I propose the name Agrilus neocollaris Hespenheide, New Name.) Agrilus corrugatus (Waterhouse, 1889:56), New Combination. Synonym: Paradomorphus persimilis Waterhouse, 1889:56, New Synonymy. Two specimens labeled Juquila, and perhaps a third labelled only "Mexico" qualify as types of corrugatus. A specimen from Juquila with the additional label "Agrilus (sic!) corrugatus, (Type) Waterh." is designated the Lectotype. The other specimen, a male, is considered a paratype. The unique type of persimilis is also a male and the genitalia of the two are identical The distinctive features of persimilis enumerated by Waterhouse are partly developmental deformities. Agrilus delicatulus Waterhouse, 1889: 191. Synonyms: A. mixcoatli Fisher, 1938, op. cit., 135, New ^ynonymy. A. apachei Knull, 1938, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 31:139, New Synonymy. Four specimens two each, on two pins with identical collection data, qualify as the type of delicatulus. One pin bears the additional label "Agrilus delicatulus (Type) .50 Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 Waterhouse", and one of these specimens is arbitrarily designated the Lectotype. A specimen identical with the type of delicatulus has been compared with the types of both mixcoatli and apachei and show them to represent the same species. Agrilus detractus Waterhouse, 1889:86. Synonym: A. robustus Waterhouse, 1889:89, New Synonymy. Thirteen specimens qualify as types of detractus, all with the label "Chilpancingo, Guerrero. Hoge." One of these bears the additional label "Agrilus detractus, 6 (Type) Waterh." and is here designated the Lectotype; twelve other specimens are considered paratypes. Two somewhat damaged females from Chontales, Nicaragua, qualify as types of robustus. One bears the additional label "Agrilus robustus, (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectottype. Comparison of the two sets of type material shows no significant differences. Agrilus elegantulus (Waterhouse, 1889:53), New Combination. The type is unique. Agrilus emargitwtus (Waterhouse, 1889:53), New Combination. The type is unique. Agrilus flohri (Trypantius flohri Waterhouse, 1890, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 6,219) New Combination. Synonyms: ,4. opacus Kerremans, 1897. A cupreomaculatus Du'ges, 1891, La Naturaleza, 2:30, New Synonymy. The types of both Typantius flohri and Agrilus opacus are unique and deposited in the British Museum. Although I have not seen the type of cupreomaculatus, I use that name in the sense of Fisher (1928). Agrilus gibbifrons (Waterhouse, 1889:187), New Combination. The type is unique. Agrilus gracilipes Waterhouse, 1889:81). Synonym:/!, carinifer Waterhouse, 1889:82, New Synonymy. Agrilus gracilipes is represented by three specimens in the British Museum that can be considered types. One from Volcan de Chiriqui bears the label "Agrilus gracilipes, 6 (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype; a female with a similar label is designated the Lecto-allotype. Agrilus carinifer is represented by four specimens that can be considered types. One labelled only "Mexico" bears the additional label "Agrilus carinifer 6 (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype; a female with a similar label is designated the Lecto-allotype. The two male types are identical in all respects, including genitalia. Agrilus hainesi Hespenheide, New Name for Paradoniorphus plagiatus Waterhouse, 1889:55. The name Agrilus plagiatus is preoccupied by Agrilus plagiatus Ganglbauer, 1889, Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. 24: 31. Although both names were published in 1889, the signature containing Paradoniorphus plagistus is dated December of that year, whereas Ganglbauer's species appears early in its volume. The new name is in honor of Mr. Robert L. Haines who encouraged my early interest in natural history. The type of Paradoniorphus plagiatus is unique. Agrilus ignotus Waterhouse, 1889:98. Synonym: A. silvicola Fisher, 1933, op. cit., 10, New Synonymy. Although specimens collected by both Hoge and Smith are listed in the type description, only one of Ho'ge's specimens bears a type label at the British Museum. Waterhouse discussed possible variability in this species, although he admitted more than one species may have been involved. Although no definite decision can be made now, Fisher's silvicola is identical with the type of ignotus. One or more other names may eventually prove to be synonyms if a polytypic species concept is adopted for this form. Agrilus inclinatus Waterhouse, 1889:62. Synonym: A. subobtusus Kerremans 1894, op. cit., 415, New Synonymy. Two specimens qualify as the type of inclinatus, one each from Vera Cruz and Volcan de Chiriqui. The latter specimen is a male and is designated the Lectotype. No differences could be found between these and the unique type of subobtusus. Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 51 Agrilus latevittatus (Waterhouse, 1889:54), New Combination. The type is unique. Agrilus laticeps Waterhouse, 1889:113. Synonyms: A. subniger Kerremans, 1897, op. cit., 83, New Synonymy. A. subviolaceus Kerremans, 1897, op. cit., 84, New Synonymy. All three names are represented by unique types in the British Museum. The types of laticeps and subviolaceus are males with identical genitalia; the type of subniger is a female. Otherwise I can find no differences among these three individuals. Agrilus latifrons Waterhouse, 1889:191. Synonym: A. santaritae Knull, 1937, Ent. News, 48:39, New Synonymy. Of the three specimens which are type material of latifrons, one from Teptlapa, Guerrero, Mexico, bears the additional label "Agrilus latifrons, (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype. Specimens identical with the types of latifrons are also identical with those of santaritae. Agrilus neoflohri Hespenheide, New Name for Paradomorphus flohri Waterhouse, 1897:664 (nee. A. ("Trypantius") flohri (Wat.) - see above.) The type is unique. With the transfer of this species and Trypantius flohri to Agrilus, the former requires a new name because it thereby becomes a junior homonym. Agrilus nigripennis Waterhouse, 1889:96. Synonyms: A. heyenei Obenberger, 1917, Col. Rundshau, 1917:36, New Synonymy. A. longus Kerremans, 1900, op. cit., 333, New Synonymy. Nineteen specimens in the British Museum qualify as the type of nigripennis. A female specimen with the labels "V. de Chiriqui, 3-4000 ft. Champion" and "Agrilus nigripennis (Type) Waterh." is here designated the Lectotype. A male from a series of 8 specimens with identical collection data is designated the Lecto-Allotype. The types of both heyenei and longus, both in the British Museum, are identical with the type of nigripennis. Two female specimens labelled "Colombie, Clavareau" are the types of longus; one is arbitrarily designated the Lectotype. Agrilus obscureiguttatus (Waterhouse, 1889:51), New Combination. Synonym: A. valerii Fisher, 1938, op. cit., 122, New Synonymy. A total of five specimens qualify as the type of Paradomorphus obscureiguttatus. Of these, two on a single card bear the label "David, Panama, Champion", and the additional label "Paradomorphus obscureiguttatus, (Type) Waterh." The two specimens are a male-female pair, of which the male is designated the Lectotype, the female the Lecto-allotype. The other two specimens, from Bugaba and Volcan de Chiriqui, (2-3000') are considered paratypes. A single specimen I collected on Cerro Campana, Panama, is identical with types of both names. Agrilus oculatus Waterhouse 1889:60. Synonym: A. gestator Kerremans, 1903, Wytsman, Gen. Ins, 12:273, New Synonymy. Two specimens from Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico qualify as types of oculatus. One collected by Hb'ge bears the additional label "Agrilus oculatus, (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype. A unique specimen, also from Cuernavaca, is the type of gestator. Comparison of the two shows them identical Agrilus phoenicopterus Waterhouse, 1889:121. Synonym: A. resplendens Fisher, 1933, op. cit., 1 2, New Synonymy. Five specimens on four pins qualify as type material of phoenicopterus. The specimen bearing the labels "Juquila" and "Mexico. Salle Coll. 642" is designated the Lectotype. Two specimens from Cordova on a card, and specimens from Tuxtla and Mexico City are considered paratypes. A paratype of resplendens is deposited in the British Museum and was compared with the types of phoenicopterus.' The coloration is different, but the specimens are otherwise identical. Agrilus ruginosus (Waterhouse, 1889:52), New Combination. The type is unique. 52 Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 Agrilus scabrosus Waterhouse, 1889:90. Synonym: A. aztecus Fisher, 1933, op. cit., New Synonymy. The type of scabrosus is unique. Five paratypes of aztecus are deposited in the British Museum and were compared directly with the type of scabrosus. Agrilus sexmaculatus Waterhouse, 1889:117. Synonym: A. domitor Kerremans, 1903, op. cit., 269, New Synonymy. Four specimens qualify as the type of sexmaculatus. One bears the two labels "Cuernavaca, Morelos. June H.H.S." and "Agrilus sexmaculatus (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype. The other three specimens are paratypes. The unique type of domitor is also from Cuernavaca and is inseparable from material of sexmaculatus. Agrilus sparsus Waterhouse, 1889:71. Synonym: A. centeotlae Fisher, 1938, op. cit., 123, New Synonymy. A specimen identical with the types of both these names is in my collection. Agrilus squalus Waterhouse, 1889:114. Synonym: A. canaluculicollis Kerremans, 1897, op. cit., 58, New Synonymy. Nine specimens in the British Museum qualify as types of squalus. The specimen from Campeche, Mexico is arbitrarily designated as the Lectotype. The type of carwliculicollis from Brasil is indistinguishable from type material of squalus. Agrilus subguttatus 'Wntcrhousc, 1889:84. Synonyms: A. errans Waterhouse, 1889:84, New Synonymy. A. raptor Kerremans, 1903, op. cit., 271, New Synonymy. A. infidelis Fisher, 1933, op. cit., 24, New Synonymy. Both of Waterhouse's names are represented by abundant type material 10 specimens for subguttatus, 6 for errans. One male specimen of subguttatus from Misantla bears the additional label "Agrilus subguttatus (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype; another female specimen with similar labels is designated the Lecto-allotype. The types of errans, all from the Volcan de Chiriqui, Panama, include a male-female pair on a single pin, which also bears the label "Agrilus errans (Type) Waterh." The male is designated the Lectotype, the female the Lecto-allotype. No consistent qualitative differences in genitalia or other morphological characters could be recognized between these two series of specimens, or between these and the unique female type of raptor and 12 paratypes of infidelis at the British Museum. Agrilus tacitus Kerremans, 1894, op. cit., 416. Synonym: A. mentitus Kerremans, 1894, op. cit., 418, New Synonymy. Two specimens in the Kerremans collection are labelled as types of A. tacitus and represent different species. A male has been designated the Lectotype. The unique type of A. mentitus lacks both a head and thorax, but is indistinguishable from the Lectotype of tacitus. Agrilus vermiculatus (Waterhouse, 1889:51), New Combination. Two specimens with identical collection data could be considered types of this species. One bears the additional label "Paradomorphus vermiculatus, (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype; the other is considered a paratype. Agrilus tinctipennis Fisher, 1933, op. cit., 15. Synonym: A. xiuhtecutli Fisher, 1938, op. cit., 142, New Synonymy. The type of xiuhtecutli is a male whereas that of tinctipennis is a female. The differences, largely in color, among these two specimens and a third in the collection of D. A. Verity do not exceed those within the closely-related and variable A delicatus Waterhouse. Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 55 Agrilus xanthonotus Waterhouse, 1889:110. Synonym: A. croceomaculatus Waterhouse, 1889:111, New Synonymy. The type of A.croceomaculatusK unique. Four specimens qualify as types of xanthonotus; one of these from Juquila bears the label "Agrilus xanthonotus (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype. A second specimen from Juquila, and specimens from Tehuantepec and Caldera are considered paratypes. Agrilus croceomaculatus was distinguished from xanthonotus solely on differences in the pattern of spines and teeth on the elytral apices. Examination of numerous specimens shows this characteristic to vary greatly within and between populations. The color and size and shape of the pubescent spots also varies. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Examination of these types was made possible in part by a grant, number 35-451 to the author from the University of Connecticut Research Foundation, and in part by the author's own funds. Special appreciation for attention during visits or for loans of material is offered Messers. R. D. Pope and Brian Levey and Miss C. M. F. Von Hayek of the British Museum, George B. Vogt of the U. S. National Museum, Josef N. Knull of Ohio State University, Gayle H. Nelson, and D. S. Verity. LITERATURE CITED Fisher, W. S. 1928. A revision of the North American species of buprestid beetles belonging to the genus Agrilus. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 145: 1-347. Obenberger, J. 1957. Quelques considerations sur le sous-genre Epuwgrilus V. Stepanov et sur les caracteres du genre Agrilus Curtis en general (Coleoptera, Buprestidae) Sbornik Ent. Odd. Nar. Mus. Prague 31:77-89. Waterhouse, C. O. 1887. New genera and species of Buprestidae. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1887:177-184. Waterhouse, C. O. 1889. Agrilus, Buprestidae. Biol. Cent. -Am., Coleoptera, III, 1:57-123. ABSTRACT-The taxonomic status of 36 Central American species of the genus Agrilus is reviewed. The genus Paradomorphus is considered a synonym of Agrilus, and 13 species are transferred to Agrilus. Transfer of these and one species described in Trypantius require three new names: Agrilus hainesi, A. neocollaris and A. neoflohri. An additional 31 names given to North, Central and South American specimens are considered synonyms. Lectotypes of 22 names of Waterhouse and Kerremans are designated for specimens presently in the British Museum. -Biological Sciences Group, Univ. of Conn., Storrs CT, 06268. Present Address: Dept. of Biology, Univ. of Calif., Los Angeles, CA 90024. Descriptors: Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Agrilus, Paradomorphus, Trypantius, North America, Central America, South America, new synonymy, new names, Lectotypes. CHLOROMYIA FORMOSA ESTABLISHED IN THE UNITED STATES (DIPTERA: STRATIOMYIDAE)1 L. L. Pechuman James (1941) reported two males of the Palaearctic Chloromyia formosa (Scopoli) collected at Rochester (Monroe County), New York on 16 July 1939. This was the first record outside of Europe and North Africa. James (1965), on a basis of these specimens, considered the species as doubtfully established in the United States. James (1970) reported a second specimen in the Cornell University Collection from Monroe County, N.Y. collected on 23 June 1967. Later a second specimen taken at the same locality and date by another collector was found in the Cornell Collection. These two specimens represented both sexes. Although only the county is given on the locality label, both collectors believe it likely that the specimens were taken in the Town of Hamlin. Hamlin is the extreme northwest town in Monroe County, about 18 miles from Rochester. On 15 June 1972, I swept a single male from vegetation along the edge of a swamp on the Cole Road, Town of Mendon, Monroe 1 Accepted for publication: January 21, 1974. 2 Professor, Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850. Ent. News, 85:54-55, 1974 54 Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 55 County. I returned there on 22 June 1973 and secured a male and female. A few hours later I swept two males from vegetation along a pond at Mendon Ponds Park, about three miles west of the Cole Road site. The Town of Mendon localities are about 10 miles from Rochester and about 24 miles from the Town of Hamlin. There is little doubt that this attractive and aptly named species is established in this portion of New York. The larvae of Chloromyia formosa have been found in Europe in garden soil, moist earth and in decomposing vegetable material. It is suggested that immatures of the species entered the area with shipments of nursery material from abroad. LITERATURE CITED James Maurice T. 1941. Notes on the nearctic Geosarginae (Diptera: Stratiomyidae): Ent. News 52: 105-108. 1965. Family Stratiomyidae. In A Catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico, pp. 299-319, by Alan Stone et al. U.S.D.A. Agric. Handbook No. 276, Washington. 1970. A new species, correction of synonymy, and new records of nearctic Stratiomyidae (Diptera). Ent. Soc. Wash. Proc. 72:327-332. ABSTRACT Collection records of Chloromyia formosa from several localities in Monroe County, New York in 1939, 1967, 1972 and 1973 confirm that it is established in that area. L. L. Pechuman, Dept. of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850. Descriptors: Diptera, Stratiomyidae, Chloromyia formosa, U. S. distribution. OBSERVATIONS ON 'BLACKLIGHTING' IN MISSOURI ' o Roger L. Heitzman The popularity of collecting insects with the aid of an ultraviolet light, commonly called "blacklighting", has increased greatly within the last decade or so. The availability of portable outfits of reasonable price and size is certainly one of the main reasons. Another appears to be the increasing interest in moth collecting, especially among beginning lepidopterists. While many other life forms will be found congregated at times within the sphere of the collectors' light, I will restrict my observations to the important factors involved in "blacklighting," flight patterns and behavior specifics relative to light sensitivity as they relate to the Lepidoptera. The most important factors to be considered in "blacklighting" are the habitat, temperature, stage of the moon, regional moisture factors and wind velocity. The most productive areas seem to be along forest edges, clearings in woods or along an old forest road. The number of species taken usually will be directly proportional to the diversity of plant life in a given area. Open fields and woods with few varieties of trees and plant life yield few species, although the ones taken may be high in numbers. Aside from the locality chosen, the one factor most important to a good catch is the temperature. Once the temperature falls below 60 degrees, there is a sharp decline in moth numbers. The species of early spring and fall are more tolerant, but results are still greatly 'Contribution No. 267, Bureau of Entomology, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services, Gainesville, Florida 32601. Accepted for publication June 25, 1973. 2Research Associate, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services, Gainesville. 3112 Harris Avenue, Independence, Missouri 64052. Ent. News, 85:56-58, 1974 56 Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 57 enhanced as the temperature rises. Another dominant factor relating to a good catch is the stage of the moon. Even if all other conditions are ideal and yet there is an old or full moon, the catch will be greatly reduced. Also, prolonged drought in an area greatly reduces the size of the imagine populations, making collecting almost useless. Hard rain and high winds are deterrents, but a warm, misty night is often excellent, and light breezes seem to stir up the moths and improve collecting. In a like manner, a stormy night without high winds or rain usually proves to be a good night. Moths appear to have two primary flight periods. When the lights are turned on just at dusk, there is a period of perhaps 30 to 45 minutes until total darkness settles in. This short period produces small numbers of specimens, but some specie's are only taken then: examples are Schinia ultima Strecker (Noctuidae) and Prionoxystus macmutrei Guerin (Cossidae). Frequently a few early Notodontidae come in during this period, and fair numbers of microlepidoptera. The first heavy flight begins (conditions being favorable) at total darkness and may continue for as long as three hours, but usually less. During this flight, the majority of females taken for the evening, belonging to the families Saturniidae, Sphinidae, Noctuidae, Notodontidae, Arctiidae and Geometridae, will be collected. Males, also are flying in numbers, but in lesser proportion to the later flights. I think it is a safe estimate, with the Saturniidae and most other families, that 90 percent of the females collected will be taken in the early flight. The first or main flight ends sometime before midnight, and if the evening is cold or a bright moon rises, collecting may be over for the night. However, if conditions are favorable, a second flight will commence about one and a half to two hours after the first flight ends. This will be composed of males of all families. The Notodontidae are especially well represented, as are male Saturniidae, Sphingidae, Noctuidae and Arctiidae. The microlepidoptera seem best represented during the first flight. This second flight, depending on local conditions, is hardly noticeable, lasting only a short while, or can be as good or better than the first flight. By 3:00 AM things usually slow down again, and little else will be taken. Occasionally, with perfect conditions, Moths will fly all night until dawn, and it is difficult to see any break in the flights. These nights are the rare exception. Ent. News, Vol. 85, February 1974 however. Certain species have very limited arrival times and are only taken for perhaps a one hour period during the entire night. In some instances different species in the same genus have different arrival times, and after a little experience you can tell which species you are catching by their arrival time. Finally, there appears to be definite specific species behavior exhibited from sensitivity to the ultraviolet light. Many specimens never rest on the light sheet itself, but settle on the trees and bushes or the ground near by. These must be searched for periodically with a flashlight and nearby trees jarred to dislodge those settled on them. Certain species never, or very rarely, come all the way into the sheet. All the specimens of I tame abruptata Walker (Geometridae) and Plusia purpurigera Walker (Noctuidae) taken, for example, were from nearby bushes and grass. Certain species are usually found on the back of the sheet, others on the front. Some species are not taken at the light. For example, I have never had Epizeuxis majoralis Smith (Noctuidae) or Dyspyralis puncticosta Smith (Noctuidae) come to the light sheet, but have taken numerous specimens on sugared trees within a dozen strides of the light. Others come rarely, but are common species. One such species is Plusia biloba Stephens (Noctuidae), which is frequently taken on nearby flowers. In some instances you can expect only females, since the males are diurnal or crepuscular, such as Anisota virginiensis Drury (Saturniddae) and Phobetron pithecium J. E. Smith (Limacodidae). These observations have been based on ten seasons of collecting moths with the ultraviolet light in Missouri and neighboring states, particularly in the "Ozark" region, using four 15-watt ultralviolet lights - two running from the car battery and two more placed at a distance and powered by an extra car battery. On good nights I can expect 200 to 300 species and a total number of specimens into the thousands, but even poor nights yield their surprises, and there is always the expectation of the undescribed or "new" species! ABSTRACT-Comments and observations are made on collecting with the ultraviolet light in Missouri. Given are the important factors involved in "blacklighting", flight patterns and behavior specifics to light sensitivity as they relate to the Lepidoptera. Descriptors: Lepidoptera, "blacklighting"; "Blacklighting", environmental factors, flight patterns, behavior specifics; Missouri, Lepidoptera. DISTRIBUTION CARDS FOR THE ENTOMOLOGIST1 Roger L. Heitzman Anyone with a serious interest in entomology soon finds that he is spending as much or more time working with the specimen data as was spent in actual field work making collections. Resident collectors soon find it desirable to have a ready source of information available regarding local distribution of species, their flight times, and other useful information such as food plants, habits, etc. My own field is the family Geometridae of the Lepidoptera, but the data cards that I am using could work just as well with almost any group of insects. I keep records for the state of Missouri, using a two card (fig.l) system expanded from one proposed by Richard Heitman (1963 Jour. Lep. Soc., 17(l):44-46). Card size is 5" x 8" The map card gives known spatial and temporal distribution of the species at a glance. The information card carries the actual records and any other information that is known regarding the species. If extra data cards are needed, I use regular 5" x 8" narrow lined file cards. In the upper left hand corner, I put the McDunnough Check List number and file the cards in that order for easy reference. By using an X for a marker, I can show the distribution of up to five forms involved. In other respects, I think the cards are self- explanatory. I have found this an effective system in my case, and hopefully it may be of use to other workers in similar or altered form. ABSTRACT-A new form of distribution card is given with an example. A two card system is proposed to utilize other important information regarding the species involved. Descriptors: Insccta, distribution cards for species; Distribution cards, state-wide, data utilized, example. 'Contribution No. 268, Bureau of Fntomology, Division of Plant Industry. Florida Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services, Gainesville, Florida 32601. Accepted for publication June 25, 1973. Research Associate, F'lorida State Collection of Arthropods, Division of Plant Industry. Florida Department of Agriculture & Consumer Services, Gainesville. Present Address. 3112 Harris Avenue, Independence, Missouri 64052. Ent. News, 85:59-60, 1974 59 60. Ent. News. Vol. 85. February 1974 1*968 «i.» Lye la cognataria (Guenee) Juuary •'•ti ru*ry M»r«ti April X May X X X X .'UB« Jul7 X X Augu»t X X X 3«pt«Bb*r •t.b.r H*T«Bb*r D*o»b«r MISSOURI ^968 Species: Lycia cognataria (Guenee) Pictured: HolUids M«h3«ok j,l .11:|» ; -pacing pi IM Original Description: Pl.jl.ji, aog, i«5T Type Locality: Status: hVudent makiyoHine Sf»e» Habits: ft locjl Sj>etia4 W.-d i« uwocUJ areas . Two c/irtinct bnxxj* m Missouri FnrywrtJj *»fc» »t UVL.j»it,l,« naver I>M« -ulim «t Host Plants: p^^ ^^^ ^ -M.-.^,^ C-rrjHt'^^.TJ.ulej.Wjl^* , Larva: •Rr._r •_,„._»- Records : Clju Co ., Cool,. L*. , if 3«kj, 196? ; it MJ. , WT2 , 28 CVy, W67 , is fl V\ , J,, ClintonC. ,O»bor~, ictvten Co ; lOtnia, MU C> attempt is made to discuss seasonal occurrence from only 1 year's data. 'Approved by the director of the South Dakota .Agricultural 1 -\periment Station as Journal Series No. 1 158. Accepted for publication: June 25. 1973 2Present address: U. S. I n\ ironmcntal Protection Agency Pesticide Branch 1421 Peach tree Street. NF. Atlanta, (icorgia 3()3()li 3 Associate Professor and Professor respectively, Entomology-Zoology Department. South Dakota State University. Brookings. South Dakota 57()(Hi. /•in. News, \'<>l. 85, \hin-h 1974 67 68 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 HISTERIDAE: Mister abbreviatus F. adults were recovered from both sheep and cattle manure while H. americanus Paykull and Phelister subrotundus Say were collected from only bovine manure. Members of this family accounted for less than 0.5% of the beetle population in both dung habitats. HYDROPHILIDAE: Nine species, including Cryptopleurum minutum (F.), Sphaeridium lunatum F., S. scarabaeoides L., S. bipustulalum F., Cercyon pygmaeus (Illiger), C. qnisquilius L., C. unipunctatus (L.), C. lateralis fMarsham), and C. praetextatus (Say), were recovered from cattle dung, while the 1st 7 of these species were recovered from sheep manure. Adults of this family constituted 46.40% of the beetle population found in bovine manure vs. only 5.86% in sheep dung. This difference in population percentage may be explained partially by the hydrophilids' preference for the moist environment of the cattle excrement rather than the relatively dry sheep manure. SCARABAEIDAE: Fourteen species of adult Scarabaeidae were collected from cattle manure. These included Onthophagus hecate Panzer, O. pennsylvanicus Harold, Ataenius spretuhis (Harold), Aphodius haeinorrlioidalis (L.), A. granarius (L.), A. fimetarius (L.), A. vittatus Say, A. ruricola Melsheimer, A. fossor (L.), A. prodromus (Brahm), and Copris tullius Olivier. The 1st 9 of these species were recovered from sheep dung. However, these 9 were the most prevalent species in both types of manure. The scarabs comprised 16.59%- and 25.15% of the adult Coleoptera in cattle and sheep dung, respectively. A. granarius apparently was highly attracted to sheep manure. STAPHYLINIDAE: Six species, including Platystethus americanus Erichson, Falagria dissecta Erichson, Oxytelus suspectus Casey, Aleochara bipustulata L., Philonthus cnientatus Gravenhorst, and P. rectangidaris Sharp, were collected from both sheep and cattle dung. Six additional species, P. umbrinus Gravenhorst, P. rations (Paykull), A. bimaciilata Gravenhorst, Oxypoda sagulata Erichson, Gyrohyphus obsidianus (Melsheimer), and Ontholestes cingidatus Gravenhorst, were recovered only from bovine manure. The staphylinids comprised approximately 37% and 68%, respectively, of the beetles recovered from cattle and sheep manure. Over 65% of the adult beetles collected from sheep manure was P. americanus. This species was also most prevalent in bovine dung, comprising 22% of the total population. Staphylinids appeared to be attracted to the drier manure, as were the scarabs. All 24 species of Coleoptera found in sheep manure were also recovered from cattle excrement. Only 2 species, O. sagulata and C. lateralis, which were found re'gularly in bovine manure were absent from sheep manure. The adult coleopterous fauna of sheep and cattle manure is very similar, however, population distribution appears to be dependent on the habitat preference of each species and microenviron- mental conditions of the dung. Landin (1961) found little difference in the species composition of sheep and cow dung on Fargo Island in the Baltic, and stated that temperature and humidity are 2 of the most important environmental factors affecting insects. He contended that within any particular geographic area, the microclimatic conditions of the dung, rather than the kind of manure, determines the species composition. We feel that Landin was correct in this contention. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank Drs. Michael H. Roller and Charles Coffman, and Messrs Richard Applegate, David DeSwarte, Duane Muchmore,and John Wirtz for their help in collecting specimens. We also acknowledge Dr. N. M. Downie of Purdue University for his aid in the identification of several species of Staphylinidae, and Mrs. Diane G. Sutherland for help in the preparation of this manuscript. Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 69 Species HIS II RIDAI H inter ahhreviatu's I . Phclislcr suhrotitndiis Sa\ Hitter anicricanus Paykull HYDROPHII IDAI Sphacridiuni lunatuni I Sphacridiuni scarahaeoides L. Sphacridiuni hipustulatuni I Ccrcvon pvginaciis (llliecr) Ccrcyon quisqitiliiis L. Ccrcyon lateralis (Mursham) Ccrcyon itnipuctatiis (L.) Ccrcyon practcstatus (Say) Cryptopleunim nunntuni (I.) SCAR ABi IDAI: Onthophagiis liecate Panzer Unthophagits pennsylranictis Harold Aphodius hacmorrhoidalis ( L. ) I phodius granariits ( I . ) Ap/iocHus finietariits ( L . ) Aphodius vittatus Say Aplu)dins distinctus (Mailer) Aphodius ruricola Melsheimer Aphodius coloradensis Horn Aphodius sterocorosa Melsheimer \phodius fossor (L.) Aphodius prodromits ( Brahm ) Copris tul/ius Olivier 1 taenius spretuhis (Harold ) ST A PHY UNI DA I Platystethus anicricanits 1 richson Falagria. dissect a Krichson Oxypoda sagulata I1 richson Oxytelus sitspcctus Casey Alcochara bipustulata L. Alcochara hiniaculata Gravenhorst Philonthus cnicntatus Gravenhorst Philonthus unihrinus Gravenhorsi I'hiloiithus rectangiilaris Sharp I'hilontlius rarians (Puykull) (iyroliyphus ohsidianus ( Melsheimer ) Ontholestes cingulatus Gravenhorsi Alcocharinae Xantholinini Cattle Manure Total No. Percent Sheep Manure Total No. Percent 2(1 .18 1 .04 31 .28 0 0 1 .01 0 I) 521 4.66 i~> .96 428 3.83 28 1.23 244 2.63 9 .39 2262 20.43 46 2.01 1278 1 1.43 25 1.09 136 1.22 0 0 19 .17 2 .09 1 .01 0 0 247 2.21 2 .09 315 2.82 45 1.97 43 .38 Id .43 824 7.37 47 2.12 297 2.66 356 15.59 139 1.24 6 .26 45 .4(1 13 .57 IS .16 18 .79 24 .21 60 2.63 19 .17 0 0 1 1 .10 0 0 Id .09 0 0 1 .01 o 0 7 .06 i) 0 1(13 .92 18 .79 2466 22.06 1491 65.31 797 7.12 21 .91 412 3.70 I) 0 5 .04 5 22 4(1 .36 33 1.45 17 .15 (i 0 162 1.45 1 .1)4 25 T 1 0 0 4ii .36 1 0 13 .12 0 0 1 .01 1) 0 1 .01 II 0 103 .92 23 1.01 2 .02 0 0 Total 11.178 100. 2.283 Table 1. Adult Coleoptera recovered. 1969. from cattle and sheep manure in east central South Dakota. 70 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 Species June July August September 18 25 1 9 16 23 30 6 13 2(1 27 3 111 Histeridae H. ahhrcrialns ca - C - C - C C C C C C C P. siihmtitnjiis - - - C C C C C C C H. aincricanus - - - - - C - - - - - Hydrophilidae S. lunatiim C C C C c&s c&s c&s C C C C C C S. scarabaeiodes C C C C c&s c&s C C C C C C C S. bipustulatum C C C C c&s c&s C C C C C C C C. quisquilius C C C C c&s c&s C C c&s c&s C c&s c&s C. pygmaeus C C C C c&s c&s c&s C c&s C C C' C C. lateralis - - - C C C C C C C C C C C. unipunctatus - - - C C - C c&s C c&s C C. praetestatus - - C - - - C. iniinituni C C C C C C C . C C C C C c&s Scarabaeidae O. hecate C C C C c&s c&s C c&s c&s C C c&s O. pennsylvanicus C C C C c&s c&s C C C C C C C A. haemorrhoidalis C C C c&s c&s C C C C C C C c&s A. vittatus C C C c&s C C C - - - - - A. coloradensis C C C C C - - - , - - - A. fossor C C C C C - - - C C C - - A. distinctus C C C C C C C C C A. fimetarius C C C C c&s C C - C C C C C A- ruricola c&s c&s c&s c&s c&s C c&s C C c&s C C C A. granariiiK c&s c&s c&s c&s c&s c&s C c&s c&s c&s C c&s C A. prodromus - - C - - - _ A. sterocorosa - - - C - C C C C C C C _ C. ttilliiis C C C C - - . _ C C A. spretiilus - S - S - - C C C C C c&s C Staphylinidae F. dissecta C C C C c&s C c&s C c&s c&s C C C P americanus c&s c&s C c&s c&s c&s c&s c&s c&s c&s c&s c&s c&s O. sagitlata C C C C C C C C C C C C C O cingulatus - - - - - C - - - P cruentatus C C C C c&s C C C C C C C C P varians - - - C C C C C C C C C C P iimhrinus - - - C C C C C C C C C C P. rectangitlaris - - - C C C C C C c&s C C A- himaciilata - - C C C C C C C C C C A bipustulata - C C C c&s c&s c&s C c&s C . C C G. ohsidianus - - C - - O. suspectns - - - - - S C C C C C ''Recovered from: C = Cattle Manure S = Sheep Manure Table 2. Occurrence of adult Coleoptera in cattle and sheep manure, 1969, in east central South Dakota Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 71 REFERENCES CITED BROWN, W. J. 1927. An annotated list of the coprophagous Scarabaeidae known to occur in Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 7(29):24:28 KESSLER, H. and E. U. BALSBAUGH, Jr., 1972. Succession of adult Coleoptera in bovine manure in east central South Dakota. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 65:1333-6. LANDIN, B. O. 1961. Ecological studies on dung-beetles (Col. Scarabaeidae). Opusc. Entomol. Suppl., 19:1-227 MILLER. A. 1954. Dung beetles (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae) and other insects in relation to human feces in a hookworm area of Southern Georgia. Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 3:372-388. MOHR.C. O. 1943. Cattle droppings as ecological units. Ecol. Monogr. 13:275-98. PRATT, F. C. 1912. Insects bred from cow manure. Canadian Entomol. 44: 180-4. RAINIO, M. 1966. Abundance and phenology of some coprophagous beetles in different kinds of dung. Ann. Zool. Fenn. 3:88-98. SEAMANS, H. L. 1934. An insect weather prophet. Ann. Rept. Quebec Soc. Protect. Plants, p. 11 1-7. WILSON, J. W. 1932. Coleoptera and Diptera collected from a New Jersey sheep pasture. J. New York Entomol. Soc. 4:77-93. ABSTRACT- A comparison of the adult Coleoptera present in both sheep and cattle manure was made in east-central South Dakota during 1969. Totals of ?4 and 40 species of beetles were recovered from sheep and cow excrement respectively All species collected from sheep dung were also found in bovine manure. Beetles of the families Histendae, Hydrophilidae, Scarabaeidae, and Staphylinidae were present Platystethus americanus Erichson was the most prevalent adult beetle recovered from both types of manure. Individuals of this species accounted for 22 06^ and 65 31'- respectively, of the Coleoptera identified from bovine and sheep excrement - Howard Kessler, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Pesticide Branch, 14">1 Peachtree Street, NL, Atlanta, Georgia, 30309; Edward U. Balsbaugh, Jr. and Burruss McDaniel Entomology-Zoology Department, South Dakota State University, Brooking South Dakota 57006. Descriptors: l00 and ll)30 with many parts of the state being neglected. The state is once again undergoing serious and systematic Coleoptera collecting and has been since l()(->4. These new records cannot really be termed surprising in view of the considerable time gap in collecting which has elapsed since 1^30. New species have had time to move into the state from bordering states, and the tremendous increase in interstate transportation has probably been an undeniable factor with regards to new introductions or occur- rences. In general, the species recorded as being new to Nebraska may indicate a slightly northwards movement of some of the more common species occurring to the south in Kansas, or, more likely, they simply reflect more thorough collecting in the southern tier of counties. Furthermore, such modern collecting conveniences as blacklight and mercury vapor light were not available to the early collectors in Nebraska, and many common species could have been easily overlooked by not employing these methods. The remaining species constituting new records in this paper were obtained during a short collecting trip to Mexico and British Honduras in the summer of ll)71. Three species new to British 'Contribution Number 367. Department of I ntomology. University of Nebraska. I.ineoln, Nebraska 68503, and contribution to the Division of Entomology of ihe University of Nebraska State Museum. Accepted for publication: .Inly 26, 1973 2Departmen1 of I ntomoloi;\ . University of Nebraska. Lincoln. Nebraska 6S503. 72 Enl. .Voi'.v. Vol. ,V.\ March W74 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 73 Honduras (Sanderson. /// ////.) were collected at blacklight, and I believe these new records are also indicative of more collecting where once there was little or none. Taxonomic and distributional studies for North American Phyllophaga (sensii stricto) and the subgenus Listroc/ic/i/s have been adequately covered by Luginbill and Painter (1953) and Saylor (1940) respectively. Bates (1886-1890) dealt with the Central American Scarabaeidae providing at least some important distributional data as well as describing two of the species dealt with here, and Blackwelder (1944) compiled a generally accurate checklist of Coleoptera from the tropical Americas listing known distributions by country; Dawson (1922) reviewed the scarabs known to occur in Nebraska, and Scott (1951) treated the Pliyllophagu found in Nebraska. The state records published herein as new were obtained by comparisons of material with the data in the above six works and with the specimens in the collections at the University of Nebraska, the University of Kansas and Kansas State University. NEW RECORDS Phyllophaga affahilis (Horn). NEBRASKA. Sarpy Co.. Bcllevuc. VIII-S-65. B. ( . RatclitTe. at blacklist. /BCRC/ (5 ). Phyllophaga ciiiitainwnea ( Blanchard ). BRITISH HONDURAS. Stann Creek. V1II-IO-71. B. C. RaiclitTc. at blacklight, /BCRC/ (3); ID mi. I . Roaring Creek. VIII-9-7 1 . B.C. Katclift'e. at blacklight. /BCRC/ (6). Previously known to have occurred only in Mexico. Phylloplw^a j'ratcnw Harris. NEBRASKA. Ricliardson Co., Schuberi. V-10-70. B. C. RatclitTe. at blacklight. /BCRC/ ( 1 I. Phylloplwga gracilis r. angnlata Glasgow. NEBRASKA, Thomas Co.. Halsey. VIII-25-69. B. C. RatclitTe. at blacklight. /BCRC/ (3); J. R. Baker, at blacklight. /BCRC/ (14) op/iaga incpta (Horn). NIiBRASKA. Lancaster Co.. Lincoln. X'llI-d-hM. B. C RatclitTe. at mercury vapor light, /B"CRC7 ( 1 I. -llnplwxa nuiri;iiiiih\ (LeConle). NI-'BRASKA. Sarp\ Co.. Papillion. \'l-l2-dS. ai light /BCRC' (1 I. 74 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 Phyllophaga nmcorea (LeConte). NEBRASKA, Red Willow Co., McCook, V-31-71, B. C. Ratcliffe, at mercury vapor light, /BCRC/ (2); NEBRASKA, McPherson Co., Sandhills Ag Lab, VI-13-73, J. L. Wedburg, in pitfall trap, /BCRC/ (1). A Common species in much of the Southwest; this record may indicate a considerable range extension for the species. Along with fimbripes (LeConte), two species of the subgenus Listrochelus are now found in Nebraska. Phyllophaga nihigiiiosa (LeConte). NEBRASKA, Nuckolls Co., Superior. VI-22-71, B. C. Ratcliffe. at blacklight, /BCRC/ (2). Phyllophaga sturnii (Bates). BRITISH HONDURAS, Stann Creek, VIII-10-71. B. C. Ratcliffe, at blacklight, /BCRC/ (4); 1(1 mi. E. Roaring Creek. VIII-9-71. B. C. Ratcliffe, at blacklight, /BCRC/ (11). Previously known to have occurred only in Mexico. Phyllophaga siihnuiciJa (LeConte). NEBRASKA, Sarpy Co.. Bellevue. V-4-64. B. C. Ratcliffe, at mercury vapor light, /BCRC/ ( 1 ). Phyllophaga tennipilis (Bates). BRITISH HONDURAS, Stann Creek. VIII- 10-71. B. C. Ratcliffe, at blacklight, /BCRC/ (13). Previously known to have occurred only in Mexico, Guatamala and Nicaragua. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank Dr. Milton W. Sanderson, Illinois Natural History Survey, for providing determinations of the three species from British Honduras. REFERENCES CITED BATES, HENRY W. 1886-1890. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Coleoptera, vol. 2, part 2. 432 pp. BLACKWELDER, RICHARD E. 1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and South America, part 2. Bull. United States Nat. Mus. 185: 189-341. DAWSON, R. W. 1922. A synopsis of the Scarabaeidae of Nebraska (Coleoptera). Univ. Studies of Univ. Nebraska 22 (34): 163-244. LUGINBILL, PHILIP and HENRY R. PAINTER. 1953. May beetles of the United States and Canada. USDA Tech. Bull. 1060: 1-102. SAYLOR, LAWRENCE W. 1940. Revision of the scarabaeid beetles of the phyllophagan subgenus Listrochelus of the United States, with discussion of related genera. Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 89 (3095): 59-130. SCOTT, DONALD R. 1951. The Phyllophaga (Scarabaeidae) of Nebraska. M. S. Thesis, Univ. Nebraska. 89 pp. En!. News. Vol. 85, March 1974 75 ABSTRACT-New distributions are listed for eleven species of Phyttophaga. These include P. cinnamomea (Blanchard), P. stiirmi (Bates) and P. tcnuipilis (Bates) new to British Honduras and P. affabilis (Horn), P. fratcrna Harris, P. gracilis r. angiilata Glasgow, P. incpta (Horn), P. marginalis (LeConte), P. mucorea (LeConte), P. nthiginosa (LeConte) and P. siibmucida (LeConte) new to Nebraska. Brett C. Ratcliffe. Department of Entomology, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska 68503. Descriptors: Scarahaeidae; New distribution records: Nebraska: British Honduras. K The Entomologist's Library This section contains titles of books, monographs, and articles received by the editor that may be of special interest to entomologists and biologists. A brief statement of contents and items of interest are noted. Brief analyti- cal reviews may be submitted for possible publication; All correspondence for this section should be addressed to the editor. Publications received - As soon as a publication is received, it is listed in this section. The following have come to the attention of the editor. Ellis, W. N. and P. !•'. Bellinger. 1973. An annotated list of the generic names of Collembola (Insecta) and their type species. Monografien van de Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging No. 7. 74 pp. Obtainable from Bibliotheek der Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging, Plantage Middenlaan 64 Amsterdam 1004, Nederland - 40 Dutch guilders. Chapman. R. F. 1974. Oxford Biology Readers, 69: Feeding in leaf-eating insects. Oxford University Press, Ely House, London W.I. 16pp. 30 p. net. Pest Control in Groundnuts, PANS Manual No. 2. The new edition which lias boon completely revised and rewritten by all the PANS staff is aimed at extension officers and others concerned directly with the growing crop. It covers all aspects of crop protection including weeds, diseases, nematodes and insects. 'Hie PANS Manual scries is avialahle free of charge to government, agricultural and educational establishments and research institutes in countries eligible for British Aid. Foreign and Commonwealth Office, Overseas Development Administration. Centre for Overseas Pest Research, PANS Office, College House. Wrights I ane. London W8 5S.I. PARTHENOGENESIS IN THE MAYFLY STENONEMA FERMORA TUM ( SAY ) ] EPHEMEROPTERA: HEPTAGENIIDAE) W. P. McCafferty and B. L. Huff, Jr. 2 The first case of parthenogenesis in mayflies was demonstrated by Clemens (1922) for Ameletus ludens Needham from eastern North America. Clemens was able to observe larvae hatching from eggs taken from unmated female images thus confirming the existence of viable parthenogenetic offspring. Previous to this, Morgan (1911) had suggested that the above species was partheno- genetic based on the fact that male imagos were consistently missing from field collections. Only two male imagos of A. ludens are known to date and were reported by Needham ( 1924). Britt (1962) showed experimentally that Ephoron album (Say) was partially parthenogenetic by obtaining 8 to 10 per cent hatch of eggs taken from virgin females reared in isolation. Numbers of male and female subimagos of this population taken in emergent tent traps by Britt in the field, however, were approximately equal indicating a sex ratio very unlike that of A. ludens. Other North American mayflies which have been implicated with the phenomenon of parthenogenesis on the basis of observed sex ratios (predominately or entirely made up of females), but for which there is no direct experimental proof, include Ephemerella rotunda Morgan (Needham et al., 1935), Ephemerella sp. from Colorado (Dodds, 1923), and Ameletus lineatus Traver (Burks; 1953). Sequential parthenogenetic generations have not been studied in A. ludens and E. album nor have cytogenetic analyses been under- taken. The distinct lack of males would indicate that the parthenogensis is possibly geographic, thelytokous, and obligatory in certain populations of A. ludens: whereas, the preponderance 'Published with the approval of the Director of the Purdue University Agricultural Experiment Station as Journal Series No. 5 188. Accepted for publication: July 18, 1973. 2Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 47907. 76 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 Ent. News, Vol. 85. March 1974 of sexual reproduction in E. album (Edmunds et al.. 19Sd; and Britt, 1962) would signify a facultative situation. The most complete study of parthenogenesis in Ephemeroptera species was carried out by Degrange (1960), wherein lie demon- strated the existence of parthenogenesis in 26 of 5 1 species of European mayflies tested. The type of parthenogenesis was determinable for only three of the species examined (those amenable to being reared for at least two successive parthenogenetic generations in the laboratory). Centroptilum lutcolum (Mullen was shown to be deuterotokous, while Cloeon simile Eaton and one other unidentified species of Cloeon were shown to be thelytokous. Degrange's work indicates that parthenogenesis is much more common and of more complex types in mayflies than had been previously thought. The genetic mechanisms involved and the influence of parthenogenesis on the reproductive potential of these species in nature have not been shown. Certain preliminary observations in the summer of 1971, in conjunction with a study of the biology and ecology of local species belonging to the genus Sfenonenm. prompted consideration of parthenogenesis as a possibly alternate means of natural reproduction in this genus. Constant field inspection had not yielded any observable instances of either swarming or mating in local Steuonctna populations, yet female imagos were regularly seen ovipositing on the stream surface. We have recently May, 1973 witnessed swarming; and mating flights in Stenonemu have occasionally been reported, e.g. Cooke (1940) and Thew ( 1958). Any conclusions drawn from our earlier observations alone can be criticized since they may have been coincidental to nonactive periods. However, when such observations were taken into consideration with the following laboratory events they became more convincing inferential evidence. Female imagos reared from field collected larvae would attempt to oviposit eggs after a period of time and without any prior opportunity for fertilization by a male. Abdominal fibrillation in captive unmated females would proceed on a dry lab bench and partial evacuation of eggs would occur if the females were then placed on a water surface. It could be surmised from ih IN observation that oviposition. irrespective of whether or not the eggs had been fertilized, would proceed either as a response to some stimulus not related to copulation or simply as an innate 78 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 behavioral mechanism. Oviposition with no chance of egg hatch would seem to be a rather useless and energy consuming evolutionary strategy in a population. A reasonable alternative explanation, therefore, was that there might indeed be present the potential for parthenogenetic reproduction which would insure continuation of the lineage and have adaptive significance. Degrange ( IWiO) found that in several species, virgin females with partheno- nenetic eggs would not oviposit in captivity. The lack of oviposition behavior in virgin females cannot therefore be correlated with the presence or absence of parthenogenesis; however, the presence of such behavior in virgins may be a strong evidence for partheno- genesis. The paucity of information on conditions necessary for normal eclosion of fertilized eggs of Steiionenia made any experimental design to test for eclosion of unfertilized eggs suspected of being parthenogenetic somewhat haphazard. Our first attempts to gain hatchings from eggs extracted from virgin females of Stcuoncimi were made in the summer of lc)71 . Kggs from S. fciuorutuni (Say). S. ncpoUiliun (McDunnough), and S. ricurium (Walker) were incubated at room temperature for CiO days with no hatchings observed. Recently, however, under more controlled conditions we were able to confirm parthenogenesis in one species. A series of larvae of S. fauoratuiu were collected as follows: Indiana: Jefferson Co., Clifty Creek at Rt. 56, III - 6 - lc)73, A.V. Provonsha, collector. The larvae were placed in aerated rearing aquaria and maintained at a temperature of between 72 and 74 F. A solitary female subimago emerged and was immediately isolated in a separate subimago rearing chamber. This individual moulted to the imago approximately 24 hours later. Following another period of 36 hours from the time of the imaginal moult, the individual female was placed on the surface of water in a IVlri dish and voluntarily discharged a few eggs. Subsequent dissection yielded most of the remaining eggs. The eggs were then placed in stream water taken at the site of the larval habitat. All incubating eggs were checked under a microscope periodically thereafter. Live larvae were discovered 24 days after incubation was begun. We were unable to keep the newly hatched larvae alive for any extended period of time, and could not determine sex. A tabular summary of conditions and results follows: h'nt. !\fcws. Vol. 85, March 1974 Stcnonema femoratitm (Say) Emergence of female subimago 111-23-1973 Imaginal moult 111-24-1973 Oviposition by female 111-25-1973 Number of eggs incubated 487 Incubation temperature 68-70 F Light/dark incubation cycle 14 hrs./lO hrs. Larval hatch: 4 . . ". IV-18-1973 1 IV-20-1973 1 IV-23-1973 Post-oviposition embryonic development 24-29 days Total larval hatch 6 Per cent hatch 1.23 This represents the first reported incidence of parthenogenesis for the genus Stenoncnui. and the third such demonstrated case for North American mayfly species. Degrange (1960) was able to show the existence of parthenogenesis in nine species of the heptageniid genera Epconis, Ecdyonurus, Rliitlirogciiu, and llcpta^cuia. The per cent of parthenogenetic hatch in these species ranged between 0.1N and 4.4d. and in most cases was less than 1.0 per cent hatch. The preliminary data we have for Stcnoiicnia fits within the above range, and this percentage could conceivably be significant in terms of the population dynamics of this species. Because the parthenogones of S. fciuumtuiu died before they were mature enough to be sexed, the type of parthenogenesis is not known. Nevertheless, since sexual reproduction is also found in .V. fcinuratuui and our preliminary estimate of male to female sex ratio is 1:1. the parthenogenesis may be considered facultative and deuterotokous. Until such time that parthenogones can be shown to live to maturity there remains the remote possibility that the parthenogenesis is of the rudimentary type. Or. George F. Hdmunds. Jr.. University of Utah. (Personal communication. 14 May 1^73) has pointed out to us that the low percentage of parthenogenetic hatch in so main- of the species studied max correspond to the small proportion of. those naturally occurring diploid eggs xvhich have not undergone meiosis. and if normallx fcrtili/ed potentially give rise to triploid individuals. There is only very indirect evidence for this ;it the present, hoxvever. The results presented herein must be considered preliminary and possibly of limited application except for the mere demonstra- tion of the presence of the phenomenon under consideration. I'lii'ther study into the reproductive biology of Stenonema and the role of parthenogenesis is actively underway. The study of the 80 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 effect if any of parthenogenesis on the phenotypic character distribution in this taxonomically difficult and ecologically important group is worthy of continued effort and may help to explain historically inadequate species interpretations. Further- more, the study of behavioral mechanisms as they relate to parthenogenesis in Steuoueina might well prove rewarding, since Tjonneland (1970') has presented preliminary evidence indicating the decay of diel emergence, flight, and oviposition patterns in certain parthenogenetic aquatic insects. LITERATURE CITED BRITT, N. W. 1962. Biology of two species of Lake Erie mayflies, Ephoron album (Say) and Ephemera simulans Walker. Bull. Ohio Biol. Surv. 1 : iv, 1-70. BURKS, B. D. 1953. The mayflies, or Ephemeroptera, of Illinois. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 26: 1-216. CLEMENS, W. A. 1922. A parthenogenetic mayfly (Amelctus litdens Needham). Canad. Entomol.54: 77-78. COOKE, J. G. 1940. Observations on mating flights of the mayfly Stenonema viearium (Ephemerida). Entomol. News. 51: 12-14. DEGRANGE, C. 1960. Recherches sur la reproduction des Ephemeropter.es. Trav. Lab. Hydrobiol. Grenoble 51: 7-193. DODDS, G. S. 1923. Mayflies from Colorado. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 49: 93-1 14. EDMUNDS, G. F., JR., L. T. NIELSEN and J. R. LARSEN. 1956. The life history of Ephoron album (Say) (Ephemeroptera: Polymitarcidae). Wasmann J. Biol. 14: 145-153. MORGAN, A. H. 1911. Mayflies of Fall Creek. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 4: 93-126. NEEDHAM, J. G. 1924. The male of the parthenogenetic mayfly Ameletus liulens. Psyche. 31: 308-310. NEEDHAM, J. G., J. R. TRAVER and YIN-CHI-HSU. 1935. The biology of mayflies. Comstock Publ. Co., Ithaca, xvi + 759 pp. THEW, T. B. 1958. The mating flights of Ephoron album (Say) and Stenonema canadense (Walker). Fla. Entomol. 41: 9-12. TJONNELAND, A. 1970. A possible effect of obligatory parthenogenesis on the flight activity of some tropical larvo-acquatic insects. Arbok LIniv. Bergen, Mat. - Naturvit. Scr. 1970(3): 3-7. ABSTRACT Parthenogenesis has been confirmed for the heptageniid mayfly, Stenonema femoratum (Say) by obtaining larval hatches from eggs taken from a reared unmated female imago. This represents the third demonstrated case of parthenogenesis in North American mayflies and the fust such case for the genus Stenonema. Pre- liminary results are comparable to those obtained for European species of Heptagenndae in which parthenogenesis has been studied. Discussion of known cases of mayfly parthenogenesis and associated biology is included. McCafferty, W. P. and B. L. Huff, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University. West Lafayette. Indian 47907. Descriptors: I'urtlieiio^eiicxis. Stenonema. lleplaxeniidae. mayflies, reproductive />/o/«i;i NEW CAVERNICOLOUS SPECIES OF KLEPTOCHTHONIUS FROM VIRGINIA AND WEST VIRGINIA (PSEUDOSCORPIONIDA, CHTHONIIDAE) 1 William B. Muchmore' Cavernicolous Kleptochthonius species, usually placed in the subgenus Chamberlinochthonius, are widespread and sometimes numerous in caves of Kentucky and Tennessee (see Muchmore, 1965). They also occur in caves in Virginia and West Virginia, but appear to be much less common there than farther south. There- fore, it is appropriate to record and describe a new species from each of these states. Figs. 1-3 Figs. 1-3. Kleptochthonius (Chamberlinochthonius) binoctilatns, new species. 1. Genital opercula of female. 2. Dorsal view of right palp. 3. Proximal end of movable finger of chela. • Accepted for publication: 2Departmen1 of Biology, University of Rochester. Rochester. New York 1462" /•'/;/. News, Vol. 85. March lt->74 81 82 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 Kleptochthonius (Chamberlinochthonius) binoculatus, new species Material: Holotype female (WM 2743.01001) from Hill Cave, 4 miles NNE of Natural Tunnel, Scott County, Virginia, on 17 August 1972. "Specimen was taken from under a stick on a clay bank. The cave is damp to wet and probably floods occasionally" (John R. Holsinger and David C. Culver). Diagnosis: A moderate sized species, generally similar to A'. (C.) anophthahmis Muchmore (1970) from Porter's Cave, Bath County Virginia, but with distinct, though weak, eyes in the anterior position, witli only three or four spines on each coxa I, and with slightly more attenuated palps and legs. Description of female: With the general features of the subgenus and with the following particular characters. Carapace a little longer than broad; without an epistome; with weakly corneate eyes in anterior position, but no eyes or eyesputs in posterior position. Carpacial chaetotaxy 644-2-4=20. Coxal chaetotaxy 2-2-1 :0-3-l-CS:2-2:- 2-3:2-3: four spines on right coxa I and three on left. Abdominal tergal chaetotaxy 3:4:4:4:6:6:6:8:9:7:T2T:0. Sternal chaetotaxy |:(3)9(3):(3)8(3):10:10:10:10:11: o 10:0:2; disposition of setae on genital opercula as shown in Fig. 1. Chelicera with seven setae on hand; movable finger with a row of seven teeth and another tooth distinctly removed from distal end of row; fixed finger with row of eight teeth, distal one largest; spinneret a low, rounded knob; flagellum of eight pinnate setae. Palps rather long and attenuated; femur 1.5 and chela 2.3 times as long as carapace; proportions of segments as shown in Figure 2; trochanter 1.8, femur 6.4, tibia 2.1, and chela 5. 8 times as long as broad; movable finger 1.55 times as long as hand. Trichobothria of chela arranged as in other species of subgenus. Fixed chelal finger with row of 22 spaced, large, sharp macrodenticles and 13 pointed microdenticles alternating at distal end. Movable finger witli 14 macrodenticles and 8 very small, rounded, alternating microdenticles distally and 6 low rounded contiguous teeth at proximal end of row. Proximal end of movable finger with short, slightly irregular process on dorsal side (Fig. 3). Legs rather slender: leg IV with femur 3.4 and tibia 5.35 times as long as deep. Large tactile setae of usual kind on tibia and tarsi of leg IV. Male: Unknown Measurements (mm): Body length 2.15. Carapace length 0.59. Chelicera 0.47 by 0.215. Palpal trochanter 0.27 by 0.15; femur 0.895 by 0.14; tibia 0.325 by 0.155; chela 1.37 by 0.235; hand 0.54 by 0.245; movable finger 0.84 long. Leg IV: entire femur 0.73 by 0.215; tibia 0.51 by 0.095; metatarsus 0.27 by 0.075; telotarsus 0.5 6 by 0.05. Etymology: The species is called binoculati's in reference to its having only two eyes. Remarks: When the key provided by Muchmore (1965. p. 1) is used, the new species runs more or less to A', rex Malcolm and Chamberlin (1961). but it is much smaller than that species, which is found in Picket! County, Tennessee. Its nearest known neighbors are A. gertschi Malcolm and Chamberlin from Gilly's Cave, Lee County, A. lutzi Malcolm and Chamberlin from Cudjo's Cave, Lee County, and A. rcgtilns Muchmore (1970) from Fallen Rock Cave, Tazcwell County, all in Virginia. A', binoculatus is easily distinguished from A. gcrtsclii, which is completely without eyes. From A. lutzi it can be separated by its more attenuated palpal segments and smaller number of coxal spines. And it is very much smaller and less slender than A. regulus. Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 83 Figs. 4 & 5 Figs. 4 and 5. Kleptochthonius (Chainberlinochthoniits) hetricki, new species. 4. Dorsal view of left palp. 5. Proximal end of movable finger of chela. Kleptochthonius (Chamberlinochthonius) hetricki, new species Material: Holotype male (AVM 2657.010001) and paratype female taken in the Greenbrier Caverns System (Masters Section), about two miles SE of Roneeverte, Greenbrier County. West Virginia, on 14 May 1972 (Steven \Y. Hetrick.) Diagnosis: A. moderate sized species of the henroti group (see Muchmore. 1965, p. 3). quite similar to A'. (C). proserpinae Muchmore from Pollock Cave. Greenbrier County, but with only six setae on hand of chelicera and with relatively shorter and stouter palpal segements. Description: (The male and female are very similar and are discribed together. Figures are given first for the holotype male, followed in parentheses by those for the female). With the general features of the subgenus and with the following particular characters. Carapace longer than broad; without epistome; with weakly corneate eyes in the anterior position only. Carapacial chaetotaxy 4-3-5-2-2 = 16 (444-2-2 = 16). Co\al chaetotaxy of male 2-2-1 :0-3-0( 1 )-CS:2-2:2-3:2-3; six spines of the usual type on each coxa I (female with eight spines on right and four on left coxa I). Abdominal tergal chaetotaxy of holotype 4:4:4:4:5 :5 :6:7:7:6: 1T2'T2:0 (female similar). Sternal chaetotaxy of male 2^ :(44 ):(3 )7^8(3):(3)7(3): 1 0:9: 1 (1: 1 1 : 1 1 :9:0:2: of female ~ :(3)7(3):(3)7<3):1 1:9:11:12:12:9:0:2. 6 Chelicera with six setae on hand; movable finger with a row of seven or eight teeth and another one distinctly removed from the row at the distal end: fixed finger with row of 8-10 teeth; spinneret a low rounded elevation, somewhat more distinct in the female: flagellum of eight pinnate setae. Palps rather long and attenuated: femur 1.7(1.7) and chela 2.4(2.45) times as Ion:' as carapace; proportions of segments as shown in 1-ig. 4; trochanter 1.9(1.9). femur 6.7(6.4). tibia 2.4(2.2). and chela 6.7(6.05) times as long as broad; movable finger 84 Ent. News, Vol. 85 , March 1974 1.661 1 .54) times as long as hand. Arrangement of trichobothria of chela typical. Fixed finger of chela with row of 33(31 ) spaced, long, sharp macrodenticles and 19(19) short, sharp microdenticles alternating at distal end. Movable finger with 18(20) macrodenticles and 15(15) alternating microdenticles distally and 13(11) low, rounded, contiguous teeth in proximal end of row. Proximal end of movable finger with moderate sized, bifurcate process on dorsal side (apodeme for attachment of adductor muscle) ( Fig. 5 ). Legs rather slender; leg IV with entire femur 3.7(3.5) and tibia 5.6(5.6) times as long as deep. Large tactile setae of usual kind on tibia and tarsi of leg IV. Measurements (mm): Body length 2.1 1(2.15 ). Carapace length 0.63(0.635), greatest breadth 0.57(0.57). Chelicera 0.525(0.525) by 0.25(0.25). Palpal trochanter 0.30(0.325) by 0.16(0.17); femur 1.07(1.09) by 0.16(0.17); tibia 0.385(0.40) by 0.16(0.18); chela 1.54(1.57) by 0.23(0.26); hand 0.59(0.63) by 0.245(0.265); movable finger 0.985(0.97) long. Leg IV: entire femur 0.92(0.91) by 0.25(0.26); tibia 0.62(0.62) by 0.11(0.11); metatarsus 0.33(0.34) by 0.085(0.09); telotarsus 0.77(0.75) by 0.06(0.06). Etymology: The species is named for Steven Hetrick who found the type specimens. Remarks: Kleptochthonius hetricki is the third species known to belong to the henroti group of the subgenus Chamberlinoclithom'its (see Muchmore, 1965, p. 3). The other two are K. henroti (Vachon) from McCking Cave and a number of other caves in central and northcentral Greenbrier County and from Blue Springs Cave in south- western Pocohontas County, and A', proserpinae Muchmore from Pollock Cave in southwestern Greenbrier County, all in West Virginia. The new species occupies the extensive Greenbrier Caverns System in southcentral Greenbrier County which apparently is well isolated from the others to the north and west. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am indebted to John R. Holsinger and his associates for a continuing supply of specimens from caves in Virginia and West Virginia. This work was supported in part by grants GB 17964 and GB 3757Q from the National Science Foundation. LITERATURE CITED MALCOLM, D. R. and J. C. CHAMBERLIN. 1961. The pseudoscorpion genus Kleptochthonius Chamberlin (Chelonethida, Chthoniidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates 2063: 1-35. MUCHMORE. W. B. 1965. North American cave pseudoscorpions of the genus Kleptochthonius, subgenus Chamberlinochthonius (Chelonethida, Chthoniidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates 2234: 1-27 . 1970. New Kleptochthonius spp. from Virginia (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpionida, Chthoniidae). Ent. News. 81: 210-212. ABSTRACT - Two new species are described: Kleptocht/ioiiius (Chamberlinochthonius) hinoculatus from Scott County, Virginia, and K. (C.) hetricki from Greenbrier County, West Virginia. - William B. Muchmore, Department of Biology, University of Rochester' Rochester, New York 14627. Descriptors: Arachnida; Pseudoscorpionida; Chthoniidae; Kleptoc/ithoniiis (Chamher- linochthonius) hinoculatus, new species, from Virginia; Kleptochthonius (Chamher- linochthonius) hetricki, new species, from West Virginia. NOTE ON THE REARING OF DERMESTES MACULA TVS DeGEER(COLEOPTERA: DERMESTIDAE) Charles D. Roche and Lawrence W. Smith, Jr. Rearing procedures for insects that infest military subsistence and materials are variable and each laboratory uses methods suit- able for its own needs. Detailed rearing conditions are essential to meet the following requirements: 1 ) provide standardized methods for the most efficient use of equipment, space, and time. 2) control populations to avoid variable physiological con- ditions of test insects. 3) eliminate time-consuming operations such as separating adults to start new cultures and the sorting of larvae. 4) produce sufficient insects of known age and sex for scheduled experiments. 5) provide precise, continuous maintenance of experimental stock. Our rearing procedures include modifications and additions to those of Shepard (1943), Gray (1943), Laudani ( 1940), Sweetman (1956), Pence (1958), Russell ( 19M ), Boles and Marzke ( 1966), Strong e7 ul. (1967 and Accepted for publication: August 9, 1973. Applied Entomology Group, Pioneering Research Laboratory, U. S. Army Natick Laboratories, Natick, Massachusetts. 01760. /•.///. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 86 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 Of the twenty (20) species of Coleoptera in our insectary, the hide beetle, Denuestes macula t us DeGeer, is the most difficult to rear because of cannibalism. Von Dobkiewicz (1928) recognized this problem and observed that adult stages ate younger larvae and that older larvae ate fresh pupae. Scoggin and Tauber (1949) removed pupae daily from cultures to avoid predation by larvae. Separation and subsequent isolation of D. maculatus pupae are essential to satisfy requirement number four. Our method utilizes "Lab Chow" (available from Ralston Purina Company, St. Louis, Missouri as the basis food for young larvae' and a plastic box to isolate late instars, pupae, and adults. The plastic box (available from Tri-State Plastics, Henderson, Kentucky) is made of clear polystyrene with overall dimensions 6-5/16"' wide x 9-1/2"" long x 1-1/2"" deep; the interior is divided into one rectangular compart- ment 2-9/16" u' x 9-1/2" 1 x 1-1/2" d. and twelve individual 4 * HH I * i n , - i I ig. 1 - Closed and open viexvs of plastic box for rearing Dcnncstt's nnicnlantx DeGeer. Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 87 compartments, each measuring 1-3/4" \v x l-V/]f->" I \ 1-1/2" d (fig. 1 ). Late instar larvae are placed on "Lab Chow" in the long compartment and as pre-pupae occur, they are placed in the smaller compartments. The plastic box has a hinged, snap-fitting lid that was modified with a screen window to allow for gas exchange. These plastic boxes are easily handled, require small storage space, prevent cannibalism of pupae, and ultimately provide sufficient specimens for experimental purposes. LITERATURE CITED BOLES, H. P. and I . O. MARZKE. 1966. Lepidoptera infesting stored products. In Carroll N. Smith (ed.). Insect Colonization and Mass Production. Academic Press. New York. p. 259-70. GRAY, H. E. 1943. Stored food insects. In F. L. Campbell and F. R. Moulton (ed.). Laboratory procedures in studies of the chemical control of insects. Pub. no. 2<>, Amer. Assn. Advance Sci., Washington, D.C. R. 54-56. LAUDANI, HAMILTON. 1948. A simplified technique for rearing carpet beetles. Soap and Sanitary Chemicals, p. 142-143. PENCE, ROY J. 1958. A technique for rapid rearirm of clothes moth eiisis. Jour. econ. Ent. 5 1(6): 919-921. RUSSELL, MERCER R. 1961. A simple rearing medium for the Indian-meal moth. Plodia interpunctella. Jour. econ. Ent. 54(4): 812-81 3. SCOGGIN, JOHN K. and OSCAR E. TAUBER. 1949. The bionomics of Dermestes niaciilatim Dedeer. I. Oviposition, longevity, period of incubation. Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci. 23(4): 363:373. SHEPARD, H. H. 1943. Rearing insects that attack stored products. In E. L.Campbell and E. R. Moulton (ed.). Laboratory procedures in studies of the chemical control of insects. Publication no. 20. Amer. Assn. Adv. Sci., Washington. D.C. p. 26-5 1 . STRONG. R. G.. D. E. SBUR. and G. J. PARTIDA. 1967 /Rearing stored product insects for laboratory studies: Lesser Grain Borer. Granary Weevil. Rice \\eevil. Sitophilus zeamais, and Angoumois Grain Moth. Jour. econ. ent. 60(4): 1078-1082. S\\l I-'.TMAN, HARVEY L. 1956. Rearing successive generations of the carpet beetle under controlled conditions. Jour. econ. Ent. 49(2): 277-278. VON DOBKIEWICZ, L. 1928. A contribution to the knowledge of the bacon beetles. Rev. Applied Ent. (A). 17:133. SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPY OF BOOK-LUNGS OF THE SCORPION 1 HETEROMETRUS FUL VIPES A. B. Vyas2 The book-lungs have been considered as the ancestral arachnid respiratory organs (Kaestner, 1968) and are intermediate structures between the book-gills of merostomes and the tracheal system of the araeneid spiders (Mill, 1972). Although a comprehensive account on the structure of a book-lung of scorpions and some other arachnids is available from the recent publications of Vyas and Laliwala ( 1972) and Mill ( 1972), the steroscopic micrographs presented here reveal certain additional information about the structure of the lamellae of Heteroiuetrus fulvipes and correct some misconceptions about the nomenclature of certain structures described by Mill (1972) in the anatomy of the arachnid book-lungs. MATERIALS AND METHODS Live specimens collected from the Gujarat University Campus, Ahmedabad (India) were stored in scorpion preservative (Vyas, 1972) and were transported by air mail to University of Georgia, Athens, U.S.A. for scanning electron microscopy. The book-lungs were carefully taken out by dissecting the specimens under a steroscopic binocular microscope and were transferred to 70% ethanol. Sections of the book-lungs passing through desired planes were cut. Preparation of samples for scanning electron microscopy involved dehydration, critical point drying and gold coating. Dehydration was performed by passing the samples through ethanol-amyl acetate grades. The tissue was critical point dried according to the method of Anderson (1956). Gold coating, at two different angles was done in a Varian VE - 10 vacuum evaporator with the specimens on the rotating stage. Because of the difficulty Accepted for publication: August 8, 1973. Institute of Kcology, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602, present address: University School of Sciences, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad - 9, India. 88 Km. News, Vol. 85, March IQ74 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 89 with specimen charging, the specimens had to be coated with four times the amount of gold usually used (SOO 1200 A° approximately). A Cambridge stereoscan Mark 2A electron micros- cope was used for the observations. Micrographs of desired magnification were instantly obtained by the polaroid camera attached. Plate OBSERVATIONS On removing the connective tissue sheath (ct) from the atrial facet of the book-lungs a series of vertically arranged lamellae can be observed (plates-1 ,2). In //. fuh'ipcs the number of the lamellae ranges from 140 to 150 (Vyas and Laliwala, 1()72). As is known, while the atrial end of the lamellae remains free (plates-2.3 ). the other end attaches to the posterior wall of the pulmonary chamber. The space between two adjacent lamellae ( plates--3.4,5 ) is known as inter-lamellar space (ils). The inter-lamellar spaces are continuous 90 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 Plate with the space of the atrial chamber (at) which communicates to the exterior through stigmata (also called spiracles according to Stahnke, 1970). In a longitudinal section each lamella appears as a hollow tubular structure (plates- 3,4,5). The lumen of the lamella (sp) is partitioned towards its atrial end and forms a small distinct space called the epithelial sinus (e). The outer wall of the lamellae is lined by cuticle (c) which frequently forms bristles (br). DISCUSSION The above observations indicated that the lumina' in book-lungs described by Mill (1972) is comparable to the inter-lamellar space. Each lamellar loop contains a lumen (sp) of its own which is an extension of the pulmonary sinus. Hence in literature to avoid confusion instead of lumina (Mill, 1972), the usage of the term inter-lamellar space is recommended. Moreover, this term is very common in various text-books describing the structure of book-lungs. The cuticular bars mentioned by Mill (1972) are equivalent to bristles. These structures, at least in Heterometrus do not have the form of continuous bars between two lamellae. However, during process of breathing the bristles of the opposing facets serve as a means of preventing the lamellae from collapsing. The magnified stereomicrograph of the atrial end of the lamellae revealed the presence of the epithelial sinus not observed earlier (Vyas and Laliwala, 1972) under light microscopy. The sinus along with its surrounding wall has been described as an epithelial glandular cell by Awati and Tern be (1956) in Kutlius. According Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 to these authors, this part of the lamella receives the blood for respiration by the way of diverticula and not directly from the pulmonary sinus. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I take this opportunity to thank Dr. Vinod Shah, Head, Zoology Department, Gujarat University (India) for sending the material from India to U.S.A. for the present study. My thanks are also due to Dr. Ivan Roth, for candid help during various stages of the study and the preparation of the manuscript and Dr. William Wiebe and Dr. Frank Golley (all from University of Georgia) for providing funds and encouragement. The assistance of Janet Johnson of E-M Laboratory of UGA is highly appreciated. LITERATURE CITED ANDERSON, T. F. 1956. Electron Microscopy of Microorganisms In: Physical Techniques in Biological Research Vol. Ill G. Oster and A. Pollister. eds. Academic Press New York p. 177-240. AWATI, P. R. and TEMBE. V. B. 1956. Butlnis tamulus (Fabr.). The Indian Scorpion: Morphology, Anatomy and Bionomics. Zoological Monographs No. 2, University of Bombay. KAESTNER, A. 1968. Invertebrate Zoology: Arthropod relatives. Inter Science publishers. New York, London, Sydney. MILL, P. J. 1972. Respiration in the Invertebrates. Macmillan. STAHNKE, H. L. 1970. Scorpion Nomenclature and Mensuration. Ent. News. Vol. 81. p. 297-316. VYAS, A. B. 1972. Taking the sting out of preserving scorpions. Titrtox News. Vol.49. p. 25. VYAS, A. B.and LALIWALA, S. M. 1972. Microanatomy of the Book-lungs of Scorpion and the Mechanism of Respiration. L7Jr0-Gujarat University Journal. Vol. 15. p. 122- 128. ABSTRACT Early description of the book-lungs in the scorpion Ilcteroinctnis fulvipes included its gross anatomy and mechanism of respiration. The following studs provides the first three dimensional stereoscopic observations of the lamellae of an arachnid book-lung. The investigation shows the presence of a well defined space called the epithelial sinus towards the atrial end of each lamella in //. ftilripes. Bristles on the outer surface of lamellae constitute separating bars and help prevent the lamellae from collapsing during the ventilatory movement of the book -lung. Distinction between the lumen within the lamellae and the inter-lamellar space is essential to avoid confusion. Institute of Ecology, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602, present address: University School of Sciences, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad - 9, India. Descriptors: Scorpion. Scorpionida, Scanning electron microscopy, book lungs, anatomi- cal terminology. THE IDENTITY OF ENTYPUS DAHLBOM (HYMENOPTERA: POMPILIDAE)1 Michael C. Day2 Dahlbom (1843) described Entypus in his Hymenoptera Europaea, with E. ochrocerus Dahlbom, 1843 as type-species by monotypy. The type-material listed by Dahlbom consists of two males sent to him by Lefebvre in 1835, which are purported to have been collected in Algeria. Since description, the name Entypus has appeared in various synonymies, and has been incorrectly used: it has never been properly identified. Smith (1855) placed the type-species in Pompilus, but did not list Entypus in his generic synonymy. Saussure (1867) described a second species from Argentina, E. cephalotes. Kohl (1884), in his review of Pompilid' genera, placed Entypus in the synonymy of Salius Fabricius, which was used to include most of the Old World Pepsinae. Dalla Torre (1897) followed Smith (1855) and placed E. ochrocerus in Pompilus, also listing Entypus in the generic synonymy. However, he placed E. cephalotes in Salius in the broad sense as employed by Kohl, and listed Entypus 'Saussure nee Dahlbom' as a generic synonym of Salius. Ashmead ( 1902) added to the confusion when he used Entypus as a genus for certain species of Anoplius Dufour, subgenus Arachnophroctonus Howard, which have the first three tergites of the abdomen reddish. Ashmead also proposed Hypoferreola, with E. cephalotes as type-species. I have not succeeded in tracing Saussure's type-material, but I believe that Hypoferreola may prove to be a senior synonym of Eepidocnemis Haupt, 1930, also described from Argentina. This synonymy is not here formalised. Cameron (1910) followed Ashmead's interpretation of the identity of Entypus, but used the name as a subgenus of Pompilus when describing certain African species, thus combining the actions of Smith, Dalla Torre and Ashmead. Sustera ( 1912), in a review of 1 Accepted for publication: September 28, 1973. 2lintomology Department, British Museum (Natural History) Cromwell Road, London S.W.7.5 BD. 92 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 93 the Palaearctic genera of Pompilidae, placed Entypus in the synonymy of Cryptocheilus Panzer, a component of Salius employed by Kohl. However, he did not identify the type-species. In 1924, he published a revision of Palaearctic Cryptocheilus, and listed Entypus in the generic synonymy, but with a question mark. Pate (1946) included the name in his catalogue of the generic names of spider-wasps. I have been able, through the kindness of Dr. Roy Danielsson of the Zoological Institute, Lund, to examine the syntypes of E. oc/irocerus from the Dahlbom collection. The material consists of two males of the species currently known (Townes, 1957) as Priocnemioid.es flammipennis Smith, 1855, from the West Indies. Synonymies are formalised below. GENUS ENTYPUS Dahlbom Entypus Dahlbom, 1843: 35. Type-species: Entypus ochrocerus Dahlbom. 1843. by monotypy. Priocnemioides Radoszkowski, 1888:482. Type-species: Poinpilus (PriocnemisJ fulricornis Cresson, 1867, by subsequent designation (Banks, 1944: 102). Syn. n. Prionocnemoides Dalla Torre, 1897: 211. Unjustified emendation of Priocnemioides. Priocnemoides Ashmead, 1900: 187. Incorrect subsequent spelling of Priocnemioides. Cheilotits Bradley, 1946: 124, (as subgenus of Cryptocheilus). Type-species: Pompilus ignipennis Cresson, 1865 [ = Entypus ochrocerus Dahlbom, 1843], by original designation (Synonymy with Priocnemioides by Townes, 1957). Syn. n. Entypus ochrocerus Dahlbom Entypus ochrocerus Dahlbom, 1843: 35. LECTOTYPE C?. CUBA'.' (Zoological Institute. Lund), here designated [examined]. Provenance incorrectly reported to be "Algeria". Pompilus flammipennis Smith. 1855: 155. LECTOTYPE,?, DOMINICAN REPUBLIC (British Museum [Natural History] ), here designated [examined]. Syn. n. Pompilus ignipennis Cresson. 1865: 121. 3^?. 4 cP syntypes, CUBA (Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia) [not examined]. (Synonymy with P. flammipennis by Townes, 1957). Syn. n. Lectotype designations. Entypus ochrocerus Dahlbom. Two conspecific males in the Dahlbom collection. Lund, bear labels in Dahlbom's handwriting. One bears firstly a small label "Lefebvre". secondly a label "E. ochrocerus c? . Kl. mB.", thirdly a red label. "TYP". The second syntype bears firstly a small label "a Lefebvre". secondly a number. "96". and thirdly "Pomp, ochrocerus Berl. m. Cub. Lefbr.". Both specimens agree well with the descrip- tion: in addition, Dahlbom's key (1845:442) specifically refers to the unusual and distinctive sulcate groove situated antero-laterally on the pronotimi. I have labelled, and here designate as lectotype, the first specimen referred to above. Pompilus flammipennis Smith. Smith describes the female and adds comments on the male. One female specimen in the British Museum collections agrees with the description and bears Smith's label, "flammipcnnis type Sm. '. The accessions number, "55.1" on a separate label, refers to a register which states that the specimen was collected by Tweedie in Santo Domingo. A male specimen conspecific with the female bears an identical accessions label. I have labelled, and here designate .is lectotype. the female specimen. 94 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 I am unable to discover how the discrepancy originated with regard to the locality data (Algeria) given by Dahlbom for E. ochrocerus. Abbreviated information on the syntype labels ("Kl. m.B." and "Berl. m. Cub. Lefbr.") indicate that the material may have come to Dahlbom via King in Berlin, rather than direct from Lefebvre. Since Dahlbom probably received other, undoubtedly Palaearctic, material from Lefebvre, he may thus have casually misplaced the specimens of Entypus. The abbreviation "Cub." is of particular interest, since the species has most frequently been collected in Cuba. An additional male in the Lund collections bears two labels, one "New York Kreigbaum 1848", the other "Entyp. ochrocerus H.E. 35: 19. (JPompilus id, Kl. mB.", which, though post-dating description, reinforces the possible link with King in Berlin. Additional material in the British Museum consists of a female (determined as Pompilus ignipennis Cresson) and a male, both from Smith's collection, and both labelled "Cuba". Another male labelled "Havana. Cuba. Baker" has been determined by Cameron as Salius? ignipennis Cresson. References Ashmead, W.H. 1902. Classification of the fossorial, predaceous and parasitic wasps or the superfamily Vespoidea. Part 4. Can. Ent. 34: 79-88. Bradley, J.C. 1946. The generic position of nineteen species of West Indian Psammocharidae (Hymenoptera), with descriptions of two new genera or subgenera. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 18: 123-131. Cam.eron, P. 1910. Fossores. Wiss. Ergebn. schwed. Exped. Kilimanjaro.. Mem.. Bd. 2:7, 197-296. Dahlbom, A.G. 1843. Hymenoptera Europaea praecipite Borealia...per familias. genera, species et varietates disposita atque descripta. 1. 1-172 pp. Lund. 1845. Ibid. fasc. 3. 353-528 pp. Lund. Dalla Torre,' C. G. de, 1897. Catalogiis Hymenopterorum Intcusqiie descriptorum systematicus et synonymicus. 8. i-viii + 1-749 pp. Leipzig. Haupt, H. 1930. Die Einordnung der mirbekannten Psammocharidae mit 2 Cubitalzellen in mein system. Mitt. :ool. Mus. Berl. 16: 673-797. Kohl, F.F. 1884. Die Gattungen der Pompiliden. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.Wien 34: 33-58. Pate, V.S.L. 1946. The generic names of the Spider Wasps (Psammocharidae olini Pompilidae) and their type species. Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 72: 65-130. Saussure, H. de, 1867. Hymenoptera. Familien der Vespiden, Sphegiden, Pompiliden, Crabroniden und Heterogynen. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde. 1857-1859. Zool. Tli., Bd. 2: 1-156. Smith, F. 1855. Catalogue of the Hymcnopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum. Part III. Mutillidae and Pompilidae. 1-206 pp. London. Sustera, O. 1912. Die palaarktischen Gattungen der Familie Psammocharidae (olim Pompilidae. Hym.). Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.Wien 62: 171-213. . 1924. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der palaarktischen Psammochariden. (Hymen.) Ill Cryptochilus Panz. Jubilejni sbornik ccskoslovenske spolecnosti entojnologicke. Prague. 71-96. Townes, H. 1957. Nearctic Wasps of the Subfamilies Pepsinae and Ceropalinae. Bull. U. S. natn. Mus. 209: 1-286. ABSTRACT •- Entypus ochrocerus Dahlbom, 1843, was described from Algeria. The genus and type-species have never been properly identified. After study of type specimens, Entypus is here recorded as a senior synonym of the New World genus Priocnemioides Radoszkowski, 1888. E. ochrocerus is a senior synonym of P. JJanuni- pennis Smith, 1855, described from the West Indies. Lectotypes are designated for E. ochrocerus and P. flammipennis. Michael C. Day, Entomology Department, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London S.W.7 5 BD. NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF UTETHESIA ORNATRIX BELLA LINNAEUS (LEPIDOPTERA: ARCTIIDAE) AND ITS PARASITIC RELATIONSHIP TO CROTALARIA (LEGUMINOSAE)1 D. R. Windier and B. K. Windier During the years 1966 to 1969 the authors conducted research on the native unifoliolate Crotalarias of North America ( C. sagittalis, et. al.). In 1966 and 1967 extensive field trips were made in the eastern United States and Mexico. While collecting Crotalarias many fruits were found to have circular holes in the valves and lack seed. Some green fruits were observed to have larvae sealed inside. Each of the fruits in which larvae were sealed had a circular area on one of its valves which was more membrane- like than the rest of the valve. Since no adults were collected in the field, an attempt was made to identify the larval forms. Members of the entomological staff at the Field Museum of Natural History in Chicago determined the larvae to be members of the genus Utethesia. In order to get a more specific identification of the organism an attempt was made to rear some of the larvae to adulthood. Following instructions obtained from the Field Museum staff, a layer of soil was placed in the bottom of a ventilated jar. A twig was placed in an inclined position above the soil to provide a place for an emerging adult to hang while drying its wings. Fresh cuttings of Crotalaria sp. were placed in the jar to provide a food source for the larvae. All caged larvae ate flower petals and young fruit tissue in preference to leaves, stipules, and stems. One of the larvae was successfully reared to adulthood, and was determined to be Utcthcsia ornatrix hclla Linnaeus. In 1968 a common garden planting was made of ca. 1400 unifoliolate Crotalaria seedlings in the North Carolina Botanical 'Contribution number 9 from the Tmvson State College Herbarium, Baltimore, Maryland 21204. l-jit. \cwx. Vol. S5. Mm; h 1974 95 96 Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 Garden. During the growing season the garden also became a feed lot for a large U. o. bella population. All stages of the life history of the moth were present during the summer and the data recorded by the authors is presented below. The adult moth is a weak and low flying organism which flys during the day and lays its eggs on the banner of the Crotalaria flowers (see Fig. 1). The usual number of eggs is one with two or three occasionally on a banner. Eight eggs were observed on the exterior of one calyx, but this was unusual. Caged egg-laying females each deposited about 200 eggs on the glass walls of the jar in which they were housed. The eggs in the jars were 0.5 to 0.6 mm in diameter and hatched in two to four days at 70° F. After emergence the young larvae normally began feeding on petal —CM M 1 2 Figure 1. Flower of Crotalaria plant grown in the botanical garden in Chapel Hill. North Carolina, showing an egg of U. ornatrix bella in the position deposited. Figure 2. Fruit of garden grown Crotalaria showing the pore from which mature larvae emerge after feeding. Ent. News, Vol. 85, March 1974 97 tissue and when the ovulary began to enlarge, they chewed their way into it. In most cases only one larva invaded a fruit, but in a few cases two larvae were observed in a single fruit. After the larva entered, a thin membranous covering developed over the entry. The growing black and yellow larvae then fed on the young developing seeds and upon reaching a size adequate for pupation (ca. 2.5 cm long) or upon exhaustion of the food supply, they chewed their way out of the pod through the membrane-covered hole (Fig. 2). If further food was required, the larvae fed on other available young fruits, flowers or foliaceous plant parts in open sunlight. The larval stage lasted about 2 to 2 1/2 weeks. Pupal cases have been observed under leaves near the ground, on the side of culms in thick grass and in other situations with low illumination. Under caged conditions emergence of the adult occured in 14 to 15 days after the initiation of pupation. The life span of the free adult was not determined, but in cages some lived over a week without feeding. Kettlewell (1963), who studied the life history of U. pulcheUa, reported that adults lived to about one month when fed honey-water. Data on variation and hybridization in the Utethesia ornatrix complex have been published by Pease (1968), but very little information was presented on life histories. Pease did indicate that U. ornatrix was associated with Crotalaria plants of various species. LITERATURE CITED KETTLEWELL, H.B.D. (1963). The Life History of Utethesia pulchclla L. (Lep.) and its possible adaptive significance. Entomologist 96: 102-107. PEASE, R. W. Jr. (1968). Evolution and Hybridization in the Utethesia ornatrix complex (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae). Evolution 22: 719-735. ABSTRACT - Observations on the life history of Utethesia ornatrix hclla Linnaeus are presented. Descriptors: Lepidoptera, Arctiidae, Utethesia Crotalaria. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE A.(N.S.)92 ANNOUNCEMENT Required six-months' notice is given of the possible use of the plenary powers by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the following cases: (See Bull. zoo/. Nomencl. 30, parts 3/4, 28th June 1974) 794. Suppression of Anas punctata Burchell, 1822 (Aves) 1724. Validation of Acanthomys leucopus Gray, 1867 (Mammalia) 1748. Suppression of Scoptes Hubner/1819/ (Insecta, Lepidoptera) 1798. Suppression of Argiope J. A. Eudes-Deslongchamps, 1842 (Brachiopoda) 1826. Designation of a neotype for Eschara spongites Pallas, 1766 (Bryozoa) 1923. Designation of a type-species for Latona Schumacher, 1817 (Mollusca) 2020. Designation of a type-species for Pseudanisakis Layman & Borovkova, 1926 (Nematoda) 2039. Designation of a lectotype for Ammonites defossus Simpson, 1843 (Ammonoidea) 2042. Designation of a neotype for Apis rotundata Fabricius, 1793 (Insecta, Hymenoptera) 2043. Suppression of Reno idea Brown, 1827 (Protozoa, Foraminifera) 2044. Designation of type-species for Eriophyes Siebold, 1851 and phytoptus Dujardin, 1851 (Acarina, Eriophyoidea) 2046. Designation of a neotype for Geloius decorsei I. Bolivar, 1905 (Insecta, Orthoptera) 2049. Designation of a type-species for Lonomia Walker, 1855 (Insecta, Lepidoptera) 2052. Suppression of PLATYCHOEROPIDAE Lyddeker, 1887 (Mammalia) 2055. Validation ofNysson Latreille, 1796 (Insecta, Hymenoptera) 2056. Suppression of Euplilis Risso, 1826 (Insecta, Hymenoptera) Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, LONDON S.W.7 5 BD, England. Those received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. MARGARET GREEN Scientific Assistant June 1974 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per tine, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Top Prices Paid for Centruroides sculpturatus or any scorpions under 4 cm, either large or small quantities bought. Mr. P. Walmsley, 33 Clarence Ave., Blackpool, FY5 2BG, England. Wanted. North American Rhysodidae: needed for distribution records for North American Beetle Fauna Project. Send loan specimens to Dr. Ross T. Bell, Univ. of Vermont, Zoology Dept., Marsh Life Science Bldg., Burlington, Vt. 05401. For Sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416, Rio dc Janeiro, GB, BRAS1L. PSEPHENIDAE (including EUBRI1NAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHENINAE): Revising the famiiy in the Western Hemisphere. Request loan of any material from the New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Univ. Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval, Norman, Okla. 73069, USA. For Sale or Trade. Lloyds Natural History. A handbook to the order Lepidoptera by W. F. Kirby, London 1896. 5 vols., 158 color plates. Prof. H. E. Evans, Veterinary College, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY 14850. Exchange: I can offer specimens of Hudsonian Zone butterflies in exchange for species of Southern distribution. Moths also exchanged. Walter V. Krivda, P.O. Box 864, The Pas, Manitoba, Canada. BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by D'Abrera, 352 pp. with approx. 4,000 specimens illust. life size in full cover. Price $31.00 U.S., including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES, by I. Common, 128 pages, 2 colour & 55 black & white plates, pocket book size. Price $3.60 U.S. including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay. N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. STAPHYLINIDAE. If anyone wishes to send us unsorted Staphylinidae in 70% alcohol we will eventually return one or two specimens mounted, labeled and identified to the nearest possible taxon. Ecological data particularly desired. Ian Moore, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, CA 92502. BIOLOGICAL CONTROL BY NATURAL ENEMIES by Paul DeBach The Associate Director of the International Center for Biological Control traces the historical back- ground of biological control, covers the general biology, ecology and effectiveness of major groups of natural enemies, reports on foreign discoveries of natural enemies and their importation, discusses other non-chemical approaches, and suggests a control program integrating a number of methods. Clothbound $14.95; Paperback $5.95. Order from: Cambridge University Press, Dept. HML, 32 East 57th Street, New York, N.Y. 10022. APRIL 1974 ENTOMOLOGICAL SEW CONTENTS OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY OF SOME TIGER BEETLES Andre Larochelle p. 99 NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON THE AGRILINAE (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE): III PACHYSCHELUS AND HYLAEOGENA Henry A. Hespenheide p. 102 VEJOVIS CALIDUS A NEW SPECIES OF SCORPION FROM COAHUILA, MEXICO (SCORPIONIDA: VEJOVIDAE) Michael E. Soleglad p. 108 SOME DIFFERENCES BETWEEN TEMPERATE AND TROPICAL POPULATIONS OF MONARCH (DANAUSPLEXIPPUS) AND QUEEN (DANAUS GILIPPUS) BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTERA: DANAIDAE) Allen M. Young p. 116 THE ENTOMOLOGISTS LIBRARY, p. 101 ERRATA, p. 126 ANNOUNCEMENT, Inside Back Cover MEMOIRS, Inside Back Cover THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961 ); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett, Jr. Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark. DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at Newark. Delaware 1971 1 and additional mailing of/Ices. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback & R. It'. Lake (Editor). SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post paid: institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign $1 2.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be addressed to Entomological News. 1(>00 Race Street. Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.S.A. POSTMASTER: If unde/ircrable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253 Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware. Newark, DE. 1971 1. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and. if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS EOR REVIEW should be sent to the editor. PAGE CHARGES - A charge of $20.00 is made for each published page of an article. The page charge does not include cost of half-tones or line cuts. Amateurs, retired scientists and others who are not associated with universities or official institutions and do not have funds for publishing, may apply for assistance at the time their manuscript is submitted. Papers may be published ahead of their regular scheduled time al a cost of $30.00 per page. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $4.50; each halftone regardless of size, $4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed. 4!/i x 6'/2 inches. REPRINTS: Separates are no longer available. Reprints may be ordered at the following rates: 1 - 4 Pages 5 - 8 Pages 100 Copies S24.00 $52.00 200 Copies 26.00 55.00 300 Copies 28.00 57.00 400 Copies 29.00 59.00 500 Copies 30.00 60.00 EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropod are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be supplied on a separate sheet, complete with the title and ending with the authors name and address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa •should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required. Short nolcs will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices, short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study notices, want Hems, and for sale notices are published in I'he Entomologist's Market Place. All manuscripts should follow the formal recommended in Ihe CHI "Style Manual". SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE & ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES S OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY OF SOME TIGER BEETLES 1 Andre Larochelle2 Tiger beetles have been reported as preys of toads by Kirkland (1897), Carman (1901), Force (1925), Schonberger (1945), Smith and Bragg (1949), Bush and Menhinick (1962), and also by Klimstra and Myers (1965). From April to September 1973, I analyzed the stomach contents of 283 American toads, Buf<> americanus Holbrook from southern Quebec, and I found three Cicindela punctulata Olivier. Within the same period, I also examined the alimentary tracts of 434 Leopard frogs, Rana piplens Schreber from the same area, and I identified two Cicindela repanda Dejean and one Cicindela sexguttata Fabricius. Frogs have been previously recorded as enemies of tiger beetles by Frost (1924), Force (1925), Turner (1959), and by Korschgen and Baskett (1963). According to my experience, toads and frogs are apparently minor enemies of cicindelids. On April 24, 1973, while collecting tiger beetles in a sand-pit, in Choisy, three miles from Rigaud, a 9-year-old boy, A. Dube saw a spider seizing a Cicindela repanda Dejean. I quickly caught both animals. C. D. Dondale of the Entomology Research Institute, Ottawa, identified the spider as a female Arctosa littomlis (Jentz), family Lycosidae (Wolf spiders). Spiders are never mentioned as enemies of cicindelids. In the spring and summer of 1973, some friends and 1 also observed the mating periods of Cicindela from Quebec. Mating has been observed in the daytime only. Accepted for publication: October 1, 1973 2College Bourget, C. P. 1000, Rigaud, Quebec. Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 99 100 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 Cicindela duodecimguttata Dejean: Port-au-Saumon, July 2, in captivity, a pair (C. Gelinas). Cicindela formosa generosa Dejean: Lanoraie, June 4, in captivity, a pair (F. Liard). Sain t-Lazare, May 27 to 30, in captivity, fourteen pairs (A. Larochelle, P. Duval and J.-P. Pilotte). Cicindela punctulata Olivier: Dollard-des-Ormeaux, July 24, in the field, a pair (J.-P. Tchang). Saint-Eustache, August 8, in the field, a pair (P. Duval). Cicindela repanda Dejean: Choisy, May 26, in captivity, two pairs (A. Larochelle, P. Duval and J.-P. Tchang). Cicindela scntellaris lecontei Haldeman: Rigaud, May 7, in captivity, a pair. Cicndela sexguttata Fabricius: Dollard-des-Ormeaux, May 20 to June 19, in the field and in captivity, nine pairs (F. Marcotte and J.-P. Tchang). Sainte-Agathe, May 20, in the field, a pair (P. Cloutier). Cicindela tranquebarica Herbst: Lanoraie, June 4, in the field, a pair (F. Liard). Port-au-Persil, July 9, in the field, a pair (C. Gelinas). Port-au-Saumon, July 9, in captivity, a pair (C. Gelinas). Rigaud, June 13, in captivity, two pairs (A. Larochelle and J.-P. Pilotte). These dates of copulation suggest hibernation in the adult stage for the above species, except for C. punctulata. Furthermore, J.-P. Tchang and I had the opportunity to observe three interspecific copulations. Cicindela scutellaris lecontei Haldeman (a male) with C. sex- guttata Fabricius (a female): Rigaud, May 7, in captivity, a pair; the coitus lasted 3.5 minutes. Dollard-des-Ormeaux, May 20, in the field, a pair. Cicindela scutellaris lecontei Haldeman (a male) with C. tranquebarica Herbst (a female): Rigaud, June 13, in captivity, a paid; the coitus lasted 15 minutes. Interspecific copulation has been occasionally noted in the literature (Horn, 1915;Fattig, 1951). LITERATURE CITED Bush, F. M. and F. Menhinick. 1962. The Food of Bufo Wood/iouscl fowlcri Hinckley. Herpetologica, 18 (2) : 110-114. Fattig, P. W. 1951. An Unusual Tiger Beetle. Coleopt. Bull., 5 (5) : 72-73. Force, E. R. 1925. Notes on Reptiles and Amphibians of Ocmulgee County, Oklahoma Copeia 1925 (141) : 25-27. Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 101 Frost, S. W. 1924. Frogs as Insect Collectors. J. N. Y. Entom. Soc., 32 (4) : 174-185. Carman, H. 1901. The Food of the Toad. Kentucky Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull., 91 : 6(1-68. Horn, W. 1915. Coleoptera, Adephaga; Family Carabidae, Sub-family Cicindelinac. Genera Insectorum, 13 (82C) : 209^72. Kirkland, A. H. 1897. The Habits, Food and Economic Value of the American Toad. Hatch Exp. Sta. Massachusetts, Agric. Coll. Bull., 46 : 1-30. Klimstra, W. D. and C. W. Myers. 1965. Foods of the Toad, Bitfo Woodhousci fnwieri Hinckley. Trans. Illinois Acad. Sci., 58 (1) : 1 1-26. Korschgen, L. J. and T. S. Baskett. 1963. Food of Impoundment-and Stream-Dwelling Bullfrogs in Missouri. Herpetologica, 19(2): 89-99. Schonberger, C. F. 1945. Food of Some Amphibians and Reptiles of Oregon and Washington. Copeia 1945 (2) : 120-121. Smith, C. C. and A. N. Bragg. 1949. Observations on the Ecology and Natural History of Anura, VII. Food and Feeding Habits of the Common Species of Toads in Oklahoma. Ecology, 30 (3) : 333-349. ABSTRACT. Enemies (toads, frogs, a spider) and mating periods are reported in some cicindelids. in southern Quebec. A. Larochelle. College Bourget, C. P. 1000, Rigaud, Quebec. Descriptors: Coleoptera; Cicindelidae; southern Quebec, Canada. The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles ot books, monograpns, and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con- tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has been previously noted here.— Ed. CASTRI, F. D. and H. A. MOONEY ed. 1974. Mediterranean type Ecosystems, origin and structure. Ecological Studies 7, Springer-Verlag, N. Y., Heidelburg, Berlin. 405 pp. $31.10 BARTON BROWNE. L. ed. Experimental analysis of insect behaviour. Springer-Verkii! N. Y., Heidelburg, Berlin. 366 pp. $15.40. SLAMA, K., M. ROMANUK, and F. SORM. Insect Hormones and Bioanalogues Springer-Verlag, N. Y., Wien 477 pp. $45.90. NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON THE AGRILINAE (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE): ///. PACHYSCHELUS AND HYLAEOGENA } Henry A. Hespenlieide2 Recent examination of types of members of the subfamily Agrilinae of the Buprestidae in the British Museum and the U.S. National Museum has revealed a number of necessary nomenclatural changes. Studies on the larval biology of certain of these forms by Vogt and collaborators (in prep.) require certain of these changes to be published. Study of these types is part of a general study of the biogeography and ecology of the subfamily in Central America. The genus Pachyschelus presently includes about 265 species (Blackwelder, 1944) distributed primarily in the Americas, but with a dozen species in the Old World, principally in Southeast Asia. Of these, 87 named forms have been described or reported from Central America. Some of these, however, belong to the genus Hylaeogena, which was described by Obenberger in 1923 after many species had been described by Waterhouse and Fisher. Hylaeogena presently includes 61 species of which 16 named forms have been recorded from Central America. After the changes suggested here, 72 forms of Pachyschelus and 27 of Hylaeogena would be recognized. The following species of Waterhouse, Kerremans and Fisher have been arranged for consideration in alphabetical order. Pachyschelus Solier Pachyschelus affmis Waterhouse, 1889: 143. Only two of the three specimens reported by Waterhouse are presently in the British Museum. The specimen bearing the labels "V. Chiriqui, 3-4000 ft. Champion" and, partially handwritten, "Pachyschelus affinis, (Type) Waterh." is here designated as the Lectotype. It is a female for, as Fisher pointed out (1922:6), Waterhouse consistently considered males females, and vice versa. Pachyschelus ardens Waterhouse, 1889: 144. Four specimens in the British Museum can be considered types. One of these - a female bearing the labels "Cordova Mexico, Salle Coll." and, partly handwritten "Pachyschelus ardens, (Type) Waterh." is designated as the Lectotype. Two other specimens labelled "Cordova Mexico. Salle Coll." and one labelled just "Mexico. Salle Coll 784" are considered paratypes. 1 Accepted for publication: October 15, 1973. 2Biological Sciences Group, University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT 06268. Present address: Department of Biology, University of California, Los Angeles, CA 90024. 702 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 103 Pachyschelus bifasciatusWalerhouse, 1889: 151. Synonym: P. carmineus Kerremans, 1894: 420, New Synonymy. Types of both species are unique females in the British Museum. The type of carmineus is identical to that of bifasciatus except that the teeth on the anal comb of carmineus are worn down or broken off. except for the outermost teeth. Pachyschelus bigiittatus Waterhouse, 1889: 153. A total of 11 specimens in the British Museum can be considered type material. One of these is a female and bears the labels "V. Chiriqui 25-4000 ft. Champion" and, partly handwritten, "Pachyschelus biguttatus, (Type) Waterh."; it is here designated as the Lectotype. A male bearing the handwritten label "V. de Chiriqui, 3000 ft. Champion" is designated as the Lecto- allotype. Specimens considered to be paratypes bear the same label as the lectotype. as well as the following: "V. de Chiriqui, 34000 ft. Champion"; "Bugaba. 800-1500 ft. Champion"; "Bugaba, Panama. Champion"; and "David, Panama. Champion". Pachyschelus commwris Waterhouse, 1889: 141. Synonym: P. familiar is Waterhouse. 1889: 141, New Synonymy. The type series of P. communis includes 18 specimens on 13 pins. All bear the data "Taboga I. Panama. Champion." One male specimen bears the additional, partly handwritten label "Pachyschelus communis, (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype. A second, female specimen bears the additional label "Pachyschelus communis (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lecto-allotype. Two specimens can be considered types of P. familiahs. A male bears the labels "Teapa. Tabasco March. H.H.S." and, partly handwritten, "Pachyschelus familiaris, ^ (Type) Waterh."; it is designated the Lectotype. The second specimen is a female and bears the same collecting data except that the month is "Feb." rather than March, as well as a second label -- "Pachyschelus familiaris, Ji ntjtus. Two of these on a card bear the labels "Bugaba, Panama. Champion" and. partly handwritten, "Pachyschelus octodentatus, (Type* Waterh.". Of these two, the right- 104 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 hand specimen is a male and is here designated the Lectotype; the left-hand specimen is a female and is designated the Lecto-allotype. The other specimens are considered paratypes and bear the label above or "Bugaba, 800-1500 ft. Champion" or "David, Panama. Champion." Pachyschelus octodentatus robitstus Waterhouse, 1889: 141, New Combination. Eleven specimens on 6 pins could be considered types of P. robustus. Two of these on a card bear the labels "San Geronimo, Vera Paz. Champion." and, partly handwritten, "Pachyschelus robustus, (Type) Waterh." Of these two, the left-hand specimen is a male and is here designated the Lectotype; the right-hand specimen is a female and is designated the Lecto-allotype. The other specimens bear the same data label or one of two variants: "S. Geronimo, Guatemala Champion." or "S. Geronimo. 3000 ft. Champion." Pachyschelus puhicollis Waterhouse, 1889: 153. Ten specimens in the British Museum could be considered types. A female bearing the handwritten label "Taboga I. Champion" also bears a partly handwritten label "Pachyschelus pubicollis, (Type) Waterh." and is here designated the Lectotype. A male bearing the label "Toboga Isl. Panama. Champion" is here designated the Lecto-allotype. Eight other specimens which could be considered types bear the latter label, or one of the following: "San Juan Vera Paz. Champion."; "Teapa, Tabasco. Feb. H.H.Sr; "Teapa, Tabasco. March H.H.S."; or "San Miguel. Pearl Isl. Champion." Pachyschelus purpureipennis Waterhouse, 1889: 144. Five specimens in the British Museum could be considered types. Four of these, on 3 pins, bear the label "Bugaba, Panama. Champion", and the fifth "V. de Chiriqui, 25-4000 ft. Champion". A female from Bugaba also bears the partly handwritten label "Pachyschelus purpureipennis, (Type) Waterh." and is here designated the Lectotype. A single male from Bugaba is here designated a Lecto-allotype. Pachyschelus piirpweus (Say, 1836: 164). Recent extensive biological studies by Vogt and collaborators (in prep.) suggest that (he following names refer to series of apparently interbreeding populations that range from northeastern United States well into South America. Examination of types shows only minor differences in morphology. The beetles occur on a variety of host plants, primarily Geranium maculatiim L. (P. p. purpureus) and species of Acalypha (other subspecies). The host relationships will be discussed in further papers by Vogt and others and only morphological characteristics will be considered here. Each of the subspecies referable to this polytypic species shares with little differentiation the following major morphological characters: male genitalia, female anal comb, and a subterminal band of more or less dense pubescence. The forms differ most conspicuously in the amount of pubescence on the elytra and the color of the metallic reflections on the elytra. In addition to the nominate race, the following subspecies are recognized: Pachvschelus purpureus uvaldei Knull 194 1 : 387, New Combination. This form was de- scribed from south Texas and recorded by Knull from Acalypha hederacea Torr. The subspecies is smaller than typical P. p. purpureus, has violaceous rather than bluish or greenish metallic reflections on the elytra, and is characterized by uniform pubescence on the elytra in addition to medial and apical bands of condensed pubescence. Pachyschelus purpureus bicolor Kerremans, 1894: 420, New Combination. This form is more like nominate purpureus, but is smaller, lias more bluish or violaceous reflections on the elytra, two medial spots of pubescence on the elytra, and uses Acalypha as the larval host. It ranges from Mexico through Pacific coastal Central America at least as far as Costa Rica. The type of hicolor is a unique female at the British Museum. Pachvsc/ielits purpureus azureus Waterhouse, 1889: 152, New Combination. This subspecies was described from Atlantic coastal Guatemala, has bluish-green metallic Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 105 reflections on the elytra, and lacks elytral pubescence except for the apical bands. Seven specimens in the British Museum can be considered type material of /'. azureus. Two specimens bear the data "Chiacaman, Vera Paz. Champion."; one of these, a female, also bears the partly handwritten label "Pachyschelus azureus. (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype. The other specimen is a male and is designated the Lecto-allotype. Specimens with the following labels are considered paratypes: "El Zumbador, 2500 ft. Champion", two specimens on a card; "Chacoj Vera Paz. Champion," the left hand specimen only -- the right hand specimen is P. biguttatus Wat.; and "Cahabon, Vera Paz. Champion.", two specimens on a card. Pachyschelus secedens Waterhouse, 1889: 145. Synonym: Brachys c/iapuisi Duges, 1891: 36, New Synonymy. Six specimens bear the label "Tupataro Guanajuato. Hoge." and can be considered types of P. secedems; One female bears the additional partly handwritten label "Pachyschelus secedens, (Type) Waterh." and is here designated the Lectotype. Another specimen, a male, is designated the Lecto-allotype. The others are considered paratypes. Fisher (1922 : 35) pointed out that the name Brack ys c/iapuisi Duges belonged in Pachyschelus on the basis of one of Duges' specimens in the U.S. National Museum. Examination of that specimen shows it to be identical with material compared with the type of secedens. Pachyschelus signatus Waterhouse, 1889: 150. It is obvious from Waterhouse's discussion that the specimen in the British Museum labelled "Cahabon, Vera Paz. Champion," should be considered the Holotype; it is a female and it bears a second label, partly handwritten. "Pachyschelus signatus, (Type) Waterh." There are no specimens presently in the British Museum from "Chiacam," although that locality is cited by Waterhouse as a type locality. Two cards each bear two specimens with the specimens with the data "San Juan, Vera Paz. Champion." Only one specimen on each card, however, is identical with the type and can therefore be considered a paratype. Pachyschelus sticticus Waterhouse, 1889: 153. Eight specimens in the British Museum could be considered types. Five of these bear the label "San Juan. Vera Paz. Champion.," one of which, a female, bears the additional label "Pachyschelus sticticus. (Type) Waterh." and is here designated the Lectotype. A male specimen with the label "Senahu, Vera Paz. Champion." is here designated the Lecto-allotype. A specimen labelled "Tamahu, Vera Paz. Champion." and the other specimens from San Juan are considered paratypes. Pachyschelus trapezoidalis Waterhouse, 1889: 151. Five specimens on three pins in the British Museum bear the label "Chilpancingo, Guerrero, 4600 ft. June. H. H. Smith." One card of two specimens bears the additional, partly handwritten label "Pachyschelus trapezoidalis, (Type) Waterh."; the specimen on the right is a female and is designated the Lectotype. The specimen on the left is a male and is designated the Lecto-allotype. The other 3 specimens are considered paratypes. Pachyschelus undulatus Waterhouse. 1889: 151. Synonym: /'. atrifrons Fisher. 1922: 25. New Synonymy. Three specimens in the British Museum can be considered types of undulatus. A female bearing the labels "Bugaba, Panama, Champion." and. partially handwritten. "Pachyschelus undulatus, (Type) Waterh." is designated here to be the Lectotype. A male bearing the label "San Lorenzo, Panama. Champion" is designated a Lecto-allotype. Another male with the label "Bugaba, 800-1500 ft. Champion." is considered a paratype. Fisher's male type of atrifrons is identical to a male compared with and identical to the Lecto-allotype of undulatus: the male genitalia are unusual in the genus. Hylaeogena Obenberger The characters which distinguish the genus HyLicoxciM have been systematically compared to those of Pachyschelus by Obenberger in his general revision of the t\\o 106 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 genera in 1925. Beside the morphological characters, Hylaeogena is unified by its nearly exclusive preference for members of the Bignoniaceae as the larval host (G. B. Vogt and the author, unpubl. observations). Hylaeogena astraea (Waterhouse, 1889: 147). Four specimens in the British Museum can be considered types. A female bearing the labels "Sept.bre," "Cordova Mexico, Salle Coll.," and, partly handwritten, "Pachyschelus astraeus, (Type) Waterh.," is here designated as the Lectotype. A male bearing the labels "Cordova Mexico Salle Coll." and "754" is designated a Lecto-allotype. One other specimen from Cordova and a specimen labelled "Atoyac, VeraCruz. April H.H.S." are considered paratypes. Hylaeogena atroviridis (Fisher, 1922:13), New Combination. Hylaeogena centralis (Waterhouse, 1889: 148), New Combination. Two specimens in the British Museum mounted on a single card bear the labels "El Zumbador, 2500 ft. Champion." and Pachyschelus centralis, (Type) Waterh." The right-hand specimen is designated the Lectotype. The left-hand specimen is considered a paratype. Hylaeogena cincta (Waterhouse, 1889: 149), New Combination. Three specimens in the British Museum qualify as types. A female bears the labels "V. de Chiriqui, 3-4000 ft. Champion." and, partly handwritten, "Pachyschelus cinctus, (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype. Two other specimens considered paratypes bear the labels "V. de Chiriqui, 2-3000 ft. Champion." and "Rio Maria Linda, 500 ft. Champion." Hylaeogena compacta (Waterhouse, 1889: 138). This species was described by Waterhouse with a number of varieties. These varieties represent very similar but distinct species. There are 17 specimens in the British Museum considered to be typical compactus by Waterhouse. Ten of these bear the label "V. de Chiriqui, 25-4000 ft. Champion." One of these bears the additional partly handwritten label "Pachyschelus compactus, $ (Type) Waterh." and is designated the Lectotype. A second specimen bears the additional label "Pachyschelus compactus £ (Type) Waterh." and is designated a Lecto-allotype. The other 8 specimens in this series, plus the following 6, are considered paratypes: 2 specimens with the label "V. de Chiriqui, 3400 ft. Champion."; 4 specimens on 3 pins with the label "Bugaba, 800-1500 ft. Champion."; one specimen with the label "Bugaba, Panama. Champion." Hylaeogena constans (Waterhouse, 1889: 137). Sixteen specimens in the British Museum can be considered types. Eight bear the label "V. de Chiriqui, 3-4000 ft. Champion." Two of these on a card, both females, bear the additional handwritten label "Pachyschelus constans, (Type) Waterh."; the left-hand specimen is designated the Lectotype. The other 7 specimens in this series are considered paratypes, as are 8 specimens with identical data except for the altitudes, which are "254000 ft." (6 speci- mens) or "2-3000 ft." (2 specimens). Hylaeogena discoidalis (Waterhouse, 1889: 145), New Combination. The type is unique. Hylaeogena festira (Fisher, 1922: 14), New Combination. Hylaeogena hydroporoides (Waterhouse, 1889: 140). There are 11 specimens in the British Museum that can be considered types. Three of these on, 2 pins bear the label "S. Geronimo, Guatemala. Champion." One of these, a male, bears the additional, partly handwritten label "Pachyschelus hydroporoides (Type) Waterh." and is here designated the Lectotype. Specimens considered paratypes bear the following additional labels: "Chacoj, Vera Paz. Champion."; "Belize. Blancaneaux." (2 specimens); "Rio Hondo. B. Honduras. Blancaneau."; "Costa Rica. Van Patten."; "V. de Chiriqui, 2-3000 ft. Champion." (2 specimens); and "V. de Chiriqui, 254000 ft. Champion." Hvlaeogena hinifcr (Waterhouse, 1889: 148), New Combination. The female type is unique. llvlaeogena inodesta (Waterhouse, 1889: 147), New Combination. Although two specimens in the British Museum carry handwritten labels indicating they were con- sidered types by Waterhouse, only one of these is cited at the beginning of the descrip- En i. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 107 tion; the second is referred to as a variant in the description. The specimen hearing the labels "Bugaba, Panama. Champion." and, partly handwritten. "Pachyschelus modestus (Type) Waterh." is therefore considered here to be the unique Holotype. The second specimen bears the label "V. de Chiriqui, 2-3000 ft. Champion." A third specimen, also cited in the text of the description, bears the label "David, Chiriqui. Champion."; these last two may be considered paratypes. Hylaeogena oralis fWaterhouse, 1889: 140), New Combination. Five specimens in the British Museum can be considered types. A female with the label "S. Geronimo, Guatemala. Champion." also bears the partly handwritten label "Pachyschelus ovalis (Type) Waterh." and is here designated the Lectotype. Specimens are considered paratypes which bear the labels "El Zumbador, 2500 ft. Champion." (2 specimens on a card); "Chiacaman, Vera Paz. Champion."; and "Rio Hondo, B. Honduras. Blancaneau." Hylaeogena pilosa (Fisher, 1922: 16), New Combination. Hylaeogena rotitndipennis (Fisher, 1922: 1 1), New Combination. Hylaeogena thoracica (Waterhouse, 1889: 139), New Combination. Two specimens in the British Museum could be considered types of thoracicus. A female bearing the label "Chiacaman, Vera Paz. Champion." also bears the label "Pachyschelus thoracicus. (Type) Waterh." and is here designated the Lectotype. The second specimen, labelled "Capetillo, Guatemala. G. C. Champion." also bears the label "Pachyschelus thoracicus. var. Waterh.", but is considered a paratype. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Examination of these types was made possible in part by a grant number 35-451 to the author from the University of Connecticut Research Foundation. Special appreciation is offered R. D. Pope and Brian Levey of the British Museum for assistance during visits. George B. Vogt suggested or first discovered many of the taxonomic changes, shared unpublished ecological data, and critically read early drafts of this manuscript. LITERATURE CITED \ DUGES, E. 1891. Descripcion de coleopteros indegenas. La Naturaleza, 2d ser., 2:1-38 FISHER, W. S. 1922. The leaf and twig mining buprestid beetles of Mexico and Central America. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 62(8): 1-95 KERREMANS, C. 1894. Buprestides recueilles dans les tabacs, par les soins de M. A. Grouvelle. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 63:413^424. KNULL, J. N. 1941. Nine newcoleoptera (Plastroceridae, Buprestidae and Cerambycidae). Ohio J.Sci. 41:381-388. OBENBERGER, J. 1925. Revision monographique des Trachydes Pachyscheloides de rAmerique. Sbornik Ent. Odd. Nar. Mus., Prague 3:3-85. SAY, T. 1836. Descriptions of new North American insects, and observations on some already described. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 6:155-190. WATERHOUSE, C. O. 1889. Buprestidae. Biol. Cent.-Am., Coleoptera. Vol. 3. pt. 1:137-153. ABSTRACT. The taxonomic status of 40 names referable to the genera Paeliyvelielit\ and Hylaeogena in Central America is reviewed. Lectotypes are designated for 24 names proposed by Waterhouse, 4 new synonymies are established, and 1 1 species are transferred to Hylaeogena from Pachyxclieltis. P. octoJentatus Wat. and P. purpureus (Say) are considered geographically polytypic and 4 other specific names are subsumed as subspecies under these two. VEJOVIS CALIDUS, A NEW SPECIES OF SCORPION FROM COAHUILA, MEXICO (SCORPIONIDA: VEJOVIDAE)1 Michael E. Soleglad2 In 1972 I presented a set of characters that I thought best defined the wupatkiensis group of the genus Vejovis. Recently, Dr. Herbert L. Stahnke called to my attention an interesting character found on the pectines of the female members of this group. After having examined many species of Vejovis I feel this character should be included in the wupatkiensis group definition. This character can be described as follows. Proximal pectinal teeth 1 and 2 of female members are elongate and symmetric in shape, longer than the other adjacent racket-shaped teeth. The sensorial areas of these teeth are absent. The most proximal fulcrum sometimes is reduced, or rarely missing (fig. 2). This character holds true for most species in the wupatkiensis group, but is very variable within a species and sometimes even on a single specimen. The variability of this character may present itself in the following manner. The elongate symmetric form is sometimes found on tooth 1 only, or rarely, on proximal teeth 1-3, showing up in a lesser degree on tooth 3. Occasionally the distal portion of the proximal teeth is slightly angled, approaching the normal racket-shaped form of the other teeth. In some cases the sensorial area is present but somewhat reduced. Vcjoris josliuaensis Soleglad provides a distinct deviation from this character however, by displaying a very stunted proximal tooth which is much shorter than the other teeth. This stunted form is also present in a somewhat lesser degree on V. calidus, new species. Figures 1-6 illustrate this character for various wupatkiensis group species. 1 Accepted for publication: November 12, 1973 2 1502 Dupont Dr., Lemon Grove, California 92045 ins Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 109 FIG. 1 . Vejovis harhisoni Williams, pectin of female. FIG. 2. Vejovis subtilimamis Soleglad, pectin of female. FIG. 3. Vejovis deserticola Williams, pectin of female. FIG. 4. Vejovis gertschi gertsctii Williams, pectin of female. FIG. 5. Vejovis calidus, new species, pectin of holotype female. FIG. 6. Vejovis joshuaensis Soleglad, pectin of female. Vejovis calidus, new species Figures 5, 7-1 3, 15 Diagnosis: Small species of vvupatkiensis group defined by following characters: Cauda very wide, first two segments definitely wider than long, segment III wider on female only; inferior median keels smooth to obsolete on caudal segment I, smooth to crenulate on II-III, and crenulate on IV. Chela! movable finger of female approximately same length as carapace and fifth caudal segment; equal to carapace only on male. Pcctinal tooth counts 15-17 for female and 17 for male. Subaculear tubercle essentially obsolete. Vejovis gertschi gertschi Williams and V. joshuaensis Soleglad closest relatives, key characters differentiated in Table 1 . F.TYMOLOGY: Specific name from Latin calidus. warm or hot. based on the hoi climate of the Cuatro Cienegas basin of Coahuila, Mexico where the type specimens were found. 110 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 TABLE 1 CHARACTERS OF SOME VEJOVIS SPECIES OF THE WUPATKIENSIS GROUP Coloration of Carapace PivUnaJ tooth (Hunts Proximal Tooth of Pectines of I emale Inferior Median Keels of Cauda Caudal Segment Supernumerary Teeth Tnehobothrium /'/ to Fixed Finger Ratio (Figs. 13: 14) Geographical Distribution V. calidtis, new species Yellow grey; faded brown pattern on anterior and lateral areas Male, 17 Female, 15-17 1 qual to length of other teeth Obsolete to smooth on seg- ment 1, smooth to cren- ulate on II-II1, crenulate on IV Width greater than length on female Fixed finger, 6 Movable finger, 7 Ratio 42/100; distal to supernumerary tooth 5 State of Coahuila, Mexico (single record) V. gertschi gertschi Williams Yellow brown; dark dis- tinct variegated pattern on entire surface Male, 16-18 Female. 14-16 Longer than other teeth Crenulate on segments I-IV Width equal to length Fixed finger, 6 Movable finger, 7 Ratio 37/100; proximal to supernumerary tooth 5 Extreme southern coas- tal California; Northern coastal Baja California V. joshuaensis Soleglad Yellow brown; faded to dark distinct variegated pattern on entire surface Male, 13-15 Female, 12-14 Stunted, definitely shorter than other teeth Weakly crenulate on seg- ments 1-11, crenulate on m-iv Width equal to length Fixed finger, 4 Movable finger, 5 Ratio 30/100 Colorado Desert; Southern Mojave Desert HOLOTYPE. Female (fig. 7). Coloration: Base color dull grey yellow; legs dull yellow. Anterior edge of carapace with variegated brown markings, extending through lateral eyes; faint brown markings found lateral to median ocular tubercle, extending to carapace midpoint. Proximal area of chelal fingers and chelal carinae faintly pigmented brown; fifth caudal segment and telson brown dorsally; posterior half of segment IV, and all of segment V brown ventrally. Three faint, wide brown stripes on vesicle venter. Subtle brown pigmentation on femur and patella of walking legs. STRUCTURE: Measurements of holotype female, allotype male, and female paratype given in Table 2. CARAPACE: Interocular area rough but essentially void of granulation, remainder of carapace covered sparingly with small granules. Anterior edge broadly indented, set with six setae (fig. 8). Lateral eyes three per side, posterior eye smallest. Median eyes situated anterior of middle, in ratio 1 15/330, one-fifth width of carapace at that point. PREABDOMEN: Tergites covered with medium sized granules, more concentrated posteriorly. Smooth median keel weakly defined on tergites II1-V1; two pairs of serrate keels on tergite VII. Sternites smooth with short slit-like stigmata; one pair of crenulate lateral keels and one pair of very weak median keels present on sternite V. CAUDA: First three segments wider than long. Segments I-IV: Dorsal and dorsal lateral keels serrate, ending in elongate spine on dorsal keels of segments I-IV and on dorsal lateral keels of MIL Lateral keels crenulate on segment I, crenulate on posterior two-fifths of II, posterior one-third of III, and absent on IV. Inferior lateral keels smooth to crenulate on segment I, weakly crenulate on II-III, and crenulate on IV. Inferior median keels smooth to obsolete on I, smooth to crenulate on II-III. and crenulate on IV; inferior median keels equipped with 3-3-3-3 pairs of setae. Segment V: Dorsal keels serrate on extreme anterior, granulate on remainder. Lateral keels granulate on anterior three-quarter. Inferior lateral and median keels crenulate. Intercarinal spaces generally smooth except for slight scattered granulation on dorsal face. TELSON: Vesicle polished, essentially void of definite granulation; 6-8 pairs of small setae on ventral and lateral aspects. Vesicle width and depth less than width of caudal segment V. Subaculear tubercle essentially obsolete (figs. 9-10). Aculeus average length and curve, 2-3 small pairs of setae at base. Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 111 TABLE 2 MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS) OF Vejovis calidus, new species Holotype Allotype Paratype Female Male Female Total length 20.75 16.3 20.5 Carapace, length 3.3 2.5 3.3 Width at lateral eyes 1.7 1.3 1.7 Width at caudal edge 3.0 2.1 Preabdomen, length 6.3 4.9 6.5 Postabdomen, length 11.15 8.9 10.7 Caudal segment 1 Length 1.5 1.2 1.5 Width 2.0 2.0 Depth 1.55 1-6 Caudal segment II Length 1.75 1.3 1.7 Width 2.0 1.55 2.0 Depth 1.55 1.15 1.6 Caudal segment III Length 1.9 1.5 1.8 Width 1.95 1.5 1.95 Depth 1.55 1.2 1.6 Caudal segment IV Length 2.5 1.9 2.4 Width 1.9 1.45 1.9 Depth 1.5 1.2 1.55 Caudal segment V Length 3.5 3.0 3.3 Width 1.85 1.9 Depth 1.55 1.55 Telson, length 3.3 2.4 3.2 Vesicle Length 1.9 1.4 1.9 Width 1.4 0.95 1.4 Depth 0.95 0.6 0.95 Aculeus, length 1.4 1.0 1.3 Pedipalp, length 11.2 8.4 11.1 Femur Length 2.8 2.2 2.8 Depth 0.9 0.6 0.9 Tibia Length 3.2 2.4 3.2 Depth 1.2 0.8 1.1 Chela, length 5.2 3.8 5.1 Palm Length 1.9 1.4 1.8 Width 1.35 1.0 1.35 Depth 1.2 0.8 1.1 Fixed finger, length 2.9 2.0 Movable finger, length 3.4 2.4 Peftines Teeth 15/16 17/17 16/17 Middle lamellae 10 10 Id 772 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 FIG. 7. Vejovis calidus, new species, holotype female, dorsal view. PECTINES: Proximal tooth somewhat rounded, lacking sensorial area, equal in length to other teeth. Second proximal tooth variable, same as tooth 1 hut smaller, or racket-shaped as other teeth. Pectin length to width ratio 5/1.5. Pectinal tooth counts 15/16, middle lamellae 10. Scattered small brown setae on exterior edges of anterior lamellae, 2 setae on most middle lamellae, and 3 setae on fulcra. Basal piece indented on anterior half; length to width ratio 5/9. GENITAL OPERCULUM: Essentially fused on entirety, slight separation on extreme distal tips (fig. 12). CHELICERAE: Chunky appendages with short fingers. Ventral edge of movable finger smooth with heavy growth of serrulae on distal half. Other dentition standard for genus. Distal tip of fixed finger meets dorsal distal tip of movable finger when fingers closed. PED1PALPS: Slender appendages, femur and tibia roughly three times as long than wide; chelal fingers elongate, movable finger approximately same length as carapace and fifth caudal segment. Femoral carinae crenulate to serrate; dorsal and ventral faces smooth, outer face crenulate to serrate; approximately 10 small to medium granules in two roughly formed rows on inner face. Dorsal inner carina of tibia smooth or weakly granulated; dorsal outer carina crenulate to serrate; ventral inner carina smooth; ventral outer carina smooth to crenulate. Dorsal and ventral faces smooth; outer face rough but lacking definite granulation; 10 medium sized granules formed in one line or inner face. Chelae with eight carinae structured as follows: Inner secondary and inner carinae roughly crenulate to serrate; inner accessory carina smooth with minute granulation distally; superior carina smooth and polished; outer and outer accessory carinae smooth to rough; inner ventral carina weak and smooth; inferior carina weakly granulate. Fingers long with exaggerated distal teeth, overlapping when fingers closed (fig. 11); movable finger more than one and one-half times longer than palm; single row of highly serrate teeth on edges; fingers slightly Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 113 8 10 13 14 FIG. 8. Vejovis calidus, new species, carapace of female. FIG. 9. Vejovis calidus. new species, telson of female, lateral view. FIG. 10. Vejovis calidus, new species, telson of holotype female, ventral view. FIG. I I . Vejovis calkins, new species, chela of holotype female. FIG. 12. Vejovis calidus, new species, sternum, genital operculum. and pectines holotype female. FIG. 13. Vejovis calidus. new species, fixed finger of holotype female, inner \ie\v FIG. 14. Vejovis gertschi gertschi Williams, fixed finger of female, inner view. / 14 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 Esb 1:IG. 15. Vejovis calidus, new species, trichobothrial pattern of holotype female, chela (top row), tibia (middle row), femur (bottom row). External (left column), dorsal (left middle column), ventral (right middle column), and internal (right column) views. Letter abbreviations: E and e, external; D and d dorsal; V and v, ventral; i, internal; b, basal; t, terminal; m, median; sb, suprabasaljst, subterminal. Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 115 scalloped distally. Supernumerary teeth of medium development. 6 and 7 for fixed and movable fingers respectively. Trichobothrial counts standard for family. 26 chela, 19 tibia, and 3 femur, pattern as shown in figure 15. Internal trichobothria of chela placed proximally on fixed finger, in ratio 42/100 (measured at trichobothrium it): trichobothrium it distal to supernumerary tooth 5. (fig. 13). WALKING LEGS: Small median row of ventral spines on tarsus; five delicate carinae on patella, all granulate to crenulate. Unques short, sharply curved. ALLOTYPE. Male: Smaller than female in overall size. Movable finger shorter than caudal segment V; pectines larger, length to width ratio 6/2.3; tooth counts larger on average, 17. Genital operculum separated medianly, genital papillae visible externally. PARATYPE VARIATION: Single female paratype presented no deviation from holotype female except for larger number of pectinal teeth, 16/17. TYPE DATA: Female holotype and male allotype from 2 miles east of Cuatro Cienegas, Coahuila. Mexico, August 10. 1973 (L. R. Erickson, M. E. Soleglad). The holotype and allotype are permanently deposited in the American Museum of Natural Historv. DISTRIBUTION: Known from type locality only. RECORDS: Coahuila, Mexico: 2 miles east Cuatro Cienegas, August 10. 1973 (L. R. Erickson, M. E. Soleglad), 2 adult females and 1 adult male. COMMENTS: This uncommon species was encountered in a very rocky terrain. The rocky terrain coupled with the species ability for rapid locomotion made this a difficult scorpion to collect. All three specimens were encountered by the use of ultraviolet light detection. LITERATURE CITED Soleglad, Michael E. 1972. Two New Scorpions of the Wupatkiensis Group of the Genus Vejoris (Scorpionida: Vejovidae). The Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 30. nos. 1 and 2. pp. 179-195. Williams, Stanley C. 1968. Two New Scorpions from Western North America. Pan-Pacific Entomologist, vol. 44. no. 4, pp. 313-321. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I extend my sincere thanks to Dr. Herbert L. Stahnke, Professor Emeritus, Arizona State University and Mr. Richard M. Haradon. Jr. for the useful information received during our correspondence, and to Ms. Linda R. Erickson for her help in the field. I extend special thanks to Dr. Willis J. Gertsch, Curator Emeritus, American Museum of Natural History, for critically reading this manuscript. ABSTRACT: A new species of the wupatkiensis group of the genus Vejoris, Vcjon\ caliJns. is described. This new scorpion is from Cuatro Cienegas, Coahuila, Mexico. • Michael E. Soleglad, 1502 Dupont Dr., Lemon Grove, California 92045. Descriptors: Scorpionida; scorpion; Vejovidae; wupatkiensis group; Vejoris caliJns: Coahuila, Mexico. SOME DIFFERENCES BETWEEN TEMPERATE AND TROPICAL POPULATIONS OF MONARCH (DANA US PLEXIPPUS) AND QUEEN (DANAUS GILIPPUS) BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTERA: DANAIDAE)1 2 Allen M. Young This report concerns some preliminary studies on the com- parative population structure and incidence of parasitism by tachinid flies (Tachinidae) in temperate and tropical populations of the Monarch Butterfly, Danaus plcxippus, and the Queen Butterfly, Danaus gilippus (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Danainae). Various aspects of population structure and mortality from tachinids are given for one mixed tropical population of Monarchs and Queens during wet and dry seasons, and lesser data of this sort are summarized for two temperate populations of the Monarch alone. From these findings the testable hypothesis is advanced that' tropical populations of these ecologically similar butterflies should, on the average, ( 1 ) suffer from higher amounts of biotic mortality, especially on immature stages, than comparable temperate popula- tions, and (2) further studies should reveal that Monarchs and Queens in the tropics are biologically-accommodated species while physically-controlled species at northern latitudes. METHODS Intermittently during the period March 1%9 through April 1970, censuses of oviposition and caterpillars of both butterflies were taken in a small (approximately 400 m2 ) field containing an abundance of Asclepias curassarica ( Asclepiadaceae), a larval food plant of both butterflies, in northeastern lowland Costa Rica. In my experience, both species are unusually abundant at this site, which is just southwest of La Virgen (about 10° 26'N Lat; 90 m elev.) and along the road going to the neighboring town of Puerto Viejo. But the third species of Danaus known to occur in Costa 'Accepted for publication: November 2, 1973. Department of Biology, Lawrence University, Appleton, Wisconsin 549 116 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 117 Rica, namely, D. eresimus, was absent during this study at this site. Census of ovipositing females and caterpillars was limited to this patch. Through census of ovipositing adults, eggs on A. cnrassarica, and caterpillars in this patch, I hoped to obtain some descriptive data on the populations of these butterflies. Both adults and caterpillars are easy to speciate in the wild, but this cannot be easily done with eggs. Therefore, the relative abundance of eggs between the two species discussed in this paper refer only to eggs actually witnessed to be oviposited, and not to eggs discovered on plants. In order to estimate relative abundance of the adults on a given day, I counted the number of each seen during a 15-minute interval. As the patch is low with all parts of it easily visible, it was possible to keep tract of most of the butterflies in it for 1 5 minutes or less. During the census of caterpillars, fifth instars were usually collected and brought into the laboratory to complete ontogeny. Their pupae were then scored for frequency of parasitic attacks. Earlier. I had discovered that pupae of both species are killed by larvae of at least two species of Tachinidae in this general region of Costa Rica. The caterpillars of both species are apparently infected with larvae of two tachinid genera: Hyphantrophaga and Patelloa (with both of these being undescribed species -- Dr. Curtis W. Sabrosky, pers. comm.). In my experience the larvae of these two parasites seldom reach maturity prior to the pupa state in both butterflies. Thus by censusing the pupae from caterpillars brought in from the wild in late fifth instar, I hoped to obtain estimates of mortality rates on both species by scoring for pupae bearing flies. The caterpillars were kept separate by species in clear plastic bags containing sprigs of A. curassarica that was refreshed until pupation. Other studies summarized here include observations on densities of immatures and incidence of parasitism in two temperate zone population of the Monarch: one of these, located along a roadside (Stony Island Ave.) in south Chicago, was censused during August and September of 1966, and the other located in an old field in Appleton. Wisconsin was sampled during September 1^71. Approx- imately the same number of days were spent sampling eggs and caterpillars (by instars) at these localities. The area of dense 118 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 Asclepias syrica sampled in Appleton was 400 m2, in Chicago, the area was 400 m2, and in Costa Rica, 396 m2. These areas were used to calculate densities. The species of Asclepias in the Chicago plot was not identified. Both temperate sites support Monarchs in abundance. RESULTS Both butterflies occur regularly at the study site, in Costa Rica although there is a decline of adults during the drier months (Table 1). The dry season in this region of Costa Rica is very variable in both duration and intensity (dry ness) in different years, as seen from the accurate weather records for La Virgen provided by the Servicio Meteorologico de Costa Rica. But a dry season generally falls between January and April. The Queen is never as abundant as the Monarch, and the source of this difference remains obscure at the present (Table 1). As the numbers of both Monarch and Queen caterpillars in this field are rather comparable (Table 2 ), Table 1. Summary of adult numbers of the Monarch Butterfly (Danaus plexippus) and the Queen Butterfly (D. gilipptis) seen in 15-minute sightings (once per day)a over a large patch of Asclepias sp., near La Virgen (de Sarapiqui) Costa Rica, 1969-1970. NUMBERS OF ADULT: u Monarchs Queens Months Nb (mean + S.E.) (mean + S.E.) March, 1969 2 3 + 0.0 2 + 0.0 April 3 5 +0.5 2 + 0.4 May 2 22 + 2.0 6 + 0.0 June 3 31 + 2.4 13 + 0.8 July 3 28 + 3.0 10 + 0.6 August 2 25 +2.4 10+ 1.0 September 4 27 + 3.0 12 + 0.4 October 2 30 + 2.0 9 + 0.4 November0' 2 24 + 1 .4 10 + 0.2 January, 197(1 3 5 + 0.2 2 + 0.0 February 1 2 + 0.0 0- March 2 4 + 0.0 1 +0.0 April 3 5 +0.2 5 +0.0 May 3 19+ 1.0 13 + 0.0 June 2 25 + 2.0 1 1 + 0.4 aCensusing was conducted at the same time (10:00 A.M. 1:00 P.M. C.S.T.) on different days. N is the number of days each month on which adults were censused. /-» No data are available for December, 1969 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 119 the discrepancy in adult numbers between the species may reside in some somponent of the adult ecology. A decline of the adults in both species during the drier months may be due in part to a reduction in recruitment of new individuals as reflected in the paucity of caterpillars during these months (Table 2). The oviposition activity of both butterflies is high in this field, but once again with a noticeable reduction during the dry season (Table 3). It thus appears that the general decline in the mixed population of these two butterflies during the dry season results from a reduction in egg-laying in the field due to fewer adults being present. But it is not known if there is an increased mortality of adult butterflies during this period, or whether adults emigrate to wetter sites in this region. Differential mortality of immatures for both butterflies here but in different seasons likewise cannot be ruled out here as a factor causing population decline. 1 he estimations of densities of immatures in both temperate and tropical regions indicates that there are no major shifts associated Table 2. Summary of the relative abundance of Monarch and Queen caterpillars11 in a large roadside patch of Asclepias sp., near La Virgen (de Sarapiqui), Costa Rica, 1969-1970. NUMBERS OF LARVAE: b Monarchs Queens Months N (mean + S.E.) (mean± S.E.) March. 1969 4 0 0 April 5 0 0 May 3 7 + 0.0 5 + 0.0 June 5 18 + 2.2 20+1.0 July 6 33 + 4.0 23 + 1.0 August 3 45 +3.0 29 + 0.5 September 4 50 + 3.5 12 + 0.0 October 6 41 + 3.0 21+0.0 November 2 35 ± 1 .0 18 + 1.0 January. 1970 3 22 + 1.0 20 + 1.0 February 5 0 1 +0.0 March 4 2 + 0.0 0 April 4 38 + 1.0 22+1.0 May 5 35 + 2.0 25 + 2.0 June 2 30+1.5 20+ l.o Excluding first and second instars N is the number of days of census in each month. 120 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 with latitude for the populations studied (Table 4). Densities of eggs on food plants in butterflies is the result of several factors including ( 1 ) the pattern of movement of the ovipositing females, (2) the spatial availability of the food plant used for egg-laying, (3) the number of eggs a female produces, and (4) the rate of egg- laying. The movement patterns of temperate and tropical Monarchs are very similar, involving an erratic searching flight over a field, and the spatial distribution of Asclepias in both situations is also similar, with large clumps of individual plants distributed over the field. And temperate and tropical females have the same number of eggs as tenerai adults: 63 females dissected from the Appleton population gave an average of 54 +_ 6.2 eggs (X +_ S.E.), and 49 females from the Costa Rica site gave an average of 59 + 8.3 eggs. The rates of egg-laying are not known, and with this exception, we can predict that egg density might be very similar since the other factors contributing to egg density on food plants are similar for the populations studied. The apparently high density feature of these populations contributes to conditions favorable to substantial attack by parasitic tachinids at least in the tropics (Table 5). But such mortality is absent in both Chicago and Table. 3. The relative numbers of eggs witnessed being ovipositeda by Monarehs and Queens. Months N Monarch eggs Queen eggs March. 1969 2 3 0 April 3 6 0 May 2 16 12 June 4 38 43 July 4 13 30 August 2 20 19 September 4 12 30 October 5 40 26 November 5 33 40 January. 197(1 3 11 47 February 1 2 4 March 2 5 3 April 2 40 38 May 3 38 29 June 3 44 42 ' Observations on oviposition sequences of Monarchs and Queens were made for a 45-min- u te period on each day. N is the number of days each month that oviposition was censused. Ent. News, Vol. 85. April 1974 121 Appleton populations of the Monarch, although this might he attributed to sampling error. At least two genera of tachinid flies contribute equally to the mortality of pupae observed for the Monarch and Queen tropical populations (Table 6). Table 4- Average densities3 of immature life stages for the Monarch butterfly. Dainty plexippus in Costa Rica (La Virgen). Illinois (Chicago), and Wisconsin (Appleton). i IK M m COSTA RICA II I ISOIS \MS< OSSIN s \\iri iv, PI RIOI) APR Jl'Ni: 197(1 SI PT-CX'T 1966 SI PT-OCT 1971 IX 13 16 1.2+0.4 1.4+0.3 I Xt-n 4 mean numbers (per t'l~) \vilh slandjrd errors (I.S.I..) : I\SI\R I INSTAR 2 INSTAR 3 INSTAR 4 INSTAR 5 M82+0.0.1 0.80+0.04 0.75+0.06 (1.20+0.05 0.13+0.04 1.1+0.09 1.0+0.03 1.0+0.06 0.9+0.07 0 ''• 1.6+0.04 1.5+0.02 1.2+0.04 1.2+0.1)5 1.1+0.07 Averages computed from a specified number of days of sampling within the "sampling periods" given in the table. N is the number of days used to compute average densities of life stages. Table 5. Relative frequencies of pupal mortality due to parasitic attack by Hyphantrophaga sp. and Patelloa sp. (combined data) in sympatric larval populations of the Monarch and Queen butterflies. Monarch Butterfly Queen Butterfly Total No. No. pupae Total No. No. pupae Monthly 3 of yielding 7r of yielding % samples pupations flies mortality pupations flies mortality March. '69 0 - 0 . April 0 - 0 - May 5 3 60% 5 4 80' June 16 9 56% 20 16 80% July 33 17 52% 23 18 78% August 43 14 33% 28 12 43% September 48 22 47% 10 6 60% October 41 22 54% 17 10 59% November 32 18 57% 18 14 77% Jan., '70 22 19 86% 20 12 60% February 0 - - 1 1 100% March 1 1 100% 0 . . April 36 24 67% 20 15 75% May 35 19 54% 25 15 60% June 30 17 57% 18 14 78 These refer to the numbers of fifth instar larvae collected in the wild and allowed to pupate in the laboratory. 722 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 Table 6. Relative contributions of two tachinid parasites, to the overall mortality of pupae in tropical populations of the Monarch and Queen butterflies. % pupal mortality % pupal mortality Parasite in a Monarch population in a Queen population Hyphantrophaga sp. Patelloa sp. 34% 28% 37% 31% DISCUSSION Both the Monarch and Queen in Costa Rica apparently occupy very similar ecological niches, being congeners, and this clearly in- cludes their susceptability to parasitism by some tachinids. The caterpillars of both species feed on the same food plant, and such food selection might make it easier for adult parasitic flies to locate the "correct" plants for egg deposition, a condition studied in other insect host-parasite associations and involving a chemical cue from the plant (Read, Feeny, and Root, 1970). It is generally known the certain dipterous parasites of Danaid butterflies lay their eggs on leaves of the plants and from there parasitize the caterpillars. Too little is currently known about the natural history of Hyphantrophaga and Patelloa tachinid flies to know if this is the case here. Both species appear to be non-discriminatory between Monarch and Queens, and we might predict that selection would favor dipterous parasites to be "generalists" in the tropics since any one host on the average may be rarer and a fly will lose more energy in being species-specific under these conditions. Thus we might predict that species in different tachinid genera and other parasitic dipterous families are non-specific in host preference, and such a feeding strategy would be well suited in species that lay their eggs on plants and other substrates rather than directly on the bodies of their hosts. In this way, eggs could be ingested by a variety of herbivorous insects on a given plant species and given the proper range of internal physiological conditions in hosts, a good proportion of eggs may survive to produce new adults. The toxic properties of Asclepias (see Ehrlich and Raven, 1964 for comments) may make it a very suitable "candidate" plant species for a variety of tachinid flies to cue into by olfaction and allow them to infest several lepidopterous, coleopterous, and hemipterous herbivores that are able to feed on these milkweeds. Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 123 The size of the study site is large enough to support breeding (egg-laying) populations of both butterflies and this is very likely due to the abundance of Asclepias plants found there. As data were not recorded on seasonal patterns of flowering in this plant nor on any deciduous response to the dry season, it is difficult to pin down the causes of population decline at this time. Adults of both species feed primarily on nectar of Asclepias in this field. Although many woody trees and shrubs bloom during the tropical dry season (Janzen, 1967) little has been published on seasonality of flowering in secondary growth herbaceous forms. The toughness and succulent properties of Asclepias plants suggests that they do not become leafless during the moderate to weak dry season characteristic of this region of Costa Rica, thus suggesting the larval food does not become scarce. But I have noticed qualitatively that milkweed blooming is greatly reduced during the dry season in this field. This has two impacts on the Monarch-Queen populations here: ( 1 ) a highly preferred adult food source becomes scarce, and (2) the likelihood of oviposition in the field is also reduced. This second prediction stems from the observation of Brower (1961 ) that young blossoming milkweeds are more likely to have eggs than either young or old plants not in bloom. Brower suggests that the blossom serves a visual stimulus that is Asclcpias- specific for Monarchs. But such a mechanism may not be operative in the northern spring breeding populations of the Monarch. On June 12. 1971 I censused 244 very young A. syrica plants in one field in Appleton for Monarch eggs; none of these very small plants (average height about 25 cm) had blossoms. Out of the 244 plants surveyed, 63 or 25. 8'/ had at least one Monarch egg. There were only two plants with two eggs apiece, and the total number of eggs was 65, of which 26 or 40% were oviposited on the dorsal leaf surfaces. No caterpillars were present and the young A. syrica plants were often covered with various ant species. Further studies are needed to explain seasonal patterns of population age-structure and numerical abundance. Increased dryness may also cause adults to become subject to dessication in open fields and cause them to move into wetter sites. The paucity of immatures on Asclepias during the drier months at this site suggests that adults previously left the area, but increased mortality of immatures during the dry season cannot be ruled out. The problem of dry season effects on populations even becomes 124 Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 more complex in more seasonal Costa Rican environments: On March 8, 1970, I observed many fresh adults of the Queen at Palo Verde, near the Rio Tempisque in Guanacaste Province, a tropical dry forest region, and at the same time there were only a few very old Monarchs in the same area. In this situation it appears that the species are responding differently to the severe dry season of this region if seasonally is affecting population age- structure. In light of the apparent similarities in densities of immatures among temperate zone and tropical populations of the Monarch, it is extremely interesting that tachinid parasitism should be high in the tropics and virtually non-existent in the temperate populations. If we assume for the moment that the very limited data given here are in fact representative of a general latitudinal trend, then it appears that tropical Monarch populations during the "growing season" experience greater mortality from tachinid parasitism than do similar temperate zone populations. Such a latitudinal pattern may also be true for the Queen. If this is true. then we might predict that selection increases the vagility of adults in tropical populations as a means of escaping in space from parasitism through colonization of new food plant patches, assuming that other mortality factors are held constant. This discussion assumes that no other biotic mortality factors are killing immatures of Monarchs or Queens in temperate areas - an assumption that may be faulty since the eggs and younger cater- pillars may be parasitized by other parasites and predators. The total spectrum of biotic mortality on immatures in both temperate and tropical populations of the butterflies should be investigated in order to substantiate this hypothesis. In closing, I have found that large numbers of young Monarch caterpillars are killed off during early or middle October in Appleton each year, although quantitative estimates of this mortality are not determined. The mortality corresponds with the date of the first killing frost, which from 1959 through 1970, generally occurs within the first three weeks of October in Appleton. The average date is October 1 7, and the range is October 5 to October 29. Variability of the date of the first killing frost within the three weeks period is difficult to label as being pre- dictable or unpredictable from year to year, but I suspect that it might be the latter owing to Monarchs having a developmental Ent. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 125 time of more than three weeks. Although some years are "exceptional" for Monarchs, presumably resulting from an unsea- sonally late first killing frost date and allowing many more young Monarchs to successfully complete development, the unpredict- ability of this environmental factor results, on the average, in large numbers being killed off. Thus temperate populations of Monarchs are at least in part physically-controlled by killing frost. It is less likely that comparable mortality from climatic instability would occur in the Costa Rican population studied through a dry season effect. If we may extend this speculation further, temperate zone populations of Monarchs, especially those far north, are physically-controlled while tropical populations are biologically accommodated (Slobodkin and Sanders. 1969) with part of the latter including high rates of parasitism. Clearly we need more data from several populations along a latitudinal gradient to confirm some of these ideas; butterflies like Monarchs and Queens are especially suited for such studies owing to ( 1 ) the widespread latitudinal occurrence of both from temperate-zones to the tropics, and (2) their apparent dependence upon Asclepiadaceae as larval food plants. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The tropical aspects of this work were supported by N.S.F. Grant GB-7805, Dr. Daniel H. Janzen, principal investigator, and through the Organization for Tropical Studies, Inc. Dr. Lincoln P. Brower provided information on field identification of Monarch and Queen caterpillars, and Dr. Curtis W. Sabrosky identified the tachinids. I am very grateful to Dr. Brower for suggesting an examination of first killing frost dates and these data were generously provided by the Wisconsin Michigan Power Company. REFERENCES CITED BROWLR. L. P. 1961. Studies on the migration of the Monarch Butterfly. I. Breeding populations of Danaus plexippus and D. gilippus bcrenice in south central Florida. Ecology 42: 76-83. EHRLICH, P. R., and P. H. RAVEN. 1964. Butterflies and plants: a study in coevolution. Evolution 18: 568-608. JANZEN. I). H. 1967. Synchronization of sexual reproduction of trees within the dry season in Central America. Evolution 21 : 620-637. READ, D. P., P. P. FEENY, and R. B. ROOT. 1970. Habitat selection by the aphid parasite lliacrciiclla rapac (ll\ menoptera: Braconidae) and the hyperparasite Charips brassicae (Hymenoptera: Cynipidae). Canad. Fntomol. 102: 1567-1578. SLOBODKIN, L. B., and H. L. SANDF.RS. 1969. On the contribution of environmental predictability to species diversity, pp. 82-95. In Dhersity and Stability in Fcological Systems, C.. M. Woodwell and II. II. Smith (eds.). Brookhaven Symposium in Biology, No. 22. 726 Enl. News, Vol. 85, April 1974 ABSTRACT: A mixed population of Monarch and Queen butterflies was investigated intermittently over several months in a small field ofAsclepias curassavica ( Asclepiadaceae) in northeastern lowland Costa Rica. Ecological parameters measured included number of adults of both species seen on selected days, frequency of oviposition in both species, numbers of caterpillars of both species on A. curassavica, and the number of pupae producing Hyphantrophaga and Patelloa parasitic flies (Tachinidae) from fifth instar caterpillars brought into the laboratory. These studied extended over both wet and dry seasons. In addition to this Costa Rican site, densities of immatures for the Monarch were also studied in Illinois (Chicago) and Wisconsin (Appleton), and examinations for parasites in caterpillars and pupae were also conducted. The Costa Rican field supported roughly equal numbers of Monarchs and Queens and there was a very sharp decline in adults during the dry months, perhaps due to an exodus of butterflies since the frequency of oviposition also dropped severely. Although larval densities in the temperate zone and tropical populations of the Monarch were very similar, both the Monarch and Queen in Costa Rica suffer very high levels (about 60%) of mortality from tachinids while none was found in Illinois and Wisconsin. The hypothesis is advanced that tropical populations of these butterflies are biologically- accommodated and suffer high levels of biotic mortality while temperate populations are physically accommodated. Allen M. Young, Department of Biology, Lawrence University, Appleton, Wisconsin, 549 1 1 . Descriptors: Monarch, Queen, butterflies, populations, temperate, tropical, parasitism, Tachinidae, biologically-accommodated, physically-controlled, environment. ERRATA Vol. 85 ( 1 ) January, 1974 - Cover - A New Genus and Species of Mealbug should read Mealybug. p. 30 - References: This should follow article on p. 28 "Population and Subspecific Variation in Gerris Remigis Say." MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera:Pompilidae). 433 pages, 1 1 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae of the Antilles (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $ 4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox A. Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate S 9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 1 86 pages $ 9.00 No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174pp. S 7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Fmsley-Jhe Schizopteridae (Hemiptera:Heteroptera) with tile- description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp S 6.50 No. 26. James R. Zimmerman A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Settle Genus Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00 No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook- A Revision of the Nearctic Species of the Tribe Parydrini (Diptera:Ephydridae). 150 pp $ 7.00 No. 28. Annette F. 5rau/7-Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-lepidop- tera). 148 pp $ 7.00 ANNOUNCEMENT INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE Required six-months' notice is given of the possible use of plenary powers by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the following names listed by case number: (SeeBull. zoo/. Momencl. 31. part 1. 31st July 1974) 482. Preservation of Pan Oken, 1816 and Panthera Oken, 1816 (Mammalia). 1974. Suppression of Delplunus pcrnettensis de Blaimille, 1827 and Delpliinus pernettyi Desmarest. 1820 (Mammalia). 2016. Suppression of Sesarma trapezium Dana, 1852 (Crustacea: Decapoda). 2041. Suppression of Loligo stearnaii Hemphill. 1892 (Mollusca, Cephalopoda). 2051. Suppression of Cyclogyra Wood, 1842 (Foraminifera). 2053. Suppression of Achiidae Fleming, 1821 (Insecta, Dipteral 2055. Suppression of Phagocata cornuta Shishkov, 1903 (Platyhelminthes, Turbellaria). 2058. Suppression of Hypacantus Rafinesque. 1810 (Pisces, Carangidae). Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary. International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London SW7 5B1X 1 ngland. Those received early eiii'iidi \\ill be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. MARC \KFTGRFFN Scientific Assistant July, 1974 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Top Prices Paid for Centruroides sculpturatus or any scorpions under 4 cm, either large or small quantities bought. Mr. P. Walmsley, 33 Clarence Ave., Blackpool, FY5 2BG, England. Wanted. North American Rhysodidae: needed for distribution records for North American Beetle Fauna Project. Send loan specimens to Dr. Ross T. Bell, Univ. of Vermont, Zoology Dept., Marsh Life Science Bldg., Burlington, Vt. 05401. For Sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416, Rio de Janeiro, GB, BRASIL. PSEPHENIDAE (including EUBRI1NAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHENINAE): Revising the family in the Western Hemisphere. Request loan of any material from the New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Univ. Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval, Norman, Okla. 73069, USA. For Sate or Trade. Lloyds Natural History. A handbook to the order Lepidoptera by W. F. Kirby, London 1896. 5 vols., 158 color plates. Prof. H. E. Evans, Veterinary College, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY 14850. Exchange: I can offer specimens of Hudsonian Zone butterflies in exchange for species of Southern distribution. Moths also exchanged. Walter V. Krivda, P.O. Box 864, The Pas, Manitoba, Canada. BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by D'Abrera, 352 pp. with approx. 4,000 specimens illust. life size in full cover. Price $31.00 U.S., including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES, by I. Common, 128 pages, 2 colour & 55 black & white plates, pocket book size. Price $3.60 U.S. including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay. N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. STAPHYLINIDAE. If anyone wishes to send us unsorted Staphylinidae in 70% alcohol we will eventually return one or two specimens mounted, labeled and identified to the nearest possible taxon. Ecological data particularly desired. Ian Moore, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, CA 92502. BIOLOGICAL CONTROL BY NATURAL ENEMIES by Paul DeBach The Associate Director of the International Center for Biological Control traces the historical back- ground of biological control, covers the general biology, ecology and effectiveness of major groups of natural enemies, reports on foreign discoveries of natural enemies and their importation, discusses other non-chemical approaches, and suggests a control program integrating a number of methods. Clothbound $14.95; Paperback $5.95. Order from: Cambridge University Press, Dept. HML, 32 East 57th Street, New York, N.Y. 10022. MAY AND JUNE 1974 NOS. 5 & 6 William D. Funkhouser (1881-1948) Bibliography and List of Names Proposed Dennis D. Kopp, Thomas R. Yonke 131 Genus Callopistromyia Hendel (Diptera: Otitidae) George C. Steyskal 147 Notes on Nests and Prey of Two Species of Ground- Nesting Eumenidae from So. America (Hymenoptera) Howard E. Evans, Robert W. Matthews 149 A European Harvestman In North America (Phalangida, Phalangiidae) Ross T. Bell 154 New Genus and Species of Amphipsocidae from South- eastern Asia (Psocoptera) Edward L. Mockford 155 Developmental and Reproductive Rates of Chrysopa cornea (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae) Joseph K. Sheldon, Ellis G. MacLeod 159 New Species of Panorpa (Mecoptera: Panorpidae) Donald W. Webb 171 Host-Plant Spectrum of Strawberry Spider Mite D. J. Miller, W, A. Council 175 Survey of Food Preferences of Some No. American Canthonini (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) Robert D. Gordon, O. L. Cartwright 181 Scolia (Clypeiscolia, n. subg.) clypealis, n. sp. (Hymenoptera: Scoliidae) J '. Chester Bradley 186 Two New Pine-inhabiting Phytocoris from Pennsylvania (Hemiptera: Miridae) Thomas J '. Henry 187 ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD BOOK REVIEW 158 130, 146, 170, 174 NOTICES 12<), 180, I1) 2 Publication date: April 18, 1975 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except August and September by The Amencaji Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa , 19103, U.S.A. Officer for 1974: President: David C. Rentz ; Vice President: Lewis P. Kelsey; Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese; Corresponding Secretary: Frank E. Boys; Recording Secretary: Richard P. Sivel. Editorial Committee: D. C. Rentz, W. H. Day, L. Kelsey, R. W. Lake and Howard P. Boyd, Editor. Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961); 1945-1967 R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R. H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-4/1974 R. W. Lake. Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 per year postpaid. Institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U.S.A. Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp., RD 4, Box 617, Vmcentown PO., New Jersey., 08088, U.S.A. Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor: Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp. , RD 4, Box 617, Vincentown PO., New Jersey 08088, U.S.A. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual". Two double-spaced, typed copies of each manuscript are needed on 8^x11 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. Following the title there should be both a short informative abstract ( not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words and a list of descriptors or key words. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are nearly always needed. Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record. Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. Page charges: A charge of $20.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of half-tones and line cuts. Amateurs, retired scientists and others not associated with universities or official institutions, or are not subsidized by grants, and who are without funds for publishing, may apply for assistance at the time their manuscript is submitted. Papers may be published ahead of their regular scheduled time at a cost of $30.00 per page. (Continued on inside back cover) SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, I Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 129 MESSAGE TO MEMBERSHIP DC Rentz,1 W. H. Day2 A number of decisions relating to Society operations have been made re- cently and we would like to take this opportunity to convey them to our members. Judging by the mail received, considerable concern has been expressed over delays and irregularity in the appearance of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. For this we apologize. The prime reason for the delay has been the difficulty in finding a printer who will produce the NEWS over a period of time. Hopefully, publication problems have been overcome and future issues will be received on time. With this issue of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, we welcome a new editor and a new printer. The new editor is Howard P. Boyd, Tabernacle, New Jersey. He is both an entomologist and an editor and has the time necessary to maintain the high quality of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. With this issue ( May-June) , ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS becomes a bi-monthly publication. This will help reduce publication and mailing costs. No decrease in the annual number of pages is planned. Page charges and editorial policy are found on the inside covers of the magazine. Inflation has struck the Society just as it has everyone else. To bring charges in line with actual costs, membership and subscription fees will be raised effective 1 January 1976 as follows: Subscriptions Membership Members Non- Members Student $4.00 TRANSACTIONS $7.00 TRANSACTIONS $15.00 Regular 6.00 ENT. NEWS 7.00 ENT. NEWS 15.00 Meetings of the Society for members and guests are held regularly at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia or the University of Delaware. All members and interested institutions in the immediate geo- graphical area receive meeting notices. If you are not included on the list, or have other comments, please address them to the American Entomological Society, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1 9th and The Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa., 19103. President, American Entomological Society 'Immediate Past I'resiJcni, AmciKan Entomological S 130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The Entomologist's Record o , To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about Entomologists, amateur and professional, Entomology Departments and Museums, prompt publication is offered in this Department. SOUTHERN RANGE EXTENSION OF DIA ULOTA DENSISSIMA WITH NOTES ON DISPERSAL OF MARINE INSECTS (COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) 1 a Ian Moore Steinbeck and Ricketts ( 1941, The Sea of Cortez---. 598 p., The Viking Press, New York.) along with some other marine zoologists considered Point Conception a barrier between the tropical and temperate marine faunas with a somewhat indeterminate large overlap area on either side. Moore ( 1957, Pan-Pac. Ent. 33:40) suggested that the Big Sur region might be a barrier to dispersal of marine insects because certain species are known only north or only south of that area. Diaulota densissima Casey has been reported from Dutch Harbor, Alaska to Pacific Grove, Monterey County, California (Moore 1956, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 12: 121) . The very similar species D. ful- viventris Moore replaces it to the south being found with it at Pacific Grove but becoming more common into Baja California. On August 9, 1973 I collected a specimen of D. densissima at Piedras Blancas Point, San Luis Obispo County, California just south of the Big Sur region but north of Point Conception. It now seems likely that that part of the coast lying between Point Con- ception and the Monterey Peninsula may be an overlap area with certain southern species extending to the Monterey area and some northern species being found as far south as Point Conception. I hope to further elaborate on the concept as more data becomes available. 1 Accepted for publication: June 7, 1974 Staff Research Associate, University of California, Riverside, 92502. KNT. NKWS, 85 : 5 & 6 : 130 May & June 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 131 WILLIAM D. FUNKHOUSER (1881-1948) BIBLIOGRAPHY AND LIST OF NAMES PROPOSED J 2 Dennis D. Kopp, Thomas R. Yonke^ ABSTRACT: A list of the 83 papers by W. D. Funkhouser is presented. Also listed are the 428 new names and one new variety of the family Membracidae proposed in his works with a citation to the original description. Nomenclatural changes are indicated, bringing the Funkhouser names into accordance with Metcalf and Wade ( 1965) . The present confirmed location of the holotype is given, when possible. From 1918 to 1948 W. D. Funkhouser was the most outstanding student and authority on the family Membracidae. His determinations are present in most membracid collections throughout the world. His productive entomological works were interspersed with his responsibilities at the University of Kentucky ( 1918-1948) . At the University of Kentucky he was a Professor of Zoology and Head of the Department of Zoology. Later he was also Professor of Anthropology, Dean of the Graduate School, member of the Athletic Committee and representative of the institution on the Southern Athletic Association, member of many and varied social and civic clubs, and author of many articles and several books in the various fields in which he was interested. He was the president of the Entomologi- cal Society of America in 1940 and presided at the Philadelphia meeting that year. This paper will concern itself with only his entomological publications. After his death, his collection remained at the University of Kentucky from whom it was purchased by the USNM. Allen (1951) summarizes the content of this collection. Today the collection is housed as a unit at the USNM with the holotypes incorporated in the USNM Membracidae Type Collection. 2 Accepted for publication: September 2, 1973. Contribution from the Missouri Agricultural Experiment Station. Journal Series No. 6757. Research Specialist and Associate Professor, respectively; Department of Entomology, University of Missouri. Columbia, MO 65201. ENT. NEWS. 85 : 5 & 6 : 131 - 145, May & June 1974 132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. 1913a. Homologies of the wing veins of the Membracidae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 74-97. 2. 1914a. Some Philippine Membracidae. Pomona Jour. Ent. and Zool. 6: 67-74. 3. 1914b. New Membracidae from the East Indies. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 22: 234-239. 4. 1914c. New South American Membracidae. Can. Ent. 46: 357-362. 5. 1914d. New South American Membracidae. Can. Ent. 46: 403-408. 6. 1914e. Report on a collection of Membracidae from the Colombian Andes, taken by Mr. John Thomas Lloyd. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 22: 275-281. 7. 1915a. New Membracidae from the United States ( Hemip., Homop.). Ent. News 26: 97-101. 8. 1915b. Life History of Thelia bimaculata Fab. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 8: 140-151. 9. 1915c. Note on the life history of Enchenopa binotata Say (Membracidae) on the butternut. Jour. Econ. Ent. 8: 368-371. 10. 1915d. Types of Fitch's species of Membracidae. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 10: 45-50. 11. 1915e. Review of the Philippine Membracidae. Philippine Jour. Sci. 10: D: 365-405. 12. 1915f. A new membracid from Trinidad. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 10: 103-105. 13. 1915b Life history of Vanduzea arquata Say. Psyche 22: 183-198. 14. 1917a. Biology of the Membracidae of the Cayuga Lake Basin. Mem. Cornell Univ. Agri. Expt. Sta. 2: 177-445. 15. 1917b. A funny family. Nature - Study Rev. 13: 266-267. 16. 1918a. Notes on the Philippine Membracidae. Philippine Jour. Sci. 13: D: 21-39. 17. 1918b. A new membracid on Cypress (Homop.). Ent. News 29: 185-187. 18. 1918c. Malayan Membracidae. Jour. Straits Branch Roy. Asiatic Soc. 79: 1-14. 19. 1919a. New records and species of Philippine Membracidae. Philippine Jour. Sci. 15: 15-29. 20. 1919b. A new Tylocentrus from Arizona (Membracidae; Homoptera) . Ent. News 30: 217-219. 21. 1919c. Four new African Membracidae. Can. Ent. 51: 220-224. 22. 1919d. New neotropical Membracidae. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 27: 267-277. 23. 1920a. New record and species of Malayan Membracidae. Jour. Straits Branch Roy. Asiatic Soc. 82: 205-225. 24. 1921a. Note on the genus Cryptonotus ( Membracidae, Homop.) . Ent. News 32 : 151. 25. 1921b. New Membracidae from China and Japan. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 16: 42-52. 26. 1921c. New genera and species of Philippine Membracidae. Philippine Jour. Sci. 18: 679-689. 27. 1921d. Orthogenesis in the Membracidae. Science 54: 157. 28. 1922a. New records and species of South American Membracidae. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 30: 1-35. 29. 1922b. New records and species of Membracidae from India. Indian Mus. Rec. 24: 323-329. 30. 1923a. Walker's species of Membracidae from the United States and Canada. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 16: 97-112. 31. 1923b. Family Membracidae. In: W. E. Britton, Guide to the insects of Connecticut. Pt. 4: Hemiptera. Bull. Conn. State Geol. and Natur. Hist. Surv. 34: 163-206. 32. 1923c. New host for Membracidae. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 18: 156. 33. 1927a. Fauna Sumatrensis. Membracidae ( Homoptera) . Supplementa Ent. 15 : 1-22. 34. 1927b. Two new Membracidae ( Homoptera) from Sumatra. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 22: 106-108. 35. 1927c. New Australian Membracidae (Homoptera). Rec. Australian Mus. 15: 305-312. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 133 36. 1927d. Membracidae. General catalogue of the Hemiptera. Smith College; North- ampton, Mass. Fasc. 1: 1-581. 37. 1927e. New Membracidae collected by the Cornell South American Expedition. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 35: 159-165. 38. 1927f. New Philippine Membracidae ( Homoptera) . Philippine Jour. Sci. 33: 109-125. 39. 1927g. New Membracidae ( Hemiptera Homoptera) in the collection of the Zoological Museum of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR. Ann. Akad. nauk SSSR; Zool. Inst. 28: 145-157. 40. 1927h. New Malayan Membracidae. Jour. Fed. Malay State Mus. 13: 253-256. 41. 1928a. Spolia Mentawiensia: Membracidae, Homoptera. Jour. Malayan Branch Roy. Asiatic Soc. 6: 13-14. 42. 1929a. New Archipelagic Membracidae. Philippine Jour. Sci. 40: 111-129. 43. 1929b. Bornean Membracidae. Jour. Fed. Malay State Mus. 14: 469-478. 44. 1929c. The Membracidae of China. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 7: 475-482. 45. 1930a. New genera and species of neotropical Membracidae. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 38: 405-421. 46. 1932a. Membracidae from Mount Kinabula. Jour. Fed. Malay State Mus. 17: 112-121. 47. 1933a. Entomological investigations on the spike disease of sandal. ( 3) Membracidae (Homopt.). Indian Forest Rec. 17: 1-10. 48. 1934a. A new African membracid. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 42: 339-340. 49. 1934b. A new Malayan membracid. Jour. Fed. Malay State Mus. 17: 579-580. 50. 1934c. A new membracid collected by Charles Darwin ( Homoptera) . Ent. News 45 : 203-204. 51. 1934d. Membracidae in Musee Heude collection. Notes d'Ent. Chin. 2: 17-23. 52. 1935a. New records and species of Chinese Membracidae. Notes d'Ent. Chin. 2: 79-84. 53. 1935b. New records and species of Membracidae in the Buitenzorg Museum collec- tion. Treubia 15: 119-130. 54. 1935c. New Membracidae in the Imperial Institute collection. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 43: 427-434. 55. 1935d. Four new Malayan Membracidae. Jour. Fed. Malay State Mus. 17: 717-721. 56. 1936a. A new membracid from Illinois. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 31: 21-23. 57. 1936b. New Membracidae in the Handschin collection. Rev. Suisse de Zool. 43: 189-198. 58. 1936c. Five new Indian Membracidae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 29: 245-250. 59. 1936d. Two new Malayan Membracidae. Jour. Fed. Malay State Mus. 18: 187-189. 60. 1937a. Four new Chinese Membracidae. Notes d'Ent. Chin. 4: 29-33. 61. 1937b. Three new Membracidae from Borneo. Ent. Mon. Mag. 73: 100-102. 62. 1937c. Fauna Javanensis: Membracidae ( Homoptera) . Tijdschr. v. Ent. 80: 121-126. 63. 1937d. Membracidae of Hainan Island. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 16: 237-246. 64. 1938a. Two new Chinese Membracidae. Notes d'Ent. Chin. 5: 17-19. 65. 1938b. New Membracidae from South China. Lingnan Sci. Jour. 17: 199-208. 66. 1939a. A New Membracid from West Java. Treubia 17: 35-36. 67. 1939b. A new Emphusis ( Membracidae) from Malaya. Jour. Fed. Malay State Mus. 18: 377-378. 68. 1940a. New Peruvian Membracidae ( Homoptera) . Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 48: 275-293. 69. 1940b. Three new Manchurian Membracidae. Arb. uber Morph. u. Tax. Ent. 7: 144-146. 70. 1940c. Zoogeography of the Membracidae. Bull. Kentucky Univ. Res. Club 6: 18-20. 71. 1942a. Six new Chinese Membracidae. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 50: 61-67. 134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 72. 1942b. Note on Stictopelta nova Coding. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 37: 126. 73. 1942c. Membracidae ( Homoptera) from British Guiana. Zoologica ( New York) 27: 126-129. 74. 1942d. Note on M ultaresis planifrons Van Duzee. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 37: 166. 75. 1942e. A new Ceresa ( Homoptera, Membracidae) from Arizona. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 37: 181-182. 76. 1943a. Immature stages of Bajulata bajula Coding (Membracidae, Homoptera). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 38: 44-47. 77. 1943b. Two new Membracidae from Arizona. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 38: 75-77. 78. 1943c. Membracidae of Guatemala. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 36: 455-482. 79. 1943d. A new membracid genus from Peru (Homoptera). Ent. News 54: 229-232. 80. 1943e. Synonymy of the Membracidae of Formosa. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 51: 265-275. 81. 1943f. Hemiptera family Membracidae. Expl. Pare. National Albert 43: 7-14. 82. 1944a. Some Venezuelan Membracidae. Zoologica (New York) 29: 193-194. 83. 1951a. Homoptera Family Membracidae. Genera Insectorum 208: 1-383. LIST OF NAMES PROPOSED Listed below in their original forms are the 12 genera, 403 species, 12 nomen nova, and 1 variety ( a total of 428 names) proposed by W. D. Funkhouser. All names are in the family Membracidae unless otherwise noted. In this paper, the genera as Dr. Funkhouser originally used them are listed alphabetically and species placed alphabetically under the genera. After each Funkhouser name the year of description ( century omitted) with a serial letter indicates the paper in which the description appears, after the colon is cited the page on which the description is found ; followed by a small "f ' when one or more figures were included with the description; followed by nomenclatural changes; followed by the abbreviated location of the holotype. The location of the holotypes have been confirmed by the respective institutions with the exception of those followed by an asterisk ( *) . Nomenclatural changes are listed after the appropriate names bringing this list into accordance with Metcalf and Wade (1965). The following list of abbreviations is used to designate the present locality of the holotype. AMS Australian Museum, Sidney. BM British Museum, Natural History, London. CUEM Cornell University Entomology Museum, Ithaca. EMMH Shanghai Entomological Institute. EMZSI Entomological Museum of the Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta. IFRM Indian Forest Research Institute Museum, Dehra Dun. LUEM Lingnan University Entomological Museum, Canton. MDEI Museum of the Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde. MRAC Musee Royal de 1'Afrique Centrale, Tervuren. MZB Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense, Bogor. NCIP National Collection of Insects, Plant Protection Research Institute, Pretoria. NMBE Naturhistorisches Museum-Entomologie, Basel. OSUM Ohio State University Entomological Museum, Columbus. OUEM Oxford University Entomology Museum, Oxford. USNM National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. ZISSR Zoological Institute of the Academy of Science USSR, Leningrad. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 135 MEMBRACIDAE Acanthophyes StSl walkeri, 27d: 338, nom. nov. pro Centrotus chloroticus Walker 1858 BM Acanthuchus Stal carinatus, (Acanthucus [sic]), 27c: 311, f AMS minutispinus, 22b: 323, f EMZSI pyramidatus, (Acanthucus [sic]), 27 c: 310, f AMS Aconophora Fairmaire brevicornis, 43c: 467, f USNM brunnea, 40a: 281, f USNM coffea, 43c: 466, f USNM erecta, 40a: 280, f USNM lutea, 43c: 466, f USNM projecta, 27 e: 160, f CUEM Aconophoroid.es Fowler (junior synonym of Potnia Stal) projecta, 14d: 405, f (a junior synonym of Potnia jacula Fab.) USNM rectispina, 14d: 405, f USNM Adippe Stal nigrorubra, 22a: 32, f USNM Alchisme Kirkaldy laticornis, 40a: 277, f USNM pinguicornis, 40a: 277, f USNM projecta, 30a : 414, f USNM spinosa, 40a: 278, f USNM Amastris Stal brunneipennis, 22a: 31, f USNM elevata, 22a: 27, f USNM maculata, 22a: 31, f USNM minuta, 22a : 30, f (a junior synonym of Amastris citrina Fairmaire) USNM pacifica, 43c: 478, f USNM peruviana, 40a: 286, f USNM projecta, 22a: 28 USNM sabulosa, 22a: 29, f USNM Anchon Buckton brunneus, 37d: 241, f USNM gunni, 19c: 220, f USNM lineatus, 38b : 199, f LUEM* Anchonoides Distant [preoccupied] (the following species are in Evanchon Coding 1930) minutus, 19c: 221, f USNM serpentinus, 20a: 209, f USNM sordidus, 28a: 13 BM variegatus, 18c: 4 USNM Antialcidas Distant attenuatus, 22b: 327, f EMZSI erectus, 21b: 47. f USNM Antianthe Fowler chichiana, 43c: 476, f USNM Antonae Stal bulbosa, 30a: 415, f USNM '">dosa, 14d: 403, {(Antonea [sic]) USNM 136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Aphetea Fowler maculata, 27e: 163, f CUEM nigropicta, 43c: 476, f USNM punctata, 27g: 145, f ZISSR Atynma StSl pilosa, 19d: 273 USNM Boethoos Kirkaldy brunnea, 22a: 26, f (a junior synonym of Tynelia longula Burmeister) USNM hirsuta, 22a: 25, f (moved to Tynelia Stal by Funkhouser 1927) USNM nitida, 22a: 25, f (moved to Tynelia Stal by Funkhouser 1927) USNM Bolbonota Amyot and Serville atitla, 43c: 455, f USNM lutea, 14c: 360, f [a junior synonym of Bolbonota [Bolbonota] aureosericea Stal] USNM nigrata, 14c: 361, f USNM (in subg. Bolbonota Amyot and Serville) Campylocentrus Stal nigris, 30a: 410, f USNM Carynota Fitch maculata, 15a: 98, f USNM Centrochares Stal foliatus, 29a: 113, f USNM spiniferus, 27 a: 19, f BM Centrogonia Stal lutea, 19d: 269 (moved to Penichrophorus by Richter 1943) USNM pinguicornis, 19d: 270 USNM Centronodus, 30a : 405 denticulus, 30a: 405, f USNM flavus, 30a: 406, f USNM Centrotoscelus, 14a: 72 borneensis, 20a : 215, f USNM brevispinis, 20a: 216, f USNM brunneus, 27f: 117, f USNM concavus, 18a: 311, f USNM handschini, 36b : 196, f NMBE /ufeus, 18a: 30, f USNM maculipennis, 34b: 579, f BM pseudocornis, 20a: 217, f (moved to Xanthosticta Buckton by Coding 1934) USNM typus, 14a: 73, f USNM Centrotus Fab. distanti, 51a: 197, nom. nov. pro Beaufortiana cornuta Distant 1916 BM walkeri, 27d: 372, nom. nov. pro C. costalis Walker 1858 ( a junior synonym of Centrotypus assamensis Fairmaire) Centrotypus StSl brunneus, 20a: 207, f (a junior synonym of C. aduncus Buckton) USNM laticornis, 21b: 44, f USNM nigris, 27c: 306 f (moved to Periaman Distant by Coding 1950) AMS parvus, 22b: 325, f (moved to Cryptoparma by Coding 1931) USNM Centruchus Stal brevicornis, 36c: 247, f BM laticornis, 18c: 9 USNM Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 137 Ceresa Amyot and Serville cuprea, 27e: 160, f CUEM curvicornis, 42e : 181, f (moved to Vestistilus by Caldwell 1949) USNM grisescens, 40a: 283, f USNM luteimaculata, 40a: 282, f USNM occidentalis, 15a: 100, f (moved to Spissistilus by Caldwell 1949) USNM projecta, 27e: 161, f CUEM rubra, 43c: 471, f USNM viridilineata, 43c: 472, f USNM Chelyoidea Buckton (a junior synonym of Tragopa Latreille) brunnea, 22a: 23, f (a junior synonym of Tragopa peruviana Funkhouser) USNM fasciata, 22a: 21, f USNM maculata, 22a: 22, f (a junior synonym of Tragopa cimicoid.es Coquebert) USNM Clonauchenia, 21c: 679 (a junior synonym of Bulbauchenia Schumacher) mirabilis, 21c: 680, f USNM Coccosterphus Stll luteus, 33a: 9, f IFRM Cryptaspidia Stal aunculata, 29a: 114, f USNM elevata, 19a: 26, f USNM fasciata, 36c : 248, f BM longa, 19a: 27, f USNM lustra, 29a: 114, f USNM magna, 27h: 254, f BM minuta, 27f: 118, f USNM nigris, 18a: 36, f USNM pilosa, 21c: 686, f USNM Cymbomorpho Stal nitidipenms, 22a: 14, f USNM Dontonodus, 30a: 407 serraticornis, 30a: 408, f USNM Ebhul Distant cannatus, 15e: 393, f USNM elegans, 29a: 117. f USNM maculipennis, 22b: 326, f EMZSI notatus, 27a: 17, f BM uniformis, 27a: 18, f missing from USNM Elaphiceps Buckton javanensis, 37c: 121, f USNM Emphusis Buckton bakeri, 15e: 381, f USNM bicornis, 27c: 305, f (a junior synonym of £. ansata Buckton) AMS bulbifera, 27b: 106, f BM globosus, 21c: 683, f USNM nigris, 39b: 377, f BM rugosus, 27f: 111. f USNM Enchenopa Amyot and Serville ansera, 43c: 456. f USNM bifenestrata, 22a: 1, f ( moved to Tntropidia Stal by Funkhouser 1927) USNM pulchella, 22a: 2, f (a junior synonym of Tntropidia alticollum Olivier) USNM Ennya Stal pulchella, 14d: 403, f USNM 138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Erechtia Walker trinotata, 30a: 412, f USNM Eufairmairia Distant laticornis, 27c: 307, f AMS Eufrenchia Coding bucktoni, 51a: 241, nom. nov. pro Ibiceps falcatus Buckton 1903 BM Euritea St5l albifasciata, 22a: 24, f USNM Eustellia [sic] Eustollia Coding variegata, 30a: 408, f ( moved to Orekthen by Funkhouser 1951, listed in family Biturri- tiidae by Metcalf and Wade 1965) OSUM Evanchon Coding javanensis, 51a: 200, nom. nov. pro Magura sinuata Funkhouser 1935 (a junior synonym of Magura nigra Funkhouser ) MZB maculatus, 37c: 123, f USNM nitida, 43f: 8, f MRAC sinuatus, 35c: 428, f BM Flexocentrus Coding brunneus, 30a: 410, f USNM Gargara Amyot and Serville albolinea, 27h: 255, f BM albomacula, 27h: 254, f (a junior synonym of G. akonis Matsumura) BM albopleura, 40b : 145, f MDEI alini, 40b : 144, f (moved to Kotogargara Matsumura by Jacobi 1955) MDEI attenuata, 14b: 236, f USNM aurea, 33a: 8, f IFRM australiensis, 36b: 197, f NMBE bicolor, 27a: 9, f BM brunnea, 14b: 235, f USNM brunneidorsata, 29a: 128, f USNM brunneifasciata, 38b: 204, f LUEM* carinata, 35b: 129, f MZB dorsata, 35d: 717, f USNM fasceifrontis, 27f: 122, f USNM flaviceps, 37a: 31, f EMMH* flavocarinata, 27a: 8, f BM fragila, 27f: 121, f USNM gracila, 21 f: 120, f USNM granulata, 27f: 123, f USNM gressitti, 42a: 64, f USNM grtsea, 19a: 24 USNM hainanensis, 37d: 244, f USNM hoffmanni, 37d: 245, f USNM hyalifascia, 27a: 8, f BM irrorata, 18a: 35 USNM lata, 21b: 51 USNM luteinervis, 36b: 198, f NMBE luteipennis, 14a: 71, f USNM maculata, 36c: 249, f BM maculipennis, 18a: 32, f USNM minor, 34d: 22, f EMMH* minuta, 14b: 236, f USNM Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 139 nervosa, 18c: 13 USNM nt'gra, 20a: 223 USNM nigroapica, 27f: 119, f USNM nigrocarinata, 14b: 234, f USNM nigromacutata, 27a: 10, f BM nitidipennis, 14a: 71 USNM nodinervis, 27f: 122, f USNM nodipennis, 27a: 9, f BM nodulata, 42a: 63, f USNM nyanzai, 27g: 154, f ZISSR opaca, 38b: 201, f LUEM* onentalis, 27g: 155, f ZISSR ornata, 29a: 128, f USNM penangi, 18c: 11 USNM pilmervosa, 20a : 222 USNM pilosa, 27a: 7, f BM pmquis, 18a: 33, f USNM projecta, 18c: 10 USNM pseudocorms, 37a: 32, f EMMH* pulchella, 35b: 129, f MZB ru/u/a, 35c: 429, f BM rugonervosa, 18a: 34 USNM selangori, 35d: 718, f USNM semibrunnea, 29b: 477, f BM sefosa, 35b: 128, f Missing from MZB sinensis, 34d: 21. f EMMH* sinuata, 14b: 237, f USNM sordida, 18c: 13 USNM sumbawae, 14b: 237, f USNM tectiforma, 38b : 204, f LUEM* fegrw, 35d: 719, f USNM tonhini, 42a: 65, f USNM tnangulata, 18c: 12 USNM trifoliata, 14b: 235. f (moved to Cryptaspidia Stal by Allen 1951) USNM tuberculata, 14a: 70, f USNM wescens, 27h: 256, f BM Gongroneura Jacobi carinata, 27g: 147, f (moved to Kombazana Distant by Capener 1952) ZISSR Hoplophora Germar rubnpes, 22a: 10 (moved to Hoplophorion Kirkaldy by Funkhouser 1927) USNM Horiola Fairmaire fenestrata, 22a: 20, f (a junior synonym of H ferruginea Fairmaire) USNM Hybanda Distant bifurca, 27g: 148, f ( moved to Eumonocentrus Schmidt by Coding 1932) ZISSR Hybandoides Distant sumatrensis, 27a: 15, f BM Hypsauchenia Germar recurva, 29a: 112, f (moved to Pyrgauchenia Breddin by Coding 1951) USNM Hypsoprora Stal albopicta. 22a: 7, f USNM Insttoroides, 33a: 3 typicus, 33a: 4, f IFRM 140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Iria Stal lethierryi, 27d: 147, nom. nov. pro Darnoides carinata Lethierry 1881 Lallemandia, 22a: 33 nodosa, 22a: 33, f USNM Leioscyta Fowler brunnea, 19d: 268 USNM ferruginea, 22a: 6, f USNM pulchella, 30a: 411, f USNM trimaculata, 22a: 5, f USNM Leptobelus Stal decurvatus, 21 b: 43, f USNM elevatus, 21c: 685, f USNM nigris, 29b: 473, f BM Leptocentrus Stal alba, 29b: 470, f BM albescens, 35c: 427, f [moved to Tricoceps Buckton by Capener 1953) BM albolineatus, 37d: 238, f USNM arcuatus, 27f: 113, f USNM brunneus, 35c: 428, f BM gracilis, 27c: 307, f AMS jacobsoni, 27a: 12, f BM luteinervis, 36c: 245, f BM manilaensis, 27f: 112, f USNM pilosus, 36b: 191, f NMBE pubescens, 37c: 122, f USNM purpureus, 29b: 471, f BM rufospinus, 27a: 13, f BM tenuicornis, 27a: 11, f BM Lycoderes Germar luteus, 40a: 275, f USNM triangulata, 19d: 276, USNM Machaerotypus Uhler brunneus, 22b: 328, f ( moved to Boccar Jacobi by Metcalf and Wade 1965) EMZSI rubronigris, 38a: 17, f ( moved to Subrincator Distant by Jacobi 1944) EMMH* Maguva Melichar brunnea, 37b: 100, f BM cornuta, 32a: 116, f BM nigra, 29a: 116, f USNM sinuata, 35b: 121, f (a junior synonym of M. nigra Funkhouser) MZB Maturna Stal [preoccupied] (the following species are in Maturnaria Metcalf 1952) lloydi, 14e: 280, f USNM maculara, 30a: 417, f USNM Maurya Distant angulatus, 21b: 48, f USNM bicolor, 36c: 246, f BM brevicornis, 21b: 49, f USNM ( a junior synonym of Machaerotypus sibiricus Lethierry) decorata, 37a: 29, f EMMH* denticula, 38a: 18, f EMMH* nodosa, 40b : 145, f MDEI Membracis Fab. bucktoni, 21a: 151, nom. nov. pro Cryptonotus militaris Buckton 1903 humilis var. aurora, 19d: 267 (a junior synonym of M . peruinana Fairmaire) USNM nigrolutea, 27e: 159, f [moved to Enchophyllum [Enchophyllum] Amyot and Serville by Coding 1928] CUEM Vol. 85, Nos. 5 &6, May &June 1974 141 schmidti, 27d: 53, nom. nov. pro Phyllotropis trimaculata Schmidt 1924 [a junior synonym of Enchophyllum [Phyllotropis} trimaculatum Schmidt 1924] Mesocentrus, 21c: 681 [preoccupied] (changed to Mesocentrina Metcalf 1952) pyramidatus, 21 c: 681, f USNM Metheisa Fowler fowleri, 27d: 321, nom. nov. pro M. sinuata Funkhouser 1914 (moved to Ecuatoriana Coding by Metcalf and Wade 1965) sinuata, 14c: 362, f USNM (a junior synonym for Ecuatoriana fowleri Funkhouser) Micrutalis Fowler nigromarginata, 40a: 289, f USNM Mina Walker (listed in family Nicomiidae by Metcalf and Wade 1965) spinosa, 30a : 409, f USNM Nassunia StSl nigro fascia, 22a: 13, fUSNM Nilautama Distant minutispina, 18c: 3 USNM Ochropepla Stal carinata, 22a: 11, f [moved to Hoplophorion [Trinarea] by Coding 1929] USNM Ophiderma Fairmaire fascipennis, 19d: 274 USNM Orekthen, 30a: 406 (listed in family Biturritiidae by Metcalf and Wade 1965) osborni, 30a : 407, f USNM darwini, 34c: 203, f BM Orekthophora, 30a : 412 cornuta, 30a: 412, f USNM Otinotoides Distant breincornis, 35c: 432, f BM brunneus, 27c: 309, f AMS bulbosus, 35b: 124, f Missing from MZB dorsatus, 36b: 192, f NMBE elevatus, 35c: 431, f BM minuticornis, 35c: 431, f BM pubescens, 29a: 115, f USNM Otinotus Buckton arcuatus, 19c: 222, f (moved to Izzardiana by Capener 1952) USNM pilosus, 19c: 222, f USNM Pantaleon Distant brunneus, 21 b: 45, f USNM bulbosus, 37b: 101, f OUEM Paragargara Coding nigra, 40a : 279, f USNM Parayasa Distant maculipennis, 20a: 224, f USNM Periaman Distant acuticornis, 36d: 187. f BM brevifrons, 15e: 383, f USNM rectidorsum, 27b: 107, f BM Platybelus Stal albescens, 27g: 146, f (moved to Stalobelus by Capener 1954) ZISSR brunneus, 34a: 339, f (moved to Distantobelus by Capener 1954) NCIP luteus, 14b: 239 USNM projectus, 36b : 193, f NMBE 142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Polyglypta Burmeister buctont [sic] bucktoni, 27d: 324, nom. nov. pro P. strigata Buckton 1903 (a junior synonym of P. costata Burmeister) BM Poppea StSl nitida, 30a: 416, f USNM zebrina, 30a: 416, f USNM Potnia Stal brunneifrontis, 43c, 464, f USNM maculata, 43c: 463 USNM Pyrgauchenta Breddin angulata, 32a: 114, f BM brevinota, 32a: 115, f BM brunnea, 32a: 113, f BM Pyrgonota StSl arborea, 37d: 242, f ( moved to Funkhouserella Schmidt by Funkhouser 1951) USNM binodis, 27f: 110, f (moved to Funkhouserella Schmidt by Funkhouser 1951) USNM brevifurca, 27f: 110, f ( moved to Funkhouserella Schmidt by Funkhouser 1951) USNM bulbicornis, 27h: 253, f ( moved to Funkhouserella Schmidt by Funkhouser 1951) BM bulbiturris, 27f: 109, f (moved to Funkhouserella Schmidt by Funkhouser 1951) USNM longiturris, 18a: 23, f USNM noditurris, 21c: 684, f USNM pinguiturris, 15e: 374, f (moved to Funkhouserella Schmidt by Funkhouser 1951) USNM sinuata, 29a: 111, f ( moved to Funkhouserella Schmidt by Funkhouser 1951) USNM Rhexia Stal rubra, 35c: 433, f BM Sarritor Distant (junior synonym of Hemicentrus Melicher, listed in family Aetalionidae by Metcalf and Wade 1965) attenuatus, 21b: 50, f USNM cornutus, 27g: 150, f ZISSR Scaphula Fairmaire maculata, 22a: 15, f (moved to Rhexia Stal by Coding 1929) USNM Scytodepsa Stal (listed in Family Aetalionidae by Metcalf and Wade (1965) tricarinata, 27e: 163, f CUEM Sextius St3l projectus, 27 c: 312, f AMS Sipylus Stal acuticornis, 18a: 30, f USNM auriculatus, 37d: 243, f USNM nodipennis, 14a: 72, f (a junior synonym of S. dilatatus Walker) USNM rotundatus, 27f: 118, f USNM sericeus, 38b : 200, f LUEM* truncaticornis, 36d: 188, f BM Spalirisis Distant ntgris, 51a: 205, f, nom. nov. pro S. majusculum Distant, a MS name (moved to Anchon Buckton by Capener 1954) Spinodarnoides, 30a: 413 typus, 30a: 413, f USNM Spongophorus Fairmaire foliatus, 22a: 8, f USNM (in subgen. Cladonota Stal) Stegaspis Germar viridis, 15f: 104, f USNM Vol. 85, Nos. 5 &6, May &June 1974 143 Stictocephala Stal elevata, 19d: 271 USNM minuta, 15a: 99, f (moved to Stictolobus Metcalf by Caldwell 1949) USNM nigriventris, 19d: 272 (moved to Melusinella by Metcalf 1952) USNM Stictolobus Metcalf erectus, 19d: 272 USNM laterals, 36a: 21, f USNM (moved to Tortistilus Caldwell 1949) maculatus, 27e: 162, f CUEM margmatus, 40a : 285, f USNM nitidus, 40a: 284, f USNM trilmeatus, 18b: 186, f USNM (moved to Tortistilus Caldwell 1949) viridis, 43b: 75, f (a junior synonym of Anisostylus fulgidus Ball) USNM Stylocentrus Stal rubrinigris, 40a : 276, f USNM Sundarion Kirkaldy nigromacula, 40a: 281, f USNM Takliwa, 35c: 430 carteri, 35c: 430, f BM Telamona Fitch aha. 15a- 97, f (moved to Telonaca by Ball 1931) USNM Telingana Distant depressa, 35b: 122, f Missing from MZB Terentius St51 niger, 36b: 194, f NMBE Thrasymedes Kirkaldy virescens, 40a: 288, f USNM Thuris, 43d: 229 fenestratus, 43d: 231, f USNM Tragopa Latreille albifascia, 22a: 16, f USNM bitriangulata, 30a: 414, f USNM brunneimaculata, 22a: 18, f USNM bucktom, 27d: 172, nom. nov. pro Chelyoidea nitida Buckton 1903 BM decorata, 14d: 407, f Location of type unknown longa, 22a: 17, f USNM luteimaculata, 14d: 406, f USNM maculidorsa, 22a: 19, f USNM parishi, 27d : 177, nom. nov. pro Chelyoidea maculata Funkhouser 1922 (a junior synonym of Tragopa cimicoides Coquebert) peruviana, 27d: 177. nom. nov. pro Chelyoidea brunnea Funkhouser 1922 USNM pubescens, 22a: 17, f USNM testudina, 43c: 470. f USNM Tricentrus Stal acuticornis, 19a: 22, f USNM aequicornis, 27f: 116, f USNM aiyura, 33a: 5, f IFRM albescens, 29a: 121, f I'SNM alhipes, 27a: 4, f BM altidorsus, 29a: 124, f USNM amplicornis, 37d: 240, f USNM attenuatus, 15e: 388, f USNM attenuicornis, 29a: 120, f USNM bakeri, 29a: 119, f USNM 144 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS banguensis, 14b: 238, f USNM bergeri, 27g: 151, f ZISSR brevicornis, 20a: 214, f USNM brews, 14b: 239 USNM brevispinis, 38b : 206, f LUEM* brunneicornis, 29a: 126, f USNM brunneus, 18c: 7 USNM carinatus, 37c: 125, f USNM curvtcornis, 27 g: 153, f ZISSR decurvatus, 14b: 238, f USNM depressicornis, 35a: 82, f EMMH* dyaki, 37b: 102, f OUEM fasciipennis, 18a: 28, f USNM ferruginosus, 29a: 123, f USNM forttcornis, 29a: 118, f USNM fukienesis, 35a: 81, f EMMH* fulgidus, 29a: 122, f USNM kriegeli, 32a: 1 18, f BM laticornis, 18a: 27, f USNM latus, 27a: 5, f (moved to Ofara Buckton by Coding 1934) BM maacki, 27g: 152, f ZISSR maculus [sic] (nmculatus), 38b: 202, f LUEM* manilaensis, 27f: 115, f USNM minutus, 36b: 195, f NMBE nigris, 20a: 212, f USNM nigroapicalis, 27 a: 3, f BM nigrofrontis, 29a: 125, f USNM nitidus, 27 a: 2, f BM rcz'wj, 32a: 119, f BM obesus, 42a: 61, f USNM onentalis, 35a: 83, f EMMH* ornatus, 38b: 205, f LUEM* panayensis, 27f: 114, f USNM papuaensis, 29a: 122, f USNM £zV>/z, 34d: 19, f EMMH* pilinervosus, 14a: 68, f USNM pilosis, 32a: 120, f BM pinguidorsis, 27c: 308, f AMS plicatus, 15e: 387, f USNM porrectus, 29a: 118, f (moved to Otaris Buckton by Coding 1934) USNM pubescens, 29a: 127, f USNM purpureus, 42a: 62, f USNM robustus, 18a: 26, f USNM rufipennis, 35b: 125, f Missing from MZB samai, 37a: 30, f Location of type unknown spinicornis, 18c: 6 USNM spinidorsis, 29b: 475, f BM spininervis, 27f: 115, fUSNM spinis, 35d: 720, f USNM suluensts, 29a: 125, f USNM taurus, 42a: 62, f USNM truncaticornis, 18c: 8 (moved to Otaris Buckton by Coding 1934) USNM Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 145 Tricoceps Buckton rugosa, 27g: 149, f (a junior synonym of Spalirises alticornis Jacob!) ZISSR Tropidoscyta Stal ( a junior synonym of Erechtia Walker) albipes, 22a: 4, f USNM binotata, 14c: 359, f USNM brunneidorsata, 14c: 357, f USNM immaculata, 22a: 3, f USNM maculata, 14c: 360 f (moved to Leioscyta Fowler by Coding 1928) USNM minuta, 22a: 5, f USNM Tylocentrus Van Duzee quadricornis, 19b: 217, f USNM Tynelia Sttl cerulea, 35c: 434, f BM nigra, 40a: 287, f USNM Umbonta Burmeister anttgua, 43c: 462, f USNM immaculata, 43c: 463 USNM lutea, 22a: 10 USNM Vanduzea [sic] Vanduzeea Coding decorata, 40a: 287, f USNM mayana, 43c: 480, f USNM punctipenms, 19d: 275 USNM Xantholobus Van Duzee anzonensis, 43b: 76, f USNM Xiphistes Stal maculipennis, 39a: 35, f USNM orientalis, 18c: 1 (moved to Smenodus by Coding 1951) USNM ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Appreciation is expressed to the following for help in obtaining Funkhouser's papers: Dr. Paul H. Freytag and Charles L. Atchen at the University of Kentucky and the staff and personnel of the University of Missouri Science Library. Gratitude is also expressed to the following institutions which confirmed the present location of Funkhouser's types: Australian Museum, Sydney; British Museum, Natural History, London; Cornell University Entomology Museum, Ithaca; Entomological Museum of the Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta; Indian Forest Research Institute Museum, Dehra Dun; Museum of the Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde; Musee Royal de 1'Afrique Centrale, Tervuren ; Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense, Bogor ; National Collection of Insects, Plant Protection Research Institute, Pretoria; Naturhistorisches Museum-Entomologie, Basel; Ohio State University Entomological Museum, Columbus; Oxford University Entomology Museum, Oxford; National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D.C. ; and Zoological Institute of the Academy of Science USSR, Leningrad. LITERATURE CITED Allen, W. R. 1951. The Funkhouser collection of Membracidae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 44: 485-487. Metcalf, Z. P. and V. Wade. 1965. General catalogue of Homoptera: Membracidae — A supplement to Fascicle 1 : Membracidae of the general catalogue of the Hemiptera. Uni- versity of North Carolina Press. 2 vol. 1552 pp. 146 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The Entomologist's Record THE BEE GENUS PROTERIADES IN WYOMING (HYMENOPTERA: MEGACHILIDAE) l V. J. Tepedino^ ABSTRACT: This note reports the initial collection of the bee genus Proteriades in Wyoming. Examination of pollen grains carried in the scopa of each of three female specimens revealed that only pollen from Cryptantha flavoculata had been collected. DESCRIPTORS: Hymenoptera ; Proteriades; Cryptantha; distribution; flower constancy. LaBerge (1973) has recently reported the collection of two females of Proteriades incanescens ( Cockerell) in South Dakota. This species had previously been recorded only from California, Arizona and Nevada (Timberlake and Michener, 1950). Other species of the genus are confined to California with the exception of one species which has been collected in the Northwest (Stephen, Bohart and Torchio, 1969). This note further documents the extension in range of this species. Three female specimens were collected in Albany County, Wyoming approximately seven miles S.S.E. of Laramie on June 20 and 22, 1974 between 1100 and 1300 hours. The individuals were captured in shortgrass prairie on the flowers of Cryptantha flavoculata (A. Nels.) Payson ( Boraginaceae) . Species identification has been confirmed by F. D. Parker, Bee Biology and Systematics Laboratory, USDA, Logan, Utah. Examination of pollen loads carried by each of the specimens revealed only Cryptantha pollen. Previous and subsequent collections made at a similar site one-half mile northwest of the collection site did not contain Proteriades. LITERATURE CITED LaFerg", W. E. 1973. The bee genus Proteriades in South Dakota (Hymenoptera: Megachihdae) . Ent. News 84:160. Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart and P. F. Torchio. 1969. The Biology and External Morphology of Bees. Agric. Exp. Stn., Oreg. State Univ. 138 pp. Timberlake, P. H. and C. D. Michener. 1950. The bees of the genus Proteriades ( Hymenop- tera: Megachihdae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui. 33:387-440. Accepted for publication: November 19, 1974. Department of Zoology and Physiology, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82071. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5 & 6 : 146, May & June 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 147 GENUS CALLOPISTROMYIA HENDEL (DIPTERA: OTITIDAE) l George C. Steyskal2 ABSTRACT: Pterocalla strigula Loew, until now considered as the only North American species of an otherwise wholly neotropical genus, is transferred to Callopistromyia Hendel, a hitherto monotypic genus based upon Platystoma annuhpes Macquart. The 2 species Callopistromyia annulipes ( Macquart) and C strigula ( Loew) , new comb., are compared. Pseudotephritis Malloch, previously a subgenus of Pseudotephritis Johnson, is raised to generic rank. DESCRIPTORS: Otitidae; Diptera; Callopistromyia, Pterocalla, Pseudotephritis, Pseudo- tephritina. In revising my key to the genera of Otitidae (Steyskal, 1961) for the manual of North American Diptera now in preparation, I tried to improve the section referring to the genera Callopistromyia, Diacrita, Pseudo- tephntis, and Pterocalla. Diacrita differs considerably from the other 3 genera, which are quite similar. It became apparent that Pterocalla strigula Loew was poorly placed generically, inasmuch as it has an entirely straight vein r 0+3 and lacks the eye-spots on the wing and the expanded pterostigma characteristic of Pterocalla. The species is in fact extremely similar to Callopistromyia annulipes ( Macquart) and is found in the same habitat and geographic area. True Pterocalla species are not known outside the neotropical region. The only differences I can discern between Callopistromyia annulipes and Pterocalla strigula lie in the shape, pattern, and some features of the venation of the wing. I am therefore transferring Pterocalla strigula to the genus Callopistromyia Hendel, a genus including only Platystoma annulipes Macquart. Callopistromyia in this expanded sense is very close to Pseudotephritis Johnson, less the subgenus Pseudotephritina Malloch, which deserves elevation to generic rank as indicated in the key below. The Accepted for publication: December 6, 1973. 2 Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agricultural Research Service, USDA. Mail address: c/o U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5 & 6 : 147-148, May &June 1974 148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS group of genera including Pseudotephritis, Pseudotephritina, and Callopistromyia has the following characters in common : extension of anal cell as long as or shorter than free part of anal vein ; dorsocentral bristles 2, sometimes preceded by 1 or 2 much finer setae, all of which are postsutur- al; tibiae usually distinctly banded. The 3 genera may be distinguished as follows. Key to Genera of Pseudotephritis Group 1 (2) Scutellum laterally with pair of extensive shining black areas; tibiae with at most light- ly infuscated subbasal and apical sections, not distinctly banded; small stump vein projecting from vein in |+2 into discal cell new status Pseudotephritina Malloch, 2(1) Scutellum wholly tomentose, gray and brown; tibiae contrastingly banded; stump vein lacking. 3(4) Anterior apical angle of discal cell close to 90 ; discal cell with extensive areas of solid color ; extension of anal cell half or less than half as long as free part of anal vein Pseudotephritis Johnson 4(3) Anterior apical angle of discal cell about 60°; discal cell largely dark brown, mottled; extension of anal cell half as long or as long as free part of anal cell Callopistromyia Hendel The 2 species of Callopistromyia are distinguished as follows: Key to Species of Callopistromyia Hendel 1 (2) Wing ovate, not over 2.25 times as long as wide; vein r | ending well apicad of anterior crossvein; discal cell largely dark brown, mottled with vermiculate subhyaline pattern C. annulipes ( Macquart) 2(1) Wing with costal and hind margins subparallel, about 3 times as long as wide; vein /-| ending about at level of anterior crossvein; discal cell dark brown, mottled with slightly paler brown C. strigula ( Loew) , new comb. Bibliographic references to all taxa will be f6und in Steyskal (1965). LITERATURE CITED Steyskal, G. C. 1961. The genera of Platystomatidae and Tephritidae known to occur in America north of Mexico ( Diptera, Acalyptratae) . Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 54: 401-410. . 1965. Family Otitidae. In Stone, A. , et al. , A Catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Res. Serv., Agr. Handbook No. 276: 642-654. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 149 NOTES ON NESTS AND PREY OF TWO SPECIES OF GROUND-NESTING EUMENIDAE FROM SO. AMERICA (HYMENOPTERA) l By Howard E. Evans, Robert W. Matthews2 ABSTRACT: Descriptions are provided of the nests and prey of Stenodynerus otomitus Saussure, studied in Colombia, and Ancistrocerus clarazianus Saussure, studied in Argen':-na. A description of the mature larva of S. otomitus is also included. DESCRIPTORS: Hymenoptera ; Eumenidae; Stenodynerus; Ancistrocerus; nests. The following notes may be of some interest as confirming behavioral consistencies in wasps of the Eumenidae as a group, and at the same time confirming inconsistencies in behavior among species of the genera in- volved. Both Stenodynerus and Ancistrocerus include ground- nesters, twig-nesters, and makers of free mud cells, the inhabitants of different substrates behaving similarly regardless of generic assignments. Similar remarks might be extended to other genera of Eumenidae, suggesting that in this family one finds little of the close concordance of behavior and structure that occurs in the Sphecidae (Nielsen, 1932; Evans, 1956). Stenodynerus otomitus Saussure We found this species nesting in small numbers in eroded hillsides just west of the city of Cali, Colombia, in January, 1972. Nests were in bare, firm clay soil and were widely spaced ( at least a meter apart) and intermingled with those of Trachypus petiolatus ( Spinola) , Bicyrtes discisa ( Taschenberg) , and species of halictid bees. Five nests of 5. otomitus were 1 Accepted for Publication: November 19, 1973. ^Respectively, Dept. of Zoology and Entomology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colo., 80521, and Dept. of Entomology, University of Georgia. Athens, Ga., 30601. Part of a study of the comparative behavior of solitary wasps, NSF project GB8746. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5 & 6 : 149-1 53 , May &June 1974 150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS marked at one site and later excavated ( EC2, 21, 32, 37 ; MCI) . Another nest was found about 5 km away, again in an eroded hillside but in a hard-packed gravel road ( MC3) ; here the major associate was Rubrica surinamensis ( DeGeer) . Each of the six nests was surmounted by a small turret consisting of ringlets of mud. These turrets measured 5-6 mm in outside diameter, 4-4.5 mm in inside diameter; four of them measured 10-11 mm in length, but two were only about 5 mm long, i.e., no longer than their diameter. All were curved to a horizontal position, the opening facing down-slope in the two nests that were on a slope. One turret that was accidentally knocked off on 9 January had not been replaced on 16 January, although the female was still in the nest. Possibly these turrets play a role in prevent- ing rain from washing into the vertical burrows. The six nests were all of much the same depth, 4-7 cm, all but two approximately 6 cm in depth. In three cases the vertical burrow was un- branched ( Fig. 2) , in two there was a fork in the burrow either near the bottom or about halfway down (Fig. 1), and in one there were three branches arising part way down, one of them bifurcate apically, so that there were 4 termini in all ( Fig. 3) . Generally each branch terminated in a cell, although one unbranched burrow appeared to terminate in two cells in series, separated by a small earthen barrier. Burrow diameter was 3-4 mm; cells measured 5 x 12 mm. 5cm Figs. 1-4. Nests of South American Eumenidae. Fig. 1. Stenodynerus otorm'tus Saussure, no. EC2. Fig. 2. S. otomitus, no. EC37. Fig. 3. S. otomitus, no. MC3. Fig. 4. Ancistrocerus clarazianus Saussure. no. EC59. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 151 Females were occasionally seen entering or leaving their nests, but none was observed digging, building turrets, or provisioning. In three cases females were in the burrow, facing out, when the nest was excavated. One cell, the only cell at the terminus of the vertical burrow of EC37, contained an egg. The egg was lying flat on the bottom of the empty cell when found ; it is possible that had been dislodged from its original position. Cells of three other nests contained larvae partially grown. In two cases there was no prey in the cell, suggesting that provisioning may have been delayed by showers. In one case ( MCI) a partly grown larva was accompanied by 16 paralyzed lepidopterous larvae, 2-8 mm long, a mixture of Gelechiidae, Pterophoridae, and Pyraustidae. The largest of the wasp larvae was preserved and is described below. One cell contained the pupa of a bombyliid fly, which was not successfully reared to adulthood. Other cells were empty or contained fragments of old cocoons, while other termini had apparently not yet been expanded into cells. We obtained the impression that these wasps build and provision very slowly, and the presence of cocoon fragments in some nests suggests that females may reoccupy the nests from which they emerged. Description of larva : Length 9.5 mm ; maximum width 2.9 mm. Body cylindrical, abrupt- ly tapered both anterior and posteriorly; terminal segment somewhat rounded, the anus a transverse slit at about the middle of the segment ( Fig. 6) . Pleural lobes moderately developed, each body segment except last two crossed by a transverse dorsal elevation. Spiracles about .08 mm in diameter except most anterior pair very slightly larger; external opening small, peritreme well developed; walls of atrium lined with anastomosing ridges which are armed with small asperities; opening into subatrium apparently armed with several teeth ( Fig. 10) . Integument smooth, although under high power a few minute setae can be observed on the dorsum, as well as sparse, minute granules (Fig. 8). Head width 1 .4 mm, height ( exclusive of labrum) 1 .3 mm ( Fig. 5) . Coronal suture short, weak; parietal bands long but unpigmented; clypeofrontal suture nearly straight; head capsule and clypeus with scattered small punctures, a very few of them with minute setae. Antennal orbits circular, .08 mm in diameter, each bearing three minute sensilla in the membrane of the orbit. Clypeus 1.7 x as wide as its median height, apical margin subangu- late. Labrum .55 mm wide, bilobed, each lobe bearing a band of about 28 minute setae; apical margin somewhat thickened, bearing several sensory cones; epipharynx densely spinulose medially, elsewhere with sparse, weak spinules, sensory pores five on each side, rather close to the midline ( Fig. 7) . Mandibles .5 mm long. .32 mm wide at the base; apex with three large, broad teeth; mesal surface somewhat hollowed (Fig. 9). Maxillary palpi about .08 mm long, galeae very slightly shorter ; maxillae with a few very small setae laterally, mesal margin produced, minutely spinulose. Spinneret a transverse slit with raised lips, .25 mm long; labial palpi very short; oral surface of prementum weakly spinulose. Remarks: This larva resembles closely that of S. canus Bohart as recently described by Clement ( 1973) , although the shape of the palpi and of the spiracular subamum is somewhat different. Resemblance to Grandi's ( 1961) more detailed sketches of Ancistrocerus gazella Panzer is also close aside from a major difference in shape of the cranium ; features of the mouthparts are virtually identical, indeed the mandibles of all three of these species are much the same. 152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 8 Figs. 5-10. Mature larva of Stenodynerus otomitus Saussure. Fig. 5. Head, anterior view. Fig. 6. Body, lateral view. Fig. 7. Labrum (left) and epipharynx ( right) . Fig. 8. Portion of dorsum of prothorax, under high magnification. Fig. 9. Mandible, mesal surface. Fig. 10. Anterior thoracic spiracle, under high magnification. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 &6, May &June 1974 153 Ancistrocerus clarazianus Saussure This wasp was common in and near the city of Cafayate, Salta, Argentina, during February, 1972, and we found three nests in flat, hard- packed sandy soil. One was found in an athletic field inside the city limits ( EC59) , two others in areas of bare soil at Yacochuya, 8 km NW of Cafayate (EC47, MC21). One of these nests was in an early stage of construction, the vertical burrow reaching a depth of only 4 cm. The female was seen carrying small pellets of earth from the nest in flight and dropping them 3-5 cm away, all on one side of the hole, so that there was a scattering of pellets on this side over a band about 4 cm wide, starting about 3 cm from the hole and extending about 5 cm from the hole. Another female was seen flying with small pellets in a similar manner, but dropping them 30-60 cm from the hole. This nest appeared to have a very small, probably incipient turret at the entrance, only 2mm high. This nest was also incomplete, the vertical burrow, 3-4 mm in diameter, ending blindly at a depth of 5 cm. The third nest ( EC59) was being closed by the wasp when we discovered it. The top 1 cm of the burrow was filled solidly with a slightly moist earthen plug. The female was evidently smoothing over the top of the plug when she was captured. The burrow was vertical, 5.5 cm in length, terminating in a single cell which contained an egg that had been laid erect in the bottom center of the cell ( Fig. 4) . The cell also contained three paralyzed caterpillars, all about 1 cm long, Loxostege sp. ( Pyralididae) . We judge this to have been the final closure of a completed nest; it is possible that the turret had been used up in making the closing plug. We found a paralyzed male A. clarazianus in a nest of Trachypus petiolatus in Cafayate (Evans and Matthews, 1973). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank W.G. and M.J. W. Eberhard for their hospitality while were in Colombia and A. Willink for much assistance while we were in Argentina. A. Willink and R.M. Bohart identi- fied the wasps, D.M. Weisman the lepidopterous larvae. Specimens of wasps have been deposited at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, along with copies of our field notes, referred to by number in the text. LITERATURE CITED Clement, S.L. 1973. Notes on the biology and larval morphology of Stenodynerus canus canus ( Hymenoptera : Eumenidae) . Pan-Pac. Em., 48: 271-275. Evans, H.E. 1956. Notes on the biology of four species of ground-nesting Vespidae (Hymenoptera). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 58: 265-270. Evans, H.E., and R.W. Matthews. 1973. Observations on the nesting behavior of Trcchypus petiolatus ( Spinola) in Colombia and Argentina (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae: Philanthini) . Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., 46: 165-175. Grandi, G. 1961. Studi di un Entomologo sugli Imenotteri Superiori. Boll. 1st. Ent. Univ. Bologna, 25: 1-659. Nielsen, E.T. 1932. Sur les habitudes des Hymenopteres aculeates solitaires, II (Vespidae, Chrysididae, Sapygidae, Mutillidae) . Ent. Meddel., 18: 84-174. 154 KNTOMOLOGICALNEWS A EUROPEAN HARVESTMAN IN NORTH AMERICA (PHALANGIDA, PHALANGIIDAE)1 Ross T. Bell2 ABSTRACT: The first record of the European harvestman, Oligolophus tridens Koch is recorded from North American in northwestern Vermont. A general description of the phalangid is given which will distinguish it from two other common northeastern species, Odiellus pictus ( Wood) and Mitopus morio Fab. DESCRIPTORS: A European Harvestman in North America ( Phalangida, Phalangiidae) I have long sought to identify a local species of phalangid which is not in the most detailed revision of the group for northeastern U.S. ( Bishop, 1949) . Dr. Vladimir Silhavy, of Trebic, Czechoslovakia has very kindly determined it as Oligolophus tridens Koch. In Bishop ( 1949) it will trace to the subfamily Oligolophinae, since the basal segment of the chelicera has a spiniform process on the ventral side. It agrees with the common northeastern Odiellus pictus ( Wood) in having three strong spines on the anterior margin of the carapace but it lacks the femoral spines on the pedipalp which characterize the latter species. The other northeastern Oligolophine, Mitopus morio Fab. is a high montane species which lacks both the 3 anterior marginal spines and the femoral spines. Large immatures of this species are mostly pale dull yellow with small scattered brown spots. They coalesce at maturity to form a vitta with in- definite lateral borders. In the male, the vitta is usually interrupted on the first and second abdominal segments. The male is more narrowed posteriorly than is the female, and the eyes are somewhat larger and more separated. Both sexes have well developed dorsal spines on the coxae with one on the anterior face of the fourth coxae being especially prominent. The female has prominent mesal lobes on the pedipalpi, but these are lacking in the male. This is the first record of the species from North America, although un- identified immature Oligolophus were reported from Newfoundland by Hackman ( 1956) . Oligolophus tridens is found in areas of disturbed soil, such as gardens, pastures, and floodplains. It has been caught at Burlington, Colchester, Isle La Motte, and on the shores of the Winooski River opposite to Bolton. All these localities are in northwestern Vermont. The species seems to be strictly nocturnal, hiding under dense bushes, in tall grass, or under driftwood by day. It is caught frequently in pitfall traps. REFERENCES Bishop, S. C. 1949. The Phalangida ( Opiliones) of N.Y. State. Proc. Roch. Acad. Sci. 9(3) : 159--235. Hackman, W. 1956. Phalangida (Opiliones) from Newfoundland, comment, biol. Helsingfors 15: 17. 1 Accepted for publication: June 3, 1974. Department of Zoology, University of Vermont, Marsh Life Science Building, Burlington, VT. 05401. ENT. NEWS, 85:566: 154, May & June 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 155 NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPSOCIDAE FROM SOUTHEASTERN ASIA (PSOCOPTERA) ] Edward L. Mockford2 ABSTRACT: Calocaecilius n. gen. is described with C. decipiens n. sp. as its type and only known species. The species occurs in Malaysia and the Philippine Islands. The genus is assigned to Amphipsocidae but is not closely related to any known amphipsocid genera. It is similar in superficial appearance to the psocids of the family Calopsocidae. It is suggested that both groups mimic coccinellid beetles. DESCRIPTORS: Psocoptera ; Amphipsocidae; Calocaecilius new genus, Calocaecilius decipiens new species. A new genus described below shows in general the characters of Group Caecilietae as stated by Badonnel ( 1951) . It is placed in Amphipsocidae as defined by Badonnel ( 1955) because of possession of the following characters: (1) robust wings, ( 2) costa broad and densely setose from base of pterostigma to apical curve in forewing, ( 3) forewing veins bearing long, strong, upright setae in more than one rank. The new genus is apparently not very closely related to any of the known amphipsocid genera. Abbreviations used for the measurements in the description are explained as follows: FW.L. = forewing length ; T = length of posterior tibia; tj = length of posterior basal tarsomere; t% = length of posterior distal tarsomere; tjct = number of ctenidia on posterior basal tarsomere; IO/D = smallest distance between compound eyes dorsally divided by greatest antero-posterior diameter of compound eye in dorsal view; PO = greatest lateral diameter of compound eye in dorsal view divided by greatest antero-posterior diameter of the eye in dorsal view. t gen. nov. Type species: Calocaecilius decipiens n.sp. Vertex slightly extended and flattened behind compound eyes. Antennae slender, about two-thirds length of forewing, bearing sparse semi-upright setae. Lacinial tip ( Fig. 3) bicuspid. Forewing (Fig. 1) somewhat coriaceous and elytriform, the surface textured with Accepted for publication: December 11, 1973. 2 Department of Biological Sciences, Illinois State University, Normal, Illinois 61761. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5 & 6 : 155-158, May &June 1974 156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS slight wrinkling. Hairs on veins in forewing restricted to dorsal surface. Pterostigma greatly shortened. Areola postica open basally due to absence of vein Cuj^. Hindwing (Fig. 2) broad, with ciliation developed around entire margin except for a hiatus on anterior margin from near wing base to end of vein Rj. Two ventral abdominal vesicles present, one between segments four and five, the other between segments five and six. Gonapophyses of either side ( Fig. 6) arising close together from a strongly sclerotized basal shaft ; first valvula curving gradually from its departure from shaft nearly to its tip; rudimentary third valvula bearing a single seta. Subgenital plate ( Fig. 7) cornered laterally on posterior margin but without protruding apophyses at corners; its pigmentation two diverging arms broadly separated medially. Glandular area of spermathecal duct ( Fig. 4) elongate and slender. Epiproct ( Fig. 5A) short and wide, densely setose in distal half. Paraproct (Fig. 5B) setose along posterior margin and with scattered setae elsewhere; a small field of short spines on posterior margin ventrally; sense cushion rounded, bearing approximately 26 trichobothria. Calocaecilius decipiens, n.sp. (9) Measurements (in microns). -- FW.L. T tj t2 t,ct IO/D PO Holotype 3200 975 224 125 9 2.43 0.70 Paratype 2772 971 281 106 13 2.54 0.78 Other 9 3194 967 223 115 8 2.41 0.68 Morphology. --As described for the genus. Color ( in alcohol) .--Compound eyes black. Head in general pale yellowish-brown ; ocellar interval and labrum medium brown. Antennae and legs pale yellowish-brown. Thoracic terga medium brown except creamy yellow along sutures. Thoracic pleura pale reddish -brown. Wings brown-washed, forewings more strongly so than hindwings. Preclunial abdominal segments dark reddish-brown. Clunium, epiproct, and paraprocts medium brown. Holotype 9 anc' ^9 paratype. --Philippine Islands: Mindanao: Davao Prov. : eastern slope of Mount McKinley, 7 Sept. 1946, el. 3300 ft., coll. F. G. Werner. Types will be deposited in the Field Museum, Chicago, 111. Additional record. --Malaysia: Pahang State: road from 'The Gap' to Frazer's Hill, 24 Nov. 1966, beating dry leaves of low trees, 1 9 • coll. E. L. Mockford. Discussion. --This insect has a striking superficial resemblance to the psocids of the family Calopsocidae, which are also southeast-Asian. The resemblance is caused primarily by the broad, coriaceous forewings of both and by presence of a decided bend in the costa on the anterior margin of the forewing. In Calocaecilius, the bend occurs at the base of the pterostigma, while in the calopsocids it occurs at the distal end of the pterostigma. In either case, the wing margin distal to the bend stands at about 130 degrees to the margin basal to the bend. The bend continues across the wing, but posterior to the margin it is not so strongly expressed. The result is that the wing surface from the region of the bend to the tip appears rounded downward when the wings are folded, so that they resemble the elytra of a beetle. The flattening of the posterior head margin is only slight in Calocaecilius as opposed to the calopsocids, in which the posterior head margin is blade-like. In both groups, however, the head Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 157 0.05 ' Figs. 1-7. Structures of Calocaecilius decipiens, n. gen., n.sp.. holotype 9 • Fig- 1- Forewing ( fork of vein R4 + 5 is an anomaly present only on one side of one individual) . Fig. 2. Hindwing (same scale as forewing) . Fig. 3. Lacinial tip. Fig. 4. Duct of spermatheca ( same scale as Fig. 6). Fig. 5A. Epiproct. Fig. 5B. Paraproct. Fig. 6. Right gonapophyses. Fig. 7. Subgenital plate (half scale of Fig. 5). Scales in mm. 158 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS flattening allows the head to be closely appressed to the pronotum. I have observed living calopsocids in the field in Assam and Queensland, and I find the total effect of their appearance and gait is reminiscent of a coccinellid beetle. Accordingly, I believe that the calopsocids are coccinellid mimics. The resemblances between Calocaecilius and the calopsocids are explainable, then, on the basis of the former being a member of the same mimetic complex as the latter. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank Mr. Henry Dybas of the Field Museum of Natural History for initiating the loan of material which included the types of species described here. LITERATURE CITED Badonnel, A. 1951. Psocopteres. In Grasse, P. "Traite de Zoologie". Faris. Vol. 10, fasc. 2: 1301-1340. Badonnel, A. 1955. Psocopteres de 1'Angola. Diamang Pub. Cult. 26: 1-267. The Entomologist's Library This section contains titles of books, monographs, and articles received by the editor that may be of special interest to entomologists and biologists. A brief statement of contents and items of interest are noted. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication. All correspondence for this section should be addressed to the editor. BOOK REVIEW THE PEST WAR. W. W. Fletcher. 1974. Halsted Press, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. 218 pages. 19 photos. $11.95. Although not limited to insect pests ( other pests treated are insect relatives, weeds, fungi and certain vertebrate pests) , the main thrust of this book is a review of the various methods of insect and weed control. The development and use of chemicals for pest control forms the main bulk of this book and methods discussed include pesticides, insecticides, herbicides and fungicides. Also included is a chapter on so-called novel control methods such as sterilization and sex and food lures, and a fine chapter on biological control, following which the author, who is "internationally known as an expert on pesticides" concedes that the future may lit with integrated control, making use of both chemical and biological methods. Concluding chapters document the breat benefits accrued to mankind through the use of pesticides and review how their use can and must be controlled by government and other agencies so that no permanent damage will be sustained by the environment. A very complete list of references is provided for further reading, together with listings of the common and scientific names of all pests and the common and chemical names of all pesticides mentioned in the text. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 159 STUDIES ON THE BIOLOGY OF THE CHRYSOPIDAE V. THE DEVELOPMENTAL AND REPRODUCTIVE MATURATION RATES OF CHRYSOPA CARNEA NEUROPTERA: CHRYSOPIDAE) ' 2 Joseph K. Sheldon,3 Ellis G. MacLeod4.5 ABSTRACT: The effect on the developmental rate of Chrysopa carnea Stephens of the variables photoperiod, temperature, geographic locality, diapause state, and sex was examined by multiple regression analysis. A significant three-way interaction between photo- period, temperature, and locality was found. Both diapause state and sex were also found to have a significant effect on development, although neither were involved in interactions with other factors. A study of the effect of photoperiod on the reproductive maturation rate of nondiapausing adults was also made. A significant difference was found in the response of females reared under LD = 14/10 vs. LD = 16/8. The significance appears to lie in the degree of hetero- geneity of the female's response once yolk depostion has begun. No effect was found on the males examined. Chrysopa carnea Stephens, one of the more common North American members of the ubiquitous family Chrysopidae, is widely distributed throughout the temperate regions of the world. Recently this species has gained attention as a potential biological control agent because of its highly predaceous larval stages ( Lingren et al. 1968a,b; Ridgway and Jones 1969) and a number of studies examining aspects of its biology have appeared. These include work on the adult feeding habits ( Hagen et al. 1970a, b; Sheldon and MacLeod 1971), characteristics of the diapause phenology (MacLeod 1967; Honek 1973; Honek and Hodek 1973; Tauber and Tauber 1969, 1970a,b, 1972, 1973a,b; Tauber et al. 1970a,b) , and more general studies of the over-all seasonal cycle ( Zeleny 1965, Sheldon and MacLeod 1974). 'Accepted for publication: January 15, 1974. 2 The work was supported by a grant from the National Science Foundation (GB8644). This study is part 5 of a series published under the general title "Studies on the Biology of the Chrysopidae." Fart 4 appears in the bibliography as Sheldon and MacLeod (1974). The present paper was incorrectly cited in part 4 where it was listed as part 3 instead of part 5. o .Department of Biology, Eastern College, St. Davids, Pennsylvania 19087; Research Associ- ate, Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. 4 Department of Entomology, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois 61801. We are indebted to R.B. Selander for his suggestions and assistance in the statistical analysis of our data. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5&6 : 159-169, May &June 1974 160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The data presented here relate to yet another phase of the biology of C. earned, the developmental and reproductive maturation rates. We have examined the influence of the variables photoperiod, temperature, geographic origin, diapause state, and sex, plus their interactions on the developmental rate from egg to adult. This is then followed by a con- sideration of the response of newly emerged, nondiapausing adults to different photoperiods above the diapause inducing level in order to de- termine whether, once the critical photoperiod has been surpassed, if there is a photoperiodic effect on the reproductive maturation rate. MATERIALS AND METHODS The investigation of the pre-imaginal developmental rate utilized the offspring of 54 field- collected adult females from 3 localities, Paducah, Kentucky (37° N, 16 females) ; Urbana, Illinois ( 40 N, 22 females) ; and Madison, Wisconsin ( 43°N, 16 females) . The work was carried out over a period of about 2 years ( 1969-1970) and involved 5 rearing experiments which examined the effects of 1 8 different photoperiods ranging from LD = 10/14 to LD = 16/8 at 2 temperatures, 19°C and 25°C on the develop- mental rate of the 3 geographic stocks. Results of the five rearings were pooled for the final analysis. Approximately 2200 individuals were reared in the study. In each rearing, the adults utilized for oviposition had constant access to both food (described by MacLeod 1967) and water. They were maintained at 25° C, LD = 16/8 prior to and during egg collection and an equal number of eggs was collected daily from each female. These were randomly distributed among the photoperiod and temperature regimes utilized during the rearing. The larvae were maintained as described by MacLeod ( 1967) except for the addition of a relative humidity control (see Sheldon and MacLeod 1971). After the adults emerged, they were held for six days, dissected, and analyzed for diapause as described elsewhere (Sheldon and MacLeod 1974). The ultimate fate, diapause vs. nondiapause, was considered a variable in the analysis. The offspring of 12 females collected at Urbana, Illinois on 9 and 12 June 1969 were utilized to examine the effect of photoperiod on the repro- ductive maturation rate. These females were maintained as a mass culture at 25 °C, LD = 16/8. Eggs were collected daily and were placed indi- vidually into cotton-stoppered, 2-dram shell vials. They were then divided equally between the 2 photoperiodic regimes, LD = 14/10 and LD = 16/8. The larvae were reared as above. These 2 photoperiods were chosen because they are on opposite ends of the ecologically relevant, nondipause-inducing photoperiods experienced by the Urbana population. LD = 14/10 is near the Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 161 * I $ f 1 + * * 4 * Os • d i O CM TH sOO-TCMCMOTHCv. CO OVO-* CO aO -4- CO 5 % fj so CM Os SO OCSsOVOCOCs-CMCM CM o •< 5 .H1 CM TH TH TH TH CM ^ square i J 0 CM O ****9V O CM 1 i * * * * * * * 00 THTHSIO CMsO Osvo Os CO vo vo -si* SO Os vo o o en $ (^ y. s 03 go Os VO Q-*VOCS--*SOTHTH CM o »J £ 00 TH ** 00 TH CM • O *•* vo e 1 i s? a 0 8 1 ao 1 * 0 i H t i v> ..7\ c^\ -I— ( ^j- ps.. PS. c^., ^rO^-Or^r^c^THN-O ^H 00 SO 00 VO ao o 0 ,_, o- Os Os ao <*^ P*^. ^^ -& ^o «H ^H TH o d v jfr 03 CM TH aO T-H oj 0) E 5 CO o ><* p 0 0) >• ^-4 V ! 3 M >- •s oo 0 i * 0 * SO i i i i ; -..t OOf^-sfC^^^O CS QO ^O f^x C^ u^\ ^^ *H -* TH I * • •3 CO co „_, * Os O C^---^-.^ OOv^-t'-t TH o u^ CO so ^^ ,_) W^ . X 0 ^ ^^ s~^ —^ H < c Q t-l 0 ,-x PH > •Tg o « T! OP, 1 TH a o % • — 0 -^ P. •H PL, e CM CM Q +» ^ Vr «l C ffi pVl rH X ID 0) C O c CO £ « K • •« p. K 5 O 3 o *H CO a • 8, • B K 0 8 o 3 ^ ^ S. "2 H OKXXKODM Z ^1 13 0 1 CM co E- co OrE-E-^Jf-'a-HH iS M e « H K H ri 162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS critical photoperiod, but enough above it that there is no diapause (Sheldon and MacLeod 1974). LD = 16/8, on the other hand, is approximately the longest photoperiod experienced at a latitude of 40°N. Upon emergence, the adults of each photoperiod were separated by sex and were randomly divided into groups to be dissected at the adult ages shown in Figs. 4 and 5. Prior to dissection, the adults were maintained under their rearing conditions. The analysis of the degree of reproductive maturation in the females was based on a measurement of the diameter of the basal oocyte of the largest ovariole in each ovary. A diameter of approximately 0.41 mm indicates the presence of a mature oocyte, while a teneral or diapausing individual has ovarioles with a maximum diameter of about 0.07 mm. In the males the position of the sperm was noted. A shift of sperm from the testis to the seminal vesicle indicates a sexually mature individual. With the exception of the males in the reproductive maturation experi- ment where a chi square test was utilized, the results of both studies were analyzed with a multiple regression analysis. RESULTS Developmental Rate. The results of our analysis are presented in Table 1 . The analysis was partitioned such that the separate contributions of each instar from egg to adult could be determined. All possible interac- tions for main factors and the covariate were considered. Terms were dropped only after examination of their contributions to regression sum of squares indicated that the terms were unnecessary. Retained interactions involving locality include both its linear and quadratic components; re- tained interactions involving photoperiod include its linear, quadratic, and cubic components. In the periods to the 1st instar, cocoon, pupa, and adult, the analysis indicates that T ( temperature) , L ( locality) , and P ( photoperiod) are in- volved in three-way interaction in the sense that the effect of any one factor depends on the levels of the other 2 factors. It should be pointed out that for the adult stage, although the 3-way interaction was not significant, 2 of the terms, of the 6 that are included in this interaction, are significant at less that the 5% level. Therefore, there is significant 3-way interaction if the interaction is partitioned into its individual components; then the 2 terms would be shown as significant. In the case of the 2nd and 3rd instars, the overall 3-way interaction is not significant, nor is any of the 6 terms included in each of these interactions significant. The high degree of significance that was found in the lower-level terms, especially in the 2nd and 3rd instars and the adult stage where the 3-way interaction was lacking or only partially present, should also be noted. Of Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 163 the 2-way interactions, L x P and T x P, all are significant with the excep- tion of L x P in the 1st instar. Also T x L in the 3rd instar proved highly significant. The main factors, T, L, and P were all significant with the ex- ception of locality in the 1st instar. Sex ( S) was also found to be highly significant even though its interactions were not. The males consistently developed faster than the females. Diapause, the covariate, was also found to have a significant effect in all except the 1st 2 periods, the diapausing individuals developing, on the average, slightly faster ( 0.46 days) than the nondiapausers. The developmental rates for all instars ( sexes combined) of the Paducah, Ky. ; Urbana, 111. ; and Madison, Wise, populations are shown in Figs. 1-3 respectively. A close examination of these figures reveals where some of the complexity lies. The effect of temperature alone is striking, but it is also evident that the general shape of the photoperiodic response curve is consistently different at the 2 temperatures ( compare A and B in all 3 figures) , a feature which is not surprising considering the high degree of significance for the T x P interaction shown in Table 1 . The response of 39 38 37 u 0> 01 1 G. o 3 O o 34 ; 30 B O 20 1> cc o o O 0 B ooooo O "? p 10 p 6O — — rO o p o to 0 O 0 o> 2 37 36 35 5 34 o S 30 CO o o <£ 20 o CO >% D 0 10 B 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 10 o o o o p rp p ro 6 6 - - o o o p 10 O ip to o 9 o ro &0 op O O op 6 — O ro oil O O ro O rp ro p p no 16 Photophase Photophase Fig. 2. Time to reach successive growth stages of C. carnea, Urbana, Illinois population. A = 19°C; B = 25°C. 1 = the length of time to reach the 1st instar ( hatching of egg) ; 2 = time to 2nd instar; 3 = time to 3rd instar; 4 = time to pre-pupa ( spinning of cocoon) ; 5 = time to pupation; 6 = time to adult eclosion. The standard error for each photophase is given for the adult. 40 39 s 38 2 37 V) | 36 o 5 35 S 34 o o u 2O O Q 10 B O O 6 o rp 6 O o o 10 o p o rp c\j O O O ro O O O ro O O O O in tb 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 10 P ro cvi O P ro O rp ro O p Photophase Photophase Fig. 3. Time to reach successive growth stages of C. carnea, Madison, Wisconsin popula- tion. A = 19°C; B = 25°C. 1 = the length of time to reach the 1st instar ( hatching of egg) ; 2 = time to 2nd instar ; 3 = time to 3rd instar ; 4 = time tc pre-pupa ( spinning of cocoon) ; 5 = time to pupation; 6 = time to adult eclosion. The standard error for each photophase is given for the adult. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 165 the 3 geographic populations also can be seen to vary with the temperature and photoperiod. A 19°C the Urbana population developed most rapidly under 12 of the 18 photoperiods examined, while Paducah was the slowest in 11 cases. The results were noticeably different at 25° C where the Madison population was found to develop most rapidly under 8 of the 11 photoperiods examined, with Paducah again the slowest 8 out of the 11 times. Reproductive Maturation Rate. The results of this study are presented in Figs. 4 and 5. Females were found to initiate ovariole swelling, the first indication of yolk deposition, at about 48 h following adult eclosion and most individuals examined had mature eggs by 120 h ( Fig. 4 A,B) . Some difference was present between the 2 groups with respect to the degree of variance once yolk deposition has begun. This was particularly apparent in the 84- and 108-h groups in the LD = 14/10 series in which there was significantly less yolk deposition present than in the corresponding groups at LD = 16/8. A differential response between the 2 groups was also indicated by multiple regression analysis (P <0.05). The results of the males ( Fig. 5A, B) show that maturation occurs much earlier in this sex. The first males to undergo a sperm shift were encount- ered after 15 h in the LD == 14/10 group and after 21 h in the LD = 16/8 group. By 42 h all males examined at LD = 16/8 and all but 3 at LD = 14/10 had shifted sperm. The response of the LD = 14/10 group seemed to be somewhat more scattered ( although not significantly so) , since the first shift appeared 6 h earlier and the last shift 6 h later than that found in the LD 16/8 group. DISCUSSION Developmental Rate. That the developmental rate may be affected by a number of parameters has been common knowledge for many years. Most of the studies examining the influence of these parameters have been restricted to single factor analysis, with the effect of temperature receiving by far the most attention (see Wigglesworth 1965) . Other factors whose effect on the developmental rate have been examined include the length of the photoperiod (reviewed by Beck 1968, and dealt with in more recent studies such as those by Lutz 1968, Benschoter 1968, Clark 1969) ; sex ( innumerable cases are known in which one sex develops faster than the other) ; and intraspecific differences due to geographic origin ( Danilevskii 1965). Recently attempts have been made to examine simultaneously the influence of some of these environmental parameters to determine their joint effect (see for example Selander and Weddle 1972). This latter approach has the potential of providing a great deal more information 166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS .40 L A . . .35 • .30 .25 I "i .20 I k_ (D .15 .10 : , } » ' "w E Q .05 • 0> o h. o .40 B i O .35 c 0 V .30 .25 { ? .20 .1 5 : i 5 .10 .05 ;...*' 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 Hours from Adult Eclosion to Dissection Fig. 4. The ovariole maturation rate of C. earned females at two different photoperiod. A. LD = 14/10; B. LD = 16/8. N = 8 for each point. The standard error is given where equal to or greater than 0.01. £ E CL CO "t ^ 5 w c» £ 5 4 3 2 I 0 i- CO V E B 09 18 27 36 45 54 Hours from Adult Eclosion to Dissection Fig. b. The timing of the sequence of sperm shift from the testis to the seminal vesicle in C. carnea males at two different photoperiods. A. LD = 14/10; B. LD = 16/8. N = 5 for each point. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 167 concerning the nature of the response as well as information about the organism's monitoring system since, as we have demonstrated, and it was also shown to be the case in the beetles examined by Selander and Weddle, multifactor control systems with high levels interaction are present in some species and are probably quite common. An attempt to deal with such complex problems by using single factor analysis will provide some infor- mation, but it is also likely to give a gross oversimplification of the actual conditions. The significant 3-way interaction between temperature, locality, and photoperiod that we encountered in our analysis provides a good example of the complexity that may be involved. This is in marked contrast to the results reported by Benschoter 1968, working on Heliothis zea ( Boddie) and H. virescens ( Fabricius) who examined only the effect of photoperiod and found that an increase in the amount of light accelerated the developmental rate in approximately a linear manner. Although we found the slowest growth rates were at the short photoperiods, it was at the middle photoperiods that the most rapid development took place rather than at the long photoperiods as reported by Benschoter. This was true in all geographic populations at 19°C and in the Urbana group at 2£P C. Unfortunately, the extreme photoperiods were not examined at 25 C for the Paducah and Madison strains. The high degree of significance of the locality effect encountered in our study, outside of its part in the interaction, should also be noted since, in general, insects have not been found to show a geographic effect of locality on the developmental rate ( Danilevskii 1965). Danilevskii suggests that this probably is due to the relatively uniform distribution of temperatures throughout the range of most species during the growing season. It would seem reasonable, however, that a southern population might develop more slowly at a given temperature e.g., Paducah, Ky. than its northern counterparts since the longer growing season would not necessitate a rapid growth rate to complete the life cycle-up to the point where additional generations are added. Since we have analyzed only the number of genera- tions in the Urbana population ( Sheldon and MacLeod 1974), we are un- able to provide precise information on this point. The ecological reason why the Urbana population develops more rapidly at 25° C than Madison and then reverses itself at 19°C is also unclear at this time. The more rapid development of the males would seem to indicate the presence of a selective advantage for a large early population of this sex. This same phenomenon was also encountered in the study of the overwintering generation discussed elsewhere ( Sheldon and MacLeod 1974) in which the males were found to leave the overwintering sites first and undergo their sperm shift well before the females reach sexual maturity. Since both sexes undergo multiple matings ( Sheldon and 168 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS MacLeod, unpublished data; Tauber and Tauber 1969) this would seem to maximize the likelihood of an adequate initial supply of males and, combined with the relatively long life span of both sexes ( up to several weeks) , it should also provide a sufficient number of males for subsequent matings. Reproductive Maturation Rate. The initial motivation for this study was the need to determine the optimal time for performing dissections in the analysis for diapause in an investigation reported by Sheldon and MacLeod 1974. Individuals emerging in diapause cause no problems since their reproductive status remains constant, assuming that they are held under diapause maintaining conditions, for several weeks ( see Sheldon and MacLeod 1974 and Tauber et al. 1970a for details) . Our primary concern was the type of response shown by individuals reared at photoperiods very close to, but slightly above those inducing diapause vs. the typical long-day conditions during mid-summer. It is clear, for the purpose of diapause analysis, that the response to the 2 photoperiods examined is essentially uniform. The difference in the rate of maturation encountered in the females was of little importance to the analysis since yolk deposition was initiated and mature eggs were encountered at approximately the same time in both groups. At 25°C a delay of 48 h in the dissection of males following adult eclosion provided sufficient time to permit those individuals not going into diapause to shift sperm to the seminal vesicle. Likewise, a delay of 5 days is sufficient for virtually all nondiapausing females to develop mature eggs. The increased heterogeneity in the response at LD = 14/10 may indicate that at the shorter photoperiods, above the diapause-inducing levels, that individuals may not be entirely turned off to diapause. They may, in fact, undergo a periodic regression toward diapause which is then followed by another period of yolk deposition. It would seem likely that one might encounter some evidence of yolk resorption and/or an increase in the length of time required for development, however we did not detect either. LITERATURE CITED Beck, S.D. 1968. Insect photoperiodism. Academic Press, New York. 288p. Benschoter, C.A. 1968. Diapause and development of Heliothis zea and H. virescens in con- trolled environments. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 61:953-956. Clark, S.H. 1969. Influence of photoperiod on development and larval diapause in the vice- roy butterfly, Limenitis archippus. }. Insect Physiol. 15: 1951-1957. Danilevskii, A.S. 1965. Photoperiodism and seasonal development of insects. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh and London. 283p. Hagen, K.S., R.L. Tassan, and E.F. Sawall, Jr. 1970a. Some ecophysiological relationships between certain Chrysopa, honeydews and yeasts. Portici. Boll. Lab. Ent. agr, Filippo Silvestri. 28: 1 13-134. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 169 Hagen, K.S., E.F. Sawall, Jr., and R.L. Tassan. 1970b. The use of food sprays to increase effectiveness of entomophagous insects. Proc. Tall Timbers Conf. Ecol. Anim. Control Habitat Manage. 2:59-81. Honek, A. 1973. Relationship of colour changes and diapause in natural populations of Chrysopa carnea Steph. ( Neuroptera, Chrysopidae) . Acta ent. bohemoslov. 70: 254-258. Honek, A., and I. Hodek. 1973. Diapause of Chrysopa carnea (Chrysopidae: Neuroptera) females in the field. Vestnik Cs. spol. zool. 37:95-100. Lingren, P.D., R.L. Ridgway, and S.L. Jones. 1968a. Consumption by several arthropod predators of eggs and larvae of two Heliotliis sup. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) that attack cotton. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 61:6 13-618. Lingren, P.O., R.L. Ridgway, C.B. Cowan, Jr., J.W. Davis, and W.C. Watkins. 1968b. Biological control of the bollworm and the tobacco budworm by arthropod predators affected by insecticides. J. Econ. Entomol. 61:1521-1525. Lutz, P.E. 1968. Effect of temperature and photoperiod on larval development in Lestes eurinus. Ecology 49:637-644. MacLeod, E.G. 1967. Experimental induction and elimination of adult diapause and autumnal coloration in Chrysopa carnea (Neuroptera). J. Insect Physiol. 13:1343-1349. Ridgway, R.L., and S.L. Jones. 1969. Inundative releases of Chrysopa carnea for control of Heliothis on cotton. J. Econ. Entomol. 62:177-180. Selander, R.B., and R.C. Weddle. 1972. The ontogeny of blister beetles ( Coleoptera : Meloidae) . III. diapause termination in coarctate larvae of Epicauta segmenta. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 65:1-17. Sheldon, J.K., and E.G. MacLeod. 1971. Studies on the biology of the Chrysopidae II. The Feeding behavior of the adult of Chrysopa carnea (Neuroptera). Psyche 78:107-121. Sheldon, J.K., and E.G. MacLeod. 1974. Studies on the biology of the Chrysopidae IV. A field and laboratory study of the seasonal cycle of Chrysopa carnea Stephens in Central Illinois (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 100:437-512. Tauber, M.J., and C.A. Tauber. 1969. Diapause in Chrysopa carnea (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae) I. Effect of photoperiod on reproductively active adults. Can. Entomol. 101:364-370. Tauber, M.J., and C.A. Tauber. 1970a. Photoperiodic induction and termination of diapause in an insect: response to changing day lengths. Science (Wash., D.C.) 167: 170. Tauber, M.J., and C.A. Tauber. 1970b. Adult diapause in Chrysopa carnea: stages sensitive to photoperiodic induction. J. Insect Physiol. 16:2075-2080. Tauber, M.J., and C.A. Tauber. 1972. Geographic variation in critical photoperiod and in diapause intensity of Chrysopa carnea (Neuroptera). J. Insect Physiol. 18:25-29. Tauber, M.J., and C.A. Tauber. 1973a. Quantitative response to daylength during diapause in insects. Nature 244: 296-297. Tauber, M.J., and C.A. Tauber. 1973b. Seasonal regulation of dormancy in Chrysopa carnea (Neuroptera). J. Insect Physiol. 19:1455-1463. Tauber, M.J., C.A. Tauber, and C.J. Denys. 1970a. Diapause in Chrysopa carnea (Neurop- tera: Chrysopidae) II. Maintenance by photoperiod. Can. Entomol. 102:474-478. Tauber, M.J., C.A. Tauber, and C.J. Denys. 1970b. Adult diapause in Chrysopa carnea: photoperiodic control of duration and color. J. Insect Physiol. 16:949-955. Wigglesworth, V.B. 1965. The principles of insect physiology. E.P. Dutton & Co. Inc., New York. 741 p. Zeleny, J. 1965. Lace-wings ( Neuroptera) in cultural steppe and the population dynamics in the species Chrysopa carnea Steph. and Chrysopa ph\llochroma Wesm. Acta ent. Bohemoslov. 62:177-194. 170 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections or previously published erroneous records, misidentifica- tions, short Held notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt publica- tion is offered in this department. TWO SPECIES OF ODONATA NEW TO PENNSYLVANIA l Clark Sniffer2 ABSTRACT: Two species of Odonata are reported from Pennsylvania for the first time. These are Coenagrion resolutum (Hagen) (Coenagrionidae), the first member of this genus to be taken in the state, and Sympetnim costifemm (Hagen) (Libellulidae). DESCRIPTORS: Coenagrion resolutum (Hagen) ; Sympetrum costifemm (Hagen) ; New distribution records; Pennsylvania. On 24 June, 1971, a single mature male specimen of Coenagrion resolu- tum ( Hagen) was taken by the writer at Hills Creek State Park, Tioga County, Pennsylvania. This is the first representative of the genus Coenagrion to be taken in Pennsylvania. A total of four mature male specimens of Sympetrum costifemm (Hagen) were taken by the writer on 13 and 14 August, 1974, at Beechwood Lake, about 13.5 miles northwest of Wellsboro, Tioga County, Pennsylvania. Several tandem pairs of this species were seen but could not be captured. The collection of costifemm raises to seven the number of species of Sympetrum which are known from Pennsylvania. Both species are known to occur in New York and Ohio, so their occurrence in Pennsylvania was anticipated. Accepted for publication: December 2, 1974. 2 254 S. Gill Street, State College, Pennsylvania 16801 ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5 & 6 : 170, May & June 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 17] NEW SPECIES OF PANORPA (MECOPTERA: PANORPIDAE) Donald W. Webb2 ABSTRACT: A new species of Nearctic Panorpa is described and its relationship to closely related species is discussed. DESCRIPTORS: Mecoptera; Panorpidae: Panorpa setifera, new species: P. Helena; P. insolens; Wisconsin. While collecting specimens of Mecoptera for a faunistic study of the midwestern species, an unidentifiable male specimen of Panorpa was collected at Parfrey's Glen, Wisconsin. This specimen resembled Panorpa Helena in the characters of the wing membranes and in having several large, black setae at the apex of the basistyle. A recent collecting trip to Wisconsin added seven additional specimens ( four males, three females) . On the basis of this material and after examination of the male by Dr. George Byers, at the University of Kansas it has been determined that these specimens are a new species. On the basis of the female terminalia and wing membranes the females of this species are closely associated with P. Helena ( Byers, 1962) and P. insolens ( Carpenter, 1935; Byers, 1973) and at this time no definitive character can separate these females from those of P. insolens. Panorpa setifera, new species The description of this species is based on eight specimens ( four males, three females in alcohol; 1 male pinned). Head. --Eyes dark brown to black. Occiput, vertex, front, and rostrum dark yellowish brown. Labial palps dark brown. Ocelli pale yellow to amber on dark brown to black subtri- angular pad. Scape of antenna dark yellowish brown; pedicel and flagellar segments black. Thorax. --Pleura pale yellow, the dorsum somewhat darker. Pronotum with 12 long, black setae along anterior margin. Legs pale yellow, tarsi darkened toward apex, apical segment dark brown to black. Wings.- Wing length 11.1-11.6 mm. Membranes (Fig. 1) pale yellow to amber. Apical band entire, dark brown to black with 2-4 small pale spots. Pterostigmal band dark brown to black, broad, continuous, anterior fork broken with apical branch reduced to small dark spot. Basal band dark brown to black, broken into two small spots. Marginal spot( s) and second basal spot absent. First basal spot small, dark brown to black. Crossveins not margined. Abdomen. --Venter pale yellow to brown in both sexes. Dorsum of males pale to dark yellow with abdominal terga 2-4 dark brown. In females all abdominal terga dark reddish brown. Accepted for publication: January 10, 1974. 2 Illinois Natural History Survey, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois 61801. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5&6 : 171-173, May & June 1974 172 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Third abdominal tergum of male with dark brown to black notal organ along posterior margin. Sixth abdominal tergum of male with dark yellowish anal horn. Terminalia.- -Genital bulb of male pale to dark yellow. Ninth tergum (Fig. 2) narrow, elongate, apex emarginate forming two thick lateral lobes. Hypovalves (ninth sternum) ( Fig. 3) narrow, elongate, of nearly uniform width throughout, fused near base of basistyle and extending to base of dististyle. Dististyle (Fig. 3) simple, falcate, two-thirds length of basistyle, with shallow, saucerlike excavation on mesal surface. Basistyle (Fig. 3) short, broad, with large tubercle bearing six thick, strong, black setae at mesal apex of basistyle. Ventral parameres (Figs. 3, 4, and 5) broad, sinuate, barbed along mesal margin with ventral valves extending slightly beyond base of dististyle, fused basally to form two narrow elongate extensions which extend over half the length of ventral valves. Lobes of aedeagus short (Fig. 4), broad, not extending beyond base of dististyle. Subgenital plate of female( Fig. 6) cone-shaped, rounded apically. Genital plate (Fig. 6) short, 0.95 ± 0.004 mm ( N = 3) in length. Distal plate 0.59 mm in length, broad, emarginate apically to form two moderately thick lateral lobes. Spermathecal apodeme narrow, elongate, extending beyond base of distal plate 0.63 times length of distal plate, not extending apically to base of apical emargination of distal plate. Basal plate absent. This species is known from a single locality in southern Wisconsin and is closely associated with P. Helena and P. insolens. Collections made at various localities within a radius of thirty miles around Parfrey's Glen produced no additional specimens. The males of P. setifera resemble Helena in the characters of the wing membranes and in the presence of coarse, dark setae at the apex of the basistyle. The males of setifera differ from Helena in the presence of a broad, mesal tubercle at the apex of the basistyle bearing six dark, thick setae (Fig. 3) and with the ventral parameres fused basally to form a pair of narrow elongate projections (Fig. 3). The females of setifera resemble closely both P. lielena and P. insolens in the characters of the wing membranes and the genital plate. No morphological characters could be found to separate setifera from insolens and both of these species are separated from lielena only on the length of the genital plate. Specimens Examined. -Holotype 6 (INHS), WISCONSIN, Sauk County, Parfrey's Glen, 3.0 miles north of Merrimac, July 21, 1973, D.W. Webb. Allotype?, Paratypes 3 66 2 99 (INHS, SEM), same data as holotype; 1 6 (INHS) August 5, 1972, same locality as holotype. Type specimens are deposited in the Illinois Natural History Survey (INHS) and the Snow Entomological Museum (SEM), University of Kansas. Habitat. --All specimens were collected on jewel-weed (Impatiens sp.) and stinging wood nettle ( Laportea canadensis) in a oak-maple woods along the spring fed stream in Parfrey's Glen. Key to Related Species of Panorpa Because no new keys to the species of Panorpa have been published since Carpenters' ( 1931) revision of the Nearctic Mecoptera and because certain synonymy and new species have been determined the keys to this new species are modifications of the keys present in a forth coming paper on the Mecoptera of Illinois which is now in press. The males of P. setifera separate out in couplet 14 of the Mecoptera of Illinois which is modified here to include setifera. 14. Basistyle with 1-6 dark, thick mesal setae ( Fig. 3) at apex 14a Basistyle without dark, thick setae at apex 15 14a. Basistyle with large, mesal, apical tubercle bearing six thick, black setae (Fig. 3). Ventral parameres broad, sinuate, barbed along mesal margin (Fig. 4), and fused basally to form two, narrow, elongate projections which extend posteriorly over half the length of ventral parameres Basistyle without apical tubercle but with 1-3 dark, mesal setae at apex. Ventral parameres barbed along mesal margin, but not fused basally to form two mesal projections .. lielena Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 173 The female genital plate of P. setifera separates out in couplet 22 of the Mecoptera of Illinois which is modified here to include setifera. 22 . Genital plate over 1 . 04 mm in length Helena Genital plate ( Fig. 6) less than 1 .00 mm in length setifera insolens Figures 1-6 Panorpa setifera, 1) right fore wing. 2) dorsal view of ninth tergurn. 3) ventral view of male terminalia. 4) ventral view of ventral parameres and aedeagus. 5) lateral view of ventral parameres and aedeagus. 6) dorsal view of female genital and suhgenitul plate. LITERATURE CITED Byers, G.W. 1962 Type specimens of Nearctic Mecoptera in european museums, including descriptions of new species. Annals of the Entomological Society of America 55: 466-476. 1973 Descriptions and distributional records of american Mecoptera. III. Journal of the Kansas Entomological Society 46(3) : 362-375. Carpenter, P.M. 1931 Revision of the Nearctic Mecoptera. Bulletin of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology 72(6): 205-277. — 1935 New Nearctic Mecoptera, with notes on other species. Psyche 42: 105-122. 174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful ne\v distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidemili- cations, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt publication is offered in this department. NEW RECORDS OF TWO RARE ROVE BEETLES FOR ARIZONA (COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE) 1 a Ian Moore This short note is to verify two new records of rove beetles to be included in the new check list being produced for the North American Beetle Fauna Project. Dacnochilus fresnoensis Leech was known from Fresno, Fresno County, and Sunnymead, Riverside County, California. A specimen in the collection of the University of California at Riverside is from Tucson, Pima County, Arizona, June 15, 1948, collected by R. H. Crandall, Sr. Deleaster trimaculatus Fall was described from Colorado. I have seen specimens from California which are not before me at present. The collection at the University of California at Riverside contains three specimens, two from Prescott, Yavapai County, Arizona, August 15, 1964, collected by R. H. Crandall, Jr. and one from Pine Flat Campground, 12 miles south of Flagstaff on U.S. 89a, Coconino County, Arizona, collected by M. J. Wargo. 1 Accepted for publication: September 6, 1974. 2 Staff Research Associate, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, California 92502. An entomologist from Italy has written expressing a wish to correspond and exchange material on American Coleoptera and Lepidoptera. Name and address: Orselli Geom. Franco, Via Garzoni 5, 48012 B. Cavallo (RA), Italia. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5 & 6 : 174, May & June 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 175 HOST-PLANT SPECTRUM OF STRAWBERRY SPIDER MITE l 2 3 D. J. Miller4, W. A. Connell5 ABSTRACT: Eighty six species or varieties of angiosperms from 30 families were evaluated for suitability as hosts for Tetranychus turkestani Ugarov and Nikolski, the strawberry spider mite, and were rated as follows: 44.2% excellent, 16.3% acceptable, 8.1% poor and 31. 4% unacceptable. The excellent hosts generally were concentrated in the upper middle portion of this subdivision of the plant kingdom, in the Rosaceae, Fabaceae, Malvaceae and their near relatives, but 2 of 4 Graminae and all 5 Cucurbitaceae tested also were excellent hosts. DESCRIPTORS: Strawberry Spider Mite, Soybean Pests, Spider Mite Host Plants, Tetranychus turkestani U. & N. In Delaware during dry summers, the strawberry spider mite, Tetranychus turkestani Ugarov and Nikolski, causes severe injury to soybeans (Simpson and Connell, 1973). This study evaluates the suitability of a wide range of plants as hosts for T. turkestani, and gives information on possible overwintering hosts as well as on hosts from which the mite could migrate to soybeans. Mellott and Connell ( 1965) reported T. turkestani (under the synonym T. atlanticus McGregor) from 63 plant species, but said little about their suitability as hosts. Their list included plants reported as hosts in the literature which they were not able to confirm through collections. Accepted for publication: December 5, 1973. 9 Published as Miscellaneous Paper No. 664 with the approval of the Director of the Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station, Publication No. 423 of the Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware. February, 1973. Part of a thesis submitted by the senior author in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Master of Science degree. Q Acarina : Tetranychidae. 4 Research Fellow ( resigned June 30, 1972; now at Department of Entomology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich.). ^ Associate Professor. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5&6 : 175-179, May & June 1974 176 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Materials and Methods- -86 angiosperm species or varieties from 30 families were studied. Most of these were either potted with their root system intact in the field and transferred to the greenhouse or raised from seed. In the case of a few, which could not be transplanted easily, a leaf, or part of a leaf was evaluated on wet filter paper in a petri dish, a modification of Rodriquez' (1951) technique. A soybean leaf infested with T. turkestani, from a greenhouse colony, was placed on each plant or isolated leaf being tested. The mites which migrated from this material then were allowed to feed for 9 days. The life cycle of this mite is about 8 days at 21° C and 4 days at 27°C ( Cagle, 1956) . Our tests were conducted at 21° to 38° C so there was sufficient time for completion of at least one generation. At the end of the test period a few leaves were removed from each plant in the immediate area of introduction of the mites and eggs were counted, using a stereomicroscope, on the leaf on which they appeared most abundant. Egg production probably gives an indication of host suitability, since with spider mites there is a direct relation between food uptake and oviposition rate (Boudreaux, 1958) . Results and Discussion- -The results of these tests are recorded in Table 1 , where the plants are listed according to the classification of Britton and Brown ( Gleason, 1963) ; Gray's Manual ( Fernald, 1950) was the source of common names. The plants are rated, according to the number of T. turkestani eggs per leaf, in 4 categories ; 0 to 4 eggs - unacceptable ; 5 to 24 - poor; 25 to 49 - suitable and 50 or more - excellent hosts. Overall, 60.5% appear to be excellent or suitable hosts and the remaining 39.5% poor or unacceptable. Included were 37 of the 63 species from which Mellott and Connell ( 1965) reported that this mite had been collected; of these, 21, or 57% were found to be excellent or suitable hosts. Suitable to excellent hosts were found throughout this subdivision of the plant kingdom, but the greatest concentration was in the upper middle portion: the families Rosaceae to Asclepiadaceae. This includes the Fabaceae, or legumes, one of which is the soybean; the closely related Rosaceae; and Malvaceae, the family containing the economically important cotton plant. Sixty-six percent of 29 plants tested in this portion of the Angiospermae were excellent hosts and only 14% were unacceptable. This compares with 33% excellent hosts and 40% unacceptable among 57 plant species less closely related to the soybean. Notable among plant families not so closely related to the soybean, but containing excellent hosts, were two near opposite ends of the hierarchy, the monocotyledon family Graminae with two of four species excellent and the higher dictoyledon family Cucurbitaceae with all five tested being excellent. Admittedly, the methods used provide only a rough estimate of host suitability. Therefore the host list developed is only a tentative one. We did Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 177 not attempt a critical evaluation, since it is probably that fecundity in this spider mite is influenced by many things that we were in no position to control; air temperature and humidity at the leaf surface, fertility requirements of each plant species, age and conditions of prior exposure of plants, to mention a few. However, we believe the study provided a list of plants that we can now follow in nature to determine in what way they may contribute to maintenance of natural populations of T. turkestani. We anticipate that natural hosts will be found only among those rated here as excellent, since we know that T. turkestani has the ability, when it has no other choice, to maintain a population in the laboratory on plant species that we have never been able to associate it with in nature. Suitability of selected plants as hosts of T. turkestani. Family and Species GRAMINAE Festuca rubra Lolium multijlontm Sorgum iiilgare cv. Zea Mays LILIACEAE Smilacina racemose^ MORACEAE MoTusalba°c AIZOACEAE Mollugo verticillata" CARYOPHYLLACEAE Stellaria media Diantkus Caryophyllus RANUNCULACEAE Thalictrum polygamurn"'c LAURACEAE Sassafras albidum^3^ PAPAVERACEAE Papaver sp. Common Name red fescue Italian rye grass sorghum corn false Solomon's seal white mulberry bog hemp yellow dock lamb's quarters red beet amaranth poke carpetweed chickweed carnation tall meadow rue white sassafras poppy Rating a 178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CRUCIFERAE Brassica oleracea botrytis B. oleracea capitata Raphanus Raphanistrum0 R. sativus Lobularia maritima Barbarea vulgaris Matthiola incana ROSACEAE Fragaria virginiana" Potentilla norvegica" P. rectal FABACEAE Trifolium pratense^3 T. repent T. repens cv. T. hybridum T. procumbens Lespedeza intermedia ' c L. cuneata Arachis hypogaea Lathyrus odoratus nanellus Phaseolus limensis" P. vulgaris^ Pisum sativum Glycine Max" OXALIDACEAE Oxalis stricta O. europaea cymosa^ EUPHORBIACEAE Ricinus communis Euphorbia maculata" MALVACEAE Althaea officinalisc A . rosea Malva neglecta Gossypium hirsutum UMBELLIFERAE Daucus Carota" D. carota sativa APOCYNACEAE Apocynum cannabinum':>'c ASCLEPIADACEAE Asclepias syriaca" CONVOLVULACEAE Ipomoea hederacea" Convolvulus septum LABIATAE Mentha spicata SOLANACEAE Solanum tuberosum S. carolinense" cauliflower cabbage wild radish radish sweet alyssum yellow rocket stock strawberry cinquefoil cinquefoil blackberry red clover white clover Ladino clover alsike clover low hop-clover lespedeza peanut dwarf sweet pea lima bean kidney bean garden pea soybean wood sorrel wood sorrel castor bean eyebane marshmallow hollyhock common mallow cotton Queen Anne's Lace carrot Indian hemp common milkweed morning glory hedge bindweed spearmint potato horse nettle Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 179 S. Melongena Lycopersicon esculentum Nicotiana sp. Petunia sp. Capsicum frutescens grossum SCROPHULARIACEAE Verbascum Blattaria^ Veronica persica PLANTAGINACEAE Plantago lanceolata" CUCURBITACEAE Cucurbita maxima C. Pepo C. Pepo Melopepo0 Cucumis Melo C. sativus LOBELIACEAE Lobelia inflata COMPOSITAE Zinnia elegans Cosmos sp. A m brosia artemisiifolia^ Tagetes patula Heterotheca subaxillaris Erigeron annuus^ Aster sp. Centaurea Cyanus Taraxacum officinale0 Lactuca sativa crispa L. sativa capitata Chichorium Intybus" Ageratum Houstonianum eggplant + + + tomato nicotiana petunia sweet pepper moth mullein bird's eye + + + buckhorn + + butternut squash + + + pumpkin + + + summer squash + + + cantaloupe + + + cucumber + + + Indian tobacco + zinnia cosmos + + common ragweed French marigold + + camphorweed daisy fleabane aster + + bachelor's button + + common dandelion + + leaf lettuce + + + head lettuce common chicory + ageratum + + a. + + + excellent host, + + suitable host, + poor host, - unacceptable b. Hosts reported by Mellott and Connell ( 1965) c. Evaluated by detached leaf technique REFERENCES CITED Boudreaux, H. B. 1958. The effect of relative humidity on egg-laying, hatching and survival in various spider mites. J. Ins. Physiol. 2:65-72. Cagle, L.R. 1956. Life history of the spider mite Tetranychus atlanticus McGregor, Virginia Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 124 : 1-22. Fernald, M. L. 1950. Gray's Manual of Botany. 8th ed. American Book Co., New York, N.Y. 1692p. Gleason, H. A. 1963. The New Britton and Brown Illustrated Flora of the Northeastern United States and Adjacent Canada. Revised. Hafner Publ. Co. for New York Bot. Garden, New York, N.Y. 3 vols. Mellott, J.L. and W.A. Connell. 1965. Notes on the life history of Tetranychus atlanticus ( Acarina:Tetranychidae) . Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 58:379-83. Rodriguez, J. G. 1951. Mineral nutrition of the two-spotted spider mites, Tetranychus bima- culatus Harvey. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 44:511-26. Simpson, K.W. and W.A. Connell. 1973. Mites on Soybeans: Moisture and Temperature Relations. Envir. Entomol. 2 : 319-323. 180 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE A.(n.s.)94 Required six-months' notice is given of the possible use of plenary powers by the Interna- tional Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the following names listed by case number: (see Bull. zool. Norn. 31, part 3, 20th September 1974) 1779. Suppression of Didermocerus Brooke, 1828 (Mammalia). 1888. Suppression of Cicada cingulata ( Fabricius) var. obscura Hudson, 1891 ( Insecta, Homoptera) . 1959. Suppression of Donacilla De Blainville, 1819 ( Mollusca) . 2014. Suppression of Hymenosoma laeve Targioni Tozzetti, 1877 ( Crustacea, Brachyura) . 2031. Designation of a type-species for Oxystomina Filipjev, 1918 ( Nematoda) . 2048. Suppression of Polygramma Chevrolat, 1837 (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) . 2057. Suppression of Coccus sattvus Lancry, 1791, Coccus mexicanus Lamarck, 1801 and Coccus silvestris Lancry, 1791 (Insecta, Homoptera). 2059. Request for a rulling on the authorship of Conus moluccensis ( Mollusca, Gastropoda) . 2062. Conservation of Aphis pyn Boyer de Fonscolombe, 1841 and the suppression of A phis pyn Kittel, 1827 and Aphis pyri Vallot, 1802 and seven other binominals proposed by Kittel in 1827 ( Insecta, Homoptera) . 2091. Designation of type-species for Dactylopius Costa, 1835 and Pseudococcus Westwood, 1840; proposed suppression of Diaprosteci Costa, 1828 (Insecta, Homoptera). (see Bull. zool. Nom. 31, part 4, 13th January 1975 Lexact [exact publication]). 1092. Validation of Aglaja Renier, 1807, Aglaja depicta Renier, 1807 and Aglaja tricolora- ta Renier, 1807 ( Mollusca, Opisthobranhica) . 1746. Suppression of Amphisbaena mildei Peters, 1878 ( Reptilia) . 1884. Suppression of Parnalius Rafinesque, 1815 (Insecta, Rhopalocera) . 2012. Suppression of Calomicrus taeniatus Wollaston, 1867 (Insecta, Coleoptera). 1980. Rejection of all usages of THRAUPIDAE, prior to that of Wetmore & Miller, 1926 ( Aves) . 2025. Striglina Guenee, 1877 to be given precedence over Daristane Walker, 1859 ( Insecta, Lepidoptera) . 2036. Designation of Hydrophorus binotatus Fallen, 1823 as type-species of Hydro phorus Fallen, 1823 [Insecta, Diptera}. 2060. Suppression of Xiphidium glaberrimum Burmeister, 1838 and Orchelimum 2063. Designation of a type-species for Kernchiella Rosanov, 1965 ( Insecta, Hymenoptera) . 2064. Validation of EC his coloratus Gunther, 1878 ( Reptillia, Serpentes) . 2066. Suppression of Heterodera urticae Pogosyan, 1962 (Nematoda). 2067. Suppression of Thrips rufa Gmelin, 1790 (Insecta, Thysanoptera) . (Continued on page 185) Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 SURVEY OF FOOD PREFERENCES OF SOME NO. AMERICAN CANTHONINKCOLEOPTERA: SCARAB AEIDAE) } Robert D. Gordon,2 O. L. Cartwright3 ABSTRACT: The food preferences of some species of North American Canthonini are dis- cussed and pertinent literature sources cited. DESCRIPTORS: Coleoptera; Canthon, s. str., Boreocanthon; Melanocanthon; Glaphyro- canthon; Pseudocanthon; food preferences; association with rodents. The food preferences of most North American Canthonini are either unknown or unrecorded and there is a paucity of this information because most museum specimens bear no habitat or host data. During a recent field trip to Colorado, North Dakota and South Dakota, Gordon made several observations on Boreocanthon praticola ( LeConte) . As a result of these observations, we decided to search the literature and examine museum specimens for additional food preference data. Most papers dealing with food and/or habitat preferences have been written by Eric Matthews and refer primarily to West Indian or Neotropi- cal species ( e.g., Matthews, 1966; Halffter and Matthews, 1966). Papers by Brown (1927), Matthews (1963), Robinson (1948), and Woodruff ( 1973) present necessary information on food and habitat preferences of North American Canthonini, but two of these papers are not generally known and do not appear in recent bibliographies. The genus Canthon Hoffmannsegg has recently been split into several genera and subgenera. Doubts have been expressed by Matthews ( 1966) and Howden ( 1966) as to the validity of some of these proposed taxa. Although we share some of these doubts, several of the recently recognized taxa appear to form distinct biological and morphological units. For the purposes of this paper we are using the most recent classification prepared by Halffter and Martinez (1966-1970). The sight of specimens of Canthon, s. lat., rolling dung balls is a common one, especially some of the large species of Canthon, s. str., which Accepted for publication: December 7, 1973. 'Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agricultural c/o U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560. Emeritus Entomologist, Department of Ent( Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5&6 : 18 1-1 85, May & June 1974 9 Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agricultural Research Service, USDA1/. Mail address: ( o Emeritus Entomologist, Department of Entomology, United States National Museum of 182 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS roll balls made of cow or horse dung. Because of this it has been generally assumed that most or all species of Canthon, s. lat., either made their balls from cow or horse dung, or had no dung preference. Robinson ( 1948) and Woodruff ( 1973) listed a few examples of dung preference, but Robinson's observations have not become generally known. Specimens of Boreocanthon praticola ( LeConte) were taken by Gordon in early June 1970, in prairie dog burrows in southwestern North Dakota in large numbers feeding on prairie dog pellets buried in the prairie dog mound. An occasional specimen was found inside the mouth of the prairie dog burrow. No dung ball formation or rolling was observed. In August 1973, a similar situation was observed at a prairie dog town eleven miles west of Nunn, Colorado. Here praticola was extremely common feeding on and in prairie dog pellets, which were usually buried in the mound. In addition to feeding, in three instances pairs of praticola were observed rolling whole pellets away from a mound, making no attempt to fashion a ball. Two identical observations were made at a prairie dog town in Theodore Roosevelt National Park, Medora, North Dakota, two weeks later. Here bison dung was available in large quantities and in all stages of deterioration in the prairie dog town. Here specimens of praticola were present in large numbers inside the burrow mouth and were flying from burrow to burrow. The mounds were very dry and packed and obviously not a suitable habitat for praticola at that particular time. In spite of careful examination, no specimens of praticola could be found at bison dung, or was there any evidence that dung balls had been formed from any of the chips. A brief stop was made at a prairie dog town in Wind Cave National Park, Hot Springs, South Dakota. Here praticola was taken commonly inside the mouth of the prairie dog burrow, but no dung rolling activity was observed. In all three areas, the prairie dog involved was Cynomys ludovicianus ludovicianus ( Ord) , or the black-tailed prairie dog. Based on Gordon's observations, it seems reasonable to presume that the food preference of praticola is not bison dung, as has been generally assumed, but prairie dog dung. However, because Brown ( 1927) reported this species at the excrement of horses and cattle in addition to prairie dogs, we suspect that other food types may be used when preferred dung is not available. Gordon observed pratico la rolling balls of cow dung in Santa Cruz Co., Arizona, in July 1972. It should be noted here that praticola was the only species of Canthon, s. lat. , found associated with prairie dog towns from southeastern Utah to southwestern North Dakota. It is likely that praticola is the only species of Canthon, s. lat., utilizing the prairie dog dung niche. Boreocanthon and Melanocanthon form a group of small, mostly black, dull species which appear to have similar food preferences. The following Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 183 records bear this out. Robinson ( 1948) observed Melanocanthon bispinatus ( Robinson) and Boreocanthon pro bus ( Germar) rolling deer pellets in New Jersey. Robinson's actual statement was "rolling balls of deer droppings" but a paratype of bispinatus in the USNM collection has an entire deer pellet pinned with it. Whether Robinson realized that bispinatus had not formed a ball but simply rolled an entire pellet is not known. Woodruff ( 1973) recorded pro bus as "in" rabbit pellets at Gaines- ville, Florida. At Clemson, South Carolina, 30 April 1931, Cartwright observed probus utilizing rabbit pellets. Among sparse weeds on a fan of sand formed by a rain of the night before, 84 specimens were collected rolling rabbit pellets in all directions. The area covered was not more than 10 by 15 feet. Brown (1927) found Boreocanthon lecontei (Harold) common in very sandy Oklahoma localities using rabbit droppings. The species was active during the early part of the morning and spent the remainder of the day with its' food in vertical burrows. We suspect that members of this group, while having a definite preference for the type of dung discussed above, would utilize many kinds of dung ( cow, horse, human, etc.) if the preferred dung were not available. Woodruff ( 1973) recorded Boreocanthon depressipennis ( LeConte) as being a fairly com- mon species in cow dung in open, sandy pastures. Robinson (1948) recorded Melanocanthon granulifer ( Schmidt) as rolling balls of cow dung in a pasture at Romeo, Florida. Gordon observed Boreocanthon melanus ( Robinson) and B. puncticollis ( LeConte) rolling balls of cow dung in a pasture at Tumacacori, Arizona, in July 1972. Glaphyrocanthon is a genus of mostly tropical species with only viridis viridis ( P. de B.) extending into the U.S. Woodruff ( 1973) lists a single observation of viridis rolling a rabbit pellet near Citico, Tennessee. This species has been observed by Cartwright at various bird droppings in South Carolina woods and at chicken droppings at Jocassee, South Carolina. In Payne County, Oklahoma, Brown ( 1927) found viridis constructing and rolling balls of human excrement and rabbit droppings. Pseudocanthon is a highly distinctive genus with a single species occurring in North America. Cartwright found it at chicken droppings at Jocassee, S.C. Woodruff (1973) recorded four specimens in a dung chamber of a packrat [Neotomafloridana smalh 'Sherman) on Key Largo, Florida. P per plexus ( LeConte) is relatively common in collections as it is often attracted to light, but, until Woodruffs observation, no tenable supposition as to host preference had been proposed. The distribution of perplexus is quite similar to that recorded in Hall and Kelson ( 1959) for Neotoma spp. in eastern and southern United States. At least some species of Canthon, s. str., are not as restricted in their dung preferences as members of the other genera discussed above. Canthon pilularius ( L.) is commonly observed rolling balls of cow and 184 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS horse dung, but has also been observed rolling balls made from human dung ( Matthews, 1963) . Brown ( 1927) confirmed the use of horse and cattle dung. W. T. Davis ( 1910) reported Canthon chalcites ( Haldeman) at Clayton, Georgia, using pig manure. A pair was observed forming a ball from human dung at Paris, Virginia, by Gordon. At South Carolina mountain localities Cartwright collected this species in mule and cow dung. Canthon vigilans LeConte has unusually large eyes and is active at night. At Meredith, South Carolina, early in the morning before the dew was off the grass, Cartwright found fresh cow dung showing abandoned balls and extensive work by Canthon, but he found no beetles then in the dung. Specimens of vigilans, each with a ball of cow dung, were found under fresh push-ups of dirt located in a circle 5 to 15 feet from the dung. Brown ( 1927) reported vigilans frequently at the excrement of horses and cattle in Oklahoma, on soil containing little or no sand. Gordon observed Canthon imitator Brown rolling balls of cow dung at Tumacacori and Sonoita, Arizona, in July 1972. Also at Tumacacori were thousands of specimens of Canthon indigaceous LeConte rolling balls of cow dung. The bottom of a concrete irrigation ditch was paved with these balls which had fallen in and could not be gotten out by the beetles. Fungi and dead animals are also attractive to various species of Canthon, s. lat. In Cartwright's notes are the following: Melanocanthon bispinatus Robinson, Beaufort, South Carolina, under dead chicken; Walterboro, 3 under dead toad; Hamton, under fungi. Boreocanthon probus and Canthon pilularius, Govan, South Carolina, under dead snake. Glaphyrocanthon viridis, Clemson, South Carolina, 3 on fungi. There are numerous records in the literature of species of Canthon, s. lat. being attracted to fungi, carrion and rotting fruit. From the available data, it appears that the large species belonging to the genus Canthon are the most specialized members of Canthon, s. lat. , in that they seem tc always form dung balls rather than utilize preformed balls. Members of the genera Boreocanthon and Melanocanthon have a decided tendency to utilize preformed dung pellets (e.g., deer dung, rodent dung, etc.) and at least some species definitely prefer this type of dung to dung which must be formed into a -ball. It seems reasonable to assume that the habit of utilizing preformed dung balls would be more primitive than the habit of forming dung balls. The ease with which a preformed dung pellet can be rolled is obvious and rolling these would be a logical early step in the development of the ball forming habit. The Canthonini are, in general, a highly successful group of beetles as evidenced by the wide distribution of most species and the abundance with which they often occur. One reason for this success could be that most of the species are not restricted to one type of food but can use nearly any available food. As indicated above, many species have definite preferences but in the absence of the preferred food will accept any reasonable substitute. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 185 LITERATURE CITED Brown, W. J. 1927. An annotated list of coprophagus Scarabaeidae in Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. 7: 24-28. Davis, Wm. T. 1910. Miscellaneous notes on collecting in Georgia. Jour. New York Entomol. Soc. 18: 82-85. Halffter, G. and E. G. Matthews. 1966. The natural history of dung beetles of the subfamily Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera; Scarabaeidae). Folia Ent. Mexicana 12-14: 1-312. and A. Martinez. 1966-1970. Revision monografica de los Canthonina American- os. (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Part I. Rev. Soc. Mex. Hist. Nat. 27: 89-177; Part II. op. cit. 28: 79-116; Part III. op. cit. 29: 209-290. Hall, E. R., and K. R. Kelson. 1959. The mammals of North America. Vol. 1. Ronald Press Co., New York. 546 pp. Howden, H. F. 1966. Notes on Canthonini of the "Biologia Centrali- Americana" and de- scriptions of new species ( Coleoptera : Scarabaeidae). Canadian Entomol. 98: 725-741. Matthews, E. G. 1963. Observations on the ball-rolling behavior of Canthon pilulanus ( L.) . Psyche 70: 75-93. 1966. A taxonomic and zoogeographic survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Mem. American Entomol. Soc. 21: 1-134. Robinson, M. 1948. A review of the species of Canthon inhabiting the United States ( Coleop- tera: Scarabaeidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 74: 83-89. Woodruff, R.E. 1973. The scarab beetles of Florida (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Part I. The Laparosticti (subfamilies Scarabaeinae, Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae, Ochodaeinae, Geotrupinae, Acanthocerinae). Arthropods of Florida and Neighboring Land Areas 8: 1-220. (Continued from page 180) 2069. Suppression of Phloeotrogus Motschulsky, 1863 ( Insecta, Coleoptera, SCOLY TIDAE). 2070. Suppression of Anodius Motschulsky, 1860 (Insecta, Coleoptera, SCOLYTIDAE) . 2071. Suppression of Leiparthrum Wollaston, 1854 ( Insecta, Coleoptera, SCOLYTIDAE). 2072. Suppression of Olonthogaster Motschulsky, 1866 ( Insecta, Coleoptera, SCOLY- TIDAE). 2073. Suppression of Cardium boreale Broderip & Sowerby, 1829 ( Mollusca : BIVALVIA CARDIIDAE). 2074. Suppression of Plyctolophus ducrops Bonaparte, 1850 ( Aves) . 2075. Designation of type-species for Megasternum Mulsant, 1844 and Cryptopleurum Mulsant, 1844 (Insecta, Coleoptera, HYDROPHILIDAE) . 2077. Validation of Pseudoboa nigra (Dumeril, Bibron and Dumeril, 1854) ( Reptilia, Serpentes) . 2078. Designation of type-species of Platyrhacus Koch, 1847 ( Diplopoda) . Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum ( Natural History) , Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD, England. Those received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. 186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS SCOLIA (CLYPEISCOLIA, N. SUBG.) CLYPEALIS, N. SP. (HYMENOPTERA: SCOLIIDAE) ! J. Chester Bradley2, 3 Clypeiscolia, n. subg. Female: Surface of the clypeus flat, depressed below the sloping area frontalis, its median area polished and impunctate, the laterally densely punctate lateral margins slightly reflexed, the anterior margin rounded, without a median tooth. Two submarginal cells. Metasternum not carinate. Male: Similar in structure to other Scolia. The shape of the clypeus is monotonous through almost all Scoliidae. In Clypeiscolia it is transverse. Scolia [Clypeiscolia] clypealis, new species Female: Head. Clypeus as described for the genus; laminae frontales short, weak, polished. Area frontalis closely punctate on the sides, medially forming an elevated impunctate carina. Front polished, shining, with a few punctures on the sides and a very deep frontal pit; scattered punctures within the emargination of the eyes; vertex polished and shining with scattered punctures. Temples full, not retracted, their length equal to about one and one-half times the diameter of an upper eye lobe. Thorax piceous black. Lateral lobes of the pronotum closely and finely punctate. Mesonotum polished and impunctate, medially punctate towards the parapsidal furrows and anteriorly; a median punctate furrow extending backward less than half way from the anterior margin; no callus; scutellum with scattered punctures. Mesopleura with small punctures on the anterior portion, somewhat fewer on the posterior part of the swelling. Metapleural upper plate with its upper posterior third closely punctate, lower plate largely impuncate. Metasternum with a very feeble median tubercle and a median posterior pit, its hind margin reflexed and subtruncate. Wings deeply infuscated, with feeble violaceous reflection; the first submarginal cell almost entirely without pilosity. Legs, including the coxae, rufous. Abdomen entirely rufous; its entire dorsum punctate; no tubercle on tergite 2( 1) ; the setae of the last segment very copious laterally. Vestiture short and inconspicuous, sericeous on the black areas, red on the red areas. Male: Head, including clypeus, black; antennae black. Thorax black, except its dorsum red. Wings uniformly deeply infuscated. All legs red. Abdomen red; the apical fringes of t.5-7 (4-6) and sometimes of t.3-4 (2-3) red or coppery; tergites not spotted. Holotype is in the Hungarian National Museum in Budapest and is labeled "Brasil." I have placed a red pin-label on it reading "Holotype." Possibly the name "clypealis" is omitted. Distribution: the valley of the Paraguay River in Brazil; western Argentina. Accepted for publication: November 19, 1973 2604 Highland Road, Ithaca, New York 14850. Deceased February 25, 1975. 3 This paper was completed with aid of a grant from the National Science Foundation, U.S.A. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 5 & 6 : 186 May & June 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 187 TWO NEW PINE-INHABITING PHYTOCORIS FROM PENNSYLVANIA (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) ! ThomasJ. Henry^ ABSTRACT: Phytocoris discoidalis and P. schuylkillensis are described to provide names for a paper discussing the biology of the Miridae associated with Pinus spp. in Pennsylvania. The adult male of discoidalis and male genitalia of both species are illustrated. DESCRIPTORS: Hemiptera, Miridae, Phytocoris discoidalis and P. schuylkillensis new species, Pinus spp., Pennsylvania. In 1972-3 the Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture placed a major emphasis on a survey of the arthropods associated with conifers in Pennsylvania. As a result of this survey, four European plant bugs new to North America were discovered (Henry and Wheeler, 1973, 1974; Wheeler and Henry, 1973). The biology of the conifer-inhabiting Miridae in Pennsylvania will be reported in a series of papers; to provide names for use in the paper on species associated with pine, two new species of Phytocoris are here described. Phytocoris discoidalis n. sp. (Fig- 1) Male: length 7.40 mm, width 2.50 mm; elongate, subparallel, generally brown to dark- brown, occasionally black. Head: width 1.20 mm, vertex 0.41 mm; shiny, fuscous in dark specimens, areas along outer margin of frons and vertex pale in light specimens. Rostrum: length 3.30 mm, reaching to 6th abdominal sternite. Antennae: segment I, length 1.30 mm, fuscous, slightly paler beneath, upper surface mottled with pale, clothed with closely appressed black to brown setae and 8-10 erect bristle-like setae on dorsal half; II, 3.04 mm, fuscous, clothed with closely appressed black setae: III, 1.6 mm, fuscous; IV, 1.00 mm, fuscous. Pronotum: length 1.20 mm, width at base 2.04 mm; basal and lateral margin fuscous with extreme basal margin pale; pronotal disk pale, posterior margin of calli bordered by shallow depression, dorsal surface clothed with closely appressed black setae intermixed on anterior half with silvery-white sericeous pubescence. Scutellum: fuscous, median line, basal angles and apex pale. Hemelytra: brown to fuscous, claval vein and suture and radial vein pale-bordered, giving a striped appearance; white patches invaded by brown present at base, middle and apex of corium, the middle one usually the largest ; cuneus pale, invaded by brown, apical half fuscous. Membrane: conspurcate, spots coalescing apically and around inner margins of large areoles. Ventral Surface: propleura fuscous, with area bordering coxal cleft, basalar, plate and ostiolar peritreme pale; mesosternum fuscous; abdomen fuscous, paler ventrally; coxae pale, sometimes with a red spot at base. Legs: femora fuscous to reddish-brown, marked with pale spots, these becoming smaller towards Accepted for publication: December 2, 1974. 9 Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg, Pa. 17120. ENT. NEWS. 8F-: 5&6 : 187-191. May & June 1974 188 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Fig. 1, Phytocoris discoidalis n. sp., adult male. Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 189 apex, medial spots on front and hind femora combining to form a white lateral line on basal half, becoming more obscured distally; tibiae fuscous to black, lightly mottled with pale markings, two vague white bands on hind tibiae, spines black with white spots at base, especially on hind tibiae ; tarsi and claws fuscous. Male Cenitalia : ( Fig. 2-4) left clasper with a broad tubercle above base on genital segment ; right clasper with a very short tubercle above base; lateral serrations of flagellum 12-15 depending on development of basal spines. Female: length 7.39 mm, width 2.60 mm; similar to male in color and markings, slightly broader in form. Head: width 1.20 mm, vertex 0.50 mm. Rostrum: length 3.52 mm, reaching 6th or 7th abdominal segment. Antennae: segment I, 1.37mm; II, 3. 28 mm; III, 1.64 mm; IV, 0.96 mm. Pronotum : width at base 2.10 mm. Holotype: 6, June 5, 1973, Cumberland Co., Pennsylvania, 8 mi. E. of Blue Mt. exit on Turnpike, T.J. Henry and A.G. Wheeler, Jr., on Finns virginiana (USNM Type No. 73350). Allotype: 9, May 24, 1974, Cumberland Co., Fa., 9 mi. E. of Blue Mt. Exit on Turnpike, T.J. Henry and A.G. Wheeler, Jr., on P. virginiana. (USNM collection). Fig. 2-4. Phytocoris discoidalis n. sp., male genitalia. 2, left clasper. 3, right clasper. 4, flagellum of aedeagus. Fig. 5-7. Phytocons schuylhillensis n.sp. 5, left clasper. 5a, left clasper slightly turned. 6, right clasper. 7. flagellum of aedeagus. 190 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Paratypes: 5 66, July 4, 6, 12, 1947, Wood Co., Wis., Griffin St. Nursery, D. Shenefelt; 1 6, 1 9, July 8, 1965, Barage Co., Mich., D.C. Allen (USNM collection); 1 6, June 1, 1970, Dauphin Co., Pa. Hershey, W.H. Yackley; 1 6, 1 9, June 16, 1972, Adams Co., Fa., Biglerville, R. Colhurn, taken in light trap placed in peach and apple orchard; 1 d, June 6, 1973, Indiana Co., Pa., Indiana nr. Canale's Nurs., T.J. Henry, on P. banksiana;2 99, May 24, 1974, Cumberland Co., Pa., 12 mi. west of Carlisle, T.J. Henry and A.G. Wheeler, Jr., on P. virginiana; \ 6, June 5, 1974, Union Co., Pa., nr. White Deer exit along Rt. 11-15, T.J. Henry and A.G. Wheeler, Jr., on P. virgininiana (PDA, BPI collection); I 9, May 18, 1974, Dauphin Co., Pa., Cedar Rd., Conewago Twp., T.J. Henry, reared from P. virginiana (author's collection). Remarks: This early-season mirid closely resembles and is often taken with Phytocoris fenestratus Reuter (1909), but may be separated from fenestratus by its broader form, longer rostrum, pale pronotal disk, markings on the hemelytra, browner color and male genitalia. P. discoidalis varies in color from light brown in specimens collected from Michigan and Wisconsin to almost black in locally collected specimens. The striped pattern of the hemelytra is sometimes obscured in darker specimens and is more prominent in lighter or older specimens. Lengths ranged from 7.20 to 7.90 mm in males and from 7.20 to 7.80 mm in females. Both adults and nymphs of discoidalis were taken on Virginia pine, Pinus virginiana Mill; one adult was collected on jack pine, P. banksiana Lamb. Phytocoris schuylkillensis n. sp. Male: length 5.38 mm, width 1.89 mm, light brown to fulvus. Head: width 1.10 mm, vertex 0.38 mm. Rostrum: 2.06 mm, fulvus, black at apex, reaching to 1st or 2nd abdominal segment. Antennae: segment I, length 0.74 mm, width 0.10 mm, fulvus, interspersed with reddish markings, clothed with fine brownish to golden pubescence and 6-8 bristle-like setae (length 0.16 mm) ; II, 2.17 mm, black on apical half to entirely black except for narrow white annulus at base; III, 1.13 mm, black, narrow white ring at base; IV, 0.92 mm, black. Pronotum: length 0.87 mm, width at base 1.62 mm, brownish, sometimes tinged with red, clothed with recumbent golden-brown simple setae. Scutellum: brown, tinged with red or brown with red median line, clothed with simple golden-brown setae intermixed with sericeous white pubescence. Hemelytra: translucent brown, radial vein, apical area of corium and base of cuneus often tinged with red; clothed with suberect golden setae, those on cuneus darker, intermixed with silvery sericeous pubescence, especially along either side of claval suture. Membrane: smoky yellow, veins brown as in hemelytra. Ventral Surface: brownish to fulvus, pleura frequently reddish; coxae and ostiolar peritreme paler; abdomen darker near genital segment. Legs: reddish to brown; femora spotted with white, spots on hind femora more prominent with a white dorsal blotch formed by spots on apical third; tibiae mottled with white, distinct white spots formed on hind tibiae, spines golden to dark-brown with indistinct brown spots at base; tarsi brown, last segment fuscous. Male genitalia: (I ig. 5-7) right clasper strongly curved upwards at apex; 1st five serrations of flagellum perpendicular to their base. Female: length 5.40 mm, width 2.02 mm, similar to male in color and markings. Head: width 1.02 mm, vertex 0.48 mm. Rostrum: length 1.98 mm. Antennae: I, 0.75 mm; II, 2.01 mm; III, 1.12 mm; IV, 0.93 mm. Pronotum: length 0.83 mm, width 1.55 mm. Holotype: a" , Aug. 7, 1974, Schuylkill Co., Pa., 1-81 nr. Rt. 901, A. G. Wheeler, Jr., on Pinus ngida ( USNM Type No. 73351) ; Allotype: 9 , same data as for holotype; Paratypes: id", l^, same data as for holotype; Icf, July 29, 1972, Franklin Co., Pa.. Rt. 641 nr. Roxbury, A. G. Wheeler, Jr., on P. banksiana; Icf,l9, July 24, 1972, Schuylkill Co., Pa., Vol. 85, Nos. 5 & 6, May & June 1974 191 Schuylkill Haven, Omlar's Nursery, A. G. Wheeler, Jr., on P. sylvestris; 1 cJ", July 7, 1973, Schuylkill Co., Pa., 1-81 at Jet. of Rt. 61, A. G. Wheeler, Jr., reared from P ngtda; 599 • Aug. 11. 1973, Schuylkill Co., Pa., 1-81 4 miles north of Rt. 209, A. G. Wheeler, Jr., on P ngida (PDA, BPI collection). Remarks: P. schuylkillensis (pronounced skoo-kill-ensis) closely resembles P. uniformis Knight (1923), but may be separated by the browner color, darker second antenna! segment, broader form, lack of distinct tufts of sericeous pubescence on dorsum, and male genitalia. The genital claspers most closely resemble those of P. fulvus Knight (1920), especially the right clasper. Lengths ranged from 4.70 to 5.40 mm in males and from 5.00 to 5.50 mm in females. Females of schuylkillensis cannot be reliably separated from those of uniformis unless taken in association with males of the species. P. schuylkillensis is restricted to breeding on Pinus spp. as are most Phytocoris in this group (Knight, 1941), and has been taken most often on pitch pine, P. rigid a Mill. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I thank Drs. Karl R. Valley and A. G. Wheeler, Jr. , Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture for their useful suggestions in improving this manuscript; and special thanks to Dr. Wheeler who collected most of the specimens used in this study. Dr. J. L. Herring, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U.S.D.A., Washington, D.C., kindly loaned specimens of P. discoidalis. LITERATURE CITED Henry, T.J. and A.G. Wheeler, Jr. \QT5Plaxiognathusvitellmus ( Scholtz) , a conifer- feeding mirid new to North America (Hemiptera: Miridae) . Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 75:480-485. 1974. Sthenarus dissimilis and Orthops rubricatus. conifer-feeding mirids new to North America (Hemiptera: Miridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 76:217-224. Knight, H.H. 1920. New and little-known species of Phytocoris from the eastern United States. (Heteroptera-Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 15:49-66. 1923. Family Miridae ( Capsidae) . pp. 422-658. In Britton, W. E. (ed.), The Hemiptera or sucking insects of Connecticut. Bull. Conn. St. Geol. Nat. Hist. Sur., No.34. 1941. The plant bugs, or Miridae. of Illinois. Bull. 111. St. Nat. Hist. Sur., No. 22. 234 pp. Reuter, O.M. 1909. Bemerkungen uber nearktische Capsiden nebst Beschreibung neuer Arten. Acta Soc. Sci. Fenn. 36(2): 1-86. Wheeler, A.G., Jr. and T.J. Henry. 1973. Camptozygum aequale ( Villers) , a pine-feeding mirid new to North America (Hemiptera: Miridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 75:240-246. 192 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS WARNING NOTICE TO RESEARCHERS ABOUT AGRICULTURAL QUARANTINE RESTRICTIONS AND NEED FOR PERMITS The U.S. Department of Agriculture has issued a warning that, in their zeal to obtain organisms for experimentation, some scientists are violating federal statutes. Of particular concern, are entomologists who circumvent quarantine restrictions against bringing plant and animal pests into this country. "Persons intending to import or receive live plant or animal pests, pathogens, or vectors intended for research must apply to the U.S. Department of Agriculture ( USDA) for a permit," said Leo G. K. Iverson, deputy administrator of USDA's Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service ( APHIS) . "Scientists attempting to bring such organisms into the country without obtaining a permit are violating federal statutes and risking loss of their collections." Permits are issued on an "agricultural risk versus expected benefits" basis. They usually specify safeguards to prevent the escape and spread of pest organisms. Securing a permit before importation requires little time or effort. Applications are generally processed within a week to 10 days. Scientists are advised, however, to begin the application process 30 days before shipment of live organisms. If a pest presents a particularly high risk, the head of a laboratory will be asked to apply for a permit, rather than the individual scientist. Iverson pointed out that issuance of a federal import permit does not necessarily mean research organisms can travel freely between the states, or even within a state. Permits also may be required for interstate and intrastate transport. For example, a scientist authorized to import the velvet bean caterpillar (which feeds on soybeans) from Brazil to Florida unwittingly sent some of the insects to a Missouri lab. Because of the danger of tapping a new gene pool, his original application did not allow interstate transport of the pest. When the USDA became aware of the violation, the shipment was ordered destroyed. Another recent violation involved the unauthorized movement of the Chinese silk moth [Antherea pernyi], which defoliates oak, chestnut, and other deciduous trees. The pest, which is not known to be established in the United States, could pose a severe threat to this country's green resources if it escaped in the field. In this instance, breeding stock was shipping from a Massachusetts scientist to a researcher in Illinois, who in turn made several exchanges of viable ova and breeding stock with a private laboratory in Pennsylvania. In cases such as this, colonies are either destroyed, or, if possible, brought into compliance with permit regulations. "Agricultural quarantine restrictions on importing pest organisms are not intended as barriers to research," Iverson emphasized. "Rather, they are designed to insure the entry of materials necessary for continued biological advances, while also safeguarding the environment." Because of the danger of new plant and animal pests gaining a foothold in this country, APHIS is tightening monitoring of pest movement and quarantine regulations. "In the future, the type of materials permitted entry will be more closely regulated, violations will be publicized, and facilities where specimens are housed will be inspected more frequently," Iverson said. Because of the extreme consequences to scientific projects- - i. e. , destruction of pest colonies--APHIS officials are stressing the importance of being aware of quarantine restric- tions and the need for permits. Permit applications and a pamphlet outlining the process of application, evaluation, and issuance of permits may be obtained from: Director, Programs Development and Application Plant Protection and Quarantine Programs Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service USDA Federal Building Hyattsville, Maryland 20782 Illustrations: Authors will be charged for text figures and half-tones at the rate of $5.00 each, regardless of size. Maximum size of printed illustration is 41/S>x61/£ inches. Reprints may be ordered according to the following schedule: 1-4 pages 5-8 pages 100 Copies $24.00 $52.00 200 Copies 26.00 55.00 300 Copies 28.00 57.00 400 Copies 29.00 59.00 500 Copies 30.00 60.00 MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY An irregular serial of monographic papers by students of authority in their respective subjects. 1. The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera. Ezra T. Cresson. 1916. $6.00. 3. A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera ( Odonata) , with Keys for the Identifi- cation of Genera. Philip A. Munz. 1919. $2.00. 4- The Blattidae of Panama. Morgan Hebard. 1920. $3.00. 5. The Types of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson. Ezra T. Cresson. 1928. $2.00. 8. The Eumastacinae of Southern Mexico and Central America. James A. G. Rehn and John W. H. Rehn. 1934. $2.50. 9. The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species. V. S. L. Pate. 1937. $2.50. 10. A Revision of the North American species belonging to the genus Pegomyia. H. C. Huckett. 1941. $3.00. 1 1. Catalogue and reclassification of the Nearctic Ichneumonidae. Henry K. Townes, Jr. 1944. $15.00. 13. Elachistidae of North America ( Microlepidoptera) . Annette F. Braun. 1948. $4.50. 14. Classification of the Blattaria as Indicated by their Wings ( Orthoptera) . John W. H. Rehn. 1951. $5.00. 15. The Neotropical Species of the "Subgenus Aeschna" sensu Selysii 1883 (Odonata). Philip P. Calvert. 1956. $10.00. 16. A Taxonomic Study of the North American Licinini with Notes on the Old World Species of the Genus Diplocheila Brulle ( Coleoptera) . George E. Ball. 1959. $10.00. 17. A Taxonomic Study of the Milliped Family Spirobolidae (Diplopoda: Spriobolida) . William T. Keeton. 1960. $5.50. 1 8. The Genus Bucculatrix in America North of Mexico ( Microlepidoptera) . Annette F. Braun. 1963. $8.50. 19. The Butterflies of Liberia. Richard M. Fox, Arthur W. Lindsey, Jr., Harry K. Clench, and Lee D. Miller. 1965. $12.50. 20. A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) . Howard E. Evans. 1966. $12.50. 21. A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) . Eric G. Matthews. 1966. $4.00. 22. A Monograph of the Ithomiidae ( Lepidoptera) Part III. The Tribe Mechanitini Fox. Richard M. Fox. 1967. $9.00. 23. A List of New North American Spiders, 1940-1966. Beatrice R. Vogel. 1967. $9.00. 24. The Higher Classification, Phytogeny and Zoogeography of the Satyridae ( Lepidop- tera) . Lee D. Miller. 1968. $7.00 25. The Schizopteridae ( Hemiptera: Heteroptera) With the Description of New Species from Trinidad. Michael G. Emslcy. 1969. $6.50. 26. A Taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus Laccophilus ( Dytiscidae) of North America. James R. Zimmerman. 1970. $12.00. 27. A Revision of the Nearctic Species of the Tribe Parydrini ( Diptera : Ephydridae) . Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook. 1971. $7.00. 28. Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico [Microlepidoptera] Annette F. Braun. 1972. $7.00. 29. The Shield backed Katydids of the Genus Idiostatus. David C. Rentz. 1973. $9.50. In making inquiries relative to publications, address: THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia. Pa. 19103 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by D'Abrera, 352 pp. with approx. 4,000 specimens illust. life size in full cover. Price $31.00 U.S., including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES, by I. Common, 128 pages, 2 colour & 55 black & white plates, pocket book size. Price $3.60 U.S. including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay. N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. STAPHYLINIDAE. If anyone wishes to send us unsorted Staphylinidae in 70% alcohol we will eventually return one or two specimens mounted, labeled and identified to the nearest possible taxon. Ecological data particularly desired. Ian Moore, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, CA 92502. BIOLOGICAL CONTROL BY NATURAL ENEMIES by Paul DeBach The Associate Director of the International Center for Biological Control traces the historical background of biological control, covers the general biology, ecology and effectiveness of major groups of natural enemies, reports on foreign discoveries of natural enemies and their importation, discusses other non-chemical approaches, and suggests a control program integrating a number of methods. Clothbound $14.95; Paperback $5.95. Order from: Cambridge University press, Dept. HML, 32 East 57th Street, New York, N.Y. 10022. Wanted: A CATALOGUE OF THE DIPTERA OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. USDA agric. Handbook No. 276, by Alan Stone et. al. William Downing, 173 Ireland Ave. Cincinnati, Ohio. 45218. Wanted: DRAGONFLIES OF NORTH AMERICA by Needham and Westfall. Please contact James H. Kennedy, 24 Walnut Lane, Camp Hill, Pa. 17011. For Sale: Entomological literature (new and secondhand books) on Lepidoptera, Coleop- tera,,etc. Jacques Rigout - Sciences Nat. 45, rue des Alouettes - Paris 75019. Wanted: North American Fishflies (adults and/or larvae) : needed for distribution records and emergence patterns. Send loan materials to: Dr. Donald Tarter, Marshall University, Department of Biological Sciences, Huntington, W. Va. 25701. JULY & OCTOBER, 1974 Hi OMOLOGICAL NEWS Ultraviolet-reflective Surfaces in Ochthera mantis mantis (DeGeer) (Diptera: Ephydridae) D.L. Deonier 193 New Species ofPhyllocoptes (Acarina:Eriophyidae) from Rose William E. Styer 202 On the Habitat of some Carabid Beetles (Coleoptera: Carabidae) Andre Larochelle 205 Additions to the Odonata of Massachusetts H.B. White, III, P.S. Miliotis, C. W. Leahy 208 New Distribution & Habitat Records of Biting Midges & Mangrove Flies from Coasts of So. Baja Calif., Mexico (Diptera) Lanna Cheng, Charles L. Hogue 211 Brown Recluse Spider in Georgia (Araneida Loxoscelidae) James O. Howell 219 Batflies (Diptera :Streblidae & Nycteribiidae) in Eastern U.S. & a Nycteribiid Record from Saskatchewan John O. Win taker. Jr., David A. Easterla 221 New Mississippi Records for Zorotypus huhhardi (Zoraptera) P.M. Darst, CM. Cooper. R.N. Paul, J.P. Steen 224 Odonata Naiads from Canadohta Lake, Crawford County, Penn. Frank B. Peairs, Robert E. Bughee 225 On the Biology of Godyris zavaleta caesiopicta (Lepidoptera:Nymphalidae) Allen M. Young 227 Population Biology of Neotropical Cicadas III., Behavioral Natural History of Pacarina in Costa Rican Grasslands Allen M. Young 239 BOOK REVIEW 226 Publication date: May 21, 1975 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL IDG :\ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except August and September by The American Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A. Officers for 1974: President : David C. Rentz; Vice President: Lewis P. Kelsey; Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese; Corresponding Secretary : Frank E. Boys; Recording Secretary: Richard P. Sivel. Editorial Committee: D. C. Rentz, W. H. Day, L. Kelsey, R. W. Lake and Howard P. Boyd, Editor. Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961); 1945-1967 R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R. H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-4/1974 R. W. Lake. Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 per year postpaid; Institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U.S.A. Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor: Howard P. Boyd. Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp., RD 4, Box 617, Vincentown PO., New Jersey 08088. U.S.A. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual". Two double-spaced, typed copies of each manuscript are needed on 8V£xll paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. Following the title there should be both a short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words and a list of descriptors or key words. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are nearly always needed. Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record. Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. Page charges: A charge of $20.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of half-tones and line cuts. Amateurs, retired scientists and others not associated with universities or official institutions, or are not subsidized by grants, and who are without funds for publishing, may apply for assistance at the time their manuscript is submitted. Papers may be published ahead of their regular scheduled time at a cost of $30.00 per page. (Continued on inside back cover) Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp., RD 4, Box 617, Vincentown PO., New Jersey., 08088, U.S.A. SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 ULTRAVIOLET-REFLECTIVE SURFACES ON OCHTHE1 MANTIS MANTIS (DEGEER) (DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE). PRELIMINARY REPORT1 D. L. Deonier2 ABSTRACT: Ultraviolet-reflective surfaces in Ochthera mantis mantis (DeGeer) (Dip- tera: Ephydridae). Preliminary Report. Ultraviolet reflectance has been investigatec Lepidoptera, but investigation of the phenomenon in Diptera has been largely neglec Adults of the predaceous shore fly Ochthera mantis mantis have silvery pruinose fore coxae and a golden pruinose face. When approached closely by another insect of equal or larger size, this fly repeatedly spreads and flexes its fore legs thus exposing the silvery fore coxae. The flies, when placed individually in a mirror box, spread their fore repeatedly when they initially approached a mirror surface. When photographed through a Wratten ultraviolet filter, the fore coxae and face of this species are shown to refle relatively much more ultraviolet radiation (range of 300-400 nm) than do unmarkf body regions. Obliteration of the reflective fore-coxal surfaces seemed to interfere courtship; this is interpreted as evidence for a signal function of the reflectance. DESCRIPTORS: Diptera, Ephydridae; Ochthera mantis mantis: ultraviolet reflectance species-recognition signal. Although ultraviolet reflectance has been investigated in s species of Lepidoptera (Lutz, 1924; Mazokhin-Porshnyakov, 1969; Eisner et al, 1969; Ghiradella et al, 1973, and investigation of this phenomenon in Diptera has been largely neglected. This situation has prevailed despite considerable field and behavioral evidence for ultraviolet sensitivity in various dipterans and despite even more specific evidence in terms attraction curves and retinograms in Drosophilo (Wolken et 1957; Wehner and Schuemperli, 1970; Schuemperli, 1972) and i Musca and Calliphora (Cameron, 1938; Kirschfeld Franceschini, 1968; Eckert, 1971; Burkhardt and de la Motte, 1972). In 1966, I hypothesized that the predominant silvery and golden pruinose markings on adult Diptera reflect relatively much more ultraviolet radiation than do unmarked areas of the boc and that these reflection patterns vary specifically and constitute species-recognition signals (Deonier, 1966, 1971). This hypoth was developed primarily from: Accepted for publication: March 27, 1974 2 Associate Professor, Department of Zoology, Miami University. Oxford, Ohio ENT. NEWS, 85 : 7 &8 : 193-201. July & October 1974 194 ENTOMOLOGICAL NLWS 1 ) Observations of silvery or golden pruinose facial and pleural markings bordered by contrasting velvety black or brown zones in numerous species of Ephydridae and other acalyp- trates; 2) Knowledge that silver and other polished metals are highly reflective for ultraviolet radiation; 3) An apparent signal function of ultraviolet-reflective surfaces in several butterfly species; 4) A general absence of evidence for widespread occurrence of strong sex pheromones functioning at a distance in the higher Diptera; 5) A generally low number of attempted matings between species in Parydra, Ochthera, Notiphila, and Hydrcllia in natural multispecies assemblages observed in the course of over 8,000 field hours. Few if any of the species in these observations required touching of antennae or any other appendages during courtship. During the last two summers when specimens have become available, this hypothesis has been tested on the predatory shore fly, Ochthera mantis mantis. This fly ranges from 3.8 to 6.0 mm in body length and possesses large raptorial fore legs held flexed when in a stationary mantislike posture (Figs. 1,2). The species is predaceous as larva and adult; the adult appears to have a broad general diet, but it predominantly uses small dipterans and homopterans in its habitat. Adults of this species have been observed excavating chironomid larvae from mud, extracting culicid larvae from the water surface, capturing chironomid, psyllid, and Hydrellia adults on the wing, and stalking and capturing these same kinds of prey (Deonier, 1972). In captivity, they feed readily upon Drosophila and Scaptomyza species (Sturtevant and Wheeler, 1954). Ochthera mantis mantis was considered a good test species for the hypothesis because it begins mating generally within the first 7 days after emergence from the puparium, stores the spermatozoa within a sizeable female ventral receptacle visible through the ventral abdominal membrane, has a highly reflective face and fore coxae (Fig. 3), and because the adults repeatedly spread their fore legs and expose the silvery fore coxae when approached closely by another insect of equal or larger size. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 195 Figure 1. O. mantis mantis in situ on emergent vegetation. (3.2 X; original on High Speed Lktachrome. Daylight). Figure 2. Photomicrograph (stereomicroscope). Note raptorial fore leg. (10 X; original on High Speed I ktachromc, 3200 K). 196 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS METHODS AND MATERIALS The tests conducted thus far on the ultraviolet reflection hypothesis have been: 1 ) Observation of the reactions of the flies to their mirror images when placed in a box with walls made of four mirrors (each 8.8 X 6.3 cm). 2) Photographing the reflective surfaces with the use of a Kodak Wratten Ultraviolet Filter No. 18A for evidence of greater ultraviolet reflectivity (filter window range 300-400 nm). 3) Obliteration of reflective fore-coxal surfaces in 10 captive virgin pairs followed after 3 days by removal of the ventral receptacles from the females and examination of their contents for presence of spermatozoa (fore coxal nonreflec- tance test). The flies were first anesthetized in an etherizer for 0.5-1.0 minute and then the silvery pruinose surfaces were obliterated by rubbing with toothpicks (Fig. 7). Controls consisted of 10 virgin pairs with unaltered fore coxae. The experimental and control flies were maintained in cotton-plugged vials (125 X 25 mm internal dimensions) on a diet of Drosophila hydei and D. melanogaster adults. All photographs were taken with a Nikkormat camera body equipped with a 55 mm F: 3.5 Micro Nikkor Auto lens, frequently augmented with an extension ring (M) or bellows (PB-4). Film types used were Kodak High Speed Ektachrome (daylight type and 3200 K type) for visible light and Kodak Tri-X Pan (ASA 400) for the ultraviolet series. The ultraviolet radiation source was direct sunlight for all except one short series (Fig. 10) for which a mercury-vapor ultraviolet lamp (Ray tech, Model LS-7, 254 nm) was used. Use of this lamp facilitated testing the efficiency of the filter and adjusting the film speed. The exposure time range for the ultraviolet photographs was 0.8-2.0 seconds and the lens aperture setting was 8. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 197 Figure 3. Photomicrograph (stcreomicroscope). Note reflective face and tore coxae. (27 X; original on High Speed Kktachrome, 3200 K). Figure 4. Ultraviolet photograph. Note greater reflectivity of fore coxae compared with face and paper point. (3.7 X; original on Tri-X Pan, f:8, 0.8 sec.). 198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS RESULTS The reaction of the 10 males and 10 females following individual introduction into the mirror box was a consistent spreading of the fore legs when they initially approached the mirror walls (Figs. 5, 6). This reaction was elicited when the mirror box was covered with either 2-mm thick transparent glass or very thin ultraviolet-transmissible plastic film. The ultraviolet photographs revealed markedly greater reflec- tion of ultraviolet radiation from the silvery pruinose fore coxae and golden pruinose face (Figs. 4, 7-10). In addition, these photographs provide more evidence for previously observed angular reflectance shifts on both the fore coxae and the face (Figs. 4, 8, 10). In visible light when these pruinose surfaces are viewed from different angles to the incident light beam, the reflectance intensity changes. The fore coxal nonreflectance test conducted on 10 virgin pairs showed spermatozoa in the ventral receptacles of 2 experimental females. Spermatozoa were found in the ventral receptacles of 6 control females. DISCUSSION Evidence is herein presented for the differential ultraviolet reflectance from the surfaces of adult Och them mantis mantis and although the sample size is small, the results of the nonreflectance test indicate the distinct possibility that adults having the reflective fore coxal surfaces altered or obliterated are not recognized specifically by a prospective mate and thus are unable to court and copulate. The presence of spermatozoa in two of the experimental females cannot now be explained definitely, but it may have resulted from what may be termed courtless mating in which the male is able to successfully mount and inseminate the female without courtship. Additional experimentation is planned in nonreflectance and also in alternate male-female coxal and facial nonreflectance tests. As a corroborative test on the signal function of the reflectance pattern, virgin pairs will be maintained in darkbox conditions interrupted only six times per day with lighted feeding periods during which the flies will be under Vol. 85. Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 199 Figure 5. O. mantis mantis "semaphoring" to mirror image. (2 X; original on High Speed F.ktachrome, Daylight). Figure 6. Same specimen wheeling and "semaphoring" to side mirror image. (2 X; original as in Figure 5). ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS I igure 7. Ultraviolet photograph (with PB-4 bellows). Note fore coxae from which reflective pruinosity has been rubbed. (12 X; original on Tri-X Pan, f:8, 1 sec.). 1 igure 8. Ultraviolet photograph. Angle of view lessens reflection from face. (3.2 X; original as in Ligure 7). i igure 9. Ultraviolet photograph. Angle of view showing equal reflection from fore coxae and face. (3.7 X; original on Tri-X Pan, f:8, 2 sec.). Ligure 10. Ultraviolet photograph. Source was mercury-vapor lamp used in darkroom vith ultraviolet filter. Angle of view lessens reflection from face. (3.2 X; original as in Ligure 9). Vol. 85. Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 201 surveillance. Surveys for sexual dimorphism in the reflected pattern will continue and the structural nature of the pruinosity in this species will be studied by scanning-electron microscopy. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Acknowledgement is made to Mr. T.J. Swisher, Technical Representative of Eastman Kodak Company, for providing the Wratten ultraviolet filter and technical assistance. The assistance of Mary Deonier. Rommel Beck, Richard Slade, Steven Ash. Cynthia Blakely, and Linda Konrad is gratefully acknowledged. The Audiovisual Service of Miami University provided certain photographic equipment. Some of the work was done at the Highlands Biological Station, Highlands, North Carolina. LITERATURE CITED Burkhardt, D. and I. de la Motte. 1972. Hlectrophysiological studies on the eyes of Diptera, Mecoptera and Hymenoptera. In: R. Wehner (ed.). Information Processing in the Visual Systems of Arthropods, pp. 145-153. Springer Verlag, Berlin. Cameron, J.W.M. 1938. The reactions of the house fly, M. domestica L. to light of different wavelengths. Can. J. Res. (D) 16: 307-317. Deonier, D.L. 1966. A revision of the Nearctic species of Hydrellia (Uiptera: Ephydridae). Dissertation. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan. 1971. A systematic and ecological study of Nearctic Hydrellia (Diptera: Ephydridae). Smithsonian Contrib. Zool. 68, 147 pp. 1972. Observations on mating, oviposition, and food habits of certain shore flies (Diptera: Ephydridae). Ohio J. Sci. 72(1): 22-29. Eckert, H. 1971. Die spektrale Empfindlichkeit des Komplexauges von Musca. Kybernetik 9: 145-156. Eisner, T., R.E. Silberglied, D. Aneshansky, J.E. Carrel, and H.C. Howland. 1969. Ultraviolet video-viewing: The television camera as an insect eye. Science 166: 1172- 1174. Ghiradella, H., D. Aneshansky, T. Eisner, R.E. Silberglied, and H.E. Hinton. 1973. Ultraviolet reflection of a male butterfly: interference color caused by thin-layer elaboration of wing scales. Science 178: 1214-1217. Kirschfeld, K. and N. Franceschini. 1968. Optischen Eigenschaften der Ommatidien im Komplexauge von Musca. Kybernetik 5: 47-52. Lutz, F.E. 1924. A study of ultraviolet light in relation to flower visiting habits of insects. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 29:181-242. Mazokhin-Porshnyakov, G.A. 1957. Reflecting properties of butterfly wings and the role of U.V. light in insect visual perception. Transl. title. Biofizika 2: 358-368. 1969. Insect Vision. Transl. from Russian. Plenum Press, New York. Schuemperli, R. 1972. Wavelength-specific behavioral reactions in Drosophila melano- gaster. In: R. Wehner (ed.). Information Processing in the Visual Systems of Arthropods, pp. 155-161. Springer Verlag, Berlin. Wehner, R. and R. Schuemperli. 1970. Das Aktionsspektrum der phototaktischen Spontantendenz bei Drosophila melanogaster. Rev. Suissc Zool. 76: 1087-1095. Wolken, J.J., A.D. Mellon, and G. Contis. 1957. Photoreceptor structures. II. Drosophila melanogaster. J. Exp. Zool. 134: 383-409. 202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS A NEW SPECIES OF PHYLLOCOPTES (ACARINA: ERIOPHYIDAE) FROM ROSE1 <2 William E. Styer3 ABSTRACT: Phyllocoptes linegranulatus is described from rose. A detailed description and a plate are given. DESCRIPTORS: Acarina; Enophyid-ae;Phyllocoptes-linegranulatus; new-species. This is the fourth Nearctic Phyllocoptes sp. (Acarina: Eriophyi- dae) to be described from Rosa sp. This species differs from those previously described by having the design on the cephalothoracic shield composed of dashes or granulations, rather than solid lines. Further, it differs from P. slinkardensis Keifer (1966) by having the micro tubercles less sharply spinulate. It differs from P. fmctiphilus Keifer (1940) by having pointed microtubercles and more lines on the female genital coverflap, and from P. adalius Keifer (1939) by having one less ray in the featherclaw, and more lines on the female genital coverflap. The following description and the characters illustrated are based on Keifer' s terminology (1952): Phyllocoptes linegranulatus, n. sp. Female 160 jU long, 62 fJL wide; fusiform; color yellow-white to white. Rostrum 21 A/ long, curving downward; antapical seta 7 H long. Shield 45 jU long, 50 fJ. wide, subtriangular with pointed anterior lobe over rostral base; median line granular, present Accepted for publication: May 20, 1974 2Approved for publication as Journal Article No. 44-74 of the Ohio Agricultural Research and Development Center, Wooster, Ohio. 3 Department of Entomology, Ohio Agricultural Research and Development Center, Wooster, Ohio 44691. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 7 & 8 : 202-204, July & October 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & X, July & October 1974 203 V SA GF1 E:igure 1. P. linegranulatus, adult female. SA, side view of anterior section; ES, lateral rings and microtubercles; GI-'l, female genitalia and coxae; F, fcatherclaw; DA, dorsal view of shield; LI, left anterior leg;CS, side view of caudal section. 204 ENTOMOLOGICAL Nl WS only on posterior 1/4 of shield where it arises from rear margin to form a Y-shaped mark that touches the admedian lines. Admedian lines of dashes and granulations arise at rear of shield where they curve to touch the median Y, then continue anteriorly towards shield lobe. First submedian lines present, arising from base of dorsal tubercles and extending anteriorly towards shield lobe. A cross line connects admedian with submedian at about midpoint. A branch off the submedian just ahead of the dorsal tubercle curves back centrally to rear shield margin. Outer submedians present, running laterally from partial ring at rear of shield, converging towards first submedian line with short cross line present. Partial rings present below dorsal tubercle. Dorsal tubercles 22 p apart; dorsal setae 14 p. long. Foreleg 30/J long; tibia 6 H long, with seta; tarsus 7 jU long; claw 8 ]Lt long, curved and tapering; featherclaw 5-rayed. Hindleg 26 ju long, tibia 4 jJL long, tarsus 6 jU long, and claw 9 ]U long. Coxae ornamented with short curved lines and dashes; anterior coxae divergent with moderate sternal line. First setiferous coxal tubercles farther apart than second and ahead of the anterior coxal approximation. Second tubercles ahead of line across third tubercles. Abdominal thanosome with rings somewhat wider dorsally. Microtubercles acuminate. Lateral seta 17 fl long, on ring 9; first ventral seta 16 H long, on ring 23; second ventral sets 15 jU long, on ring 42. Telosome with 5-6 rings, completely microtuberculate. Telosomal seta 28 p. long. Accessory sets 6 jLt long. Female coverflap 22 fJi across, 14 jU long, with about 10 longitudinal lines; seta 14 H long. Male: Not seen. Type Locality: Wooster, Ohio. Collection Data: June 16, 1968 by Makoto Kawase. Host: Rosa sp., a cultivated hybrid rose. Relation to Host: The mites were found in high numbers in association with chlorotic leaves. Type Material: A type slide to be deposited in the U.S. National Museum, and a paratype slide to be on file in the Institute of Acarology, Columbus, Ohio. A second paratype slide and dried mites retained in the collection at the Ohio Agricultural Research and Development Center. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Appreciation is extended to L.R. Nault for comments on the manuscript, and to H.H. Keifer, Sacramento, California for his confirmation of the new species. LITERATURE CITED Keifer, H.H. 1939. Friophyid studies VII. Bull. Calif. Dept. Agr. 28:484-505. Keifer, H.H. 1940. Eriophyid studies VIII. Bull. Calif. Dept. Agr. 29:21-46. Keifer, H.H. 1952. The eriophyid mites of California. Bull. Calif. Insect Surv. 2:1-123. Keifer, H.H. 1966. Friophyid studies B-21. Calif. Dept. Agr. Spec. Publ. 24pp. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 205 ON THE HABITAT OF SOME CARABID BEETLES (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)1 Andre Larochelle' ABSTRACT: In this paper, the habitat of forty-one species ofCarabidae from Quebec is given. DESCRIPTORS: Coleoptcra; Carabidao; Quebec, Canada. For the last thirteen years. I have collected 60,000 carabid beetles in Quebec in order to get the "biological status" of their habitat. I have kept journals, in which the explored biotopes are described. Finally, 1 became acquainted with many Carabidae whose habitat is poorly known in the entomological literature. I hope these notes will be useful to other entomologists. SPECIES ACCOUNTS Agonuni crenistriatum Leconte: A xcrophilous species occurring in open sandy country, where the vegetation is scarce, under stones and logs. It prefers hills. Agonum fidele Casey: At the borders of ponds, marshes and brooks, in more or less shady places, where the soil is wet. under willows and alders. Agonum mutatum Ciemininger and Harold: At the borders of pools and lakes, where Sweet Gale (Myrica gale Linnc) grows, in pillows of Sphagnum. It prefers acid bogs and is found with Blethisa quadricullis Haldeman. Agonum picicomoides I.indroth: On moist places, in the vicinity of open water. On rather firm soil, often clay lightly mixed with sand, with more or less dense vegetation, under dead leaves and other vegetal debris, under willows and alders. Agonum tenuicolle Leconte: Along stony, shady margins of streams and lakes, mostly in montaneous areas. It is often found with Ncbria lacustris Casey. Agonum trigeminum Lindroth: At the borders of brooks, ponds and marshes, on wet usually clayey soil, under alders or willows. 'Accepted for publication: October 8, 1973. 2College Bourget, C.P. Kinu Rigaml, Quebec, Canada. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 7 & 8 : 205-207, Julv & October 1974 206 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Anisodactylus discoideus Dejean: At the borders of rivers, brooks and ponds, on wet sandy soil, with sparse vegetation or none at all. During the day, it hides under stones. It is commonly found with Anisodactylus sanctaecrucis Fabricius and Stenolophus comma Fabricius. Anisodactylus nigerrimus Dejean: On open, very dry, sandy ground, with scattered vegetation. It is found with Anisodactylus merula Germar and/4, rusticus Say. Anisodactylus verticalis Leconte: In deciduous woods, on moist clayey soil, often near water. During the day, it hides under dead leaves and bark of fallen trees. Axinopalpus biplagiatus Dejean: On open, dry sandy or gravelly ground, with more or less abundant vegetation, under stones and boards. It prefers hills. Badister notatus Haldeman: On open dry gravelly country, with sparse or moderate vegetation, often in gravel-pits, but also in waste places and gardens. By day, it hides under stones, on slopes. Badister obtusus Leconte: In light deciduous forests, on stony or gravelly ground, under dead leaves. It prefers lightly damp places. Badister transversus Casey: In deciduous marshy places, on wet soil with mixture of organic matters, under bark or other vegetal debris. Bembidion canadianum Casey: Along brooks and roadside ditches, on open damp clayey soil, with sparse vegetation or none at all. In the daytime, it is found under stones. Bembidion nigrum Say: On barren soil, usually gravel mixed with sand and clay, on river banks. During the day, it is often found under stones and in the crevices of steep banks. It is often associated with Schizogenius Hneolatus Say and Tachys tripunctatus Say. Bembidion sejunctum Casey: On open barren sandy soil, under logs and boards, along the edges of large salty water bodies. Its shelter being lifted, it remains motionless a long while before running away. Brady cellus kirbyi Horn: On moderately shaded marshy places, witli a rich vegetation, under willows and alders. Brady cellus nigriceps Leconte: An hygrophilous species occurring on moist soil, with rich vegetation, at the borders of woody marshes and ponds. Calleida punctata Leconte: In fields, under stones or on goldenrod flowers. Calosorna frigidum Kirby: In deciduous forests, especially in maple forests. During daytime, it hides under dead leaves. In spring, it emerges only on rather warm days. Chlaenius tomentosus Say: In open, dry country with sandy or gravelly soil, in hilly fields, with more or less low vegetation. During daytime, it hides under stones. Cymindis americana Dejean: In deciduous woods, clearings, bush hedges and along fence rows, under stones and boards. It prefers hills and uplands. Cymindis borealis Leconte: On open, dry, sandy or gravelly ground, with sparse vegetation. In sand-pits, gravel-pits and roadsides. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 207 Cymindis pilosa Say: Same habitat as C. borealis Leconte. Diplocheila impressicollis Dejean: Very hygrophilous. At the borders of standing waters, with rich vegetation of cat's-tails and willows. It is found with Badister neopulchellus Lindroth and Diplocheila striatopunctata Leconte. Galerita janus I:abricius: In deciduous woods, in the mountains and uplands, under stones. Brachinus cordicollis Dejean: On river banks and lake shores, on sandy or gravelly soil, more or less mixed with clay, under stones. Brachinus cyanipennis Say: Same habitat as Brachinus cordicollis Dejean. Brachinus tenuicollis Leconte: On river banks and lake shores, under stones. Harpalus faunus Say: In open country, in sandy dry fields with scarce vegetation, under bark and boards; in waste places, sand-pits and roadsides. It was repeatedly found with Calosoma calidum Fabricius and Harpalus lewisi Leconte. Harpalus laticeps Leconte: In dry, open country with scarce vegetation, on sandy or gravelly soil, under dead leaves and logs. It prefers hills and uplands, often in the vicinity of bushes and trees. Harpalus viduus Leconte: Always at the borders of woods (preferably maple woods), on rather dry sandy soil. It prefers hills and uplands. During the daytime, it buries into the soil or hides under dead leaves. It likes clearings and woody roads. Lebia ornata Say: In deciduous and mixed forests, on goldenrod flowers. Lebia solea Hentz: In deciduous forests, preferably maple forests, under dead leaves or on the flowers of the Blue-stemmed Goldenrod (Solidago caesia Linne). Myas cyanescens Dejean: In deciduous and mixed forests of mountains and hills, in lightly damp gravelly soil, where the litter is rich. By day, it buries deep into the soil or hides under dead leaves. Olisthopus pannatus Say: In light deciduous and mixed forest, on gravelly or sandy soil, under dead leaves and stones. It prefers a thick litter. Notiophilus aeneus Herbst: In light deciduous forests, mostly maple forests, where the soil is damp and more or less gravelly. It usually hides under dead leaves, but sometimes runs on stones, moss or logs, in the daytime. Pseudamara arenaria Leconte: In deciduous forests, preferably maple forests, where the soil is damp and gravelly, with a rich litter, usually under dead leaves, but also under stones, in the fall. Selenophorus gagatinus Dejean: A xerophilous species, occurring under stones, on gravelly or sandy places, with sparse vegetation. It prefers hills and uplands. Selenophorus opalinus Leconte: On open dry hills, on sandy soil, with scarce vegetation, under stones. It is commonly found with Agonum crenistriatum Leconte, Chlaenius tomentosus Say and Harpalus indigens Casey. Trichotichnus vulpeculus Say: A deciduous forest species, found under the barks of logs. It prefers hills and is found \\\{\\Pterostichus honestus Say and P. tristis Dejean. 208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ADDITIONS TO THE ODONATA OF MASSACHUSETTS1 Harold B. White, III2, Paul S. Miliotis3 and Christopher W. Leahy4 ABSTRACT: The following Odonata are reported from Massachusetts for the first time: Argia apicatis (Say), Argis translata Hagen, Coenagrion resolutum (Hagen), Enallagma vernale Gloyd, Gomphus scudderi Selys, Somatochlora cingiilata (Selys), Somatochlora elongata (Scudder), Somatochlora forcipata (Scuddcr), Somatochlora georgiana Walker, Somatochlora linearis (Hagen), Somatochlora williamsoni Walker and Pantala hymanaea (Say). DESCRIPTORS: Odonata, Massachusetts Howe (1917-1920; 1921) compiled the records of New England Odonata listing 139 species from Massachusetts. Subsequent additions (Bromley, 1924; Montgomery, 1943; Gibbs and Gibbs, 1954; Needham and Westfall, 1955; Beatty and Beatty, 1969; and White, 1969) and the elimination of some questionable records listed by Howe leave approximately 143 species. We have collected extensively in Massachusetts since 1965 and have confirmed the presence of all but 17 of the previously reported species. In this note we document our records of 12 species of Odonata which are new for Massachusetts. They are Argia apicalis (Say), Argia translata Hagen, Coenagrion resolutum (Hagen), Enallagma vernale Gloyd, Gomphus scudderi Selys, Somatochlora cingiilata (Selys), Somatochlora elongata (Scudder), Somatochlora forcipata (Scud- der), Somatochlora georgiana Walker, Somatochlora linearis (Hagen), Somatochlora \villiamsoni Walker and Pantala hymanaea (Say). The occurrence of Somatochlora georgiana is particularly notable since its previously known range was confined to five contiguous states in the extreme southeastern United States. 1 Accepted for publication: January 15, 1974 2 Department of Chemistry, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 19711 3RD#1, Depot St., Dunstable, MA 01827 4Massachusetts Audubon Society, Lincoln, MA 01773 ENT. NEWS, 85 : 7 & 8 : 208-210, July & October 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 209 In the annotated list that follows, the collector's initials will appear with each record. We are grateful to Drs. Thomas W. Donnelly and Rudolf A. Raff for records of theirs included here. Argia apicalis (Say): Ponkapoag Pond, Canton, id, 7/25/70 (HBW); Charles River, Dover, id, 9/6/70 (HBW); Charles River, South Natick, 26, 3 pr., 7/10/71 (HBW); Charles River, Wellesley, seen 6/30/71 (HBW); North Pond, Hopkinton, 2d, 7/28/72 (PSM); Concord River, Concord, id, 8/6/72 (PSM); Merrimack River, Dracut, id, 7/17/73 (PSM). These are the first records for A. apicalis in New England. It would appear that it is generally distributed along the major rivers of eastern Massachusetts. Argia translata Hagen: Walden Pond, Concord, id, Ipr., 9/11/66; 19, Ipr., 9/12/70; Id, Ipr., 8/14/71 (HBW); North Pond, Hopkinton, 2d, 8/17/72 (PSM). Both ponds where we have taken A. translata have rock and gravel shores with virtually no emergent vegetation. Other species of Odonata are quite scarce at both locations. The specimens were collected on rocks and dead twigs in and near the water. Coenagrion resolution (Hagen): Cranberry Swamp, Hawley, 2d, 6/23/71 (HBW), id, 7/2/72 (PSM); beaver pond on Mill Brook, Hawley, id, Ipr., 7/4/71 (HBW). This species is undoubtedly more widespread in the Berkshires than is indicated here. Enallagma vemale Gloyd: Wallace Pond, Ashburnham, 4d, 6/1/69 (HBW); unnamed pond east of Fort Pond, Lancaster, id, 6/7/69 (HBW); unnamed pond west of Shirley Airport, Shirley, 2d, 6/7/69 (HBW); Priest Brook, Royalston, id, 6/14/70 (HBW); Cheshire Pond, Ashburnham, id, 6/10/71 (HBW); Hawk Swamp, Dunstable, tenerals 5/7/73; 3d, 5/17-20/73 (PSM). Specimens from Ashburnham, Royalston, and Shirley were determined by Mrs. Leonora K. Gloyd. It is quite possible that most of the pre-1943 records for Enallagma cyathigcrum (Charp.) in Massachusetts (Howe, 1917-1920) are E. vemale. Gomphus scudderi Selys: Squannacook River, West Groton, id emerged July 1971 from a larva collected 5/1 6/71 (HBW). Sotnatochlora cingulata (Selys): Unnamed pond on Mt. Greylock at an elevation of 3173 feet, Adams, id, 7/9/73 (CWL). Somatochlora elongata (Scudder): Stream into Bog Pond, Florida, id, 8/22/70 (HBW); Cranberry Swamp, Hawley, id emerged 5/29/73 from larva collected earlier in the month (PSM). Somatochlora forcipata (Scudder): County Road, Washington, 19, 7/10/73 (CWL). Somatochlora georgiana Walker: Rantoul Pond, Ipswich, 19 (found dead in the water) 8/6/72 (CWL); Willow Dale State Forest, Ipswich, 3d, 39, 8/18/73 (CWL). The presence of this species in Massachusetts is entirely unexpected and quite remarkable. Its previous known distribution includes Alabama, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina and South Carolina. The fact that several specimens have been collected in successive years would indicate that a breeding population exists in northeastern 210 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Massachusetts and that other specimens could be expected from any of the states on the Atlantic Coast. The six specimens from Willow Dale State Forest were taken in the late afternoon as they swarmed with other Odonata in a small clearing near a temporary pond. In this swarm were Somatochlora tenebrosa (Say), Epitlieca princeps Hagen, and five species of Aeshna: A. clepsydra Say, A. constricta Say, A. tuberculifera Walker, A. umbrosa Walker, and A. verticalis Hagen. Of these species, A. constricta was the most abundant. We thank Kenneth Knopf for loaning the specimens of S. georgiana from western Florida which we used in confirming our identification. Somatochlora linearis Hagen: Cranberry Pond, Braintree, 2d 7/21/68 (HBW); 19, 6/29/69 (HBW); 29, 7/12/70 (HBWJRAR); Massachusetts Audubon Broadmoor Sanc- tuary, South Natick, 1(5, 7/10/71 (HBW); Boston Brook, North Andover, id 8/17/71; Id 29, 8/12/73 (CWL); Bedford Road, Lincoln, id 7/27/72 (CWL). Somatochlora williamsoni Walker: Cranberry Brook, Braintree, id, 7/28/69 (TWD); Ponkapoag Bog, Canton, id 8/21/69; id 8/8/70; seen 7/11/71 (HBW); Tyler Pond, Florida, Id 8/22/70 (HBW); Depot Street, Dunstable, id 8/18/71; 2d 19, 8/3/73 (PSM); Lowell Dracut State Forest, Dracut, id 7/13/73 (PSM); Willow Dale State Forest, Ipswich, 19,7/16/72 (CWL); Center Street, Savoy, id 8/1/72 (CWL). Pan tola hymanaea (Say): Great Blue Hill, Milton, seen 8/20/67 (HBW). Although sight records of Odonata are not always reliable, this species is quite distinctive and is reasonable to expect in Massachusetts (AVhite and Morse, 1973). LITERATURE CITED Beatty, G. H. and A. F. Beatty. 1969. Evolution and speciation in the subgenus Schizuraeschna, with observations on Aeshna (Sc/iizuraeschna) mutata Hagen (Odonata). Pa. Acad. Sci. Proc. 43: 147-152. Bromley, S. W. 1924. A new Ophiogomphus (Aeschnidae: Odonata) from Massachusetts. Ent. News 35: 343-344. Gibbs, R. H., Jr. and S. P. Gibbs. 1954. The Odonata of Cape Cod, Massachusetts. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 62: 167-184. Howe, R. H., Jr. 1917-1920. Manual of the Odonata of New England Parts I-VI. Thoreau Mus. Nat. Hist. Mem. 2: 1-14. 1921. Supplement to Manual of Odonata of New England. Thoreau Mus. Nat. Hist. Mem. 2: 1-14. Montgomery, B. E. 1943. Williamsonia fletcheri Williamson (Odonata: Cordulidae) from New England. Ent. News 54: 1-4. Needham, J. G. and M. J. Westfall, Jr. 1955. A Manual of the Dragonflies of North America (Anisoptera). Berkeley & Los Angeles, Univ. Calif. Press, p 193 & 21 1. White, H. B., III. 1969. Two species of Odonata previously unreported from New England. Ent. News 80: 88. and W. J. Morse. 1973. Odonata (Dragonflies) of New Hampshire: an annotated list. Res. Report 30, N. H. Ag. Exp. Sta., Durham, iv+46 pp. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 211 NEW DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT RECORDS OF BITING MIDGES AND MANGROVE FLIES FROM THE COASTS OF SOUTHERN BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE, CULICIDAE, CHIRONOMIDAE, AND PHORIDAE)1 Lanna Cheng2 and Charles L. Hogue3 ABSTRACT: Alegaselia minutior Borgmeier (Phoridae) is reported here for the first time for Baja California. At least in the spring months, Culicoides furens (Poey) (Cerato- pogonidae) is the commonest biting midge around Isla San Jose', Bahi'a Balandra and neighboring sites. It was found breeding around the aerial roots of the mangrove Avicennia nitida in swamp mud and burrows of the crab Sesarnw sulcatum. Smittia sp. (Chironomidae) and an apparently undescribed species of Dasyhelea (Ceratopogonidae) were collected from the same habitat on Isla San Jose! We present also some quantitative results for C. furens from emergence traps and preliminary behavior experiments. Deinocerites mcdonaldi Belkin & Hogue (Culicidae) was found breeding in burrows of the crabs Cardisoma crassum and S. sulcatum at several sites north of La Paz: these records extend the known northern limit for its distribution. In separate and unrelated field trips along the southern coasts of the peninsula of Baja California, Mexico, the authors have collected species of biting midges and other Diptera associated with mud flats and mangrove vegetation. In citing these collec- tions, this paper adds several species to the region's fauna and new information of their ecology. Cheng's work has centered mainly on Isla San Jose', a small island about 26 Km long and 3-10 Km wide, situated in the Gulf of California off the coast approximately 90 Km NNW of La Paz. At the southern end of the island there is a rather extensive tidal lagoon, covering an area of 5-8 Km2 and surrounded by mangrove swamps. The mud flats associated with the mangrove swamp provide ideal breeding grounds for biting midges of the family Ceratopogonidae. Since these midges have constituted quite a nuisance to human visitors, including members of Scripps Institution of Oceanog- raphy expeditions to the area, and since no information on the Accepted for publication: 1'ebruary 21, 1974 2 Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, CA 92037 USA Department of Entomology, Natural History Museum. Los Angeles, CA 90007 USA ENT. NEWS, 85 : 7 &8 : 21 1-218. July & October 1974 212 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS biting midges of Baja California could be found in the literature other than the brief citations of Ryckman and Ryckman (1963), a one-week expedition was made to the island in the spring of 1972 (15-22 April), on the R/V DOLPHIN to collect specimens and to investigate their ecology. Hogue's contributions derive from a reconnaissance by boat along the entire western coast of the peninsula and two excursions to the vicinity of La Paz. The former was conducted in March of 1966 from the private vessel SEA QUEST. Hogue visited all bays and lagoons likely to support mangroves and populations of land crabs whose burrows often contain larvae of biting midges and mosquitoes. These landing sites, with dates, in 1972, included Bahia Tortola (=B. Bartholome' - 8 March), Bahi'a de Ballenas (9 March), Laguna San Ignacio (10 March), Bahi'a Magdalena (11-13 March), and Laguna Saltea, San Jose del Cabo (15 March). In later excursions he concentrated on the small bays (primarily Bahi'a Balandra) on the west shore of the peninsula north of La Paz in June of 1968, and in September of 1969 on Isla Espi'ritu Santo (Bahi'a San Gabriel), and a small estuary west of Todos Santos (Punta Lobos). MATERIALS AND METHODS Cheng's Studies Most of the samples were collected from the mangrove swamp at the southern end of Isla San Jose'; several additional samples were collected from a saltern at the northern end. Adult midges were collected with conventional sweep nets, or were aspirated from human skin or caught in specially devised emergence traps made of galvanized iron in the form of a box top, 10cm deep, with an area of 0.5m2. Each trap had two glass vials screwed into diagonally opposed corners (Fig. 1 ). Twelve such traps were set at approximately 1 -meter intervals in two transects in different areas of the southern mangrove swamp. Traps 1-5 were set on sandy beaches between high- and low-water level around low bushes of Rhizophom mangle, traps 6 and 7 on a muddy bank below high-water mark in the same area, and traps 8-12 between high- and low-water levels on muddy flats around aerial roots of Avicennia nitida. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 213 t 15 cm 1 / DU cm > Figure 1. Schematic Diagram of Emergence Trap Showing Positions of Two Screw-Cap Vials in Situ. Each Vial Has a Plastic Cone Glued Into the Opening. During the first two days vials were emptied four times daily: at 0800, 1200, 1600 and 1800 hours; after it was found that few flies emerged in the afternoons, the vials were emptied only twice a day: at 0800 and 1200 hours. Mud samples taken from cores made at specific areas in the midge-infested mud flats were kept in the laboratory for over 30 days, during which time various midges and other insects emerged. In addition, several short experiments were carried out to study the behavior of the biting midges in the field, using variously colored sheets of paper (~lm2) sprayed with "tanglefoot^* (a non-drying adhesive similar to that used on ordinary fly-paper). Hogue's Studies Hogue's collecting was restricted to the vicinity of burrows of land crabs (Sesarnia sulcatum and Cardisotna crassitm}. Adult flies were collected from burrow mouths and human skin; water samples containing larvae and pupae were taken with a bottle pump (described by Belkin et al., 1965). *The Tanglefoot Co., Grand Rapids, Michigan 214 ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS RESULTS Culicoides, Ceratopogonidae All the midges attracted to and aspirated from human skin both by Cheng at Isla San Jose' and by Hogue at Bahia Balandra were Culicoides furens (Poey), one of the commonest biting flies of salt-marsh areas on the American continents. This species, which occurs along the Atlantic coasts of North and South America, and the Pacific coast from Mexico to Ecuador, has been recorded only once from Baja California (Ryckman and Ryckman, 1963). It is an economically important species, especially in the southeastern and Gulf coasts of North America where its biology has been extensively studied by Linley (1968, 1969) and Linley et al. (1970a, 1970b). As was to be expected, all of the aspirated specimens were females. Males of this species were collected by sweeping a net through midge swarms flying over flowering branches of the Avicennia or from emergence traps. The mud samples collected by Cheng from both ends of the island yielded biting midges of only two species: Culicoides furens and Dasyhelea sp. (evidently a new species: Wirth, personal communication). Adults of both species were found to emerge from only the top 3cm. Culicoides mojave Wirth, a second anthropophilic species known from the area (Ryckman and Ryckman, 1963) was not found. In general, adult ceratopogonids were caught only in the traps placed amongst the aerial roots of Avicennia. The flies caught in traps 8-12 were of particular interest to one of us -Cheng- since they had emerged in presumably one of the biggest and most accessible breeding grounds of biting midges on Isla San Jose'. C. furens emerged only from the three upper traps, not from the two lower ones where the mud surface remained submerged except during low spring tides. Dasyhelea emerged only from the lowermost trap. These results probably reflect differences in the larval ecology of the two species. Out of 97 trapped flies, 77 emerged during the morning hours; the rest emerged during the afternoons or at night. More individuals emerged on warm sunny days, and none were trapped on the only overcast, cool day during the experimental period. The results of the few simple experiments designed to study possible color and odor preferences of the adult female biting Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 215 midges indicated that they prefer red and orange to green, white or black surfaces, and are more attracted to surfaces sprayed with iso-butyric acid, which occurs in human sweat, but are repelled by propionic acid. They were apparently less active on cold, windy days when one could work a few meters from their breeding ground without being bitten; whereas on warmer days they soon made their presence felt for several hundred meters downwind. The adult males of the same species generally swarmed in sheltered areas above branches of Avicennia. Very few were caught from above exposed bushes, and none were caught on any windy day. Obviously more extensive observations and more sophisti- cated experiments are needed to understand the biting and swarming behavior of these insects. Hogue took one female C. furens from the burrow of the marsh crab Sesarma sidcatum at Bahia Balandra on 1 1 June 68. There are no previous records of this species breeding in land crab burrows, although the habit is well known for several other species of Culicoides (Bright and Hogue, 1972: 44-45). Larvae of an unidentified Culicoides, collected by Hogue from burrows of Sesarma (possibly magdalensis} at Howland's Lagoon (north of Puerto Magdalena in Magdalena Bay 1 1 March 66), may be of this species or C. alahialinus. The latter was collected for the first time north of Panama by Hogue, from holes of Sesarma sidcatum, in association with C furens at Bahia Balandra (W.W. Wirth. personal communication). Deinocerites, Culicidae Hogue found a thriving population of Deinocerites mcdonaldi Belkin & Hogue in the burrows of the mouthless crab, Cardisoma crassum, at Laguna Saltea, near San Jose'del Cabo (15 March 66), confirming a previous record of Downs (Adames, 1971 : 82). This had been the most northerly point of the genus' known range on the Pacific Coast. Since that collection, however, Hogue and Bright found the same mosquito breeding in burrows of C crassitm and Sesarma sidcatum still further north: on the west coast at Punta Lobos, near Todos Santos (19 September 69). Bahia San Gabriel on Isla Espi'riUi Santo (17-18 September 69) and Mulege (mouth of Arroyo San Gregoria; D. Bright, collector; 3 1 August 7 1 ). 216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The association of Dcinocerites with land crabs, Cardisoma, Ucides and Uca, is unquestionably specific or obligatory (Bright and Hogue, 1972: 3-4, 38). For this reason we would not expect the mosquito to occur very far north of Todos Santos along the outer western coast of the peninsula, because the prevailing cold surface current flowing southward carries the planktonic crab larvae in the opposite direction. In fact, Hogue found neither C. crassum nor Deinoceritcs in Sesanna burrows north of there. Other Diptera Possibly the most important record of a non-biting fly (caught in one of Cheng's emergence traps) was the phorid, Megaselia minutior Borgmeier, kindly identified for us by Dr. W.R. Robinson. It is known from the western United States, but has hitherto not been recorded from Baja California (W.R. Robinson, personal communication). In addition, some non-biting chirono- mids of the genus Smittia emerged from deeper samples of mud, collected 3-6cm below the surface at the southern end of the island. A summary of the trap emergence data for the four major dipteran genera is presented in Table 1. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We wish to thank Dr. W.W. Wirth, Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, U.S. National Museum, and Dr. W.R. Robinson, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, for identifying some of the flies for us. Cheng wishes to thank Dr. R.A. Lewin for assistance in the field, the Foundation for Ocean Research, San Diego, for financing the expedition to Isla San Jose', and all those who assisted in the operation of R/V DOLPHIN. Hogue's appreciation is extended to Mr. Richard Dwyer, Los Angeles, owner and captain of SEA QUEST, for making it possible for Hogue to survey the west coast of the peninsula. During the latter' s trips, in company with Dr. Donald B. Bright and Carlos Villalobos, facilities and assistance was extended by the Estacion de Biologia Pesquera, La Paz, through Biol. Jose J. Diaz. Permission to collect specimens was extended by the Departmento de Conservacion de la Fauna Silvestre, Republic of Mexico. REFERENCES CITED Adams, J. J. 1971. Mosquito studies (Diptera, Culicidae) XXIV. A revision of the crabhole mosquitoes of the genus Deinocerites. Cont. Amer. Entomol. Inst. 7: 1-154. Belkin, J. N., C. L. Hogue, P. Galindo, T. H. G. Aitken, R. X. Schick and W. A. Powder. 1965. Mosquito studies (Diptera, Culicidae) II. Methods for the collection, rearing and preservation of mosquitoes. Cont. Amer. Entomol. Inst. 1(2): 19-78. Bright, D. B. and C. L. Hogue. 1972. A synopsis of the burrowing land crabs of the world and list of their arthropod symbionts and burrow associates. Cont. Sci. Natur. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County 220: 1-58. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 217 •S ^ -*— •t: o - § a C 73 O3 QJ II Q i D. 0 ob O3 c QJ cx o ob C 03 E GO C E ob C 03 P ob £ ob C 1 ob C 03 E •p H 03 O UJ UJ O UJ 03 1= « " on 03 H O Z D. 03 — r-i 00 O — E- on S •<-> QJ = OO ^- ^r •HI o $ 12 E _2 ii n n < ca u 218 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Linley, J. R, 1968. Colonization of Culicoides furens. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 61(6): 1486-1490. Linley, J. R. 1969. Studies on larval development in Culicoides furens (Poey) (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). 1. Establishment of a standard rearing technique. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 62(4): 702-711. Linley, J. R,, F. D. S. Evans and H. T. Evans. 1970a. Seasonal emergence of Culicoides furens (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) at Vero Beach, Florida. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 63(5): 1332-1399. Linley, J. R., H. T. Evans and F. D. S. Evans. 1970b. A quantitative study of autogeny in a naturally occurring population of Culicoides furens (Poey) (Diptera: Cerato- pogonidae). J. Anim. Ecol. 39: 169-183. Ryckman, R. E. and A. E. Ryckman. 1963. Loma Linda University's 1962 expedition to Baja California. Medical entomology and parasitology. Med. Arts Sci., J. Loma Linda Univ. Sch. Med. 17: 65-76. ADDENDUM In March and April of 1974 the authors visited several of the southern islands in the Gulf of California from the R/V Dolphin where additional collections were made which are pertinent to the subject of this paper: Deinocerites mcdonaldi. The range of this species in the Gulf of California is extended, with collections from Isla San Jose', lagoon east of Bahi'a Amortejada, 1-2 April 1974 and Isla Carmen, Bahia Balandra, 4 April 1974. In both localities the larvae and pupae were siphoned from burrows of the land crab, Cardisoma crassum. The greatest numbers of specimens were found in black, very saline water (41-53 ppt, as determined with a portable optical refractometer) with a strong odor of hydrogen sulfide. Only a few adults were taken, resting on the sides of the burrow. Thalassomyia Imreni Wirth. A large number of these marine midges were attracted to a table lamp near a cabin door of the ship during the night of 4 April 1974. The ship was anchored in Bahi'a Balandra, Isla Carmen, about 150 in from the shore. The sky was clear, with the moon at three-quarter phase, the air temperature was approximately 20° C. This species has hitherto been recorded only from Florida; these specimens were identified by H. Hashimoto. For this additional opportunity to study the coastal insect fauna of Baja California we are again indebted to the Foundation of Ocean Research, San Diego and Mr. Richard F. Dwyer of Los Angeles. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 219 THE BROWN RECLUSE SPIDER IN GEORGIA^ (ARANEIDA: LOXOSCELIDAE)1 James O. Howell2 ABSTRACT: The brown recluse spider, Loxosceles redusa, was first reported from Georgia in 1968. Unaided dispersal of this species is apparently very slow, and man undoubtedly plays an important role in the movement of this pest. It is apparently much more common than previous collection records indicate, and is presently known from 12 counties. Egg sacs are first produced in June, and contain from 21-78 eggs each. The species overwinters as various instars or adults in Georgia. Good control was obtained using 0.02% Lindane spray. DESCRIPTORS: Loxosceles redusa, brown recluse spider, biology, control. The brown recluse spider, Loxosceles redusa Gertsch and Mulaik, has received much publicity in the last few years since Atkins, et al. (1958) proved that it was the species producing "necrotic arachnidism" in the United States. It was first collected in Georgia by Vazquez in 1961 under the loose bark of a white oak tree in Pike County. Large portions of this tree had been dead for several years. Since then, several other collections have been reported from the State, but these were always associated with man made structures. Gorham, et al. (1969) returned to the original collection site in 1968, and found the basal portion of the tree still standing, but the remainder had fallen to the ground. They found several males and females in various instars, all occupying the fallen portion of the trunk. They searched the surrounding area within a half mile radius but did not find other sites of infestation. Because this is the only known collection in Georgia from a completely natural habitat, the author went to the collection site on June 3 and September 23, 1972 to determine if any dispersal had taken place from the rotten log. On June 3, six immature brown recluse spiders were found but no adults or early instar spiderlings were observed. On September 23, three adult males, 2 adult females, and 3 immature specimens were collected. Three of the adults were collected beneath the standing portion of the trunk. Gorham, et al. (1969) reported this portion of the tree harbored no spiders at the time of their collections. A diligent search was conducted by the author in the area in a 200 yd. radius surrounding the log but none of the spiders could be found in any other location, although several places appeared Accepted for publication: February 1 1, 1974 'University c Experiment University of Georgia College of Agriculture Experiment Stations, Georgia Station, ENT. NEWS. 85 : 7 & 8 : 219-220. Inly & October 1974 220 ENTOMOLOGICAL NLWS to be ideal habitats for this species. The unaided dispersal of the brown recluse spider is apparently very slow, and man un- doubtedly plays a major role in the movement of this pest from one locality to another. In another locality, in Spalding Co., Ga., a heavy infestation was found in an old wooden frame shed about 100 yards from the owner's residence. Although 3 other unused buildings were located within 60 feet, no spiders were found in them, again indicating the poor dispersal ability of L. reclusa. The Spalding Co. population was observed for over a year. Egg sacs were first observed on June 8, 1973, and numbered up to 3 per female. The number of eggs per sac ranged from 21-78 in 20 egg sacs observed. In summer months spiders of all stages were abundant on beams in the ceiling and along the exposed frame of the walls. Usually 3 or 4 cast skins were located near adult spiders, suggesting that the spider stakes out and occupies a very small territory when it reaches the 3rd or 4th instar, and stays within this area into adulthood. It appears that the spider may overwinter in almost any stage. Early instars through adults were collected as late as January 15, 1973, and again on June 8 before any new broods were seen. Adult females marked with red paint on January 1 5 were later collected with egg sacs on July 6. After mid-January, the spiders were very difficult to find. The colder temperatures apparently had forced them to seek refuge in cracks and crevices providing more protection. On September 28, 1973, the Spalding Co. population was sprayed with 0.02% Lindane. There was 100% mortality on 20 caged specimens, and after 3 weeks, no live spiders were seen in the building. Loxosceles reclusa is presently known from Butts, Cobb, Coweta, Douglas, Fulton, Gordon, Henry, Paulding, Pike, Spalding, Troup, and Walton Counties. It is probably more common in Georgia than previous collection records indicate, but because of its reclusive nature has gone unnoticed. ACKNOWLEDGMENT Grateful appreciation is extended to Dr. Richard Gorham, 1 ood and Drug Administration, Washington, D.C., for his assistance in compiling distributional records for Loxosceles reclusa. REFERENCES CITED Atkins, J. A., C. W. Wingo, W. A. Sodeman, and J. E. Flynn. 1958. "Necrotic arachnidism". Amer. Jour. Trop. Med. and Hyg. 7:165-184. Gorham, R. J., J. Ross, and A. W. Vazquez. 1969. The brown recluse spider (Loxosceles reclusa) in a natural habitat in Georgia. Sanscript 3(l):7-9. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 22 1 BATFLIES (STREBLIDAE AND NYCTERIBIIDAE) IN THE EASTERN UNITED STATES, AND A NYCTERIBIID RECORD FROM SASKATCHEWAN1 John O. Whitaker, Jr.,2 David A. Easterla3 ABSTRACT: Batflies (Streblidae and Nycteribiidae) are uncommon on bats of the eastern United States, east of Kansas, Oklahoma and Texas, but two species of streblids and three of nycteribiids have been reported from this area. The streblids are Trichobius corynorhini from Plecotus townsendii and P. rafinesquii and T. major from Myotis austroriparius.. The nycteribiids are Basilia boardmani from Myotis austroriparius and A/. lucifugus, and B. forcipata and B. antrozoi from Tadarida brasiliensis. DESCRIPTORS: Batflies of eastern U.S. bats There are a number of records of streblid and nycteribiid flies on bats from Central and South America and in the western United States from Texas, Oklahoma and Kansas westward. There are few records east of these states. The purpose of this paper is to summarize records of Streblidae and Nycteribiidae of the eastern states and to present new state and host records for Trichobius corynorhini. Two species of Streblidae and three of Nycteribiidae are known from the eastern United States as follows. STREBLIDAE Trichobius corynorhini Cockerell, 1910: T. corynorhini has been reported from West Virginia by Wilson (1946), Whitaker (1957) and Handley (1959), and from Arkansas by Sealander and Young (1955). Handley (1959) reported T. corynorhini on P. townsendii. but the other three reports cited P. rafinesquii as the host. However, the genus Plecotus Accepted for publication: May 5, 1974 Professor of Life Sciences, Indiana State University, Terre Haute, Ind.. 47809 Dep't of Biology, Northwest Missouri Univ., Maryville, Missouri, 64468 ENT. NEWS, 85 : 7 & 8 : 221-223, July & October 1974 222 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS was revised by Handley (1959). Following Handley's classification, the bats examined by Wilson (1946), Whitaker (1957) and Sealander and Young (1955) were all Plecotus townsendii (Handley, 1959; reidentification by Whitaker; and Personal Communication from Sealander, respectively). In addition, we (Easterla) also took 4 individuals of T. corynorhini on Plecotus townsendii ingens on 23 February, 1963, at Meade Cave, Stone Co., Missouri. Also, B.V. Peterson (Pers. Comm.) reports one male Trichobius coryhorhini from a bat (species not clear) from Mud Cave, Reed's Spring, Stone County, Missouri, September 1 1, 1946, taken by J. Brennan. These constitute the first records of streblid Hies in Missouri. Thus, all reports of T. corynorhini in the eastern United States refer to P. townsendii as the host. Plecotus townsendii is the normal host for this parasite. There are no previous records of Trichobius corynorhini on Plecotus rafinesquii. On 24 October 1971 Easterla took two individuals of Trichobius corynorhini on Plecotus rafinesquii from Bill Johnson.' s Cave, Sand Gap, Jackson County, Kentucky. This constituted the first record of this parasite on P. rafinesquii. B.V. Peterson (Pers. Comm.) reports 10 male and 11 female Trichobius corynorhini from Plecotus townsendii taken 28 March 1964 by W.H. Davis from a cave in northwestern Lee County, Kentucky. R.L, Wenzel (Pers. Comm.) reports this fly from Tulip Cave, Cave Hollow, Lee County, Kentucky, taken 10 January 1968. These are the first records of streblids from Kentucky. Trichobius major Coquillett 1899: In the eastern United States, T. major has been reported from Myotis austroriparius in Florida by Jobling (1938) and Rice (1957). In addition, R.L. Wenzel (Pers. Comm.) reports 2 flies of this species fromM. austroriparius from Cavern State Park, 3 miles N. Marianna, Florida, Fall, 1953, and 2 from Myotis grisescens from Indian Cave, Marianna, Florida, taken 4 February 1951. Rice stated that this is the most conspicuous parasite on M. austroriparius in Florida, with bats carrying one to six flies. Ross (1961) states that Myotis velifer incautus is the normal host for this species in the western United States. NYCTERIBIIDAE Basilia boardmani Rozeboom, 1934: B. boardniani is an eastern species and was first described from Myotis austroriparius from Florida (Rozeboom, 1934), where Rice (1957) reported it to be common. It has since been reported from Myotis lucifugus from Georgia (Peterson, 1960), and from Myotis austroriparius from Illinois (Pannalee, 1955). Basilia forcipata Ferris, 1924: This is a parasite of western species of Myotis. The single eastern record is from Tadarida brasiliensis from Louisiana (Ferris, 1924). In addition, B.V. Peterson (Pers. Comm.) identified a Basilia forcipata from Lasionycteris noctivagans from Govenlock, Saskatchewan, taken June 7, 1933, by H.F. Hughes. This represents the second province from which nycteribiids have been taken, and is by far the most eastern Canadian record. Basilia antrozoi (Townsend, 1893): The single eastern record is from Tadarida brasiliensis from Louisiana (Ferris, 1924). Vol. 85. Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 223 Key to Eastern Batflies 1. Winged forms Streblidae: Trichobius . 2 Wingless forms Nycteribiidae: Basilia. . 3 2. Eight scutellar setae; setae in center of mesonotum reduced in size, much smaller than lateral setae Trichobius major Four scutellar setae; setae in center of mesonotum not reduced, nearly equal in size to lateral setae of mesonotum Trichobius corynorhini 3. Posterior margin of mesonotum with a prolonged, upright, finger-like process Basilia boardmani No such process 4 4. Abdomen with 2 visible tergjtes Basilia corynorhini Abdomen with 3 visible tergites Basilia antrozoi ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful to Dr. B.V. Peterson (Biosystematics Research Institute, Research Branch, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario) and to Dr. R.L. Wenzel for allowing us to use their records. LITERATURE CITED Ferris, G.F. 1924. The new world Nycteribiidae (Diptera Pupipara). Entomol. News 35: 191-199. Handley, C.O., Jr. 1959. A revision of American bats of the genera Eudenna and Pkcotus. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 110: 95-246. Jobling, B. 1938. A revision of the species of the genus Trichobius (Diptera: Acalypterae, Streblidae). Parasitology 30: 358-387. Parmalee, P.W. 1955. A nycteribiid fly new to Illinois. J. Parasitol. 4 1 : 322. Peterson, B.V. 1960. New distribution and host records for bat flies, and a key to the North American species of Basilia Ribeiro (Diptera: Nycteribiidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Ont. 90: 30-37. Rice, D.W. 1957. Life history and ecology of Myotis austroriparius in Horida. J. Mammal. 38: 15-32. Ross, A. 1961. Biological studies on bat ectoparasites of the genus Trichobius (Diptera: Streblidae in North America, north of Mexico. Wasmann J. of Biol. 19: 229-246. Rozeboom, L.E. 1934. A new nycteribiid from Florida. J. Parasitol. 20: 315-316. Sealander, J.A. and H. Young. 1955. Preliminary observations on the cave bats of Arkansas. Proc. Arkansas Acad. Sci. 9: 21-31, Whitaker, J.O., Jr. 1957. Trichobius (Streblidae) in West Virginia (Dipt.). Entomol. News. 68: 237-239. Wilson, L.W. 1946. Notes on bats from eastern West Virginia. J. Mammal. 27: 85-86. 224 ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS NEW MISSISSIPPI RECORDS FOR ZOROTYPUS HUBBARDI (ZORAPTERA)1 P.H. Darst2, C.M. Cooper3, R.N. Paul3, and J.P. Steen3 ABSTRACT: New Mississippi records for Zorotypits hubbardi Caudell are Calhoun, Lafayette, Marshall, Panola, Pontotoc, Stone, and Tishomingo Counties. Lxcept for Tishomingo County, where a specimen was found under dead pine bark, all were obtained at sawmills. DESCRIPTORS: Zoraptera, Zorotypus hubbardi, Mississippi The insectan order Zoraptera has been considered rare by most entomologists. Zorotypus hubbardi Caudell, the only widely distributed United States species, was collected in 7 Mississippi counties during a 2 week period (21 Apr. 1974 to 5 May 1974). These collections constitute 7 new county records. Four county records previously existed: Pearl River Co. and Lamar Co. (Copeland 1954); Holmes Co. and Rankin Co. (Riegel 1963). The new county records reported here extend the recorded distribu- tion to the Tennessee and Alabama state lines. Except for the specimen from Tishomingo Co. all Zoraptera collected were associated with sawmill operations. Six of 7 functioning sawmills visited yielded Zoraptera. Previous reports indicate that Zoraptera were collected from sawdust or from wood in sawdust piles. All our specimens, collected at sawmills, were found associated with fairly large pieces of wood, occasionally severely charred, which were protruding from either pine bark fragments or ash residue from sawdust burners. Four of the 7 collections were from sawmills handling only hardwoods or hardwoods and cypress. A total of 145 Zorotypus hubbardi were collected. Twenty-nine nymphs (2 with wing pads), 62 apterous females, 2 dealate females, and 52 apterous males were obtained. Four of these specimens were obtained from Berlese funnel extractions of pine bark fragments from Bond, Miss. New county records for Mississippi are as follows: Bond, Stone Co., 21 Apr. 1974, from pieces of wood in pine bark fragments; Taylor, Lafayette Co., 24 Apr. 1974, under short pine post discarded near post mill; Bruce, Calhoun Co., 24 Apr. 1974, from pieces of wood in sawdust burner residue; Tishmingo Co., 27 Apr. 1974, under bark of a dead pine; Sardis, Panola Co., 1 May 1974, from pieces of wood in sawdust burner residue; Pontotoc, Pontotoc Co., 5 May 1974, from pieces of charred wood at sawmill; Potts Camp, Marshall Co., 5 May 1974, from pieces of wood in sawdust burner residue. REFERENCES CITED Copeland, T.P. 1954. New Southeastern records for Zorotypus hubbardi Zoraptera. Entomol. News 65: 98-99. Riegel, G.T. 1963. The distribution of Zorotypus hubbardi (Zoraptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. America 56: 744-747. Accepted for publication: May 10, 1974 *y -3 ' Assistant Professor and Graduate Student, respectively. Department of Biology, University of Mississippi, University, Mississippi 38677 ENT. NEWS, 85 : 7 & 8 : 224, July & October 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 225 ODONATA NAIADS FROM CANADOHTA LAKE, CRAWFORD COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA1 : Frank B. Peairs*1 Robert E. Bugbee5 ABSTRACT: Twelve species of naiads are listed and six are new records for Crawford County, Pennsylvania. DESCRIPTORS: Odonata naiads; Crawford County, Pa.,; Zygoptera ; Anisoptera. During October 1970, and May 1971, 222 Odonata naiads were collected by dip net from Canadohta Lake in Crawford County, Pennsyl- vania. The lake is located in the northern part of the county at an altitude of 1389 feet and is approximately 11/8 miles long and 1/3 mile wide. The insects collected represented 12 species of which six appear to be new county records. Other county lists include Kormondy and Gower, 1965, and Williamson, 1902. Listed below are the species collected and the numbers of each. Those marked with an asterisk are new county records. ZYGOPTERA * Lestes inaequalis Walsh 14 hchnura verticallis ( Say) 30 *Enallagma divagans Selys 23 E. ebriuni ( Hagen) 34 E. signatum ( Hagen) 17 *E. trainatum Selys ?? 3 *E. vesperum Calvert 20 ANISOPTERA Gomphus ( Gomphus) sp. 1 * Basiaeschna Janata Say 4 * Epicordulia princeps ( Hagen) 5 Tetragoneuria cynosura Say 69 Libellula luctuosa Burmeister LITERATURE CITED Kormondy, E. J., andj. L. Gower. 1965. Life history variation in an association of Odonata. Ecology 46:882-887. Williamson, E. B. 1902. A list of dragonflies observed in western Pennsylvania. Entomol. News 13:65-71, 108 114. _Accepted for publication: July 19, 1974. Part of a senior thesis submitted to the faculty of the Biology Department of Allegheny College, Meadville, Pennsylvania in partial fulfillment of the requirements of the Bachelor of Science. 3 The authors express appreciation to Dr. M. J. Westfal of the University of Florida for assis- tance in identification of the species. Present address: Department of Entomology, Caldwell Hall. Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850. Professor Emeritus of Biology, Allegheny College. F:NT. NFWS, 85 : 7 & 8 : 225, July & October 1974 226 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The Entomologist's Library This section contains titles of books, monographs, and articles received by the editor that may be of special interest to entomologists and biologists. A brief statement of contents and items of interest are noted. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication. All correspondence for this section should be addressed to the editor. BOOK REVIEW Dr. Charles D. Michener, in the preface to his new book , refers to the eight years of its consideration and preparation. The work actually represents an academic lifetime's interest and study of the various social bees, a pursuit and avocation that will continue to increase our knowledge concerning these fascinating animals. The book is divided into three parts: Melittological Background, Comparative Social Behavior and Natural History. Melittological Background briefly explores the external and internal morphology, life history and evolution of the social bees and the terminology associated with bee nests and social existence. Comparative Social Behavior examines in some 16 chapters the various social interactions observed within the different families, genera and species from the non-social interactions of sleeping clusters and nesting aggregations to a final chapter on speculations regarding the evolution of social behavior in the bees. Individual chapters in this section examine the topics of caste differences, caste determination, division of labor, reproductive activities of workers, foraging, and communication of resource location. The mechanisms of how different species control physical conditions of the nest and define the nest are also treated. A small, but extremely fascinating chapter discusses the parasitic and robber bees associated with social bees. The last chapter in this section provides an analysis of bee social behavior, its features, origins and selection. Here Michener adds mutualistic social behavior as another principle component along with altruism in the evolution of bee social systems. The final section, Natural History, treats each taxonornic group of social bees and includes discussion of their bionomics and various social characteristics. The three parts are well-integrated with numerous cross-references between chapters. The text is followed by an adequate glossary and an extensive literature section with over 700 citations. This book is a necessity for animal behaviorists, especially those interested in the development of social systems, and all entomologists will find this book enjoyable, interesting and extremely informative. One regrettable thing about the book is its high price. Hopefully, the book will appear in paperback form. Richard Rust, University of Delaware 'Michener, C.D. 1974. The social Cambridge MA. 404 p. $25.00. behavior of the bees. Harvard Univ. Press, Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 227 ON THE BIOLOGY OF GOD YRIS ZA VALET A CAESIOP/CTA (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE: ITHOMIINAE)1 Allen M. Young2 ABSTRACT: Various aspects of the biology of the Ithomiine butterfly Godyris zavaleta caesiopicta (Niepett), also known as G. z. sorites Fox, are presented for the first time. Field observations on habitat, adult habits, and oviposition were made in a ravine forest in the central highlands of Costa Rica, a region where the Ithomiine fauna is very rich. The butterfly is a forest species and eggs are laid singly on Solatium brenesii Morton & Standley (Solanaceae), an understory tree. The life stages and egg-to-adult developmental time (about 33 days), as studied in the laboratory, are described. The larva and pupa are cryptically colored, and the resting behavior of the larva is also cryptic. It is suggested that selection favors cryptic coloration and behavior in immatures of many Ithomiinae to reduce predation by visually-hunting predators with learning abilities during a critical period when systemic toxicity is being perfected during ontogeny. Crypsis is also effective against non-learning visual predators. But larvae may succumb to other forms of mortality, including microbial diseases that infect larvae through ingestion. A secondary consequence of this may provide a feeding niche for the larvae of the saprophytic fly Fannia canicularis (Linneaus). The strong sexual dimorphism in adult coloration is believed to provide a means for this species to enter into different mimicry complexes with other Ithomiinae, Heliconiinae, and Danainae. The hypothesis is discussed that the high richness of Ithomiinae in this region is due to pronounced divergence in larval host plants among the rich solanaceous flora found here. DESCRIPTORS: butterfly, Godyris zavaleta caesiopicta, Ithomiinae, Costa Rica, life stages, developmental time, larval host plant, oviposition behavior, larval behavior, sexual dimorphism, crypsis, toxicity, mimicry, community. Thanks to the late Richard M. Fox, there is available a wealth of excellent systematic data (Fox, 1968) on the Central American fauna of Ithomiinae (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Such monumen- tal studies provide a useful groundwork for observations on the natural history of species and genera in various ithomiine tribes in Central America (e.g., Young, 1972a; 1973a; 1974a,b). In fact, other studies of Fox (e.g., Fox, 1940; 1961; 1967) have prompted natural historical studies of the Ithomiinae in South America (D'Almeida and Mielke, 1967; Brown, Mielke, and Ebert, 1970; Brown and D'Almeida, 1970). And aside from the systematic clarity for several tribes within this subfamily of exclusively Neotropical butterflies, these insects are useful for the study of local habitat selection and larval resource divergence since most or all species of Ithomiinae feed on Solanaceae (e.g., Brower and Brower, 1964). Although it is therefore suspected that the local faunal diversity of these butterflies is due in part to behavioral and Accepted for publication: F'ebruary 11, 1974 f Biology, Lawrence University, ENT. NEWS, 85 : 7 & 8 : 227-238, July & October 1974 Department of Biology, Lawrence University, Appleton, Wisconsin 5491 1 228 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ecological divergence in host plant preference within the local solanaceous flora for oviposition and larval development, there have been very few field studies to support such an interesting contention. But Young (1973; 1974a,b) found that three different ithomiine butterflies (Hymenitis nero, Pteronymia notilla, and Olcha zclica, respectively) feed on different species of Solanaceae in the larval stage in the same habitat in montane tropical rain forest. However, exhaustive searches for other host plants used by each of these species (and possibly revealing resource overlap, or confirming lack thereof) were not undertaken in these studies. The present paper is an account of the natural history of still yet another ithomiine butterfly in a habitat where it is sympatric with the other species I have studied. This interesting and elusive species is Godyris zavaleta caesiopicta (Niepett, 1915), also called G. z. sorites by Fox (1968). This species is very strongly sexually-dimorphic for wing coloration (Fig. 1): the females are reddish and the males are yellowish and quite transparent. In fact, the males resemble Olyras insignis (Ithomiinae). It is one of the larger-sized members of the Central American Ithomiinae and nothing has been published on its biology. This paper gives an account of the life stages, developmental time, larval host plant, and miscellaneous observations on the behavior of immatures and adults for this species. STUDY METHODS After observing several acts of oviposition by a single female of G. zavaleta caesiopicta (hereafter referred to as G. zavaleta for brevity) during the early afternoon (1:00 P.M. C.S.T.) on 16 August, 1973 along a path at the bottom of a forest ravine in the central highlands of Costa Rica, I collected nine eggs for rearing in the laboratory. The region where oviposition was observed is known as "Cuesta Angel", a rugged steep virgin forest ravine in the Central Cordillera in Costa Rica, northeast of the capitol city of San Jose. Further descriptions of the region are explained and figured in other reports (Young, 1972b; 1973a,b). At the time that oviposition was observed, records were taken on the host plant and its position in the dense secondary growth along the forest trail. Specimens of the plant were taken for identification. The oviposition behavior was also recorded. Individuals of the host plant where oviposition was observed were also inspected for other eggs and larvae; attention was paid to the (1) number of eggs and larvae per leaf, and (2) the positions of the larva on a leaf. It was Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 229 5 Fig. 1. Sexual dimorphism in Godyris zavaleta caesiopicta (Niepett) (also known as G. z. sorites Fox). Dorsal view of female (above), male (below). The large, central light areas of both wings in the female are reddish, those of the male, yellowish. The scale is in mm. 230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS hoped that these observations would provide some insight into how individuals of this butterfly are distributed spatially on the host plant. The collected eggs were immediately confined to a large (60 x 25 cm) clear plastic bag, along with cuttings of the host plant, a method used with considerable success in the rearing of other Ithomiinae (Young, 1972a; 1973a; 1974a,b). The bag is kept tightly shut and the animals are examined with ease on a pre-determined daily schedule throughout development. All life stages were photographed and size measurements (in mm.) were taken, along with notes on gross morphology and coloration. Rearing conditions were 60-70°C and 45-65% relative humidity. Occasional notes were made on the feeding and resting behavior patterns of larvae, including interactions among individuals. After pupation, the insects were transferred to a small, wire-mesh eclosion cage. Voucher specimens of the adults were saved for identification and further study. RESULTS Habitat and Oviposition Behavior On several visits to the general study area at Cuesta Angel over the past three years, I have noticed that G. zavaleta is a species that is most frequently encountered in the heavily-shaded forest understory that covers the steep rocky slope that rises very abruptly from the river-bottom (Rio Sarapiqui - headwaters). The butterfly is seldom seen in the more open places such as forest edge and patches of secondary growth. Like the rare and elusive Oleria zelica pagasa also found here (Young, 1974b), G. zavaleta is a forest species. Both males and females are seen flying together in the dark understory along the river-bottom forest and also at higher places on the ravine. Adults appear to be patchy in spatial distribution: as an example, in the study area, there is one spot along the shaded forest path where several adults can be seen within a few minutes. About 100 meters up the side of the ravine, only accessible over very treacherous terrain, there is a second spot where adults are frequent. If similar waiting periods are spent in the intervening forest, very few adults are seen. At both spots I have found a few individuals of the plant used for oviposition, namely. Solatium brcnesii Morton & Standley (Solanaceae). This plant grows as a small (2-4 meters tall) understory forest tree and it has a growth form very similar to another solanaceous tree Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 231 found in this forest, Cestrum megalophyllum, used for oviposition by another ithomiine, Pteronymia notilla (Young, 1974a). Sola- tium brenesii possesses very large dark green leaves and when branches are bent over, straight, vertical suckers are produced bearing many leaves. The eggs are laid singly on older leaves of the host plant. The female alights on the upper surface of the selected leaf and backs up to the edge; the abdomen is then curled under the leaf edge and an egg is released and affixed to the ventral surface. In a total of eleven acts of oviposition witnessed for a single female, the egg was always laid edgewise along the lateral region of the leaf and never at the tip. Such an oviposition pattern is typical for many Ithomiinae (Brown and Mielke, 1970; Young, 1972a; 1973a; 1974a,b). The oviposition acts lasts from five to eight seconds. Between acts of oviposition, the female observed would fly around the host plant and occasionally rest on a leaf. Several eggs were laid on the same plant that afternoon but the female never laid more than one egg on a leaf. But subsequent inspection of several leaves revealed that more than one egg may be found on a leaf; this is presumably the result of oviposition by different females. It was also noted that a female would leave the area after laying several eggs on the plant; such movement by females presents the possibility that females of this butterfly lay eggs on more than one individual of the host plant (i.e., eggs of each female may be distributed over more than one resource patch). Life Stages and Developmental Time The white egg (Fig. 2-A) is slightly conical and about one mm tall. About one day before hatching, the egg turns yellow. The egg stage lasts six days. When it hatches, the first instar is about three mm long and translucent yellow. With first ingestion of plant material, the body of the first instar larva darkens; the head capsule remains yellow. Just after the first molt, which occurs two days after hatching, the young larva is about five mm long. This second instar (Fig. 2-B) is characterized by a bright green body and yellow head capsule that bears a small brown spot in the region of the ocelli. The anal clasper is green and ringed dorsally with yellow. The second molt occurs three days later and immediately following this molt, the larva is about eight mm long. The third instar (Fig. 2-C) is uniformly light green with a light blue line barely visible just above the spiracles. The gut contents give the posterior region of the 232 I NTOMOLOGICALNFWS body a darker green hue than the anterior (thoracic) region. The last abdominal segment bears a pair of lateral, swollen patches that are very light green. The head capsule is very pale yellow-green, glossy, and it still bears the small brown patches in the ocelli regions. The third instar lasts about three days, and just after the third molt, the larva is about 15 mm long. The fourth instar (Fig. 2-D) is very fat and the basic colors are light green and yellow. The body is light green and translucent; the gut is clearly visible dorsally as a dark green tube owing to the translucence of the body wall. There is a yellowish haze surrounding each spiracle and together they form a diffuse line running through the spiracles, which are also yellow. The head is very small relative to the width of the body; it is still glossy yellowish-green but now the pigmented areas of the ocelli are black. The last abdominal is swollen laterally as in the previous instar. This instar attains a body length of about 21 mm by the time of the fourth molt; the head capsule width is 2.8 mm and the width of the body through the metathoracic region is about 3.8 mm. The fourth instar lasts about three days, and the fifth instar is very similar in overall appearance (Fig. 2-E,F). It lasts three days and attains a body length of about 30 mm and width (through the metathoracic region) of about 5.0 mm. One day prior to pupation, it turns into a very active prepupa that is about 26 mm long and uniformly very light, translucent green with no visible markings. Including the prepupal period, the larval stage lasts 15 days. The coloration of the pupa (Fig. 2-G) is precisely the same shade of green as the prepupa. The pupa is 1 1 mm long, eight mm dorso-ventrally through the wing pad region and seven mm wide laterally in the same section of the body. The width between the small head forks is 2.1 mm. The spiracles are light yellow and the cremaster is black. Sets of small black dots adorn the ends of the head forks and a black spot is present where each forewing is attached to the thorax. A doublet of very tiny black spots occur on the forelegs and a pair of black spots occur on each forewing. As the time of eclosion approaches, the pupa darkens progressively from the head forks to the last segments of the abdomen. Eclosion takes place early in the morning (7:00-9:00 A.M.) under labora- tory conditions and adults (Fig. 2-H) are ready to fly within one hour. Copious discharge of a pink-colored meconium accompanies eclosion and occurs intermittently through wing expansion (Fig. 3). Adults of both sexes are described in Fox (1968) and original descriptions are given in the old Lepidoptera Niepcttiana (vol. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 233 H Fig. 2. Life stages of G. z. caesiopicta. egg (A), second instar larva (B), third instar (C), fourth instar (D), fifth instar (E-F), pupa (G), and adult female (H). 234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NFWS 2-1915). The butterfly has been renamed G. z. sorites by Richard M. Fox. Behavior of the Larvae Following a molt, the larva devours the exuvium, and this behavior occurs in all of the first four instars. Individuals during instars 1-3 rest on the ventral sides of leaves in the wild, but this behavior is inconsistent in the laboratory. In both the wild and laboratory, fourth and fifth instar larvae construct individual shelters by one of two methods: (1 ) opposite edges of a single leaf are pulled together with several silken strands, or (2) two adjacent leaves are joined along the lateral edges to form a flat tent-like structure. Whether resting on the exposed leaf surface (young instars) or in the shelter, the larva invariably assumes a "J" position so characteristic of many Ithomiinae. Both in the wild and laboratory, only one larva after the third instar is found on a leaf. If two or more larvae are placed next to each on a leaf, many times there are signs of biting and attack. Such movements are very suggestive of aggressive behavior and low tolerance for group existence. In terms of the population biology of the butterfly, such preliminary observations suggest that individual fecundated females of this species should distribute their reproductive activities over several host plant individuals (patches) in the forest, rather than concentrating oviposition in one small area. But this strategy, of course, will also be highly dependent upon the total egg productivity and age-specific fecundity curve of the female. Larvae brought in from the wild, and even three of the nine reared in the laboratory, died as an apparent result of some sort of microbial infection. In the fatal sickness, the gut contents are ejected prior to death and the body disintegrates very rapidly thereafter. One larva afflicted with the disease produced three dipterous pupae at the time of death. The flies that emerged from these pupae are Fannia canicularis (Linnaeus), a species that is usually considered as a saprophyte and not a parasite (Dr. Richard H. Foote, pers. comm. ). But Dr. Wayne Gagne has encountered this species in the diseased larvae of the North American gypsy moth (pers. comm. to R. H. Foote) and under no circumstances did healthy larvae produce flies. This species has also been reported as a parasite of some Orthoptera, Coleoptera, and snails (Misc. Publicat. 631, U.S. Dept. Agriculture, p. 130). Healthy Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 235 Fig. 3. A freshly-eclosed male resting on the pupal shell. larvae of G. zavaleta have not produced the fly, even in the pupa stage. Although the relationship between diseases and fly remain obscure, it is likely that the fly is not a true parasite of G. zavaleta. Other cases of attack by Diptera or Hymenoptera on G. zavaleta have not been found. DISCUSSION The ithomiine "community" is rich in the forest at Cuesta Angel, and it is therefore interesting to cast the various data on G. zavaleta in terms of selection pressures that are predicted to be operative on this species and other members of this butterfly ensemble. We can speak of how G. zavaleta fits into the ithomiine community, and also in terms of predation pressures that might be operative on such an insect. First, the time required to reach the age of first reproduction (adulthood) is about 33 days, which is similar to developmental times of other ithomiines in this habitat reared under very similar conditions (Young, 1972a; 1973a; 1974a,b). While certainly we might expect variation in developmental time to be in part the 236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NHWS result of host plant differences (since the physical and chemical properties of different solanaceous host plants may vary consider- ably), there is also remarkable uniformity in duration of the egg stage. Natural selection should always favor an evolutionary reduction in the amount of time required for an organism to reach the age of first reproduction since this will increase fitness by decreasing the risk of predation in immatures. Thus under selection from predation, the range of egg-to-adult developmental times reported for different ithomiine butterflies in a given geographical region may be indicative of the best these insects can do given host plant types, ingestion rates, and rate of assimilation. If selection has favored reduction in developmental time to reduce the amount of time immatures are exposed to predation, many of these butterflies, including G. zavaleta, have evolved cryptic coloration and behavior patterns that are very evident during the larval and pupa stages. The green coloration of the larva and pupa in G. zavaleta and the resting behavior of the larva suggest crypsis. Crypsis is a protective adaptation from visual- hunting predators, and for immature stages of Ithomiinae, it may be highly adaptive in concealing the insects until other protective mechanisms such as systemic toxicity are perfected during development. Crypsis is also effective against visually-hunting predators with little or no learning abilities; such predators would include invertebrates such as spiders and ants. Assuming a lack of passive chorionic defense, the egg of Ithomiines may be the most vulnerable stage in the life cycle, especially from predation by ants. Whether or not leaf-wandering predatory ants search along the ventral edges of leaves for eggs of insects needs to be studied in the wild. It is generally believed that the Ithomiinae are toxic in the adult stage as a result of larvae feeding on Solanaceae (e.g., Brower and Brower, 1964), but virtually nothing is known about the toxicity of the larva and pupa stages. The high toxicity of the adult stage in different species is reflected in the evolution of warning coloration, which is an adaptation for learning in visually-hunting predators, especially birds. Single oviposition is prevalent in most butterflies. Although the reasons as to why single oviposition is the rule remain obscure, such behavior may be adaptive in many species primarily in two ways. First, a butterfly like G. zavaleta exploits a very spatially patchy resource (host plant) that is characterized by individually large patches relative to egg size and consumption (ingestion) levels of individual larvae. The result is that several eggs can be laid Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 237 by each female within a single patch without reduction in individual inability resulting from crowding, but selection also favors dispersal to other patches so that the total average egg productivity is distributed in space (over more than one patch) to reduce intraspecific crowding that could arise if all eggs were laid on one plant. Second, selection pressure arising from predation on eggs (or larvae) favors increased dispersal of oviposition over many resource patches in order to reduce the likelihood of a predator finding all of the eggs (or larvae). The marked sexual dimorphism in wing coloration has been interpreted in terms of how this butterfly may participate in mimicry complexes: Dr. Gerardo Lamas M. suggests that males and females partake in different mimicry complexes (pers. comm.), creating selection pressures that favor this dimorphism. The possible mimetic associations of this butterfly at Cuesta Angel have not been investigated, but owing to the rather rich fauna of Ithomiinae, Danainae, and Heliconiinae that is found here, there is very likely a high potential for the development of such interactions. The bright coloration of both sexes suggests warning coloration. It is often held that tropical lowland forests support the richest levels of faunal diversity, and that high elevation habitats are marked by a paucity of species in many animal groups. But at Cuesta Angel, the ithomiine fauna is very rich. The maintenance of this richness at high elevations in Costa Rica is in part due to the richness of Solanaceae. I would therefore like to suggest that the richness of Ithomiinae in the forest at Cuesta Angel is due to the richness of various genera and species of Solanaceae that provide suitable feeding niches for different genera and species of these butterflies. To date, all species reared from Cuesta Angel have oviposition records with different host plants, and to this, we can add G. zavaleta on Solatium brenesii. A complete list of these butterflies and their host plants is given in Young (1974b). If further studies reveal different host plants by other Ithomiinae, these observations will confirm the hypothesis of larval feeding niche diversification as a major mechanism accounting for the high species richness of this butterfly group in this region of Costa Rica. The forest understory, river edge, and forest edges contain many species of solanaceous plants, some of which provide oviposition and larval feeding niches for Ithomiinae and other insect herbivores of this alkaloid-rich plant group. The occurrence of many species of Solanaceae in secondary habitats at Cuesta 238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Angel, created by cut back of the forest, provides a base for some Ithomiinae to invade new plant communities. But some of these butterflies, such as the tiny Oleria zelica pagasa and the big Godyris zavaleta caesiopicta still have not left the forest. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This research is a by-product of National Science Foundation Grant GB-33060. Logistic support was provided by the Costa Rican Field Studies Program of the Associated Colleges of the Midwest. The larval host plant was identified by Dieter C. Wasshausen (National Museum of Natural History) and the saprophytic flies by Richard H. Foote and Wayne Gagne of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Keith S. Brown, Jr. pointed out to me the renaming of the butterfly by Richard M. Fox, and the butterfly was identified by Gerardo Lamas M. (Museo de Zoologia da Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brasil). Dr. Lamas also provided some background information on the species. LITERATURE CITED Brower, L. P., and J. V. Z. Brower. 1964. Birds, butterflies, and plant poisons: a study in ecological chemistry. Zoologica, 49: 137-159. Brown, K. S., Jr., O. Mielke, and H. Ebert 1970. Os Ithomiinae do Brasil (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) I. Prittwizia n. gn. para Ithomyia hymenaea Prittwitz, e suas subspecies, Rev. Bras. Biol., 30: 269-273. , and R. F. D' Almeida. 1970. The Ithomiinae of Brazil (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). II. A new genus and species of Ithomiinae with comments on the tribe Dircennini D'Almeida. Trans. American Entomol. Soc., 96: 1-17. D' Almeida, R. F., and O. Mielke. 1967. Tres especies novas de "Ithomiidae" Brasileiros (Lepidoptera). Atas Soc. Biol., Rio de Janeiro, 1 1 : 71-73. Fox, R. M. 1940. A generic review of the Ithomiinae. Trans. American Entomol. Soc. 66: 161-207. 1961. A check-list of the Ithomiidae, I. Tribes Tithoreini and Melinaeini. J. Lepid. Soc. 15, 25-33. .. 1967. A monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera). Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. Memoirs American Entomol. Soc., no. 22, pp. 1-190. _. 1968. Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera: Nymphaloidea) of Central America. Trans. American Entomol. Soc. 94: 155-208. Young, A. M. 1972a. On the life cycle and natural history of Hymenitis nero (Lepidoptera: Ithomiinae) in Costa Rica. Psyche, 79: 284-294. 1972b. A contribution to the biology of Itaballia caesia (Pierinae) in a Costa Rican mountain ravine. Wasmann J. Biol., 30: 43-70. 1973a. The life cycle of Dircenna relata (Ithomiidae) in Costa Rica, J. Lepid. Soc., 27: 258-267. 1973b. Notes on the biology of Phyciodes (Eresia) eufropia (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in a Costa Rican mountain forest. J. New York Entomol. Soc., 81: 87-100. .. 1974a. Notes on the biology of Pteronymia notilla (Ithomiidae) in a Costa Rican mountain forest. J. Lepid. Soc., 28: in press. 1974b. A natural historical account of Oleria zelica pagasa (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Ithomiinae) in a Costa Rican mountain rain forest. Studies Neotrop. Fauna, 9: in press. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 239 THE POPULATION BIOLOGY OF NEOTROPICAL CICADAS III BEHAVIORAL NATURAL HISTORY OF PACARINA IN COSTA RICAN GRASSLANDS1 2 Allen M. Young ABSTRACT: Various aspects of behavioral natural history, including habitat selection, seasonal occurrence of adults, eclosion sites and density of nymphal skins, and a variety of diurnal activities of adults including singing, feeding, and oviposition, are described for a species of small Pacarina cicada. Studies on this undescribed species were conducted at two localities in northwestern Costa Rica and both habitats were grasslands. At one locality in the lowlands of Guanacaste Province, adults are most abundant during the wet season and at the other locality, which is in the mountains, adults are probably active throughout most of the year.Collections of nymphal skins in lowland Guanacaste support the contention that adult abundance there is very seasonal. Singing activity is most prevalent on clear mornings when the air temperature is still rising and later in the day when it is very hot, feeding and oviposition occur. Adults feed on a variety of shrubs in grasslands and oviposition occurs in dead tissues of grasses and shrubs. The eggs are laid in bifid arrangement within the tissues. The singing behavior is variable in this cicada in that males either sing alone or in small choral groups. Several choral groups can be found and distinguished in a single small tree by asynchrony in singing among the groups. It is suggested that members of a single choral group stay together primarily through visual interactions at close distances on branches. The function of the song in this cicada remains obscure, but it very likely serves to attract females for mating and oviposition. The diurnal singing pattern is influenced greatly by weather conditions. The cryptic coloration and behavior patterns of adults and nymphs are suggested to be adaptations to escape from visual-hunting predators. DESCRIPTORS: neotropical cicada, Costa Rica, wet season, dry season, grasslands, habitat preference, reproductive behavior, thermoregulatory behavior, choral groups. Very little is known about the behavioral natural history of cicadas in the Central American tropics. This paper reports various descriptive and experimental studies on a little Pacarina cicada (Tibicinidae) conducted in grassland localities in northwestern Costa Rica. Two similar appearing genera of cicadas, Pacarina and Proarna, contain small to medium-sized mottled grayish-brown species that are most characteristic of dry and often disturbed habitats. Pacarina is a dust bowl and dry grassland genus containing small cicadas that are distributed throughout Central America and into the southwestern United States (Beamer, 1928), while Proarna contains medium-sized cicadas with a Central and South American distribution. From my studies in Costa Rica over Accepted for publication: March 17, 1974 2 Department of Biology, Lawrence University, Appleton, Wisconsin 5491 1. U.S.A. ENT. NEWS, 85 : 7 & 8 : 239-256. July & October 1974 240 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS the past several years, I have found that Pacarina cicadas are most abundant in the northern region and particularly on the Pacific slopes of the Cordillera Centrale and in the dry lowlands of Guanacaste Province. I tiave not encountered any species on the Caribbean drainage of the Cordillera Centrale nor in the wet lowlands in the northeast. Thus the genus is represented by complexes of species in the northern-Pacific regions of Costa Rica where grassland habitats and now coffee plantations prevail. In this paper, I present data on the natural history of one species of Pacarina, although the species name is not yet available as it is likely a new species (Dr. Thomas E. Moore, pers. comm.). The natural historical data given include: habitat of adults, location of final instar exuviae, oviposition, diurnal activity patterns, and spacing patterns of adults over small portions of their habitat. It is hoped that these observations will be useful in subsequent studies on the population biology and behavior of the genus over a larger geographical region of Central America. DESCRIPTION OF FIELD STUDIES The major study site was near Puntarenas, a 20 x 35 meter area (75 m. elev.) of roadside embankment along the eastern side of the Pali- American Highway about three kilometers northeast after the highway divides to Puntarenas; it is about seven kilometers south of the "Barranca site" discussed in Orians (1969) and Janzen (1971 ). I studied Pacarina at this site during the following periods: June 10-12, 1970; July 6-10, 1971; July 25-27, 1971; July 3-6, 1972; January 4-5, 1973; June 18-20, 1973; July 27-29, 1973; December 10-13, 1973; December 25-27, 1973. Usually the site was visited from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. (C.S.T.) on each day, and during the 1971-1973 (excluding December), I was accompanied by one or more trained assistants. Air temperature readings were taken at this site several times each day. The other study site (600 m. elev.), which was visited only for a few successive days during January, 1973, is about four kilometers east of the village of Esparta, along the Pan-American Highway. It is located in the steep lower hills on the Pacific slopes of the Cordillera Central; it is approximately 40 kilometers from the major study site in lowland Guanacaste, but this species of Pacarina is found at many places between these two sites. Both localities experience a severe dry season, generally between Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 241 January and April, causing most of the woody vegetation to become deciduous, save for patches and strips of forest along permanent streams in gullies. Much of the grass cover in open areas dries up during the dry season at both localities. Field studies conducted at the Puntarenas site during the 1971 study periods were qualitative notes on: habitat selection by adults, reproductive behavior, and adult abundance. During 1972, a census was made of nymphal skins (exuviae) in a plot of ground along with a record of an emergence plant used by nymphs. Other visits to this site (1970 and 1973) allowed censuses of adult abundance and nymphal skins. It was hoped that these data would provide a preliminary view of seasonality in this cicada, despite lack of quantitative data on population emergences throughout the year. The Esparta site was used to observe chorusing positions along localized topographic gradients created by steep hills. In addition to these studies, observations were also made on diurnal singing, feeding and oviposition patterns, adult positions on plants, and one instance of predation on an adult. Habitat selection was studied by walking through large areas and noting where males were chorusing. It was also noted as to whether males were singing in trees or grasses, etc. Unlike many other neotropical cicadas, it is possible to approach adult individuals of Pacarina within inches to observe feeding, etc. The initial difficulty is spotting the tiny, cryptically-colored cicada among branches or grass stalks. Reproductive behavior was studied by marking individual cicadas with small spots of bright paint C'Flo-Paque", Floquil Products, Cobleskill, New York) on the dorsal area of the mesothorax, and then observing within-day and day-to-day move- ments of these marked individuals. The cicada was netted, color-coded, and released immediately at the place of capture; whenever possible, the marked cicada was returned to the perch where it was captured. Individuals were color-coded with a variety of symbols (dots, bars, etc.) and these were translated into numbers in a data book, so that each marked cicada was assigned a number (1-25); the tiny size of the cicada prevented writing numbers directly on them. During the two 1971 study periods, a total of 25 males were marked in this manner and observed on subsequent days. The interest here was to observe how choral groups are formed, positions of choral groups, and the amount of turnover in composition of choral groups. Although this sample 242 ENTOMOLOGICAL NLWS of marked adults is very small, it nevertheless provided some interesting data on location and habits of individuals within a small area of habitat. A larger sample was not taken since (1) we marked most of the individuals in this area for a given day of • Figure 1. Habitats of Pacarina in northern Pacific Costa Rica. Rolling, steep hills at the Esparta site, showing the grassland habitat during the dry season (A). Dead tree branches that formed a chorusing site for several males, January 16, 1973, Esparta site (B). Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 243 B Figure 2. Habitats ofPacarina in northern Pacific Costa Rica. View of the Puntaren.^ study site, showing the thick, dead grass cover (Dicliromena) during the dry season (A). Scattered trees and shrubs at the Puntarenas site; one boundary of the study plot ran from the highway (right side in A) to the fence posts (B). 244 HNTOMOLOGICAL NI-WS observations, and (2) we wanted to minimize general disturbance of the vegetation in the area that might be used as perches for these cicadas. This information provided data on the spacing patterns of singing males in the habitat. Also, the positions of ovipositing females relative to choral groups was also studied. Copulatory behavior and courtship were not observed. Nymphal skins were censused during 1972 at the Puntarenas site by setting up a 3 x 20-meter quadrat along one side of a steep gully that bounded one side of the study area; this strip extended lengthwise from the highway (at the beginning of the embank- ment) back to a wire fence. The census technique was to crawl slowly through the quadrat, three workers abreast and working at about the same rate, and examine very thoroughly the bases of dried grass clumps and the litter between clumps. The tiny nymphal skins match the color of dead grass very closely, and every effort was made to be as thorough as possible. The quadrat was a large patch of grass clumps, but also containing a few assorted shrubs, including Leuhea sp. (Tiliaceae) and Tecoma stans (Bignoniaceae). The most abundant grass here, Dichromena ciliata Vahl., was probably only grass in the quadrat and it formed an almost homogeneous cover. The census period ran for six hours on one day. The plot was also examined two times during the 1973 dry season and two additional censuses were taken during the following wet season (June 19 and July 29, 1973). RESULTS Habitat Selection and General Biology At both Esparta and Puntarenas, Pacarina is very common in roadside grass patches, where males chorus on bare branches or tall dead grasses (figs. 1, 2). Adults were absent at the Puntarenas site during January and February, but very abundant during June and July; at the Esparta site, they were found during all of these months. In a given area, more than 50% of the chorusing population is found in dead grasses, and when a tree is close by, it becomes a major chorusing site. Very often, fallen dead branches (fig. 1-B) are used as chorusing sites for several males. In all instances, this Pacarina selects very sunny spots for a variety of adult activities, including singing, oviposition, and feeding. At Esparta, Pacarina, judging from singing males, is most abundant at Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 245 the tops of hills and generally absent from the valleys. As pointed out below, such a distribution of adults is due at least in part to the association of nymphs with grasses which predominate in valleys, and not with forests in gullies (fig. 1-A); but another aspect is undoubtedly the fact that adults are active in open, sunny places. The song is a strong, persistent buzz which seems to carry very well in strong winds that blow across hill tops in this region, as well as in the dry lowlands. Of a total of 20 males observed on a July morning in 1971 at the Puntarenas site, only two were seen feeding at various times from 8:00 A.M. to 12:00 noon; but all of them were feeding after 2:00 P.M. the same day. Nine days of similar observation for six hours daily support the view that Pacarina males (a total of 26 additional observations of individuals feeding) generally restrict feeding to afternoon hours when the amount of overcast has increased substantially and singing, although not eliminated, is greatly diminished. Singing is most characteristic of the morning, especially between 8:00 and 10:00 A.M. when the skies are very sunny and clear. The actual diurnal pattern of singing is extremely variable, depending greatly upon daily weather conditions. In the absence of very strong winds, overcast does not diminish singing, but strong winds, on overcast days, are characterized by consider- ably fewer singing cicadas. Singing is also greatly diminished during the late morning and early afternoon hours on clear, sunny days, during which air temperature may rise from 25°C (at 9:30 A.M.) to 30°C (at 11:30 A.M.) during June or July. On days of heavy overcast, however, singing continues during these hours. Oviposition is generally confined to late afternoon (4:00 P.M.) on clear, sunny days but occurs throughout the day when there is overcast or light rains. The oviposition behavior is described below. During the 1971 study periods at Puntarenas, a total of 9 females was seen ovipositing in the study area. Like feeding, oviposition occurs at the hottest hours of the day. Marked males (fig. 3-A) exhibit very localized day-to-day movements. Out of a total of 20 males marked during the period July 6-8, 1971, 14 were registered at least once over the next 2-3 days in the same area. This high incidence of resightings is discussed below in terms of choral group formation, but here, our concern is the spatial distribution of eclosing adults. In the quadrat used to sample nymphal skins, a total of 36 skins (18 246 ENTOMOLOGICAL NFWS Figure 3. General biology of Pacarina. Marked male sitting in full sun on a dead branch (A). An exuvium on dead grass stalk (B). The spider Acanthepeira stellata feeding on a female Pacarina (C). Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 247 females, 15 males, and 3 undetermined because crushed) were censused on one day in the 1972 wet season, giving a density of 0.6 cicadas per square meter. All of these skins (fig. 3-B) were fresh and most (28) were still clinging to dead grass stalks, suggesting that emergence was recent. Within the quadrat, the skins were distributed very clearly among three different patches of grass (Dichromena cilia ta), suggesting a food plant relationship. Judging from (1 ) the distance to shrubs, (2) the tiny size of the cicada, and (3) the dense but short root systems of the grass, the inference is one of Dichromena being the major food plant for Pacarina juveniles at this site. Until actual feeding can be observed, this food plant association must remain tentative. Undoubtedly the estimate of density is lower than the real density, since (1 ) we very likely missed several skins, and (2) hoof impressions made by cattle may have contained a few badly crushed skins which could have been overlooked easily. Although we have not marked recently eclosed adults, it is my impression, based on mark-resight data on older males, that adults are relatively sedentary during their lifetime. Individual mobility is primarily in the form of movement over a small area, and range of movement is determined at least in part by sites of eclosion. The factor promoting the greatest amount of mobility within a study area such as the Puntarenas site is movement between dead grass clumps and succulent tree branches used for feeding. Singing perches and oviposition substrates are dead grass stalks, but this cicada feeds on living shrubs and small trees (fig. 2). Thus, there is movement of both sexes between dead grasses and feeding sites in trees and shrubs. In order to understand this movement pattern, we can make an illustration with marked male no. 4 on July 8, 1971. This individual was marked along with six other males, during the interval 12:10 - 12:30 P.M. Upon release, it flew away and was resign ted at 1:45 singing on a tall dead grass stalk about five meters from the place of capture and marking. Once resighted, we watched its movements, along with other marked males, for the remainder of that afternoon. After the initial resighting, male no. 4 was seen 20 minutes later on another dead grass stalk, where it was silent. Ten minutes later, it was found in a small leguminous tree (Gliridicia scpium-^Mudero negro") along the fence, where it had the proboscis clearly inserted into a live branch. It remained here for 18 minutes, after which it was seen in another clump of dead grass, singing with two other males. It was seen feeding in 248 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS another nearby tree at 3:50. Very similar movements were seen in other marked males on several days. Although it is very difficult to detect mortality factors operating on adult cicadas, we did make one observation of predation on adult Pacarina. At 2:00 P.M. on July 6, 1971, we saw the spider Acanthepeira stellata (Walckenaer) feeding on a female Pacarina trapped in loose web just beneath the crown of Dichromcna grass (fig. 3-C). Such predation is probably incidental locally, since sweep samples of nearby areas reveal very few individuals of the spider (personal observations). It is also unlikely that this spider is specialized for feeding on small cicadas such as Pacarina since most spiders are generalized predators on a variety of arthropods. Reproductive Behavior Pacarina males form small choral groups of usually 2-4 individuals, with members spaced within 2-3 inches of each other (1) side by side on adjacent dead grass stalks, or (2) above one another on thick branches of shrubs and trees. The result of this behavior is that males occur in small patchily-distributed "pockets'" where each group may be a few meters from the next one. Also, males sing individually, but in our experience, solitary males may eventually join a choral group, attracted to it apparently by the songs of prior members. Choral groups are most active in the early morning, although singing may also occur in the late afternoon on cooler, overcast days. To give an example of the typical spatial distribution of Pacarina choral groups, on one morning (July 8, 1971) there were six different groups of singing males and each group was positioned in a different grass clump or shrub. All of these groups were within the 20 x 35 meter study plot. On occasion, there occur two or more different clusters of singing males within the same small tree; but these groups do not always sing in unison. Sometimes one or more of the groups within a tree are silent while another is chorusing; other times two or three groups chorus without synchrony among them. Some- times all groups chorus in unison (synchronously). On a single branch the males comprising a single choral group can be spaced out over about a one-meter length; another group would be on a second branch. One important component of choral group singing in Pacarina is the apparent high turnover in membership of the group. From Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 249 observing a total of 14 different choral groups over several days, it was found that the average duration of a group is about 40 minutes, and with no difference dependent upon the size of the group. A marked male is a member of a given choral group for an average of 16 minutes, after which he leaves and either assumes a solitary perch or joins another choral group close by the first one. Complete breakdown of a choral group is dependent upon several different factors, of which accidental "bumping" by one male into another causes either some or all individuals to fly away. In the early stages of choral group formation on a given morning, individuals are attracted by the singing of a single male. A good example is the morning of July 9, 1971 when we witnessed the formation of a choral group in a patch of tall, dead grass stalks, just above the embankment. A single marked male (no. 7) was singing at 7:55 when we arrived at the site. Within 10 minutes an unmarked male flew in and landed on an adjacent grass stalk and walked to within 2 inches of the singing male; the second male began to sing within 45 seconds, after walking had ceased. These two males sang for 18 minutes, with intermittent pauses (the mean length of song for male Pacarina here is 7+1.4 minutes, as measured on 10 individuals during a single morning) before a third, and marked male flew to the pair. This was marked male no. 3 and it eventually positioned itself within 3 inches of the other males and also began to sing. When a strong wind would cause singing to stop, usually one male, but not always the same individual, would initiate singing again and the others would then follow suit; there are times, however, when a male remains completely silent while others sing in the group. Between song sessions, there may be considerable walking movements among members of a choral group. Walking involves a very noticeable clicking noise which is characteristic of Pacarina and Proarna males in general, and it is produced in both forward and backward stepping. Depending on their positions relative to one another, males in a choral group tend to walk towards one another, and often bump into one another. This behavior, when bumping does not occur, tends to tighten up the choral group and perhaps subsequently strengthen the joint acoustical properties of the participants in singing sessions. Walking is prevalent during the early stages of choral group formation, as new males are recruited to the spot where one or more are already singing. Whether or not 250 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS the clicking is a means of communication between individuals is unknown. Marking does not affect choral activities of males. At 8:15 A.M. one day (July 8, 1971) we found a choral group containing four males, two of which were marked (nos. 2 & 7) on the previous day. Marked individuals survive for at least three days, as indicated by our daily resightings (over a three-day period) of 20 out of 25 marked cicadas for the combined July, 1971 study periods. For the first period, the mark-resight data was as follows: nos. 1-7 marked July 7, 6 resighted July 8; nos. 8-13 marked July 8, total of 9 resighted July 9; nos. 14-20 marked July 9, total of 13 resighted July 10. For the second period: nos. 21-23 marked July 27, one (no. 21) resighted July 28; nos. 24-25 marked July 28, total of three resighted July 29. Cicadas marked during the first period were not resighted in the area during the second period, suggesting (1) a life expectancy in male Pacarina of less than 20 days, or (2) emigration from the area. Our high percentage of total resightings (80%) for both periods combined suggests residentiality in male Pacarina and that these cicadas may live less than 20 days, assuming they were very young at the time of marking during the first period. Another aspect of reproductive behavior studied was the association of females with choral groups at the Puntarenas site. Females fly to where males are singing and oviposition may begin shortly thereafter. One example illustrates this behavior, although it has been observed only nine times. Two males were singing in dead grass stalks at 9:51 A.M. (July 10, 1971), and three minutes later, a third cicada joined the group. This individual perched on an adjacent grass stalk and walked up and down it for about one minute. The two males continued to sing, raising their abdomens in an arched manner as shown in figure 4-A,B. In the meantime, the third cicada, a female, had begun to oviposit in the grass stalk. The oviposition posture is very easy to recognize (fig. 4-C,D,E) and eggs are laid only in dead plant tissues. For a total of 13 different oviposition acts witnessed, all of these were in dead plant tissue with 10 of them in dead grass stalks and three in dead branches of shrubs. On the substrate of her choice, the female will make from three to eight tiny holes or pockets (fig. 4-F) with her ovipositor, and deposit several elongate, flattened eggs in each cavity. Each egg is about 1.8 mm long and they are arranged in bifid rows within the dead plant tissue. The number of eggs per cavity varies greatly in our experience, there being from 20 to 35 eggs in each. The total egg productivity of a single female must be over 200, judging from the number of cavities (fig. 4-E) and eggs Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 251 Figure 4. Reproductive behavior of Pacarina. The cryptic positioning of a singing male (note arched abdomen) on a tree trunk at the Puntarenas site (A). Lateral view of singing male perched on a dead branch in a fallen tree (see Figure 1-B) at the Fsparta site (B); the song of this individual was recorded by T. E. Moore. Females ovipositing in dead branches at the Puntarenas site (C-D). Oviposition in a dead grass stalk at the Puntarenas site (E). Marks of egg pockets (the scale to the left is in mm) in a dead woody stem (F) at the Puntarenas site. 252 i-NTOMOLOGICAL NFWS per cavity produced by a single female. Oviposition is usually uninterrupted, and it lasts from 15 to 45 minutes, depending on the number of eggs to be laid and perhaps the toughness of the plant tissue. The female flies away after egg laying is completed. A most consistent feature of oviposition behavior in Pacarina is that it invariably occurs very close to a choral group; females, apparently already mated, fly into the vicinity of the choral group and begin to lay eggs. This pattern has been observed at different times of the day and under a variety of weather conditions; females only fly into the choral group when at least one member is singing. Females do not appear when choral groups are silent. Courtship behavior has not been observed, although it is likely that choral groups function in this aspect of reproductive behavior as well. Seasonal Adult Abundance The degree to which Pacarina is a seasonal cicada depends greatly upon the region where it is found. For example, at the higher elevations around Esparta, adults may be heard singing in large numbers throughout the year, except during periods of extreme dry ness, which occur irregularly in this region of Costa Rica. For lowland Guanacaste, we know that eclosion is high during the wet season and non-existent during the dry season: during the 1973 dry season (which was very severe), the census plot was examined two times for skins and none were found; no adults of this species were heard singing in the area (although another, larger species was seen and heard). Furthermore, during the early part of the following dry season (December, 1973 for the 1974 dry season) no fresh exuviae were found at the Puntarenas study site. The 1972 census data from this plot during the wet season has already been summarized in connection with the food plant. But on a comparable date (June 19) the following year, a total of 36 skins (14 females and 22 males) were again obtained from this plot. Forty days later (July 29), only 18 skins (12 females and 6 males) were found in the plot, suggesting a decline in the emergence at this time. The emergence declines late in the wet season is also indicated by the preponderance of female skins over male skins; other studies of Costa Rican cicadas also showed a similar sex ratio trend in species with strongly seasonal emergence patterns (Young 1972). The very noticeable absence of Pacarina adults at the Puntarenas site during the peak of the dry season also suggests that this cicada is essentially a wet season species at this locality. It is not determined whether or not all nymphs of equal Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 253 age emerge during one year at either locality, but it is likely that annual emergence patterns are different between Esparta and Puntarenas since adults are probably active throughout most of the year at the former locality. DISCUSSION Although we can say very little regarding the initial adaptive radiation of Pacarina cicadas at various places along their extensive present-day geographical distribution in Central America, it is nevertheless apparent that most species, including the one studied here, are inhabitants of tropical dry areas such as northwestern Costa Rica. Much of the behavioral aspects of the natural history in selected species are therefore expected to be related to survival and reproduction in seasonally dry tropical habitats such as lowland Guanacaste, Costa Rica. The species of Pacarina studied is probably one of the smallest-sized members of the genus in Central America, and it is therefore interesting that adults are most active during the wet season in lowland Guanacaste rather than during the severe annual dry season of this region. If it is assumed that the preliminary data on emergence from the Puntarenas site is indicative of a wet season adult emergence pattern in this region, there may exist environmental conditions associated with the dry season which preclude this cicada from being very active (i.e., abundant in large numbers) during this season. In the absence of thorough monthly data on annual emergence patterns, the reduction or absence of adult Pacarina during the dry months in Guanacaste is indicated by the lack of singing males. It is interesting to also note in this context that another species of Pacarina, which is about twice the body length of the species studied (fig. 5), is active in Guanacaste during the dry season (Allen M. Young, unpubl. obs.). If it is assumed that body size is an important factor limiting the activity of insects during tropical dry seasons (Janzen and Schoener, 1968), these preliminary suggest the interesting hypothesis that there is a replacement of Pacarina species in at least some areas of lowland Guanacaste: the small species is active primarily during the wet season and the large species is active during the major dry season (December-March). Selection is predicted to favor the small species being active during wetter months as a means of escaping desiccation problems that would prevail for small insects during the dry season. It is more difficult to suggest why the larger species would not also be active during the wet season; further studies with these ideas in mind should perhaps be directed to an 254 HNTOMOLOGICAL NKWS examination of possible competitive interactions between the two cicadas in order to account for the apparent limitation of the large Pacarina to the dry season. Studies on the thermoregulatory behavior of cicadas in the southwestern United States have demonstrated that these insects change their behavior patterns in response to increased air temperatures during the day (Heath and Wilkin, 1970; Heath, Wilkin, and Heath, 1971). In general, these studies revealed that 8 Figure 5. Large and small species of Pacarina from lowland (Uianacaste, Costa Rica. The larger species is active during the dry season, while the smaller one is active during the wet season. Vol. 85, Nos. 7 & 8, July & October 1974 255 adult cicadas will move out of direct sunlight into shade in response to overheating of their bodies. In the present study, it was found that adults of Pacarina feed and oviposit at the hottest times of the day, and perhaps this represents a preference for remaining relatively inactive (non-moving) to reduce overheating. Singing is most intense (the greatest numbers are singing in an area) while temperatures are rising during the morning and both sexes are active in courtship before it is too hot. Such diurnal patterns of behavior in Pacarina are adaptations for living in hot and dry conditions. The function of choral groups in Pacarina may be related to courtship and oviposition. Acoustically, the grouped singing of several males in unison provides a stronger song that could attract females for courtship. Oviposition occurs near choral groups and eggs are laid in the most abundant vegetation, including dry grasses and dead branches of small shrubs. The song of the individual male is very strong and the necessity of choral groups for acoustical aspects of behavior may be limited in this species of Pacarina. This is also suspected from the observation that several males may sing from solitary, scattered positions within a grassland area and choral groups are not the rule. Further evidence in support of this view includes (1) asynchronous singing among different choral groups within the same tree, and (2) the presence of silent individuals in the immediate vicinity of singing by others. All of these observations indicate that Pacarina males exploit their acoustical abilities in several different ways, and choral group formation is only one of these. Some singing by individual males may represent an early stage in the actual formation of choral groups: such individuals may be focal points for recruitment of other males. Other instances of males singing alone may be the result of disruption of choral groups resulting from environmental disturbances. The integrity of a single choral group in a tree may result from visual proximity of individual males. Such a mechanism might be especially important when more than one choral group is present in a tree. Observations indicate that all males within a choral group are in visual contact with one another: when a male begins walking, a nearby individual will often begin to walk away as the first approaches. The very cryptic nymphs eclose primarily among dead stalks at the bottom of grass clumps and the grass Dichroincna is the major eclosion plant at the Puntarenas site. Eclosion probably occurs near the bottom of these grass clumps as suggested by the 256 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS positions of some exuviae on grass stems; eclosion near the ground may prevent eclosing adults from being knocked off vegetation by gusty winds characteristic of grasslands and also reduce desiccation during the actual molt. In addition to the final instar nymphs, the adults of this Pacarina are cryptically colored and this adaptation could function to reduce predation by visual-hunting predators with color vision. The behavioral pattern of nymphs eclosing on dead grass stalks is one example of crypsis, and the excellent color-matching of the adults by positioning themselves on grayish branches, grass stalks, and fence posts in Guanacaste is another example of behavior undoubtedly associated with escape from predators. But eclosing adults and even nymphs above or just below the soil surface may be prey for a variety of predatory arthropods that do not rely mainly upon visual detection of coloration. Adults, being rather low fliers through grasses and small shrubs in Guanacaste, may become occasionally the prey of a variety of orb spinners such as the case recorded here. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The 1970 observations were supported by N.S.F. Grant GB-7805, Daniel H. Janzen, principal investigator, and with iogistic support provided by the Organization for Tropical Studies, Inc. The 1971 studies were funded through College Science Improvement (C.O.S.I.P.) Grant GY-4711, awarded to Lawrence University. The 1972 and 1973 studies were supported by N.S.F. Grant GB-33060, and logistic support from 1971-1973 was provided by the Associated Colleges of the Midwest, with the cooperation of J. Robert Hunter. Patrick Eagan assisted in the 1971 field studies, Roger Kimber in 1972, and John Thomason in 1972 and 1973, and William Albright and Ken Richter in 1973. Dr. Dieter C. Wasshausen (National Museum of Natural History) identified the plant species, and Dr. William B. Peck (Central Missouri State University) identified the spider. I am grateful to Dr. Thomas E. Moore for information of Pacarina, The comments of an anonymous reviewer of an earlier version of this paper were extremely helpful in the preparation of the final draft. LITERATURE CITED Heath, J. E., and P. J. Wilkin. 1970. Temperature responses of the desert cicada, Diceroprocta apache (Homoptera: Cicadidae). Physiol. Zool. 43: 145-154. Heath, J. E., P. J. Wilkin, and M. S. Heath. 1971. Temperature responses of the Cactus Dodger, Cacama valvata (Homoptera, Cicadidae). Physiol. Zool. 44: 238-246. Janzen, D. H. 1971. The fate of Scheelea rostrata fruits beneath the parent tree: predispersal attack by bruchids. Principles 15: 89-101. Orians, G. H. 1969. The number of bird species in some tropical forests. Ecology 51: 783-801. Young, A. M. 1972a. Cicada ecology in a Costa Rican tropical rain forest. Biotropica4: 152-159. 1972b. Cicada populations on palms in tropical rain forest. Principies 16 (in press). Young, A. M., D. Tyrrell, and D. M. MacLeod. 1973. Entomophtliora echinospora (Phycomycetes: Entomophthoraceae), a fungus pathogenic on the neotropical cicada, Procollina biolleyi (Homoptera: Cicadidae). J. Invert. Pathol. 21 : 87-90. Illustrations : Authors will be charged for text figures and half-tones at the rate of $5.00 each, regardless of si/e. Maximum size of printed illustration is 4V&X6V& inches. Reprints may be ordered according to the following schedule: 1-4 pages 5-8 pages 100 Copies $24.00 $52.00 200 Copies 26.00 55.00 300 Copies 28.00 57.00 400 Copies 29.00 59.00 500 Copies 30.00 60.00 MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY An irregular serial of monographic papers by students of authority in their respective subjects. 1. The Cresson Types of Hymenoptera. Ezra T. Cresson. 1916. $6.00. 3. A Venational Study of the Suborder Zygoptera ( Odonata) , with Keys for the Identifi- cation of Genera. Philip A. Munz. 1919. $2.00. 4- The Blattidae of Panama. Morgan Hebard. 1920. $3.00. 5. The Types of Hymenoptera in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia other than those of Ezra T. Cresson. Ezra T. Cresson. 1928. $2.00. 8. The Eumastacinae of Southern Mexico and Central America. James A. G. Rehn and John W. H. Rehn. 1934. $2.50. 9. The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and their type species. V. S. L. Pate. 1937. $2.50. 10. A Revision of the North American species belonging to the genus Pegomyia. H. C. Huckett. 1941. $3.00. 1 I. Catalogue and reclassification of the Nearctic Ichneumonidae. Henry K. Townes, Jr. 1944. $15.00. 13. Elachistidae of North America ( Microlepidoptera) . Annette F. Braun. 1948. $4.50. 14. Classification of the Blattaria as Indicated by their Wings ( Orthoptera) . John W. H. Rehn. 1951. $5.00. 15. The Neotropical Species of the "Subgenus Aeschna" sensu Selysii 1883 (Odonata). Philip P. Calvert. 1956. $10.00. 16. A Taxonomic Study of the North American Licinini with Notes on the Old World Species of the Genus Diplocheila Brulle ( Coleoptera) . George E. Ball. 1959. $10.00. 17. A Taxonomic Study of the Milliped Family Spirobolidae (Diplopoda: Spriobolida) . William T. Keeton. 1960. $5.50. 1 8. The Genus Bucculatrix in America North of Mexico ( Microlepidoptera) . Annette F. Braun. 1963. $8.50. 19. The Butterflies of Liberia. Richard M. Fox, Arthur W. Lindsey, Jr., Harry K. Clench, and Lee D. Miller. 1965. $12.50. 20. A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) . Howard E. Evans. 1966. $12.50. 21. A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarahaeidae) . Eric G. Matthews. 1966. $4.00. 22. A Monograph of the Ithomiidae ( I.epidoptera) Part III. The Tribe Mechanitini Fox. Richard M. Fox. 1967. $9.00. 23. A List of New North American Spiders, 1940-1966. Beatrice R. Vogel. 1967. $9.00. 24. The Higher Classification, Phytogeny and Zoogeography of the Satyridae ( Lepidop tera). Lee IX Miller. 1968. $7.00 25. The Schizopteridae ( Hemiptera: Heteroptera) With the Description of New Species from Trinidad. Michael G. Emsley. 1969, $6.50. 26. A Taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus Laccophilus ( Dytiscidae) of North America. James R. Zimmerman. 1970. $12.00. A Revision of the Nearctic Species of the Tribe Parydrini ( Diptera: Ephydridae) . Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook. 1971. $7.00. 28. Tischeriidaeof America North of Mexico [Microlepidoptera] Annette F Braun 1972 $7.00. 29. The Shield-backed Katydids of the Genus Idiostatus. David C. Rent/. 1973. $9.50. In making inquiries relative to publications, address: THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by D'Abrera, 352 pp. with approx. 4,000 specimens illust. life size in full cover. Price $31.00 U.S., including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES, by I. Common, 128 pages, 2 colour & 55 black & white plates, pocket book size. Price $3.60 U.S. including postage. Available from Australian Entomological Supplies, 35 Kiwong Street, Yowie Bay. N.S.W. 2228 AUSTRALIA. STAPHYLINIDAE. If anyone wishes to send us unsorted Staphylinidae in 70% alcohol we will eventually return one or two specimens mounted, labeled and identified to the nearest possible taxon. Ecological data particularly desired. Ian Moore, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, CA 92502. BIOLOGICAL CONTROL BY NATURAL ENEMIES by Paul DeBach The Associate Director of the International Center for Biological Control traces the historical background of biological control, covers the general biology, ecology and effectiveness of major groups of natural enemies, reports on foreign discoveries of natural enemies and their importation, discusses other non-chemical approaches, and suggests a control program integrating a number of methods. Clothbound $14.95; Paperback $5.95. Order from: Cambridge University press, Dept. HML, 32 East 57th Street, New York, N.Y. 10022. Wanted: A CATALOGUE OF THE DIPTERA OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. USDA agric. Handbook No. 276, by Alan Stone et. al. William Downing, 173 Ireland Ave. Cincinnati, Ohio. 45218. Wanted: DRAGONFLIES OF NORTH AMERICA by Needham and Westfall. Please contact James H. Kennedy, 24 Walnut Lane, Camp Hill, Pa. 17011. For Sale: Entomological literature (new and secondhand books) on Lepidoptera, Coleop- tera, etc. Jacques Rigout - Sciences Nat. 45, rue des Alouettes - Paris 75019. Wanted: North American Fishflies ( adults and/or larvae) : needed for distribution records and emergence patterns. Send loan materials to: Dr. Donald Tarter, Marshall University, Department of Biological Sciences, Huntington, W. Va. 25701. Wanted: "The Odonata ot Canada and Alaska", Vol. 1 by L.M. Walker, Univ. Toronto Press, 1953. Advise Donald l-'.J. Hilton, Dep't. Biological Sciences, Bishop's University, Lennoxville, Quebec, Job 1ZO, Canada. For Sale: Kast African Lepidoptera. Contact J. Kiclland, 4916, Boroy, Norway. For Sale: Lepidoptera, Coleoptera and other groups, expecially Carabidae, from r ranee and neighboring countries. Write Remi Aulnette, 16 rue Jousselin, 28.100 Dreux, France. VOL.85 NOVEMBER & DECEMBER 1974 NOS. 9 & 10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Notes for Revision of Ant Genus Formica. 1 . New Identification & Synonymies for some Nearctic Specimens Andre Francoeur 257 Ithomiines of Brazil. III. Rediscovery & Systematic Position of Napeogenes xanthone (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) Keith S. Brown, Jr. 265 Ecology of Honey Creek. Preliminary Evaluation of Influence of Simulium spp. (Diptera: Simuliidae) William K. Reisen 275 New Species of Ecuadorean Toxomerus (Diptera: Syrphidae) Charles Gerdes 279 Phenolphthalein- Acetone Solution — A Versatile Insect Marking Technique D.L. Deonier 284 Additions & Corrections to List of Montana Stoneflies (Plecoptera) Arden R. Gaufin, W.E. Richer 285 Aeshna subarctica Walker & other Odonata new for Maine Harold B. White, III 289 Variation in Wing Venation of Four Odonates Diane M. Calabrese 293 New Eastern Nearctic Hemerodromia (Diptera: Empididae) Father of the Schmitt Box Walter R. Suter, Rev. Jerome Rupprecht, O.S.B. Xeroxed Data Labels Larry J. Orsak Isolation of Attini Brood from Social Environment (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) John R. Schreiber ENTOMOLOGIST'S LIBRARY & BOOK REVIEW NOTICES INDEX: VOLUME 85 Publication date: August 30, 1975 P.P. Harper 295 298 301 303 292 315,316 317 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except August and September by The American Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A. Officef for 1974: President: David C. Rentz; Vice President: Lewis P. Kelsey; Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese; Corresponding Secretary : Frank E. Boys; Recording Secretary: Richard P. Sivel. Editorial Committee : D. C. Rentz, W. H. Day, L. Kelsey, R. W. Lake and Howard P. Boyd, Editor. Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961); 1945-1967 R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R. H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-4/1974 R. W. Lake. Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 per year postpaid; Institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U.S.A. Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor: Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp., RD 4, Box 617, Vincentown PO., New Jersey 08088, U.S.A. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual". Two double-spaced, typed copies of each manuscript are needed on SVijxll paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. Following the title there should be both a short informative abstract ( not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words and a list of descriptors or key words. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are nearly always needed. Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record. Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. Page charges: A charge of $20.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of half-tones and line cuts. Amateurs, retired scientists and others not associated with universities or official institutions, or are not subsidized by grants, and who are without funds for publishing, may apply for assistance at the time their manuscript is submitted. Papers may be published ahead of their regular scheduled time at a cost of $30.00 per page. (Continued on inside back cover) Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp., RD 4, Box 617, Vincentown PO., New Jersey., 08088, U.S.A. SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, US Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 NOTES FOR A REVISION OF THE ANT GENUS FORMICA. \. NEW IDENTIFICATIONS AND SYNONYMIES FOR SOME NEARCTIC SPECIMENS FROM EMERY, FOREL AND MAYR COLLECTIONS.1 Andre Francoeur" ABSTRACT: Specimens of the ant genus Formica belonging to Emery, Forel and Mayr Collections have been examined and reidentified according to the actual taxonomic knowledge. These new identifications and synonymies influence the known geographic distribution of the species involved. The status of a number of types is precised. DESCRIPTORS: Ants, Formica species, taxonomy, reidentification, type status, distribution. During the course of a revision of the nearctic species belonging to Formica fusca group, it has been possible to examine a number of specimens mentioned by Mayr and Emery in papers published respectively in 1886 and 1893. Most of them were named under the description of new taxa. Confrontations between texts and specimens reveal that in many cases there were included under a new name series of specimens belonging to more than one taxon. Therefore new identifications and synonymies are needed to give a full account of the facts. Most of those pertaining to nearctic species of the Formica fusca group are already published (Fran- coeur, 1973). The remaining ones and those concerning other species groups are presented here. New revised identifications are also listed for nearctic specimens from the Forel Collection. Status and labelling of types are discussed for a number of species. This kind of analysis has been almost completely neglected for the nearctic species of the genus Formica. Based on the examina- tion of old collections and not just on old papers that contained most often inaccurate descriptions according to the present morphological standards in myrmecology, it will allow us to understand more precisely the nature of past authors' new taxa, to sort out misinterpretations, particularly those continuing in recent years, and to neutralise aberrant publications on the systematics and geographic distribution of ants (see Brown's comments on 'Accepted for publication: June 12, 1974 2Universite du Quebec, Chicoutimi, Quebec, Canada, G7H 2B1. 4 ENT. NEWS, 85: 9 & 10: 257 - 264, November & Decemt 258 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS that matter, 1950 and 1951). This beginning paper will present among other data the results of the study of ant collections containing Formica specimens. FORMICA NEOGAGATES GROUP Neogagates complex Formica lasioides Emery Formica lasioides Emery, 1893, p. 664. Formica fusca r. subpolita var. neogagates: Forel (in part), 1904, p. 153. Emery Collection: - under lasioides: 2 p with a typus label from Hill City, S. Dakota (no. 151, 21-IX-1890, T. Pergande), one y is labelled by me lectotype and the other paratype; the third specimen of the type series is in the W.M. Wheeler Collection in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University; 6 9 from Boulder, Colorado (W.M. Wheeler); - under neogagates:: 1 V from Kittery Point, Maine (VIII-1891, probably T. Pergande). Forel Collection: under neogagates lasioides: 1 V with a cotypus label from S. Dakota (T. Pergande); this specimen cannot be a para typo of lasioides, at most it is a topotype; 3 9 from Colorado; under neogagates lasioides vetitla: \ V with a cotypus label from Lawrence, U.S.; this specimen cannot be a type of vetiila; 5 ° and 1 6 from Colorado; 14 y from New Hampshire; - under fusca subpolita neogagates (Forel, 1904): 2 V from Vermilion Pass, Alberta (E. Whymper); the 9 mentioned with them belongs to F. hewitti; under neogagates: 1 9 (Denny) and 5 ? from Connecticut; 3 ° from MacLean, Boston (A. Forel); 2 V from Nebraska (Wilby); 3 y (A. Forel) and 1 o from New Hampshire; 3 ° from New Jersey (Treat); 19 y from Toronto, Ontario (A. Forel); 2 y from U.S.A. (G. B. King); - under fusca subpolita (first labelled F. gagates var. americaine): 4 y from New Hampshire (Treat); also 1 y from North America. Formica neogagates Emery Formica fusca subsp. subpolita var. neogagates Emery, 1 893, p. 661-663. Emery Collection, under neogagates: 3 o and 1 9 from Beatty, Pennsylvania (no. 334, T. Pergande); this is the type locality selected by Wheeler, 1913; one o is labelled by me lectotype, and other specimens paratypes; 4 o from New York (Schmilken); 3 o and 1 6 from Salt Lake, Utah; 1 o and 1 9 from Louisiana; all these specimens are mentioned by Emery (1893), no ant has been seen from S. Dakota nor Maryland, but 3 o have no locality label; also 4 o from Rockford, Illinois (W.M. Wheeler). Forel Collection, under neogagates: 4 o with cotypus labels from Beatty, Pennsyl- vania (no. 334, T. Pergande), labelled by me paratypes; 2 o from New York (C. Emery); 10 o from Worcester (A. Forel) and 24 o from Franklin Park, Boston (A. Forel), Massachusetts; 6 p from Berkeley, California; 1 o from Mt. Mitchell, N. Carolina. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 259 Obtusopilosa complex Formica pcrpilosa Wheeler Formica fitsca subsp. subpolita var.? montana Emery (in part), 1893, p. 663. Emery Collection: under montana: 1 y from West Point, Nebraska; this specimen was in the type series of montana: under subpolita: 3 y from Globe, Arizona (no. 172, 2-VI-1884, probably T. Pergande). Forel Collection, under montana: 4 y and 1 9 from San Jacinto, California (no. 323, 14-X1-1 89 1,T. Pergande). Mayr Collection, under subpolita: 1 y and 1 9 from Nebraska (T. Pergande) and 1 Y from Colorado (E. Norton). FORMICA FUSCA GROUP Cinerea complex Formica cinerea Mayr Formica cinerea Mayr, 1853, p. 281-282. Tliis palearctic species is listed here to illustrate the messy situation of the fusca group in Eurasia. 1 have examined 21 specimens, all identified as cinerea in the Mayr Collection: 7 y (including one type worker) and 3 6 belong to F. cinerea; 1 y, 1 9 and 1 6 are species X of the cinerea complex; 4 p are species Y of the cinerea complex; 1 6 is species Z of the rufa group; 1 () is probably F. fusca. Formica canadensis Santschi Emery Collection, under fusca subsericea: 3 y from Breckenridge, Colorado. Formica montana Emery Forel Collection: • under cinerea: 3 y from Rockford, Illinois, labelled by me topotypes of montana; under cinerea neocinerea: 1 9 with a cotypus label from Rockford, Illinois (25-VIII-1902, W.M. Wheeler), labelled by me paratype of neocinerea; 3 y from Iowa City, Iowa (nest no. 3, 15-IV-1894, H.F. Wickham); under cinerea mtilans: 2 y from Illinois. Mayr Collection. Identified to cinerea by G. Mayr, I have seen 6 y from Illinois; this state was not listed in Mayr's paper of 1886. Formica pilicornis Emery Formica fusca var. cinerea Mayr (in part), 1886, p. 427. Forel Collection, under cinerea pilicornis: 4 y from San Jacinto (T. Pergande?) and 2 y from San Francisco (Turner), with cotypus labels; 3 V from California (illegible locality). Mayr Collection. The specimens reported from California by Mayr (1886) under the name cinerea were identified as a new species by Emery (1893). I have seen 4 y from Tres Pinos (T. Pergande) and labelled them paratypes; also 1 d from Milde, mentioned in 260 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Emery's paper (1893, p. 664). Mayr listed cinerea from New Mexico; according to the actually known geographic distribution of the nearctic species of the cinerea complex (Francoeur, 1973), there could not be specimens of pilicomis, but were probably canadensis. This point will be solved only if the specimens are ever found. Neoclara complex Formica neoclara Emery Formica fitsca var. neontfibarbis: Forel (in part), 1904, p. 153. Forel Collection: under fusca neoclara: 6 V with a cotypus label from (no locality) Colorado (no. 165, T. Pergande), labelled by me para types; 3 9 with cotypus labels and 2 V from Canon City, Colorado (P.J. Schmitt); - under fusca neomfibarbis: 1 V from Field, British Columbia (VIII-IX-1901, E. Whymper); 3 Y and 1 9 from Rockies, U.S.A. (G. Rothney). Formica occulta Francoeur Forel Collection, under fusca suhaenescens: 1 9 from Lakin, Kansas (1887, S.H. Scudder). Subpolita complex Formica subpolita Mayr Formica fusca var. subpolita Mayr (in part), 1886, p. 426-427. Forel Collection, under subpolita: 2 V with a cotypus label from San Francisco, California (L.W. Schaufuss), labelled by me paratypes; 1 6 with cotypus label from San Gregorio, California. Mayr Collection. I have received and examined 25 workers and 4 females which were actually classified under the name Formica gagatcs ssp. subpolita: 14 V and 2 9 from San Francisco, California (L.W. Schaufuss). Since Wheeler (1913) selected this city as the type locality, only these specimens were considered to constitute the type series. One worker was labelled lectotype and the others paratypes; 1 y from Sacramento, California (L.W. Schaufuss) and 1 9 from Connecticut (E. Norton) are also F. subpolita. The locality label of the last worker is erroneous without doubt, for this species is restricted to the Pacific side of North America (Francoeur, 1973); All the remaining specimens are not subpolita: they represent F. ncogagates, F. perpilosa and F. fusca (tnarcida form). Why did Mayr gather all these specimens under his subpolita'] Because they all share the three main characters used by him to establish his new variety: shining tegument, dilute pubescence and long flexuous erect hairs on the dorsum of body. In the case of F. fusca (marcida form), only the female shows such features. It is noteworthy that those characters are also found in F. gagatcs Latreille. This situation explains why some authors have associated subpolita with Latreille's species. After the description Mayr (1886) cited the geographic origin "aus Connecticut, Colorado und Californien". The first two states are wrongly cited according to the material examined. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 261 Lepida complex Formica acrata Francoeur Forel Collection, under cincrea neocinerea: 3 ° with a cotypus label from San Jose, California (H. Heath); these specimens are not types of neocinerea. Subsericea complex Formica argentea Wheele r Forel Collection: • under fusca subscricea argentata: 5 y with a cotypus label from Rockford, Illinois, labelled by me paratypes; 26 V from Nebraska (Wilby), first named F. fusca; under fusca subsericca: 1 V and 1 6 from Virginia (4-VII-l 880, T. Pergande); under fusca subaenescens: 1 V from Lake Tahoe, Nevada. Formica glacialis Wheeler Fonnica fusca r. subscricea: Forel On part), 1 899. Formica subscricea: Forel (in part), 1900. Emery Collection, under fusca subsericea subaenescens: 1 y from Utica, New York (no. 147, probably T. Pergande). Forel Collection: under fusca subsericea: 6 y from U.S.A. (G.B. King); 1 y from Toronto, Ontario (A. Forel); under fusca subaenescens: 51 V, and 1 9 and 21 6 from Niagara, 2 y from High Park, Toronto, and 2 V from illegible locality, Ontario (A. Forel); 3 y from Ottawa, Ontario (F. Santschi). Formica podzolica Francoeur Formica fusca var. subaenescens: Forel, 1902, p. 699. Forel Collection: - under fusca subsericea: 2 y from Hill City, S. Dakota (VI-1890, T. Pergande); under fusca subaenescens: 6 \ from Ottawa, Ontario (F. Santschi); 1 y from Mount Goodsir, British Columbia. Formica subsericea Say Formica fusca r. subsericea: Forel (in part), 1 899. Formica subsericea: Forel (in part), 1900. Emery Collection: under fusca subsericea argentea: 3 y and 3 9 from New York (Schmidt); 2 y from Woodbridge, Connecticut (28-V1-1891 ); 1 y without locality label; under fusca suhsericea: 3 y and 2 6 from Virginia (no. 10, 23-V11-1882. T. Pergande); 1 y without locality label; under fusca subsericea subaenescens: 1 ° from New Haven, Connecticut (l-VI-1897). Forel Collection : under fusca: 1 y from New Jersey (Treat); 3 ° from Baltimore, Maryland (Ris);2 0 from New York (Holl); under fusca subsericea: 10 y from Cromwell, Connecticut (A. Forel); 3 y and 1 d from Washington, D.C. (A. Forel): 1 ° from Kansas City, Kansas; 30 °. from Baltimore, 262 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Maryland; 119,8 9 and 2 6 from Franklin Park, Boston; 20 ° from Worcester and 1 9 without locality label, Massachusetts (A. Forel); 2 ° from Ann Arbor, Michigan; 6 9 from illegible locality and 1 9 from White Mountains Valleys (S.H. Scudder), New Hampshire; 1 9 from New York; 5 9 from Mount Mitchell (A. Forel) and 34 9 from N. Carolina; 3 9 from High Park, Toronto, Ontario (A. Forel); 2 9 from U.S.A. (G.B. King); 3 9 from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; 1 9 without locality (10-VII-1881, T. Pergande), Virginia; 11 9 from Morganton, N. Carolina (A. Forel); 4 9 with illegible labels; - under fusca subaenesccns: 1 9 from Worcester, Massachusetts; 3 9 from Morganton, N. Carolina (A. Forel); 2 9 from Niagara, Ontario (A. Forel). Fusca complex Formica accreta Francoeur Forel Collection, under fusca subscricca siibaenescens: 1 9 from Yale, British Columbia (Dieck). Formica fusca Linne Formica fusca: Francoeur, 1973, p. 189-201. Specimens classified in the marcida form: Emery Collection, under fusca subsericea siibaenescens: 4 o from Yale, British Columbia. Forel Collection, under fusca subaenescens: 1 o from California. Mayr Collection, under gagates subpolita: \ 9 from California (Luckett). Specimens classified in the subaenescens torm: Emery Collection, under fusca subsericea subaenescens: 4 o from New Jersey. Forel Collection: under fusca subsericea: 2 r. from Virginia (T. Pergande); - under fusca subaenescens: 1 9 from Hill City, S. Dakota (VII-1890, T. Pergande), labelled by me paratype; 7 9 with a cotypus label from Colebrooke, Connecticut; these are not types; 24 o from Toronto, Ontario (A. Forel); 4 o from Ann Arbor, Michigan (no. 14, Gaige). Neorufibarbis complex Formica hewitti Wheeler Formica fusca r. subpolita var. neogagates: Forel (in part), 1904, p. 153. Formica fusca var. subaenescens: Forel, 1904, p. 153. Forel Collection: - under neogagates: 1 9 from Vermilion Pass, Alberta (E. Whymper); under fusca subaenesccns: 13 y from Vermilion Pass, British Columbia (E. Whymper). Formica neorufibarbis Emery Formica fusca var. neontfiharbis: Forel, 1902, p. 699; Forel (in part), 1904, p. 153. Emery Collection: under fusca subsericea neorufibarbis: 3 y from Ouray (VIII-1891, T. Pergande), 4 9 from Breckenridge (no. 273), 2 y from Ward fW.M. Wheeler), 8 9 from Argentine Pass, 1 o from Georgetown and 1 o from Meadow Peak, Colorado (A.C. Burrill). Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 263 Forel Collection: under neogagates: 5 ^ from Argentine Pass, Colorado (S.H. Scudder), first named fuscorufibarbis; - under lasioides vetula: 1 9 from Hill City, S. Dakota (no. 151, T. Pergande), labelled by me topotype; under fusca gelida: 1 and 1 9 from Cripple Creek and 6 from Georgetown (1877, S.H. Scudder), Colorado, with cotypus labels; they are not types of gelida; 13 o from Argentine Pass, Colorado; under fusca neonifibarbis: 6 o with cotypus label from Hill City, S. Dakota (8-VII-1890, T. Pergande), labelled by me paratypes; 1 o> from Vermilion Pass and 2 o from Vermilion Valley, Alberta (E. Whymper); 2 9 from Field (VIII-IX-1901, E. Whymper), 1 9 from Emerald Summit Lake (VII-1901, E. Whymper), 1 9 from Yoho Valley, 3 o from Ice River Valley, British Columbia; 2 o from Argentine Pass, Colorado (1877, S.H. Scudder); under suhpolita: 1 9 from Ossipee (?), New Hampshire (1877, Denny). Rufibarbis complex Formica gtiara Buckley Emery Collection, under fusca subsericea neonifibarbis: 1 ^ from Canon City, Colorado (W.M. Wheeler); 8 o from Austin, Texas (W.M. Wheeler), labelled by me neoparatypes, Forel Collection, under mfibarbis gnava: 10 (j; and 3 9 from Austin, Texas (W.M. Wheeler), labelled by me neoparatypes; 3 e from San Angelo, Texas. Subcyanea complex Formica subcyanca Wheeler Formica fusca var. subsericea: Forel, 1899, p. 128; Wheeler, 1913, p. 565. Forel Collection: under fusca subsericea: I ^ from Moyoapam, Mexico; under fusca subaenescens: 1 y from Moyoapam, Mexico; - under subcyanea: 3 n with a cotypus label from Guerrero Mill, Mexico, labelled by me paratypes. Occidua complex Formica occidua Wheeler Forel Collection: under moki: 3 o with a cotypus label from Arizona, labelled by me paratypes of mold', under ntfibarbis occidua: 1 o from Oakland, 4 o with a cotypus label from San Jose (H. Heath) and 6 o from Berkeley, California. FORMICA RUFA GROUP Formica dakotcnsis I- inery Emery Collection: 3 o with typus label from Hill City, S. Dakota; 1 o is labelled by me lectotype and the others paratypes. 264 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS MISCELLANEOUS GENERA Camponotus noveboracensis (Pitch) Forel Collection, under F. subaenescens: 1 9 from Toronto, Ontario. Camponotiis pennsylvanicus (DeGeer) Forel Collection, under F. fusca subsericea: 4 9 from Kansas City, Kansas and 1 9 from Morganton, N. Carolina (A. Forel). Lasius pallitarsis (Provancher) Forel Collection, under F. fusca neomfibarbis: 1 9 from Yoho Valley, British Columbia. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am grateful to the following individuals for providing facilities in the museum or for loan of specimens: Dr. Claude Besuchet, Musee d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneve, Switzerland (Forel Collection), Dr. Enrico Tortonenese and Dr. D. Guigu'a, Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa, Italy (Emery Collection) and Dr. Max Fischer, Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, Austria (Mayr Collection). Thanks are due to Dr. W.L. Brown of Cornell University for criticizing and revising the manuscript. This study has been supported by a research grant (A6501) of the National Research Council of Canada. REFERENCES CITED Brown, W.L. 1950. Morphological, taxonomic, and other notes on ants. Wasmann Jour. Biol. 8(2): 241-250. Brown, W.L. 1951. On the publication date of Polyhoinoa itoi Azuma (Hymenoptera, Formicidae). Mushi 22: 93-95. Emery, C. 1893. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der nordamerikanischen Ameisenfauna. Zool. Jahrb. Syst. 7: 633-682. Forel, A. 1899. Excursion myrmecologique dans rAmerique du Nord. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 43: 438^47. Forel, A. 1899. Hymenoptera. III. Formicidae. Biologia Centrali-Americana, 160 p. Forel, A. 1900. Ueber nordamerikanische Ameisen. Verh. Ges. Deutsch. Nat. Aerzte Munchen2(l): 239-241. Forel, A. 1902. Descriptions of some ants from the Rocky Mountains of Canada (Alberta and British Columbia), collected by Edward Whymper. Trans. Ent. Soc. London: 699-700. Forel, A. 1904. Fourmis dc British Columbia recoltees par M. Ed. Whymper. Une nouvelle Carebara. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 48: 152-155. Francoeur, A. 1973. Revision taxonomique des especes nearctiques du groupe fusca, genre Formica (Formicidae, Hymenoptera). Memoire Soc. Ent. Quebec, no. 3, 316 p. Mayr, G.L. 1853. Beschreibungen einiger neuer Ameisen. Verhandl. Zool. -bot. Ver. 3: 277-286. Mayr, G.L. 1886. Die Formiciden der Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-amerika. Verh. Zool. -bot. Ges.Wien 36: 419-464. Wheeler, W.M. 1913. A revision of the ants of the genus Formica (Linne) Mayr. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 53(10): 379-565. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 265 THE ITHOMIINES OF BRAZIL (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE). III. REDISCOVERY AND SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF NAPEOGENES XANTHONE. l Keith S. Brown, Jr.2 ABSTRACT: The Ithomiines of Brazil (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). III. Rediscovery and systematic position of Napeogenes xanthone. Abstract. - The "lost" east Brazilian butterfly species Napeogenes xanthone Bates was recently rediscovered in Itamaraju, in the south of the state of Bahia, where it occurs very rarely in large ithomiine pockets also occupied by much greater numbers of the very similar Hypothyris euclea laphria. Morphological considerations indicate it to be conspecific with Napeogenes yanetta Hewitson, which occurs locally farther south in the states of Espirito Santo and Rio de Janeiro; xanthone takes date preference for the name of the combined species. The variable form "richardi" Fruhstorfer represents a clinal series between N.x. xanthone and N.x. yanetta, found principally in northern Espirito Santo and adjacent eastern Minas Gerais. The recently described form "haenschi" Fox and Real is regarded as an intrapopulational variant of N.x. yanetta, though it may be seasonally predominant in local areas southward. The relationships of N. xanthone to the Amazonian N. inachia and N. cyrianassc are uncertain, but are surely much more distant than that to N.x. yanetta. The ambiguous name Mechanitis rhezia Geyer should be regarded as a "species inquerenda". DESCRIPTORS: Lepidoptera; Nymphalidae; Ithomiinae; Napeogenes xanthone; Napeogenes yanetta; Napeogenes inachia; Napeogenes cyrianassa; rare "Bahia-species" from eastern Brazil; ecology; zoogeography; polymorphism; integradation; mimicry; mechanisms of extinction of forest insects. I. HISTORICAL BACKGROLND The rich endemic entomological fauna of southern Bahia, in eastern Brazil, was originally discovered by naturalists working out from boats docked in the port of Ilheus. The forms were mostly described in the last century, but many have had little contact since their descriptions with the world of science. Ecological changes wrought in this area by man and nature, coupled with the general inaccessibility of the region until the late 1960's and its reputation as 1 Received for publication June 21, 1 974. 2Centro de Pesquisas de Produtos Naturais, ICB-CCM, Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro, Illia do Fundao, Rio de Janeiro ZC-32, Brazil, and (present address) Departamento de Zoologia, Instituto de Biologia, Universidade Estadual de Campinas. C.P. 11 70, Campinas, Sao Paulo 13.100, Brazil. ENT. NEWS, 85: 9 & 10: 265 - 274, November & December 1974 266 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS a seedbed of malaria and schistosomiasis, turned many of the classical "Bahia species" into riddles and stumbling-blocks for modern taxonomists. The few ancient museum specimens available were often insufficient to resolve even fundamental questions of morphology and systematic placement, and obviously could not lend themselves to studies of karyology, ethology, juvenile biology, or ecological and population parameters. Such was the case with Heliconius nattereri Felder 1865, a key primitive member of its genus which was finally rediscovered in 1967, by Claudionor Elias of the Universidade Federal do Parana, at the southern extreme of its range in central Espirito Santo (Brown, 1970). The narrow ecological specialization of this butterfly to large tracts of steep, humid forest, and usually fatal competition against the larvae on the unique, slow-growing forest foodplant by more abundant and aggressive heliconians which have multiplied greatly in clearings made by man, have driven it near to natural extinction. The conditions needed for survival of a colony are rarely found in Bahia or Espirito Santo today, and the few remaining tracts are rapidly disappearing due to indisciminate destruction by unchecked agricultural and timber interests (Brown, 1970, 1972). The uniquely dimorphic and mimetic female of H. nattereri closely resembles another "lost" species described from Bahia in the same decade, Napeogenes xanthone Bates, 1862. There appears to exist only a single short series of this form (four males and a female, including the holotype) in the British Museum (Natural History); no specimens are available in collections in the western hemisphere, and there seem to be none in European mainland collections. Its systematic position is at present unresolved. A specimen ofxanthouc from the Bates collection (but not the holotype) was figured by d' Almeida (1960, fig. 7-3; reproduced in Figure 1). He discussed the difference between true xanthone and a different, south Brazilian species to which the name was usually applied, properly called Napeogenes yanetta (Hewitson, 1867) (Figure 2). d" Almeida also figured a form named richardi by Fruhstorfer (1898), found in eastern Minas Gerais;he regarded this as a further good species, since the yellow forewing postmedian band invaded the black costal margin, a condition which d'Almeida claimed was never seen in specimens of yanetta, The holotype of xanttione, very similar to the specimen examined by d' Almeida, was figured by Fox and Real (1971) in their revision of the tribe Napeogenini. These authors admitted that the status of mis form was still uncertain, but on the basis of color-pattern homologies, they placed it with the Amazonian N. inachia (Hewitson, 1855) (Figure 3). Fruhstorfer's richardi was regarded as a subspecies of yanetta, and the latter was further divided to give a new southern subspecies N.y. haenschi Fox and Real, 1971. The Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 267 richardi figured by these authors, from the Munich collection (Zoologisches Sammlung des Bayerischen Staates), is not very similar to the one photographed by d'Almeida, from the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris (on loan to the Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro). Both specimens are probably part of Fruhstorfer's original type-series, but that figured by Fox and Real represents a transition between d' Almeida's conception of this name and typical N. y. yanetta. N.y. tiaenschi must be regarded as a synonym of yanetta. Both forms occur commonly in all known populations of this rather plastic species, although the sample taken at the type locality of haenschi may have been more uniform on the collecting date; other samples from the area are typical yanetta (Figure 4). The wide range of variation in the appearance of richardi (Figure 5), and its occurrence in central Espirito Santo and northeastern Minas Gerais, strongly suggest that it could represent a cline between yanetta and the Bahian xanthone. Unfortunately, the holotype of xanthone, dissected by Fox, bore a false abdomen (probably from Hypothyris euclea laphria\ so the morphological affinities of this form could not be established in the revision of Fox and Real. As the use of color-pattern homologies is notoriously dangerous in the taxonomy of the mimetic Ithomiinae, it seemed necessary to obtain fresh specimens of the \osixanthone, in order to determine its correct systematic position. n. REDISCOVERY The many excursions into northern Espirito Santo and southern Bahia during the nattereri project failed to reveal the presence of any xanthone in the woods of this region. The very similar Hypothyris euclea laphria was abundant in the area, and rapidly saturated a collector's interest, however, so xanthone could have easily passed unnoticed in this crowd. The closely related Napeogenes sulphurina was always present and frequently common in the forest areas visited. From central Espirito Santo southward, N. yanetta was found very sparsely, with northerly populations often including many richardi-Yike individuals (Figure 6). The necessary elements for the rediscovery of xanthone converged in January 1972. Claudionor Elias, now stationed in Linhares (see Map) and his son Paulo Cesar were exploring a new road, BR-101 (now a modern paved highway, but then an unimproved and often-interrupted track) in southern Bahia. Submersion of their Jeep station wagon up to the windshield in an unexpectedly deep waterhole in a detour, caused a forced stay of several days 268 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS in Itamaraju, at the base of some scenic granite hills well inland from the sea (Map), in an area where some wise landowners had preserved much forest. Paulo Cesar had the uninspiring task of collecting abundant ithomiines in quantity for this author's chemical investigations, so he set to work in a large nearby woods trying to place some dents in the hordes of laphria flying about. These butterflies were enveloped, boxed, and sent down to Rio de Janeiro in July. This lot, from a previously unsampled area, was preliminarily analyzed for species ratios and the possible presence of aberrations or unusual forms, before being crammed into envelopes destined for the Waring blendor. Among large numbers of laphria, N. sulphurina, Pteronymia euritea, Ceratiscada canaria (see Brown and d'Almeida, 1970), Oleria ?thiemei, and a new subspecies of Ithomia lichyi (to be described in a forthcoming part of mis series), two rather strange-looking mimetic male ithomiines came to light. Both lacked the discal forewing black marks of laphria and looked generally "cleaner" than this form. One could be assigned as an extreme specimen of Napeogenes yanetta richardi, near the original description but even more heavily overprinted with orange on the forewing. The other was identical with d' Almeida's figure of Napeogenes xanthone. Thus, once again Claudionor Elias figured in the relocation of a lost "Bahia species". He was instructed immediately as to the identifying characteristics of xanthone, and urged to return to Itamaraju as soon as road conditions permitted. Figures 1-7: Napeogenes adults, slightly less than life size; black, yellow, and orange. Fig. 1, N. xanthone, Bates collection, British Museum (Natural History), reproduced from d'Almeida (1960). Fig. 2,N.x. yanetta, reproduced from type-figure in Hewitson (1867). Fig. 3, N.i. inachia, Ourem, Para, O. Mielke leg., Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro; note greater transparency than in xanthone. Fig. 4, TV. xanthone yanetta, form "haenschi", topotype (from series of the holotype), Angra dos Reis, Rio de Janeiro (upper); typical N.x. yanetta, lingua, Rio de Janeiro, near Angra dos Reis (second); and four examples of N.x. yanetta from Colatina, Espirito Santo, including "haenschi" and transitions to "richardi"; all in the Museu Nacional. Fig. 5, six examples of form "richardi" and transitions thereto from both subspecies: upper two, syntypes of Fruhstorfer (second specimen also illustrated by d'Almeida, 1960, and corresponding to his idea of the form), eastern Minas Gerais, Museu Nacional (on loan from the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris); middle two, recent specimens from Santa Teresa, Espirito Santo, in the central highlands, upper with hindwing of xanthone, lower with full yellow forewing postmedian band as in xanthone but no orange coloration (collection of the author); lower two, "richardi'Mike specimens from the recently discovered xanthone colony, Itamaraju, Bahia (collection of the author). Fig. 6, six specimens of N.x. yanetta from Linhares, central Espirito Santo (coastal lowlands), showing transitional forms from yanetta towards xanthone (upper two in Museu Nacional, the second from near Nova Venezia northwest of Linhares; other four in author's collection). Fig. 7, six specimens from the rediscovered colony of N.x. xanthone, Itamaraju, Bahia, 1972-73; lower a female, others males; fifth ventral (collection of the author). Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 269 270 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The next opportunity came in April 1973, when a single day was spent with Claudionor in the same woods, now on the edge of a high-speed road and but a few hours' drive from Linhares. Ithomiines in general were exceedingly scarce, and even with Heliotropium bait it was difficult to turn up a few laphria and other usually abundant species. As the fall and winter ithomiine season came into full swing, Claudionor revisited Itamaraju in July and thoroughly explored another woods to the south of town. In two widely separated ithomiine pockets, he captured another three males of xanthone; once again, one of these was somewhat transitional to richardi. 10 tegumen broader process lower, smal ler va Ive more pointed , longer and narrower foramen longer Figures 8-10: Napeogcnes, schematic left aspect of sclerotized male genital armatures, left valve removed, penis figured beneath. Fig. 8, N.x. xantlionc, Itamaraju, Baliia, January 1972. Fig. 9, N.x. yanetta, Corrego do Sabia, Nova Venezia, Espirito Santo (Museu Nacional). Fig. 10, N.i. inachia, Ourem, Para (Museu Nacional). Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 27 1 Finally, two full days in these same pockets (September 1-2, 1973) in the company of Claudionor and using much Heliotropium, produced for the author a short series (two males and six females) of this unusual form, confirming its regular presence in the Itamaraju area. A selection of the thirteen specimens from Itamaraju is illustrated in Figure 7; two richardi -like individuals (of the four, representing 30% of the sample) are included in Figure 5. One typical pair has been donated to the Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro; the others are presently retained in the author's collection. III. SYSTEMATICS Although a reasonably complete morphological study of the now available xanthone was projected, in order to clarify its taxonomic position, this proved unnecessary. The clear intergradation to yanetta through the variable forms of richardi strongly indicated conspecificity (Figures 5 and 6). The male genitalia of xanthone (Figure 8) are essentially identical with those of N. yanetta (Figure 9), and sufficiently distinct from those of Para N. inachia (Figure 10) to permit the association of xanthone with the former (taking name preference over it) and its divorce from the latter. Its close relationship with inachia and perhaps even closer relationship (in both color-pattern and genitalia) with N, cyrianassa are indisputable, however. In spite of long and very complete geographic separation of xanthone from these common Amazonian species (at least since the breakup of the last major forest connection across northeastern and central Brazil to south Bahia), it may still prove to be interfertile with one of them. Until appropriate tests can be made in the insectary, however, it seems best to maintain Napeogencs xanthone and its southern subspecies N.x. yanetta as a separate species, like the majority of other ithomiine forms endemic to southern Bahia which show affinities with Amazonian relatives. The highly variable form "richardi", regarded as a cline between xanthone and yanetta, is normally found in northern Espirito Santo and adjacent Minas Gerais, but may be expected occasionally well into typical populations of yanetta as far south as southern Espirito Santo, and of xanthone well north into Bahia. The relationships of the various taxa are indicated in the following key. 1. a. Orange coloration on the dorsal hindwing absent or confined to the anal submarginal region (central Espirito Santo to southern Rio de Janeiro) vanetta i. Orange color on forewing restricted to behind the anal vein . . form vanetta ii. Orange color on the forewing invading the discal ceN < • • • form "haenschi" b. Orange color on the dorsal hindwing forming a complete submarginal band from the anal margin to the apex (Bahia, eastern Minas Gerais, Espirito Santo) xanthone i. Forewing basal area orange to a heavy postmedian black bar, and yellow stripe beyond this essentially contiguous with the black apex , form xanthonc ii. Forewing basal area orange mixed with yellow (the latter often predominant), and postmedian yellow bar separated from black apex by a transparent area ..... . form "richardi" 272 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Both d'Almeida (1960) and Fox and Real (1971) mention the close correspondence of xanthone with Geyer's figures (1834) of Mechanises [sic| rhezia, but both conclude that the two are not identical. Ignoring obvious errors in drawing, the figures of rhezia are indeed extremely similar to xanthone. However, they could equally well apply to some, especially Guianan, forms of Napeogenes cyrianassa. In view of this ambiguity and in the absence of the types, it might be best to regard rhezia as a "species inquerenda", so that it does not introduce further confusion into the usage of the well-established names for the two species it may represent. IV. ECOLOGICAL NOTES N. xanthone, like many members of its genus (but not the sympatric N. sulphurina), is both extremely local and very sparse in occurrence. The ratio of Hypothyris eudea laphria ioN. xanthone in the Itamaraju forests is several hundred to one; the odds of encountering xanthone among the laphria are not increased by the use of Heliotr opium, to which both are strongly attracted, but this dried plant does make the individuals sit down where they can be better identified with binoculars. Xanthone is a very wary and relatively high-flying species, and leaves Heliotropium quickly when any danger threatens within five meters; it returns in a few minutes if the disturbance is removed, however. More individuals were captured flying high through the dark shady woods, especially in mid-afternoon, than on the bait. All were found in central areas of large ithomiine pockets (dark, humid, but relatively open undergrowth areas in heavy forest), to which N.x. yanetta has also been observed to be closely restricted. No information was obtained on the early stages or the foodplant of xanthone; eggs expressed from the females did not hatch. Females of TV. inachia johmoni (Meta, Colombia) and N. sulphurina (Pernambuco) have been observed to swarm around the solanaceous foodplants and lay eggs for only a short period of their lives, apparently ignoring it most of the time. Thus, the study of the juvenile biology of xanthone may have to await a fortunate observation of such an "oviposition dance". Sympatric ithomiines in the two pockets observed, in addition to the six common species mentioned above, include Tithorea harmonia pseudethra, Melinaea ludovica paraiya, Melinaea ethra, Thyridia psidii hippodamia3 , Mechanics lysimnia lysimnia and (much rarer) 1, nesaea, Mechanics polymnia casabranca, Scada karschina, Hypothyris daeta daeta, Oleria aquata, Aeria olena olena, Callithomia xantho, and Prithvitzia hymenaea hymenaea. This nomenclature is based on the Doctor's thesis of Gerardo Lamas Muller, Universidade de Sao Paulo (Museu de Zoologia), December 1973. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 273 V. THE FUTURE The Itamaraju woods is essentially contiguous with the large and ecologically identical forest preserve of the Parque Nacional de Monte Pascoal (Map). This fact would seem to guarantee that xanthone will continue to present, even though rare, in the area for the foreseeable future. However, as no other colonies have been located in recent work in southern Baliia, the subspecies must continue to be regarded as possessing a fragile existence on the modern scene. The confinement of this species to scattered large "ithomiine pockets" probably indicates specialization both in choice and in utilization of a unique foodplant. This in turn may be sparsely distributed for 274 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ecological reasons, or perhaps frequently preoccupied by other more common ithomiines (this was the case with the unique foodplant of Heliconius nattereri, the other very rare and probably rapidly disappearing "Bahia species" mentioned above). If a similar situation be present in xanthone, local colonies may be expected to be easily eliminated, not only by direct interference with plant cover or soil conditions in the immediate area, but also by nearby cutting which could promote multiplication of more adaptable competitors on common disturbed-forest species of Solanaceae. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The author is very grateful to Claudionor and Paulo Cesar Elias for invaluable information and field accompaniment, which permitted this work to be initiated and carried to its present stage. Access to the collection of the Museu Nacional in Rio de Janeiro was made possible by the cooperation of its curator, Dr. A.R. de Rego Barros. Thanks are due to the Conselho de Pesquisas e Ensino para Graduados of the U.F.R.J., for funds for the purchase of specimens in quantity, surface travel within Brazil, and photographic enlargements. The preparation of the plate was greatly aided by Jorge H. Leao and Ismael Gioia, and the map was redrawn by Maria Isabel Agnello. The author received a stipend as Pesquisador-Conferencista of the Conselho Nacional de Pesquisas, and a supplement from the Ministerio do Planejamento (FINEP/FNDCT, contract 140/CT) during 1972-1973. LITERATURE CITED d' Almeida, R.F. 1960. Estudos sobre algumas especies de familia Ithomiidae (Lepidop- tera Rhopalocera). Bol. Museu Nacional (Rio de Janeiro). 215, 1-31. Bates, H.W. 1862. Contributions to an insect fauna of the Amazon Valley. Lepidoptera. Heliconidae. Trans. Linn. Soc. London. 23^495-566 (page 537). Brown, K.S,, Jr. 1970. Rediscovery of Heliconius nattereri in eastern Brazil (The Heliconians of Brazil (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Part I). Entomological News. 81, 129-140. Brown, K.S., Jr. 1972. The Heliconians of Brazil (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Part III. Ecology and biology of Heliconius nattereri, a key primitive species near extinction, and comments on the evolutionary development of Heliconius and Eueides. Zoologica (New York). 57, 41-69. Brown, K.S., Jr. and R.F. d' Almeida. 1970. The Ithomiinae of Brazil (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). II. A new genus and species of Ithomiinae, with comments on the tribe Dircenninid' Almeida, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 96, 1-17. Fox, R.M. and H.G. ReaL 1971. A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera). Part IV. The tribe Napeogenini Fox. Memoirs Amer. Ent. Inst. 15, 1-368. Fruhstorfer, H. 1898. Einen neue Ithomiide aus Minas-Gerais. Berlin Entomol. Zeitschr. 43.200. Geyer, C. [& Hiibner, J.J 1807-37. Zutrage zur Sammlung Exotischer Schmetterlinge. Reprinted by W.F.Kirby, 1908-1912. Brussels, Verteneuil and Desmet. Hewitson, W.C. 1852-76. Illustrations of new species of exotic Lepidoptera. 5 vols. London (privately published). Plates Ithomia 11, fig. 66 (I855);lthomia 25, fig. 158 (1867). Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 275 THE ECOLOGY OF HONEY CREEK A PRELIMINARY EVALUATION OF THE INFLUENCE OF SIMULIUM SPP. (DIPTERA: SIMULIIDAE) LARVAL POPULATIONS ON THE CONCENTRATION OF TOTAL SUSPENDED PARTICLES.1 William K. Reisen2 ABSTRACT: Simulium spp. populations filtered significant quantities of suspended particles from Honey Creek as indexed by the differences in Coulter Particle Counts taken upstream and downstream from larval concentrations. These differences were not correlated with water temperature, depth, current velocity, or Simulium spp. benthic density, but were inversely correlated with total numbers of larvae. DESCRIPTORS: Simuliidae larvae, suspended particles, particle filtration Simulium spp. larvae are predominantly filter feeders straining suspended particles from the water by means of their cephalic fans (Carlsson, 1962; Ivasshenko, 1972; Hynes, 1972; and many others), but also occassionally feeding on periphyton (Burton, 1973) and other blackflies (Burton, 1971). The aufwuchs travertine community at Honey Creek, Murray County, Oklahoma supported dense populations of Simulium species A, S. virgatum Coquillet, and S. trivittatum Malloch in specific microhabitats with favorable current relationships (Reisen, 1974). These organisms were assumed to feed randomly on size specific suspended particles as was determined by a preliminary evaluation of gut contents. Other filter feeders such as the Hydropsychidae (Trichoptera) have been found to show a positive relation- ship with the amount of suspended particles, i.e. food, as indexed by Coulter Particle Counter evaluation of water samples (Williams and Hynes, 1973). The purpose of this investigation was to determine: 1. if simullid larval populations could significantly reduce the quantity of suspended particles as indexed by changes in Coulter Particle Counter data; and 2. if this removal of particles varied with temperature, depth, current velocity, and simuliid larval abundance. Accepted for publication: June 24, 1974 2 Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma. Present address: Pakistan Medical Research Center, 6, Birdwood Road, Lahore, Pakistan ENT. NEWS, 85: 9 & 10: 275 - 278, November & December 1974 276 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS METHODS AND MATERIALS Simullid benthic densities and the calculation of population area and total numbers followed the procedures outlined in Reisen (1974). Water tempera- tures were measured concomitantly with a field thermometer; depths were estimated with a ruler; and current velocities were measured with a modification of Darcy's Pitot tube (Reisen, 1974). Duplicate 5 ml water samples were taken immediately above and below larval blackfly concentra- tions and were fixed in the field by mixing with 100 ml of commercial Isotone. Samples were then taken back to the laboratory and the total number of suspended particles estimated by means of a Coulter Particle Counter (Reisen, 1974). Triplicate counts were made along with a back- ground count for each sample. Counts were averaged, corrected for background "noise" and expressed as counts/ml. Operating parameters for the Coulter Particle Counter have been presented previously in Reisen (1974). Differences between the upstream and downstream readings were calculated by averaging the duplicate samples and then taking the difference between the means. This difference was attributed to the number of particles removed from the water by the actively filtering blackfly population. Differences between the upstream and downstream readings were evalu- ated statistically using a 2 way factorial analysis of variance with replication. The main effects were considered random and the differences were tested using the interaction term (Sokal and Rohlf, 1969). Factor interactions were evaluated using the simple product moment correlation coefficient (Sokal and Rohlf, 1969). RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The environmental conditions, Simulium spp. larval population parameters (S. virgatum, S. species A, and S. trivittatiim pooled), and the number of suspended particles removed by Simulium filtration are presented in Table 1 and the correlation among these presented in Table 2. Blackfly larvae were able to remove a significant number of suspended particles as particle counts taken above and below larval concentrations were significantly different (F ratio = 7.788, a = 0.05). The number of particles removed was independent of benthic density, water temperature, depth and current velocity which was in good agreement with the findings of Reisen (1974), but was significantly negatively correlated with the total number of individuals in the population. This relationship was difficult to interpret for it would seem that the number of particles removed would be proportional to the number of blackfly larvae Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 277 Table 1. Environmental conditions, Simulium population parameters, and the number of suspended particles removed by Simulium populations as indexed by differences in the number of coulter counts in samples taken upstream and downstream from Simulium concentrations. Date Water Temper- ature ° Current Depth Velocity (cm) (cm/sec) Simulium spp. Benthic density (Nos/cm2) 8 Jul72 26 - 126.15 5.949 15 Jul72 28 — 130.00 5.564 22 Jul 72 28 5.00 136.84 7.360 29 Jul 72 29 2.54 — 7.949 5 Aug 72 29 2.00 — 6.770 19 Aug 72 25 2.50 207.53 9.487 9 Sep 72 29 2.54 193.52 5.357 23 Sep 72 20 2.00 200.00 10.356 14 Oct 72 25 1.91 237.02 1.878 22 Oct 72 17 1.90 237.02 4.590 Population Area (cm2) Number in population Differences in the Number of Coulter Counts (cts/ml) — — 17104.33 — — 6800.00 _ — 8567.50 — 6305.00 3445.15 23322.66 4785.00 860.00 8158.82 16476.00 11483.00 61523.58 2987.50 13000.00 134631.90 4090.00 25187.05 47308.84 6063.00 37741.86 173220.04 115.00 Table 2. Simple product moment correlation coefficients between the number of suspended particles removed by the simuliid populations and environmental conditions and simuliid population parameters. Parameter Water temperature Depth Current velocity Benthic density Total number in population Number of Replicates Correlation Coefficent 10 8 8 10 6 0.2645 0.3221 -0.4642 0.2756 -0.7034* *Significant at a=0.10 278 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS present between sampling locations. Perhaps the older, larger larvae consumed more particles than younger, smaller individuals which were more numerous. Normal population attrition through mortality and/or emigration would reduce total population numbers while the filtration rates could have remained constant or even increased since total cohort biomass was observed to remain relatively constant (Reisen, 1974). Particles cleared were predominantly between 3 and 10 cubic microns in size and consisted of both organic and inorganic debris as well as bacteria. A single water sample was filtered through a millipore filter and the residue streaked on nutrient agar. The resulting bacterial colonies were predomi- nantly gram (-) rods which were considered suitable food for simuliid larvae (Fredeen, 1964). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I would like to thank Drs. C.E. Hopla and W. Dillard, Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma for their advice and assistance in the operation of the Coulter Particle Counter and Dr. B.V. Peterson, Biosystematic Research Institute, Ottawa, Ontario for his determination of the Simulium spp. Travel expenses and park admission fees were defrayed, in part, by Doctoral Dissertation Grant No. GB-35097, National Science Foundation, Washington, D.C. LITERATURE CITED Burton, G.J. 1971. Cannibalism among Simulium damnosum (Simuliidae) larvae. Mos. News 31: 602-603. .. 1973. Feeding of Simulium hargreavesii Gibbons larvae on Oedogonium algal filaments in Ghana. J. Med. Ent. 10: 101-106. Carlsson, G 1962. Studies on Scandanavian blackflies (Fam. Simuliidae Latr.) Op. Ent. Supp. 21:' 1-279. Fredeen, F.J.H. 1964. Bacteria as food for blackfly larvae in laboratory cultures and streams. Can. J. Zool. 42: 527-548. Hynes, H.B.N. 1972. The ecology of running waters. University of Toronto Press, Toronto. 555 pgs. Ivasschenko, L.A, 1972. (The distribution of Simuliidae larvae in relation to oxygen content, rate of flow, and nutritional level of streams). In Russian. Med. Parazit. Para. Bolezni41: 217-220. Abstract in: R.A.E. Series B. Vol. 63. Reisen, W.K. 1974. The ecology of larval blackflies (Diptera: Simuliidae) in a South central Oklahoma stream, Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Okla. 171 pgs. SokaJ, R.R. and F.J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry, W.H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco, Calif. 776 pgs. Williams, N.E. and H.B.N. Hynes. 1973. Microdistribution and feeding of the net-spinning caddisflies (Trichoptera) of a Canadian stream. Oikos 24: 73-84. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 279 A NEW SPECIES OF ECUADOREAN TOXOMERUS (DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE)1 Charles Gerdes2 ABSTRACT: In the course of a study (Gerdes, 1974) of species of the genus Toxomems (Diptera: Syrphidae) from Ecuador, one undescribed new species was discovered. The external characteristics and genitalia were examined for all species in this study. Drawings of the genitalia for all identified species were made. Keys by Curran (1930) and Hull (1943) were used. Comparisons were made with the genitalia of several holotypes, allotypes, and paiatypes from the American Museum of Natural History. DESCRIPTORS: Diptera, Syrphidae, Toxomenis pichinchae n. sp., from Pichincha, Ecuador. Toxomenis pichinchae, n. sp. (Figures 1 - 8) Length of male and female 7.1 mm. Face (figure 7) yellow and truncate in side view. Antennae yellowish-orange; darker dorsad on third segment. Front in male black centrally with all margins narrowly yellow; in female black medially, yellow laterally. Face produced slightly beyond antennae. Vertex golden brown in front of and within area of ocelli; shining violet to black behind ocelli; covered with black hair. Black area of cheeks extends onto face baso-laterally. Thorax.— Humeri, scutellum, and margins of scutum yellow to orange. Scutellum covered with long erect black hair. On each side of thorax the posterior half of mesopleuron and dorsal sternopleural spot are yellow; no propleural yellow spot is present. All femora and tibiae yellow with black hair and without darker-colored bands. Posterior tarsi dark brown, other tarsi yellow. Abdomen (figure 8).--Long and oval, almost parallel-sided in dorsal view, with second to fourth segments each having a wide black posterior fascia. Wide black basal fascia on second segment. Third and fourth segments each with narrow, medially incised, basal fascia; same segments each with a pair of subbasal spots, often loosely connected to basal fascia. Linear basal fascia and wider posterior black fascia on fifth segment; a tiny spot may be attached to the basal fascia of the fifth segment. Background color of first through fifth segments yellow to orange. Male genitalia (figure 1 - 3). --In side view superior lobe with convex ventral margin; rounded basal and distal corners; dorsal extension forked distad; smaller baso-lateral protuberance; ventral margin and disto-ventral corner covered with short bristles; a few hairs on dorsal extension and baso-lateral protuberance; a few scattered hairs on lateral Accepted for publication: June 25, 1974 A Department of Entomology, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois, 61 801 ENT. NEWS, 85: 9 & 10: 279 - 283, November & December 1974 280 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS surface. Stylus in dorsal view fairly parallel-sided; truncate distal end; distal half and baso-lateral area of dorsal surface covered with scattered hairs, a few medial hairs appearing longer and thicker; distal half of ventral surface covered with a few scattered shorter hairs. Triangular process one-third length of styli. Epandrium two-thirds length of styli. Ejaculatory hood in dorsal view with straight distal margin; in side view dorsal margin concave distad; disto-dorsal tip formed into a slightly up-turned tip, which proceeds directly ventrad and flares laterad; with baso-medial flap on each side, rounded distad. In side view small dorsal and ventral keels on sustentacular apodeme. Ejaculatory apodeme in side view enlarged and rounded distad. Ejaculatory sac in side view thin, only slightly enlarged at articulation with ejaculatory apodeme; in dorsal view prominent lateral projections. Chitinous box with pointed medial projection inside ejaculatory hood. Female genitalia (figures 4 - 6).--Hypogynium in ventral view constricted baso- latcrad; with straight basal margin, rounded disto-lateral margins, and disto-medial depression. On each side in side view dorsal valve half length of ventral valve; straight dorsal margin and convex ventral margin on ventral valve. Genital plate in ventral view with concave basal margin and slightly concave disto-lateral margins; in side view basal end curves upward to dorsal margin of ventral valve. Epigynium in dorsal view fairly straight on basal margin, continuously curved on lateral and distal margins, and triangular sclerotized spot immediately basal to middle of epigynium; in side view small hump above sclerotized spot. All specimens were collected at Aloag, Pichincha, Ecuador, at an elevation of 2600 meters, by E. Velastiqui. Hoiotype: male, 21 June 1967. Allotype: female, same date. Paratypes: 9 males and 4 females, same date; 3 males and 3 females, 23 June 1967; 1 male and 3 females, 27 June 1967. The holotype and allotype have been deposited in the American Museum of Natural History, New York. DISCUSSION This is a slightly variable species in external characteristics. Various paratypes display absence or fusion of abdominal spots, brownish femora or anterior tarsi, or even a faint subapical femoral band. The allotype lacks subbasal spots on the fourth abdominal segment. Paratypes displaying such anomalies were examined, and in all cases the paratype genitalia that were examined appeared identical to the holotype or allotype genitalia. LITERATURE CITED Curran, C.H. 1930. New Diptera belonging to the genus Mesogramma Loew (Syrphidae). Amer. Mus. Novit. 405 : 1-14. l.oides, CF. 1974. Toxomcms (Diptera: Syrphidae) of Ecuador. Unpublished M.S. Thesis. Western Illinois University. Hull, P.M. 1943. The genus Mi'sogranmia. Entumol. Amer. 23: 141. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 281 Figure 1. Male gcnitalia, dorsal view, line = 0.1 7 mm. Figure 2. Male genitalia, right side view, line = 0.1 7 mm. Figure 3. Male genitalia, axial system, line = 0.1 2 mm. 282 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Figure 4. Female genitalia, dorsal view, line = 0.17 mm. Figure 5. Female genitalia, right side view, line = 0.17 mm. Figure 6. Female genitalia, ventral view, line = 0.1 7 mm. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 283 Figure 7. Left side of head, line = 0.3 mm. Figure 8. Dorsal abdominal view, line = 0.8 mm. 284 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS PHENOLPHTHALEIN-ACETONE SOLUTION A VERSATILE INSECT MARKING TECHNIQUE.1 D. L. Deonier2 A large number of insect population estimates could have a greater degree of accuracy if a mark-recapture technique were employed. Numerous materials have been used for marking insects oil plants (various art brands and Tester™ enamels) poster and tempera paints, fluorescent spray paints (flat and enamel), aniline dyes in shellac or alcohol, and fluorescent and nonfluorescent dye powders, to name a few. An external marking material that is aerosolizable, but invisible is needed for many mark-recapture situations to promote rapid marking and to avoid bias during recapture as well as to minimize behavioral or ecological alteration in the subject animals. A 6 percent solution of phenolphthalein in acetone (originally conceived and used by Peffly and Labrecque, 1956) meets these criteria. The solution can be sprayed (with various bomb aerosolizers such as Sprayon Jet-Pak^^) onto grouped or individual insects, dries rapidly, and is fairly difficult to wash off with water. After 3 washings in distilled water, 1 5 adult flies marked with this material retained sufficient phenolphthalein to test lavender when placed in a 1 percent sodium hydroxide solution. The same test with 50 third-instar larvae of the eastern tent caterpillar resulted in all larvae retaining their invisible marks. I have used this marking material extensively in research on shore flies of the genera Hydrellia and Ochthera (Diptera: Ephydridae). REFERENCES CITED Peffly, R.L. and G.C. Labrecque. 1956. Marking and trapping studies on dispersal and abundance of Egyptian house flies. J. Econ. Ent. 49: 214-21 7. Accepted for publication: March 3, 1975. Department of Zoology, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio 45056 ENT. NEWS, 85: 9 & 10: 284, November & December 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 285 ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO A LIST OF MONTANA STONEFLIES1 Arden R. Gaufin2 and W.E. Ricker3 ABSTRACT: Questionable Montana distribution records are reviewed and new state records are given. Nemoura renusta Banks and Eucapnopsis vedderensis Ricker are removed from the list but the addition of Capnia ckeama Richer and Brachyptera fosketti Ricker leaves the list of Montana stonetlies at 1 19. Close examination of Nemoura (Soyedina) nevadensis interrupta Claassen showed it to be similar enough to the eastern Nemoura was/iingtoni Claassen and Nemoura rallicularia Wu to justify recognition of a new species Nemoura (Soyedina) potteri Baumann and Gaufin for Montana. A detailed study of Leuctra (Paraleuctra) sara Jewett pointed out that the western specimens of this species were so different from the eastern sara, as to justify the renaming of the western taxon. DESCRIPTORS: Plecoptera, holotype, allotype, paratype, lectotype, distribution. The notes to follow supplement the recent "Stoneflies (Plecop- tera) of Montana," by A.R. Gaufin, W.E. Ricker, Michael Miner, Paul Milam and R.A. Hays (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 98:1-161, 1972). 4. Nemoura (Amphinemura) venusta Banks This species should be deleted from the list on page 14. All past records of renusta from Montana prove to be banksi fBaumann and Gaufin) (ct. p. 30). 1 3. Nemoura (Soyedina) nevadensis interrupta Claassen This species should be deleted from the list on page 15. Specimens from Montana identified as Nemoura nevadensis interrupta have been found to be more similar to the eastern Nemoura Washington! Claassen and Nemoura vallicnlaria Wu but are different enough to justify recognition as a new species, Nemoura (Soyedina) potteri Baumann and Gaufin (cf. p. 38). 26. Paraleuctra vershina Gaufin and Ricker (new species) 1925 Leuctra occidentals Needham and Claassen, Monogr. Plecop., p. 231 (not occidental Banks 1907, Can. Ent. 39:329). 1925 Leuctra occidental Dodds and Hisaw, Ecol. 6(4):382. 1929 Leuctra occidcntalis Neave, Contr. Can. Biol. Fish., N.S. 40 3): 162. 1 Accepted for publication: July 11, 1974 Department of Biology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 841 12 Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo, B.C. ENT. NEWS, 85: 9 & 10: 285 - 288, November & December 1974 286 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 1934 Leuctra occidentals Neave, Can. Ent. 66:2. 1938 Leuctra occidentals Hoppe, Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol. 4(2):163. 1938 Leuctra occidentalis Knowlton and Harmston, Ent. News 49:285. 1939 Leuctra occidentalis Castle, Can. Ent. 7 1 :209. 1939 Leuctra occidentalis Ricker, Proc. Ent. Soc. British Columbia, 35 :22. 1940 Leuctra occidentalis Claassen, Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Memoir 232:84 On part). 1941 Paraleuctra occidentalis Hanson, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 36(2):57-58. 1942 Leuctra occidentalis Prison, Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. 22(2):259. 1943 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) occidentalis Ricker, Indiana Univ. Publ., Sci. Ser. 12:77. 1952 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) occidentalis Ricker, Indiana Univ. Publ., Sci, Ser. 18:172 (in part). A lectotype of occidentalis Banks 1907 was designated, but it was misidentified with occidentalis auctores. 1954 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) sara Ricker, Proc. Ent. Soc. British Columbia 51:38 (not sara Claassen 1937, J. Kansas Ent. Soc. 10:44). 1955 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) occidentalis Gaufin, Proc. Utah Acad. 32:118. 1956 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) sara Jewett, Aquatic Insects of Calif, p. 169. 1959 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) sara Jewett, Oregon State Monogr., Studies Ent. 3:39. 1960 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) sara Jewett, Bull. Calif. Insect. Surv. 6(6):141. 1962 Paraleuctra '^occidentalis auct." Hanson, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 36:64. 1964 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) sara Gaufin, Proc. Utah Acad. 41(2):223. 1964 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) sara Ricker (in part), Gewasser and Abwasser 34/35:fig. 16. The dots west of the plains all refer to vershina. 1966 Paraleuctra sara Gaufin, Nebeker and Sessions, Univ. Utah Biol. Ser. 14(1):42. 1966 Paraleuctra occidentalis lilies, Tierreich 82:1 14 (in part). 1966 Paraleuctra sara lilies, Tierreich 82:1 15 (in part). 1967 Leuctra sara Sheldon and Jewett, Pan-Pac. Ent. 43(1 ):4. 1972 Leuctra (Paraleuctra) sara Gaufin et ah, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 98:52. In the past this frequently-collected species has been reported using names that properly belong to two other species: occidentalis Banks and sara Claassen. Ricker (1954) showed that the type of occidentalis Banks is the same as bradleyi Claassen, but mistakenly applied the name sara Claassen to what most authors had been calling occidentalis. Hanson (1962) pointed out that the western specimens so named were different from eastern sara, but unfortunately he refrained from naming the western taxon. A fresh description of this species seems unnecessary. Needham and Claassen's (1925) description and illustrations (as Leuctra occidentalis} are adequate, and Hanson (1962, p. 136) has two views of the male cercus. The species has also been illustrated by Jewett (1956, 1959, 1960) and by Gaufin et al. (1966, 1972), under the names indicated above. A key to separate male vershina from its two closest relatives is as follows: la. Basal body of the cercus much deeper than long, subrectangular, with a spine at the upper and lower posterior corners, these approximately equal in length: the upper spine lacks any protuberance, but a short spur or callus is present on the hind margin of the basal body near that spine; lower spine with a callus on its mesal surface near its base; western forcipata Prison Ib. Basal body of the cercus no deeper than long, lacking any hind margin that appears distinct from the two spines, which meet each other at an obtuse angle; upper spine always with a spur or callus on its hind margin 2 Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 287 2a. Lower spine of the cercus always much shorter than the upper, and lacking any spur or callus; the spur on the upper spine closer to the tip of the spine than to its base; western vershina n. sp. 2b. The two spines of the cercus almost or quite equal in length (the upper usually slightly longer); a spur or callus present on the hind margin of the upper spine, about midway between tip and base; a callus present on the mesal surface of the lower spine near its base; eastern sara Claassen The females of these three species are very similar. Paraleuctra vershina Holotype d allotype 9 and 1 male and 7 female paratypes City Creek, Salt Lake County, Utah, 10-VI-1965, R.W. Baumann fUSNM). Paratypes: COLORADO: Delta Co., stream at Grand Mesa, 27-VI-1961, S.G. Jewett, Jr., id 799 (USNM). Eagle Co., Eagle River, Hwy 24, above Minturn, 29-V1-1962, id 19 (USNM). La Plata Co., Lime Creek, Purgatory Campground, 24-VI-1961, S. G. Jewett, Jr., 266, 1099 (USNM). Routt Co., Rocky Creek, 1 mile from Fish Creek Falls, 17-VI-1968, B. R. Oblad, 1266 699 (USNM); Yampa River, Steamboat Springs, 26-VI-1968, B. R. Oblad, 866, 599 (USNM). IDAHO: Custer Co., Valley Creek, Stanley, 17-VI-1964, 2566, 3399 (USNM). NEW MEXICO: San Miguel Co., Holy Ghost Creek, near Tererro, 19-VI-1961, S. G. Jewett, Jr., 23dd 3199 (USNM); Pecos River, near Field Tract Campground, 18 to 20-VI-1961, S. G. Jewett, Jr., 266, 299 (USNM). Santa Fe Co., Sante Fe Basin Ski Area, 18-VI-1961, S. G. Jewett, Jr., 266, 499 (USNM). UTAH: Davis Co., Mueller Park, 28-V-1948, D. Merkley, id 499 (USNM) Salt Lake Co., Big Cottonwood Creek, 14-V-1965, A. V. Nebeker, Id (USNM); 4-VIII-1965, A. V. Nebeker, 3dd 299 (USNM); 16-V-1966, R. W. Baumann, lldd 499 (USNM); City Creek, Rotary Park, 15-V-1966, D. Uresk, 7dd 599 (USNM). WYOMING: Fremont Co., Willow Creek, near South Pass, 20-VIII-1967, R. W. Baumann, 7dd 999 (USNM). Sublette Co., Surveyor Creek, above Half Moon Lake, 18-VII-1967, R. W. Baumann, 3dd 399 (USNM), Teton Co., Cottonwood Creek, Teton National Forest, 19-VII-1967, R. W. Baumann, 266, 299 (USNM); Pacific Creek, Hwy 89, 1 mile NW Moran, 19-VII, 1967, R. W. Baumann. id 799 (USNM); river draining Jenny Lake, 19-VII-1967, R. W. Baumann, 3dd 1399 (USNM). Holotype d #72944 and allotype 9 deposited at the United States National Museum, Washington, D.C. 36. Capnia (Capnia) limata Frison The name Capnia limata has been given to specimens from the western United States, while the name Capnia vcrnalis (Newport) has been used in Canada and the northeastern United States. After careful examination of both type specimens, Baumann (1973) concluded that a single, widely separated species Capnia rernalis (Newport) was involved. This synonymy is recorded in Zwick (1973). 4 1 . Capnia (Capnia) projecta Frison As was indicated in the list of The Stoneflies of Montana, p. 69, no records of this species' presence in the state are known. However, its range and that of Capnia porrccta Jewett are such as to indicate that either or both are likely to be present in the farthest northwestern section of the state. 288 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 50. Eucapnopsis vedderensis Ricker This is a duplication of no. 55,Isocapnia vedderensis (Ricker), and should be deleted from pages 16 and 76 and from figure 4. The Montana records on page 76 should be transferred to Isocapnia vedderensis on page 84. 110. Alloperla (Sweltsa) occidem Prison The Montana record for this species was based on a specimen taken near Missoula on July 7, 1950, by Borys Malkin, and identified by Mr. S. G. Jewett, Jr. 112. Alloperla (Sweltsa) revelstoka Jewett The name of this species was misspelled as revelstoki. The following species should be added to the list of Montana Stoneflies. Capnia (Capnia) cheama Ricker Montana, Lincoln Co., Kootenai River, 19-111-1970, R. L. Newell. Brachyptera (Oemopteryx) fosketti Ricker Treasure Co., Yellowstone River, 2 miles south of Hysham, 24-111-1966, J. R. Grierson; Custer Co., Yellowstone River at Miles City, 22-111-1973, Roemhild, 5<5, Dawson Co., Yellowstone River, Intake 22-111-1973, Roemhild, 8(5; Custer Co., Tongue River, 14 miles south of Miles City, 22-IIH973, Roemhild, 5d With the removal of Nemoura venusta and Eucapnopsis vedderensis, but the addition of Capnia cheama and Brachtyptera fosketti, the list of Montana stone flies stands at 119, of which 117 have actually been collected. Perlomyia utahcnsis and Capnia projecta are listed as "probables" because of their occurrence in adjacent states. LITERATURE CITED Baumann, R.W., and A.R. Gaufin. 1970. The Capnia projecta complex of Western North America (Plecoptera:Capniidae). Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 96:435-468, Baumann, R.W., and A.R. Gaufin. 1971. New Species of Nemoura from Western North America (Plecoptera:Nemouridae). Pan-Pacific Ent. 47:270-278. Baumann, R.W., and A.R. Gaufin. 1972. The Amphinemura venusta complex of Western North America (Plecoptera:Nemouridae). Contributions in Science. Natural History Museum, Los Angeles County. 226:1-16. Baumann, R.W. 1973. Studies on Utah Stoneflies (Plecoptera). Great Basin Naturalist 33(2)91-108. Gaufin, A.R., W.E. Ricker, M. Miner, P. Milam, R.A. Hays. 1972. The Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Montana. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 98:1-161 . Ricker, W.E. 1965. New Records and Descriptions of Plecoptera (Class Insecta). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada, Ottawa. 22(2)475-501. Zwick, P. 1973. Ordo Plecoptera :Phylogenetisches System and Katalog. Walter de Gruyter and Co., Berlin. 359-380. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 289 AESHNA SUB ARCTIC A WALKER AND OTHER ODONATA NEW FOR MAINE1 Harold B. White, III2 ABSTRACT: Aeshna subarctica Walker, Sornatochlora cingulata (Selys), and Enallagma carunculatum Morse occur in Maine. The southernmost known breeding population of A. subarctica in North America is on Mount Desert Island. DESCRIPTORS: Odonata, Aeshna subarctica Walker, Mount Desert Island, Maine. Horror (1944) published an annotated list of 115 species of Odonata occurring in Maine. To this list have been added six species by Borror (1951 & 1957) and a seventh species by White (1969). In a report on the Odonata of New Hampshire (White & Morse, 1973), four additional species new for Maine are men- tioned. Specific data on the collection of Progornphus obscurus (Rambur) and Gomphus borealis Needham were provided while records for Aeshna subarctica Walker and Enallagma carunculatum Morse were undocumented. Specific locality and dates for the latter two species are presented here along with the first report of Somatochlora cingulata (Selys) in Maine. Aeshna subarctica Walker Over a five year period I sampled a population of Aeshna subarctica at Big Heath, a large sphagnum and spruce bog about 10 m above sea level near the southern tip of Mount Desert Island, Hancock County (44° 14' N lat.). During this period 15<5 and 79 were collected, mostly during August (19 31. VII. 69; \6, 19 18.VIII.69; 7d, 19 25.VIII.70; 26 26.VIII.70; 3d, 19 18. VIII. 71; 29 7.VIII.73; 2<5, 19 21.VIII.73). Judging by the number of mature adults present, emergence at this location must begin in mid to late July. Although this species is by no means abundant, by mid August it is the predominant Anisopteran, and its flying season undoubtedly extends well into September. In 1973, emergence seemed to be late, and no mature adults were seen on 7 1 Accepted for publication: June 27, 1974. 2 Department of Chemistry, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 1971 1 ENT. NEWS, 85:9 & 10: 289 - 291, November & December 1974 290 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS August; however, many exuviae were found and two recently emerged females were collected with their exuviae. Oviposition takes place just below the water surface in the vegetation bordering the many small bog pools which have well-defined margins. Oviposition was never observed at the pools which are choked with sphagnum nor do the males patrol over these pools. On 21 August 1973, an ovipositing A. subarctica was captured by a green frog, Rana clauiitans melanota. The presence of a number of these frogs in the bog pools suggests that they may prey heavily on ovipositing Odonata. Aeshna subarctica is well-known from British Columbia to Newfoundland in Canada and from middle and northern Europe (Walker, 1958). It is also known from Japan (Asahina, 1972). In the United States it has been reported only from the Northern Peninsula of Michigan (Kormondy, 1958) and from New York (Beatty & Beatty, 1968). Big Heath represents the southernmost known breeding population of Aeshna subarctica in North America. The nearby Atlantic Ocean creates a cool damp environment typical in the summer of higher elevations and more northerly regions. This modified climate along the coast of Maine may explain in part the simultaneous occurrence at Big Heath of A. subarctica, A. sitchensis Walker (Ahrens, 1941), and Somato- chlora incurvata Walker (White, 1969), three species of boreal Odonata known nowhere else in New England. It is interesting to note that when I first visited Big Heath on 30 August 1968 (White, 1969), A. subarctica was not collected. A. canadensis Walker was quite common while A. sitchensis and S. incurvata were less frequent. On all subsequent visits during August, these three species have been absent or scarce while A. subarctica has been relatively common. Somatochlora cingulata (Selys) A single female Somatochlora cingulata was collected on 8 August 1973 as it flew over the water at the southern end of Eagle Lake, Mount Desert Island, Hancock County. Since this species is known from New Hampshire (Hagen, 1875), southern New Brunswick (Walker, 1925), and Nova Scotia (Walker, 1942), its presence in Maine was expected. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 291 Enallagma carunculatum Morse Two male Enallagma carunculatum were collected on 27 August 1970 near the breast of the Eagle Lake Dam. They were the only ones seen and both were taken from a single rock which projected above the splash zone near shore. This species is known from nearby New Brunswick and Nova Scotia (Walker, 1942) to the east and Connecticut (Howe, 1917) and Massachusetts (Howe, 1918) to the southwest. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND DEPOSITION OF SPECIMENS 1 thank the National Parks Service for permission to collect within Acadia National Park. I also thank G.H. & A.F. Beatty for their discussions on the distribution of A. subarctica. Specimens of A. subarctica from Maine have been deposited in the U.S. National Museum, the Canadian National Collection, the Royal Ontario Museum, the Florida State Collection of Arthropods, and the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology. LITERATURE CITED Ahrens, C. 1941. Dragonflies new to the Mount Desert Island Region, Maine (Odonata). Ent. News 52: 285-287. Asahina, S. 1972. Discovery of Aeschna subarctica Walker in Japan. Tombo 15: 9-10. Beatty, G.H. and A.F. Beatty. 1968. Check list and bibliography of Pennsylvania Odonata. Pa. Acad. Sci. Proc. 42: 120-129. Borror, D.J. 1944. An annotated list of the Odonata of Maine. Can. Ent. 76: 134-150. 1951. New records of Maine dragonflics (Odonata). Ent. News 62: 209-217. 1957. New dragonflies (Odonata) from Maine. Maine Field Nat. 13: 82. Hagen, H.A. 1875. Synopsis of the Odonata of America. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Proc. 18: 20-96. Howe, R.H., Jr. 1917. Manual of the Odonata of New England. Part 1. Thoreau Mus. Nat. Hist. Mem. 2: 1-8. 1918. ibid. Part II. 2: 9-24. Kormondy, E.J. 1958. Catalogue of the Odonata of Michigan. Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool., Misc. Publ. 104: 143. Walker, E.M. 1925. The North American dragonflies of the genus Soinatoclilora. Univ. Toronto Studies, Biol. Ser., no. 26, 202 pp. 1942. Additions to the list of Odonata of the Maritime Provinces. Proc. Nova Scotian Inst. Sci. 20: 159-176. .1958. The Odonata of Canada and Alaska. Vol. 2. Pt. Ill: The Anisoptera - Four Families. Univ. of Toronto Press. 318 pp. White, H.B., III. 1969. Two species of Odonata previously unreported from New England. Ent. News 80: 88. White, H.B., III and W.J. Morse. 1973. Odonata (Dragonflies) of New Hampshire: an annotated list. Res. Report no. 30, N.H. Ag. Expt. Sta., Durham. 50 pp. 292 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The Entomologist' s Library This section contains titles of books, monographs, and articles received by the editor that may be of specialinterest to entomologists and biologists. A brief statement of contents and items of interest are noted. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication. All correspondence for this section should be addressed to the editor. BOOK REVIEW THE FANTASTIC WORLD OF ANTS, A Microview of Earth's Most Ingenious Insect. Herbert M. Mason, Jr. 1974. David McKay & Co., N.Y. 120 pages 12, photos. $5.95. A very readable account of the natural history of some of the more than 8000 kinds of ants found on our earth. Following introductory chapters on the evolution, simple anatomy and reproductive habits of ants, separate chapters are devoted to the characteristics of different types of ants such as the harvesters, the leaf cutters and gardeners, army ants, Argentine ants, the slave makers, carpenter ants, honey ants and fire ants. There are numerous references throughout comparing the fascinating social life of ants and the organized societies of man. The concluding chapter centers on methods of constructing and maintaining ant colonies as household pets and objects of study. Although written primarily for young adults, the text makes very interesting and valuable reading for budding entomologists of all ages. BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED HISTORY OF ENTOMOLOGY IN THE PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OE AGRI- CULTURE. A.G. Wheeler, Jr. and Karl Valley. Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. April 1975. 37 pages. A pamphlet recounting the history of entomology in the Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture from its inception in 1895 to the present time. Also included is a brief history of the arthropod collection. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 293 VARIATION IN WING VENATION OF FOUR ODONATES1 ^ Diane M. Calabrese ABSTRACT: Abnormal wing venation of four odonates is described. DESCRIPTORS: Odonata, Aeschnidae, Lestidae, wing venation, oxygen concentration. Two male specimens of Anax juntas (Drury) collected in July, 1970, at a marsh in Presque Isle State Park, Erie, Pennsylvania, show variations in wing venation. An adventitious crossvein parallel to the subcosta appears between the second and third antenodal crossveins in the left forewing of one male (Fig. 1 ) and a dichotomy of the third and fourth antenodal crossveins occurs in the right forewing of the other male (Fig. 2). Two specimens of Lestes sp. collected at the same site and time as the specimens of Anax junius also show variations in wing venation. In one there is a dichotomy of cross veins in the Fig. 1. Left forewing with adventitious crossvein between second and third antenodal crossveins in Anax juniits male. Accepted tor publication: September 13, 1974 2 Biological Sciences Group, The University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06268, U.S.A. ENT. NEWS, 85: 9& 10: 293 - 294, November & December 1974 294 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Fig. 2. Right forewing with dichotomy of third and fourth antenodal crossveins in Anax jiinius male. postnodal veins of the left forewing and there is a similar dichotomy of sub- radial crossveins in the left forewing of the other specimen. Considerable intraspecific variation in numbers of crossveins is not uncommon among primitive orders of insects. Chutter (1962) gives an excellent example of this within individual specimens of Pseudoagrion vaalcnse Chutter. A further purpose of this note is to point out the interesting possibility for more research, in the light of Wiggleworth's (1954) work with Rhodnius prolixus Stal (Hemiptera: Reduviidae), which demonstrated that lowered oxygen concentration in the nymphal stage of this bug can stimulate the migration of tracheoles, increase tracheation, and consequently result in incipient wing veins in the adult; and with respect to the body of water -- Lake Erie which feeds the marsh, a body of water in which the concentration of oxygen has declined steadily since the late 1950's, concommittant with the increase in the levels of pollution (Ehrlich, 1970). REFERENCES Chutter, F.M. 1962. A new species of Pseudoagrion (Odonata: Zygoptera) with descriptions of the larvae of five other species belonging to the genus. Rev. Biol. Liston 3:171-198. Ehrlich, Paul R. and Anne H. 1970. Populations, Resources and Environment. San Francisco: W.H. Freeman and Co. p. 383. Wigglesworth, V.B. 1954. Growth and regeneration in the tracheal system of an insect, Rttodnius prolixus (Hemiptera). QJ. Microsc. Sci. 95:1 15-137. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 295 A NEW EASTERN NEARCTIC HEMERODROMIA (DIPTERA: EMPIDIDAE)1 P.P. Harper2 ABSTRACT: Hemerodromia chillcotti n. sp. is described from Quebec and North Carolina. DESCRIPTORS: aquatic insect, Diptera, Empididae, Hemerodrominae. During an investigation of stream fauna in the Laurentian Highlands north of Montreal, Quebec, an undescribed species of Hemerodromia was encountered. Specimens of the same species were later found in the Canadian National Collection of Insects (CNCI) in Ottawa: these had been labelled "n. sp. near melano- soma" by the late Dr. J.G. Chillcott. The species is described below and named in memory of Dr. Chillcott. The holotype and the allotype (in alcohol) are deposited in the insect collection of the Departement des Sciences Biologiques of the Universite de Montreal (UM); paratypes are in the same collection and the CNCI. Hemerodromia chillcotti, new species Total length 2.5-3mm. The species agrees in most respects with previous descriptions of Hemerodromia spp. (cf. Collin 1961) particularly with regard to general morphology, body setation, and wing venation. The distinguishing characters are as follows: Face linear; eyes nearly contiguous on face separated by a distance of less than one ommatidium. Front legs raptorial; femora bearing on their ventral margin two rows of long yellow spines between which are two rows of small black knobs; basal spine somewhat larger than the others but not borne on a basal tubercule; tibiae armed with a dark subterminal spine. Wing venation typical; second vein ending opposite end of fifth vein and fork of fourth vein. Accepted for publication: August 21, 1974 2Departement des Sciences Biologiques, Universite de Montreal, C.P. 6128, Montreal 101, Quebec. ENT.NEWS,85:9& 10: 295 - 297, November & December 1974 296 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS General colour of body dark; head black subshining; underside of head, antennae and mouthparts creamy white. Thorax dark brown polished, pleura lighter; wing veins brown; halteres white; legs whitish without any marked darkening at joints. First abdominal segment white; terga of segments 2-6'dark brown with some lighter mottlings laterally; segments 7 and 8 white: genital segments dark brown. Male genitalia: general aspect of the hypopygium typical of the genus (Fig. 1). Upper lamellae fused anteriorly and prolonged distally by two flat lobes, one horizontal (Fig. 6), the other vertical (Figs. 1 & 2). Side lamellae irregularly oval bearing a distal lobe (Fig. 3) which fits in between the upper lamellae. Penis of the usual type (Fig. 4). Fused ventral lamellae forming the main structure ot the hypopygium and bearing small dorsal appendages (Fig. 5). Female genitalia: ovipositor well chitinized, long and pointed (Fig. 7). Immature stages: unknown. Holotype d: stream at Station de Biologic (Universite de Montreal), St-Hippolyte de Kilkenny, comte de Terrebonne. Quebec. July 20th 1972. Allotype 9: same data. Paratypes: QUEBEC, same locality, 36d 1469, June 22 - August 14, 1972 (UM); Wakefield, 2d 49, July 9, 1946, G.E. Shewell (CNCI). NORTH CAROLINA, Wayah Bald, 4100', 6, July 28, 1947, W.R. Richards (CNCI). Among North American species, H. c/iillcotti resembles most H. melanosoma Melander, and it will key out to this species in Melander's (1947) key to the Central and North American species. The main distinguishing features are summarized in the following couplet: Seventh abdominal tergum brownish (especially in the temale" where the venter is also darkened); upper lamellae of male hypopygium linear in side view, without a downturned lobe (Melander 1947, Fig. 12); female ovipositor short and rounded (Fig. 8) H. melanosoma Melander Seventh abdominal segment pale; upper lamellae with a conspicuous downturned lobe (Fig. 2); ovipositor long and pointed (Fig. 7) H. chillcotti n. sp. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I thank Mr. J.E.H. Martin and Dr. J.F. McAlpine for allowing me to examine material in the Canadian National Collection of Insects. This study was supported by the National Research Council of Canada. LITERATURE CITED Collin, J.E. 1961. Empididae, part III, Empidinae (Hilara only), Hemerodrominae. in British Flies, VI: 555-782. Melander, A.L. 1947, Synopsis of the Hemerodromiinae (Diptera, Empididae). J. New York Ent. Soc. 55: 237-273. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 297 Figs. 1-7. Hemerodromia chillcotti new species. Fig. 1. General aspect of male. Fig. 2. Upper lamella of male genitalia. Fig. 3. Side lamella of same. Fig. 4. Penis. Fig. 5. Ventral lamella. Fig. 6. Top view of male hypopygium (right half). Fig. 7. Female ovipositor (side view). Fig. 8 Hemerodromia melanosoma, female ovipositor. 298 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS THE FATHER OF THE SCHMITT BOX1 .2 Walter R. Suter3,and the Rev. Jerome Rupprecht, O.S.B. ABSTRACT: The origins of the Schmitt Box and collection are traced to the Rev. P. Jerome Schmitt at St. Vincent Archabbey, Latrobe, Pennsylvania. The ants in the collection are noted as being especially worthy of study. DESCRIPTORS: Schmitt Box, ants, microcoleoptera, collection. Have you ever wondered who it was that first designed the Schmitt Box, or when and under what circumstances this valuable device came into use? Written records of the origin are virtually non-existent, but Dr. Dean L. Gamble, formerly board chairman of Ward's Natural Science Establishment, which owns the rights to the original design, was very helpful and cooperative when we located him in retirement in California, and we thank both him and the Rev. Ambrose Keefe, reference librarian of Belmont Abbey College, who not only helped locate official records of the designer, but also provided valuable historical insights. A century ago the Rev. P. Hieronymus (Jerome) Schmitt, O.S.B. began an illustrious career in entomology which was to result in a major collection amassed during the next three decades, and the insect storage and transfer device bearing his name. This latter device, used in some form currently by virtually every American entomologist, was not even mentioned by Father Jerome's eulogists, and the extent of his collection and its location were only briefly mentioned. This historical note will record information gleaned from the collection and from personal contacts, while outlining the life of this turn-of-the-century formicologist and pioneer microcoleopterologist. An obituary in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS (1904), apparently written by one of the brothers at St. Vincent Archabbey, includes a photograph and some personal insights of this man born Gebhard Schmitt in 1857 in Wurttemburg, Germany. He was part of a group chosen for their industry who undertook clerical studies at St. Vincent in 1869. His ordination in 1881 coincided with his first teaching assignment at Belmont Abbey College (1880-82), which introduced him to the diversity of fauna in this Accepted for publication: July 19, 1974 2 Research aided by a grant-in-aid from the Highlands Biological Station. 3Professor, Biology Department, Carthage College, Kenosha, Wisconsin 53140 4Curator, Museum, St. Vincent Archabbey, Latrobe, Pennsylvania 15650 ENT. NEWS, 85: 9&10: 298-300, November & December 1974 Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & K). November & December 1974 299 North Carolina locale, and may have spurred him into the intensive collecting which marked the greater part of his later life. He returned to St. Vincent in the Appalachians of Pennsylvania for the remainder of his life, occasionally finding time to collect elsewhere, especially on visits to other institutions founded by the brothers of St. Vincent. Since he was indefatigable as a collector and willing to send material he collected to specialists, he recognized the need for a sturdy, compact shipping box to supplement the cumbersome drawers used for the major collection. His original design for dermestid resistant boxes was turned over to the American Entomological Company of Brooklyn, probably about 1890. This company sold out to Ward's in 1913. Ward's not only purchased the business from Mr. George Franck, but hired Frank Rogowitz from the Brooklyn company's woodworking department so that they could truly claim to have "The Original Schmitt Box." Father Jerome's collection, which narrowly escaped destruction in a major fire January 28, 1963, which claimed the extensive botany museum, suffers from the incompleteness of data common to most older collections, but usually has place names and/or dates on different animals in the same series. From these data on clavicorne microcoleoptera an itinerary can be reconstructed for use in establishing localities where only dates are given, and approximate dates for material with only locales. Material col- lected before 1891 lacks dates, but probably is largely from St. Vincent, and is primarily ants. 1892 material from Mississippi and 1892 and 1893 material from California were apparently obtained by trades, but later collections often have valid data. He amassed most of his collection at St. Vincent (Beatty), west of Latrobe, Westmoreland Co., Pennsylvania5 from 1894 through 1904, but this was supplemented by the following interludes: an 1895 return to Belmont, N.C. from February through April 29, interrupted by a brief sojourn at St. Vincent from April 6 to 20; three short visits to Cullman, Alabama (St. Bernard's) occupying March 1, 1896, May 12 to 19, 1896, and February 1, 1898; and a trip to Canon City, Colorado (Holy Cross Abbey) from February 21 to April 2, 1900 (probably a bonus for time served the previous year as A few collections labelled Chestnut Ridge, or "ridge" are from the area immediately east of the Abbey (St. Boniface Parish). Minor discrepancies noted in the Schmitt material in the Casey collection (NMNH) may have resulted from Casey incorrectly reattaching date labels. 300 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS subprior). Material labelled Covington, Kentucky is undated but probably resulted from a visit to St. Joseph's, a St. Vincent priory. Other material in the collection was received in trades, such as Iowa and Kansas series from H.F. Wickham. Although there is no indication of special techniques used in collecting, Rev. Schmitt was primarily interested in ants, and these represent the largest single unit in his collection, including many paratypes among series identified by Wheeler, Wasmann, and Emery. The twelve drawers housing ants are at once the oldest, largest, and least curated, but will hopefully be reworked by an interested formicologist to try to analyze the specimens and the information they represent. Lepidoptera are also extensively represented in the overall collection, filling 42 drawers, many of these being added recently by the current Father Jerome. And 22 drawers of hemipteroids, the work of Rev. Modestus Wirlner, O.S.B., are also available for study. Father Jerome Schmitt developed an extensive coleopteran collection, with strengths in the clavicorne microcoleoptera, totalling 46 drawers. His interest in these latter probably devel- oped because of the numbers of Pselaphidae and Scydmaenidae coinhabiting ant nests. Because these were small and poorly known he often collected them in relatively long series, and sent material to at least Col. John Casey, and H.F. Wickham (working with Emil Brendel). In fact, he sometimes split series of new species with resultant synonomy through publication of different new names by the two authorities. Synoptic collections of these are currently housed at St. Vincent. Uniques present in the original material sent to Casey are housed largely at the NMNH, and duplicates have been transferred to the collection at the Field Museum. Although Rev. Schmitt's collecting ended in 1904, both his collection and the box which bears his name are available to present-day entomologists, insuring him a niche in entomological history. The Schmitt Box represents something of an investment, but the Schmitt collection is also worthy of some investment of time, and anyone wishing to examine it should contact the Rev. Jerome Rupprecht at St. Vincent Archabbey. LITERATURE CITED Anonymous. 1904. The Reverend Jerome Schmitt, O.S.B. Entomological News XV(7): 225-226: Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 301 XEROXED DATA LABELS1 Larry J. Orsak2 ABSTRACT: A rapid and economical method to produce permanent specimen labels utib'zing Xerox is described. DESCRIPTORS: Data storage, labels, museum techniques. Most collectors now realize the importance of having complete and intelligible locality and biological data to accompany each speciman in a collection. The principle drawbacks for this ideal were once simply a matter of having too little time and space to write everything on a small label. Such problems were somewhat alleviated with the introduction of lithograph-offset and photo- graphic labels. However, making these labels is also often time-consuming. With the offset method, a sheet of labels must be typed, and then sent to a printer to be transfered to a metal or paper master plate (Stuckenberg and Irvin, 1973). Adams (1962) has developed a rather rapid method by which limited numbers of labels can be printed. However, such labels are handwritten and the amount of data which can be put on a small label is severely limited. Xeroxed labels have been used by some collectors with considerable success. The advantages of these labels are great -- the print (baked-in carbon) will not run in alcohol and is unlikely to fade with time. High quality rag paper which will not easily yellow can be used for the labels. Most importantly, these labels can be made extremely fast and at very low cost if a Xerox machine is readily available. A method I have used to produce high quality labels quickly and economically is described here. Accepted for publication: September 15, 1974 2Center for Pathobiology, University of California, Irvine, California 92664 ENT. NEWS, 85: 9 & 10: 301-302, November & December 1974 302 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS The desired labels are first typed. Paper with a smooth glossy finish should be used, as it seems to Xerox the best. A horizontal row of labels is typed and recorded on an IBM MT/ST or other automatic typewriter. The machine then automatically copies this row over and over until stopped, or until the end of the page is reached. If such a machine is not available, an electric typewriter with a plastic carbon ribbon should be used. Manual typewriters do not produce the required sharp print. The finished sheets of typed labels are next copied, using the Xerox 7000 copier. This machine contains a reducing feature which will reduce two printed pages to the size of one. First, I reduce all the typewritten pages to this reduced size. Then I take these half-size sheets and reduce them again, so that the printing is now approximately one-quarter of the original size. The finished quarter-size print sheets can be used as masters for making the actual labels. It should be mentioned that the "Light Original" feature is always used when copying in order to produce the darkest image possible. The actual labels can be made on almost any copying machine. The quarter-size print sheet serves as the master, and labels are copied directly from this onto high quality rag paper. The finished label (4 rows) measures approximately 10 mm x 15 mm. The cost for these labels in terms of both material and labor is small. Most of the actual time spent preparing these labels comes from typing them up. Xerox costs range from 3-5 cents per page and one page can contain hundreds of labels. It is also advanta- geous to note that there are no negatives or etched plates to keep track of, as with other methods. Only the master sheets need be retained if more labels are to be printed at a later date. LITERATURE CITED Adams, P. A. 1963. A Rubber Stamp Method for Producing Specimen Labels. J. Res. Lep., 2(3):225-228. Stuckenberg, B.R. and M.E. Irwin. 1973. Standards for Entomological Labels. Bull. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19(3):164-168. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 303 ISOLATION OF ATTINI BROOD FROM THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)1 2 John R. Schreiber ABSTRACT: Brood from several species of the fungus-growing Attini ants, including Atta colombica tonsipes, Atta cephalotes and Atta sexdens, were isolated from the social environment and artifically reared on sterile agar plates. Though isolate larvae would accept fungal food on the end of a needle and subsequently pupate, isolate brood seemed unable to fully develop to adulthood even with laboratory imitation of adult worker care. This was due to the inability of pupae to emerge from the pupal skin, and to the consistent onset of contamination. By contrast, brood in control plates consisting of workers and bits of fungus garden as well as brood, developed to adulthood. This apparently occurred since contamination was inhibited by the social environment and because worker licking and manipulation removed pupal coverings. An anomalous condition, however, arose in one Atta cephalotes control where emerging callows retained abnormally pale coloration. Developmental coloration of isolate pupae was also studied, with eyes noted as darkening first, followed by the mandibular masticatory border, and, finally, the head and gaster, the results conforming to previous studies. DESCRIPTORS: Attini, brood, isolation, social environment, contamination, pupa, coloration. It has frequently been noted that ant broods cannot develop to adulthood in absence of the social environment (Wilson, 1972). This is particularly true of the fungus-growing Attini ants (Weber, 1966 a, b). The present studies were undertaken primarily to determine the possibility of rearing Attini brood to adulthood in isolation from the social environment. The development of such a technique would aid in the determination of the factors of social care necessary for complete brood development, and would have implications for genetic and caste research. Also desired were close observations of the developmental color changes which occur during the pupal and callow stages. Attini brood (worker larvae and pupae only) were taken from the laboratory colonies of Dr. Neal Weber, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore Pennsylvania, and isolated on petri dishes of sterile 1% non-nutrient agar. A grid was superimposed on the bottom of each dish, and one piece of brood placed on each grid box. This was designed to aid in the observation of each specific developing larva or pupa. A method was devised (after Weber, 1972) to feed isolate larvae by placing small fragments of fungal hyphae on the tip of a dissecting needle and thrusting the clump at the larval mouthparts. Several isolate larvae responded to such feeding, two Accepted for publication: July 3, 1974 2Box 742, Haverford College, Haverford, Pa., 19041 Prepared under the direction of Dr. Neal Weber, Swarthmore College ENT. NEWS, 85: 9 & 10: 303-314, November & December 1974 304 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS of which subsequently pupated. Pupal pigmentation was noted until the onset of movement within the pupal covering. The removal of the exuviae was unseccessfully attempted by. stroking the skin with a moist, fine paintbrush while tugging with a dissecting needle. Two experimental series were run, the isolates being placed on petri dishes, while controls of bits of fungus garden, workers and brood taken from the same laboratory colonies as the isolates were also placed on petri dishes. This was designed to determine (1) whether any inherent contamination or infection would prevent brood development even in the presence of social care, and (2) to compare worker brood development with and without the benefits of the social environment. Series #1 consisted of two petri dishes of control material containing approximately five grams garden, five media workers, five minima workers and several pupae embedded in the garden fragments. Materials for both dishes were taken from two separate Atta colombica tonsipes laboratory colonies. Isolate brood from the same colonies were placed in numbered grid boxes of two petri dishes. Dish # 1 contained five isolate larvae, and dish #2 five isolate pupae. Series #2 utilized material from three Attini species, Atta colombica tonsipes, Atta cephalotes, and Atta sexdens. Each control dish and isolate brood dish was taken from the same laboratory colony. Thus, three controls were established, controls A, B, C respectively. Control A contained five to seven grams garden, five media and two larvae of Atta colombica tonsipes. Control B consisted of five grams garden, five media, five minima, two pupae and one larva of Atta cephalotes, while control C contained five to six grams garden, six minima, two media and two larvae of Atta sexdens. Isolate dish #1 held four tonsipes larvae only one of which responded to artificial feeding efforts. Isolate dish #2 consisted of six cephalotes pupae in varying degrees of development. Isolate dish #3 contained two sexdens pupae and two larvae. RESULTS Results of series #1 appear in tables 1 and 2, where feeding, coloration development and contamination are tabulated against progressive dates of observation of isolated brood. In dish # 1 , two larvae pupated in isolation, one of them after two periods of artificial feeding. Streaks of brown were noted in the three larvae that responded to feeding and are possibly the gut full of food or uric acid metabolites. Though larvae would pupate in isolation Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 305 Figure la. Dish #1 series #1. The pupa in the center (grid box #3B) was moving at time of photographing-see Fig.2. Figure Ib. Dish #2 series #1 after adult tonsipes worker was introduced by the experimenter in an effort to induce nursing behavior after artificial attempts at removing the pupal skin had failed. Note how the worker has discarded the pupae and has excavated around a small piece of fungal contamination. The ant was dying at time of photographing. See text. 306 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS if Figure 2. Pupa from dish #1 series #[. Note the dark eyes and dark masticatory border of the mandibles. The pupa was moving at time of photographing and would have emerged in the presence of licking by workers. Figure 3. Semi-pupa from dish #1 series #1. Originally isolated as a larva, this A tta colomhica tonsipes brood pupated several days after being fed fungus from the tip of a dissecting needle. Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 307 Figure 4. Close-up of control B, series #2, Ana ccp/ialotes. Note the pale head of the media (in the upper center) which hatched in the control, an anomaly which remained until the media's death. A normal worker appears in the lower center. 308 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Figure 5a. A typical control dish with workers and garden fragment after one week of isolation from the main colony. Extensive excavation of agar and exhausted substrate particles are evident. from worker care, contamination occurred in all cases before the brownish coloration of a developing pupa began. Data of pupal development in dish #2 are found in table 2. One of the pupae became contaminated soon after isolation. Pupa #3B was con- stantly moving the tips of its limbs and antennae by March 1, as well as its mandibles. Eyes were blackish, the cutting edge of the mandibles dark brown. Unsuccessful attempts were made to release this pupa from its covering with a fine paintbrush and dissecting needle. Pupa #3C when poked moved slightly and exuded a small brownish droplet from the tip of its gaster. Since attempts to remove the exuviae failed, an adult tonsipes worker from the control dish was introduced to isolate dish #2 in an effort to induce nursing behavior. However, instead of removing Vol. 85, Nos. 9 & 10, November & December 1974 309 * - J 09 IH CQ negative UJ u CO Q Z z 2 0 Tt CQ k. nJ CQ t_l CQ C CQ Q 1 u 0 H .i u CO 2 ^ O --^ *- > CQ £ Q CQ O 'wa O D. C •. U II o j; TABLE 3 cephalote: 8 g Q 2 <-> CQ <~i CQ ^ J t— CQ pa 5 CQ CQ O — 3 ii ca -4—1 0 C 2 'c3 T3 * tu /^ 09 ££ PQ CQ o .rs T3 X U cc ca Tt J Q ca ca O H 09 CQ CQ CQ CQ — O o u tu >• Ed rj CO m Q ca ca ca 09 ca ca fi j O ca ca u ca ca rN — 1 Q CQ CQ 09 ca CQ UJ T3 II lH ca Q CQ O ca u CQ •a , "S •*-• _O) a. E o o U E u a> ^ 5 * TABLE 4 Z r^, o p < U Z '€ r3 C3 Si S a> c C ii •S U 1 _. 4>J c ••-' 'irt o U a U C3 J<3 11 a 3 a. 1 s c" in to 0 73 2 _Q CQ VM CN ^j JZ °3 2 ~ CQ •a 5J II CQ ** UM _J u" 3 C C3 aJ c ^ o u. — C9 x> rt> ^ II H C3 CQ CQ CQ . * o' 0> °